UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 20102013

Commission File Number 1-11758

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

    

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices,
including zip code)

 36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 (212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,
including area code)

Title of each class

  Name of exchange on

which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

  
Common Stock, $0.01 par value  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

  New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value

New York Stock Exchange
61/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
61/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
53/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.60% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
6.45% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (and Registrant’s guaranty with respect thereto)  New York Stock Exchange
Exchangeable Notes due June 30, 2011NYSE Amex LLC

Capital Protected Notes due March 30, 2011 (2 issuances); Capital Protected Notes due June 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due August 20, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due October 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due December 30, 2011; Capital Protected Notes due September 30, 2012

NYSE Arca, Inc.
MPSSM due March 30, 2012NYSE Arca, Inc.
Buffered PLUSSM due March 20, 2011NYSE Arca, Inc.
PROPELSSM due December 30, 2011 (3 issuances)NYSE Arca, Inc.
Protected Absolute Return Barrier Notes due March 20, 2011NYSE Arca, Inc.
Strategic Total Return Securities due July 30, 2011NYSE Arca, Inc.
Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (2 issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (2 issuances)  NYSE Arca, Inc.

TargetedMorgan Stanley Cushing® MLP High Income Strategic Total Return SecuritiesIndex ETNs due July 30, 2011; Targeted Income Strategic Total Return Securities due January 15, 2012

March 21, 2031
  NYSE Arca, Inc.
Targeted Income Strategic Total Return SecuritiesMorgan Stanley S&P 500 Crude Oil Linked ETNs due October 30, 2011July 1, 2031  The NASDAQ Stock Market LLCNYSE Arca, Inc.

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES¨ NOx

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YESx NO¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). YesYESx NoNO¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.x¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filerx

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Accelerated Filer ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES¨ NOx

As of June 30, 2010,28, 2013, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $32,227,567,107.$45,831,657,254. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of January 31, 2011,2014, there were 1,545,631,7811,975,673,438 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 20112014 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the year ended December 31, 20102013

 

Table of Contents      Page 
Part I    

Item 1.

  

Business

   1  
  

Overview

   1  
  

Available Information

   1  
  

Business Segments

   2  
  

Institutional Securities

   2  
  

Global Wealth Management Group

4

Investment Management

   5  
  

Asset ManagementCompetition

   6

Research

7

Competition

7  
  

Supervision and Regulation

   87  
  

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

   21  

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

   2322  

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

31

Item 2.

Properties32

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings   33  

Item 4.2.

  

[Removed and Reserved]Properties

   3834

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

35

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

46  
Part II    

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   3947  

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   4250  

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   4452  
  

Introduction

   4452  
  

Executive Summary

   4554  
  

Business Segments

   5463  
  

Accounting Developments

   7383  
  

Other Matters

   7385  
  

Critical Accounting Policies

   7688  
  

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   8192  

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   96111  

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   119136�� 
  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   119136  
  

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

   120137  
  

Consolidated Statements of Income

   122138  
  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

   123139  
  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

   124140  
  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

   125141  

 

i


Table of Contents      Page 
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   127142  
  

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

   252285  

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   260293  

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   260293  

Item 9B.

  

Other Information

   262295  

Part III

    

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   263296  

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   263296  

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   264297  

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

   265298  

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   265298  

Part IV

    

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   266299  

Signatures

   S-1  

Exhibit Index

   E-1  

 

ii


Forward-Looking Statements

 

We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

 

The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

the effect of politicaleconomic and economicpolitical conditions and geopolitical events;

 

the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and creditcommodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments;markets;

 

the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary) and legal and regulatory actions in the United States (“U.S.”) and worldwide;

 

the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

 

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

 

investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

the performance of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements;

 

our reputation;

 

inflation, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism;

 

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors;competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

the effectiveness of our risk management policies;

 

technological changes;changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; and

 

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Competition”“Business—Competition” and “Supervision“Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere throughout this report.

 

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

iii


Part I

 

Item 1.Business.

 

Overview.

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides its products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and its predecessor companies date back to 1924. The Company is a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company conducts its business from its headquarters in and around New York City, its regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and its principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had 62,54255,794 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley andtogether with its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year, beginning January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition reporting period in December 2008. Financial information concerning the Company, its business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 20102013 (“2010”2013”), December 31, 20092012 (“2009”), November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”2012”) and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 (“2011”) is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

 

Available Information.

 

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including the Company) file electronically with the SEC. The Company’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site,www.sec.govwww.sec.gov..

 

The Company’s internet site iswww.morganstanley.com. You can access the Company’s Investor Relationswebpage atwww.morganstanley.com/about/ir. The Company makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports onForm 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of the Company’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

The Company has a Corporate Governance webpage. You can access information about the Company’s corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance. The Company posts the following on itsCompany’s Corporate Governance webpage:

webpage includes the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

Charters charters for its Audit Committee; Internal Audit Subcommittee; Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee; Nominating and Governance Committee; Operations and Technology Committee; and Risk Committee;

1


Corporate Governance Policies;

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Contributions;

Activities; Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

Code of Conduct; and

Integrity Hotline information.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller.Deputy Chief Financial Officer. The Company

1


will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on the Company’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

Business Segments.

 

The Company is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and AssetInvestment Management. A summary of the activities of each of the business segments follows.

Institutional Securities provides capital raising; financial advisory services, including advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

Asset Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

 

Institutional Securities.

 

The Company provides financial advisory and capital-raising services to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients globally, primarily through wholly owned subsidiaries that include Morgan Stanley & Co. IncorporatedLLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc and Morgan Stanley Asia Limited, and certain joint venture entities that include Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) and Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. These(“MUMSS”). The Company, primarily through these entities, also conductconducts sales and trading activities worldwide, as principal and agent, and provideprovides related financing services on behalf of institutional investors.

 

2


Investment Banking and Corporate Lending Activities.

 

Capital Raising.    The Company manages and participates in public offerings and private placements of debt, equity and other securities worldwide. The Company is a leading underwriter of common stock, preferred stock and other equity-related securities, including convertible securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). The Company is also a leading underwriter of fixed income securities, including investment grade debt, non-investment grade instruments, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, tax-exempt securities and commercial paper and other short-term securities.

 

Financial Advisory Services.    The Company provides corporate and other institutional clients globally with advisory services on key strategic matters, such as mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, corporate restructurings, recapitalizations, spin-offs, exchange offers and leveraged buyouts and takeover defenses as well as shareholder relations. The Company also provides advice and services concerning rights offerings, dividend policy, valuations, foreign exchange exposure, financial risk management strategies and financial planning. In addition, the Company furnishes advice and services regarding project financings and provides advisory services in connection with the purchase, sale, leasing and financing of real estate.

 

Corporate Lending.    The Company provides loans or lending commitments, including bridge financing, to selectedselect corporate clients through its subsidiaries, including Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A (“MSBNA”). These loans and lending commitments have varying terms,terms; may be senior or subordinated and/orsubordinated; may be secured or unsecured,unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower,borrower; and may be syndicated, hedgedtraded or tradedhedged by the Company*.Company. The borrowers may be rated investment grade or non-investment grade.

 

Sales and Trading Activities.

 

The Company conducts sales, trading, financing and market-making activities on securities, swaps and futures, both on exchanges and in over-the-counter (“OTC”), markets around the world. The Company’s Institutional Securities sales and trading activities include Equity Trading; Interest Rates, Creditcomprise Institutional Equity; Fixed Income and Currencies; Commodities; Clients and Services;Research; and Investments.

 

2


Equity Trading.Institutional Equity.    The Company acts as agent and principal (including as a market-maker) and agent in executing transactions globally in cash equity and equity-related products, including common stock, ADRs, global depositary receipts and exchange-traded funds.

 

The Company’sCompany acts as agent and principal (including as a market-maker) in executing transactions globally in equity derivatives sales, trading and market-making activities cover equity-relatedequity-linked or related products, globally, including options, equity swaps, options, warrants, structured notes and futures overlyingon individual securities, indices and baskets of securities and other equity-related products. The Company also issuesoffers prime brokerage services to clients, including consolidated clearance, settlement, custody, financing and makes a principal marketportfolio reporting. In addition, the Company provides wealth management services to ultra-high net worth and high net worth clients in equity-linked products to institutional and individual investors.select regions outside the U.S.

 

Interest Rates, CreditFixed Income and Currencies.Commodities.    The Company trades, invests and makes markets in fixed income securities and related products globally, including, among other products, investment and non-investment grade corporate debt,debt; distressed debt,debt; bank loans,loans; U.S. and other sovereign securities,securities; emerging market bonds and loans,loans; convertible bonds,bonds; collateralized debt obligations,obligations; credit, currency, interest rate and other fixed income-linked notes,notes; securities issued by structured investment vehicles,vehicles; mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate-loan products,products; municipal securities,securities; preferred stock and commercial paper,paper; and money-market and other short-term securities. The Company is a primary dealer of U.S. federal government securities and a member of the selling groups that distribute various U.S. agency and other debt securities. The Company is also a primary dealer or market-maker of government securities in numerous European, Asian and emerging market countries.countries, as well as Canada.

 

The Company trades, invests and makes markets globally in listed swaps and futures and OTC cleared and uncleared swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans,

*Revenues and expenses associated with the trading of syndicated loans are included in “Sales and Trading Activities.”

3


credit indexes, asset-backed security indexes, property indexes, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities and real estate loan products.

 

The Company trades, invests and makes markets in major foreign currencies, such as the British pound, Canadian dollar, euro, Japanese yen and Swiss franc, as well as in emerging markets currencies. The Company trades these currencies on a principal basis in the spot, forward, option and futures markets.

 

Through the use of repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements, the Company acts as an intermediary between borrowers and lenders of short-term funds and provides funding for various inventory positions. The Company also provides financing to customers for commercial and residential real estate loan products and other securitizable asset classes.classes, and distributes such securitized assets to investors. In addition, the Company engages in principal securities lending with clients, institutional lenders and other broker-dealers.

 

The Company advises on investment and liability strategies and assists corporations in their debt repurchases and tax planning. The Company structures debt securities, derivatives and other instruments with risk/return factors designed to suit client objectives, including using repackaged asset and other structured vehicles through which clients can restructure asset portfolios to provide liquidity or reconfigure risk profiles.

 

Commodities.The Company trades, invests and makes markets in the spot, forward, physical derivativesOTC cleared and uncleared swaps, options and futures markets in several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. The Company is a market-maker in exchange-traded options and futures and OTC options and swaps on commodities, and offers counterparties hedging programs relating to production, consumption, reserve/inventory management and structured transactions, including energy-contract securitizations and monetization. The Company is an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and owns electricity-generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe.

 

The Company owns TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business, and owns a minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC,

3


which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction includes the sale of the Company’s minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. Also on December 20, 2013, the Company announced it is exploring strategic options for its stake in TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries.

 

Clients and Services.Research.    The Company provides financing services, including prime brokerage, which offers, among other services, consolidated clearance, settlement, custody, financing and portfolio reporting services to clients trading multiple asset classes. In addition, the Company’s institutional distribution and sales activities are overseen and coordinated through Clients and Services.

Investments.    The Company from time to time makes investments that represent business facilitation or other investing activities. Such investments are typically strategic investments undertaken by the Company to facilitate core business activities. From time to time, the Company may also make investments and capital commitments to public and private companies, funds and other entities.

The Company sponsors and manages investment vehicles and separate accounts for clients seeking exposure to private equity, infrastructure, mezzanine lending and real estate-related and other alternative investments. The Company may also invest in and provide capital to such investment vehicles. See also “Asset Management” herein.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform that supports Institutional Securities sales and trading activity, including post-execution trade processing and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody, such as asset servicing. This is done for transactions in listed and OTC transactions in commodities, equity and fixed

4


income securities, including both primary and secondary trading, as well as listed, OTC and structured derivatives in markets around the world. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

Global Wealth Management Group.

The Company’s Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in MSSB, provides comprehensive financial services to clients through a network of more than 18,000 global representatives in approximately 850 locations at year-end. As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group had $1,669 billion in client assets.

Clients.

Global Wealth Management Group professionals serve individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions with an emphasis on ultra high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. Global representatives are located in branches across the U.S. and provide solutions designed to accommodate individual investment objectives, risk tolerance and liquidity needs. Call centers are available to meet the needs of emerging affluent clients. Outside the U.S., Global Wealth Management Group offers financial services to clients in Europe, the Middle East, Asia, Australia and Latin America.

Products and Services.

The Company’s Global Wealth Management Group provides clients with a comprehensive array of financial solutions, including products and services from the Company, Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) and third-party providers, such as insurance companies and mutual fund families. Global Wealth Management Group provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various types of investments, including equities, options, futures, foreign currencies, precious metals, fixed income securities, mutual funds, structured products, alternative investments, unit investment trusts, managed futures, separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs. Global Wealth Management Group also engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities. In addition, Global Wealth Management Group offers education savings programs, financial and wealth planning services, and annuity and other insurance products.

In addition, Global Wealth Management Group offers its clients access to several cash management services through various affiliates, including deposits, debit cards, electronic bill payments and check writing, as well as lending products, including securities based lending, mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. Global Wealth Management Group also provides trust and fiduciary services, offers access to cash management and commercial credit solutions to qualified small- and medium-sized businesses in the U.S., and provides individual and corporate retirement solutions, including individual retirement accounts and 401(k) plans and U.S. and global stock plan services to corporate executives and businesses.

Global Wealth Management Group provides clients a variety of ways to establish a relationship and conduct business, including brokerage accounts with transaction-based pricing and investment advisory accounts with asset-based fee pricing.

Operations and Information Technology.

As a result of MSSB, most of the operations and technology supporting the Global Wealth Management Group are provided either by the Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments or by Citi. Pursuant to contractual agreements, the Company and Citi perform various broker-dealer related functions, such as execution and clearing of brokerage transactions, margin lending and custody of client assets. For the Company,

5


these activities are undertaken through its own facilities, through memberships in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties. The Company and Citi provide certain other services and systems to support the Global Wealth Management Group through transition services agreements with MSSB.

Asset Management.

The Company’s Asset Management business segment is one of the largest global investment management organizations of any full-service financial services firm and offers clients a diverse array of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and merchant banking strategies. Portfolio managers located in the U.S., Europe and Asia manage investment products ranging from money market funds to equity and fixed income strategies, alternative investment and merchant banking products in developed and emerging markets across geographies and market cap ranges.

The Company offers a range of alternative investment, real estate investing and merchant banking products for institutional investors and high net worth individuals. The Company’s alternative investments platform includes hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and portable alpha strategies. The Company’s alternative investments platform also includes minority stakes in Lansdowne Partners, Avenue Capital Group and Traxis Partners LP. The Company’s real estate and merchant banking businesses include its real estate investing business, private equity funds, corporate mezzanine debt investing group and infrastructure investing group. The Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, its alternative investment, real estate and merchant banking funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing investors contributing the majority.

On June 1, 2010, as part of a restructuring of the Company’s Asset Management business segment, the Company sold substantially all of its retail asset management business, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc., to Invesco Ltd. This transaction allows the Company’s Asset Management business segment to focus on its institutional and intermediary client base.

Institutional Investors.

The Company provides investment management strategies and products to institutional investors worldwide, including corporations, pension plans, endowments, foundations, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies and banks through a broad range of pooled vehicles and separate accounts. Additionally, the Company provides sub-advisory services to various unaffiliated financial institutions and intermediaries. A Global Sales and Client Service team is engaged in business development and relationship management for consultants to help serve institutional clients.

Intermediary Clients and Individual Investors.

The Company offers open-end and alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies, financial planners and other intermediaries. Closed-end funds managed by the Company are available to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers. The Company also distributes mutual funds through numerous retirement plan platforms. Internationally, the Company distributes traditional investment products to individuals outside the U.S. through non-proprietary distributors and distributes alternative investment products through affiliated broker-dealers and banks.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide or oversee the process and technology platform required to support its asset management business. Support activities include transfer agency, mutual fund accounting and administration, transaction processing and certain fiduciary services on

6


behalf of institutional, intermediary and high net worth clients. These activities are undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

Research.

The Company’s research department (“Research”) coordinates globally across all of the Company’s businesses. Researchbusinesses and consists of economists, strategists and industry analysts who engage in equity and fixed income research activities and produce reports and studies on the U.S. and global economy, financial markets, portfolio strategy, technical market analyses, individual companies and industry developments. Research examines worldwide trends covering numerous industries and individual companies, the majority of which are located outside the U.S.; provides analysis and forecasts relating to economic and monetary developments that affect matters such as interest rates, foreign currencies, securities, derivatives and economic trends; and provides analytical support and publishes reports on asset-backed securities and the markets in which such securities are traded and data are disseminated to investors through third-party distributors, proprietary internet sites such as Client Linksm and Matrixsm, and the Company’s global representatives.

Investments.    The Company from time to time makes investments that represent business facilitation or other investing activities. Such investments are typically strategic investments undertaken by the Company to facilitate core business activities. From time to time, the Company may also make investments and capital commitments to public and private companies, funds and other entities.

The Company sponsors and manages investment vehicles and separate accounts for clients seeking exposure to private equity, infrastructure, mezzanine lending and real estate-related and other alternative investments. The Company may also invest in and provide capital to such investment vehicles. See also “Investment Management” herein.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform required to support Institutional Securities sales forces.and trading activity, including post-execution trade processing and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody, such as asset servicing. This support is provided for listed and OTC transactions in commodities, equity and fixed income securities, including both primary and secondary trading, as well as listed, OTC and structured derivatives in markets around the world. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

Wealth Management.

The Company’s Wealth Management business segment provides comprehensive financial services to clients through a network of more than 16,700 global representatives in 649 locations at year-end. As of December 31, 2013, Wealth Management had $1,909 billion in client assets.

Clients.

Wealth Management professionals serve individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions with an emphasis on ultra-high net worth, high net worth and affluent investors. Wealth Management representatives are located in branches across the U.S. and provide solutions designed to accommodate the individual investment objectives, risk tolerance and liquidity needs of investors residing in and outside the U.S. Call centers are available to meet the needs of emerging affluent clients.

4


Products and Services.

Wealth Management provides clients with a comprehensive array of financial solutions, including products and services from the Company and third-party providers, such as other financial institutions, insurance companies and mutual fund families. Wealth Management provides brokerage and investment advisory services covering various types of investments, including equities, options, futures, foreign currencies, precious metals, fixed income securities, mutual funds, structured products, alternative investments, unit investment trusts, managed futures, separately managed accounts and mutual fund asset allocation programs. Wealth Management also engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities. In addition, Wealth Management offers education savings programs, financial and wealth planning services, and annuity and other insurance products.

In addition, Wealth Management offers its clients access to several cash management services through various banks and other third parties, including deposits, debit cards, electronic bill payments and check writing, as well as lending products through affiliates such as MSBNA and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPNA” and, together with MSBNA, the “Subsidiary Banks”), including securities-based lending, mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit. Wealth Management also offers access to trust and fiduciary services, offers access to cash management and commercial credit solutions to qualified small- and medium-sized businesses in the U.S., and provides individual and corporate retirement solutions, including individual retirement accounts and 401(k) plans and U.S. and global stock plan services to corporate executives and businesses.

Wealth Management provides clients a variety of ways to establish a relationship and conduct business, including brokerage accounts with transaction-based pricing and investment advisory accounts with asset-based fee pricing.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Operations and Information Technology departments provide the process and technology platform to support the Wealth Management business segment, including core securities processing, capital markets operations, product services, and alternative investments, margin, payments and related internal controls over activity from trade entry through settlement and custody. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with affiliates and unaffiliated third parties.

Investment Management.

The Company’s Investment Management business segment, consisting of Traditional Asset Management, Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing activities, is one of the largest global investment management organizations of any full-service financial services firm and offers clients a broad array of equity, fixed income and alternative investments and merchant banking strategies. Portfolio managers located in the U.S., Europe and Asia manage investment products ranging from money market funds to equity and fixed income strategies, alternative investment and merchant banking products in developed and emerging markets across geographies and market cap ranges.

Institutional Investors.

The Company provides investment management strategies and products to institutional investors worldwide, including corporations, pension plans, endowments, foundations, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies and banks through a broad range of pooled vehicles and separate accounts. Additionally, the Company provides sub-advisory services to various unaffiliated financial institutions and intermediaries. A Global Sales and Client Service team is engaged in business development and relationship management for consultants to help serve institutional clients.

5


Intermediary Clients and Individual Investors.

The Company offers open-end and alternative investment funds and separately managed accounts to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers, banks, insurance companies, financial planners and other intermediaries. Closed-end funds managed by the Company are available to individual investors through affiliated and unaffiliated broker-dealers. The Company also distributes mutual funds through numerous retirement plan platforms. Internationally, the Company distributes traditional investment products to individuals outside the U.S. through non-proprietary distributors and distributes alternative investment products through affiliated broker-dealers and banks.

Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing.

The Company offers a range of alternative investment, real estate investing and merchant banking products for institutional investors and high net worth individuals. The Company’s alternative investments platform includes funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity and real estate funds and portable alpha strategies. The Company’s alternative investments platform also includes minority stakes in Lansdowne Partners and Avenue Capital Group. The Company’s real estate and merchant banking businesses include its real estate investing business, private equity funds, corporate mezzanine debt investing group and infrastructure investing group. The Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment adviser to, its alternative investment, real estate and merchant banking funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds with subscribing investors contributing the majority.

Operations and Information Technology.

The Company’s Operations and Information Technology departments provide or oversee the process and technology platform required to support its Investment Management business segment, including transfer agency, mutual fund accounting and administration, transaction processing and certain fiduciary services on behalf of institutional, intermediary and high net worth clients. This activity is undertaken through the Company’s own facilities, through membership in various clearing and settlement organizations, and through agreements with unaffiliated third parties.

 

Competition.

 

All aspects of the Company’s businesses are highly competitive, and the Company expects them to remain so. The Company competes in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent in all aspects of its business segments. The Company’s competitive position depends on its reputation and the quality and consistency of its long-term investment performance. The Company’s ability to sustain or improve its competitive position also depends substantially on its ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. The Company competes with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in the Company’s remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity.diversity, or new competitors may emerge. See also “Supervision“—Supervision and Regulation” below and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.Management.

 

The Company’s competitive position for its Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. The Company competes directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis.

 

6


The Company’s ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally dependent onimpacted by the Company’s credit ratings) and to commit capital efficiently, particularly in its capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects its competitive position. Corporate clients may request that the Company provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities and such requests are expected to increase in the future.

 

It is possible that competition may become even more intense as the Company continues to compete with financial institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain areas. Many of these firms have greater capital than the Company and have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure in ourits businesses. The complementary trends in the financial services industry of consolidation and globalization present, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for the Company to remain competitive.

In addition, the Company’s business is subject to increased regulation in the U.S. and abroad, while certain of its competitors may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company, thereby putting the Company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

7


The Company has experienced intense price competition in some of its businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions.commissions and comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue.increase as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. It is possible that the Company will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of its competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.prices (in the form of commissions or pricing).

 

AssetInvestment Management.

 

Competition in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including the Company’s reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and an appropriate benchmark index, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. The Company’s alternative investment products, such as private equity funds, real estate and hedge funds, compete with similar products offered by both alternative and traditional asset managers.managers, who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company.

 

Supervision and Regulation.

 

As a major financial services firm, the Company is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where it operates.conducts its business. Moreover, in response to the 2007–2008 financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and around the world,worldwide, are in the process of adopting, finalizing and implementing a wide range of reforms that will result in major changes to the way the Company is regulated and conducts its business. It will take some time for the comprehensive effects of these reforms to emerge and be understood.

 

Regulatory Outlook.

 

OnThe Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law.2010. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act werebecame effective immediately, most other portions will beare effective only following extendedtransition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. At this time,U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it isremains difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will be accomplished through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could lead to additional legislation or regulatory changes.In addition, various

 

7

In addition, legislative


international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions to risk-based capital, leverage and regulatory initiatives continue outside the U.S. which may also affect the Company’s business and operations. For example,liquidity standards by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has issued new capital, leverage, including Basel III, and liquiditythe implementation of those standards known as “Basel III,”in jurisdictions in which U.S. banking regulators are expectedthe Company operates, will continue to introduceimpact the Company in the U.S. The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee are also developing standards designed to apply to systemically important financial institutions, such as the Company. In addition, initiatives are under way in the European Union and Japan, among other jurisdictions, that would require centralized clearing, reporting and recordkeeping with respect to various kinds of financial transactions and other regulatory requirements that are in some cases similar to those required under the Dodd-Frank Act.coming years.

 

It is likely that the year 20112014 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, thoughalthough it isremains difficult to predict which further reform initiatives will become law, how such reforms will be implemented or the exact impact theythese changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period.

 

Financial Holding Company.

 

Consolidated Supervision.

The Company has operated as a bank holding company and financial holding company under the BHC Act since September 2008. Effective July 22, 2010, asAs a bank holding company, with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, the Company became subject to the new systemic risk regime established by the Dodd-Frank Act. It is not yet clear how the regulators will apply the heightened prudential standards on systemically important firms such as the Company.

8


Consolidated Supervision.

On the bank holding company level, the Company is subject to the comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve also gainsgained heightened authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of the Company’s subsidiaries. In particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is, or will become, subject to (among other things) significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, to more intensive scrutiny of its businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses, to new activities limitations, to a systemic risk regime that will impose heightened capital and liquidity requirements, to new restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the “Volcker Rule” and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. In addition, a new consumer protection agency, the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection will have exclusiveBureau has primary rulemaking, and primary enforcement and examination authority over the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer financialprotection laws, to the extent applicable.

Because the Company is subject to the systemic risk regime, it is now also subject to the expanded systemic risk powers of the Federal Reserve, including the Federal Reserve’s rulemaking in the area of heightened prudential standards and other requirements under the systemic risk regime. A new systemic risk oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve with applicability to financial institutions such as the Company, and must approve any finding by the Federal Reserve that a systemically important financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The Council is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation, and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) (established by the Dodd-Frank Act), can gather data and reports from financial institutions, including the Company. See also “—Systemic Risk Regime” below.

 

Scope of Permitted Activities.    As aThe BHC Act places limits on the activities of bank holding companies and financial holding company, Morgan Stanley is currently able to engage in any activity that is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as defined in accordance with the BHC Act. Unless otherwise required bycompanies, and grants the Federal Reserve the Company is permittedauthority to begin any new financial activity, and generally may acquire any company engaged in any financial activity, as long as it provides after–the–fact notice of such new activity or investment to the Federal Reserve.

The Company is, however, subject to prior notice or approval requirements of the Federal Reserve in respect of certain types of transactions, including for the acquisition of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of a U.S. depository institution or depository institution holding company, and, since July 2010, also for certain acquisitions of non-bank financial companies with $10 billion or more in total consolidated assets. The Company’s ability, as a financial holding company, to engage in certain merger transactions could also be impacted by approval requirements on a potentially broader set of transactions that will take effect in July 2011, by a new financial stability factor the Federal Reserve must consider in approving certain transactions, and by concentration limits, to be implemented by October 2011, limiting mergers and acquisitions resulting in control of more than 10% of all consolidated financial liabilities in the U.S. The Dodd-Frank Act will also place heightened requirements onlimit the Company’s ability to acquire control ofconduct activities. The Company must obtain Federal Reserve Board approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally. Since becoming a bank.

The BHC Act gavebank holding company in September 2008, the Company two years after becoming a financial holding company to conform its existing non-financialhas disposed of certain nonconforming assets and conformed certain activities and investments to the requirements of the BHC Act,Act.

In addition, the Company continues to engage in discussions with the possibility of three one-year extensions for a total grace period of up to five years. The Company has requested and obtained an extension in order to conform a limited set ofFederal Reserve regarding its commodities activities, and make certain divestments. Theas the BHC Act also grandfathers any “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that the Company was engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within the Company’s reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of the Company’s commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then the Company would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act. At this time, the Company believes, based on its interpretation of applicable law, that (i) such commodities activities qualify for the BHC Act bygrandfather exemption or otherwise conform to the end ofBHC Act and (ii) if the Federal Reserve were to determine otherwise, any extensions of the grace period. The Company does not believe that any such required divestment would not have a material adverse impact on its resultsfinancial condition. In January 2014, the Federal Reserve issued an advance notice of operations, cash flows orproposed rulemaking, which seeks public comment on certain matters related to financial condition.holding companies’ physical commodity activities and merchant banking investments in nonfinancial companies.

 

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.In orderDecember 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule will, over time, prohibit “banking entities,” including the Company and its affiliates, from engaging in certain prohibited “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market making-related activities, risk mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule will also require banking entities to either restructure or unwind

8


certain investments and relationships with “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule. Banking entities have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule, subject to possible extensions. The Volcker Rule requires banking entities to establish comprehensive compliance programs designed to help ensure and monitor compliance with restrictions under the Volcker Rule.

The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. The Company had already taken certain steps to comply with the Volcker Rule prior to the issuance of final regulations, including, for example, the divestiture of its in-house proprietary quantitative trading unit in January 2013. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

Capital and Liquidity Standards.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company and evaluates its compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s Subsidiary Banks. Under existing capital regulations, for the Company to remain a financial holding company, its Subsidiary Banks must qualify as “well-capitalized” by maintaining a total risk-based capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10% and a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%. To maintain its status as a financial holding company, Morgan Stanley must satisfythe Company is also required to be “well-capitalized” by maintaining these capital ratios. Effective January 1, 2015, the “well-capitalized” standard for the Company’s Subsidiary Banks will be revised to reflect the higher capital requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, as defined below. The Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. In addition, under the Federal Reserve and OCC’s leverage capital rules, the Company and the Subsidiary Banks are subject to a minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average total consolidated assets) of 4%.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets in accordance with the existing capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Federal Reserve. These existing capital standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final regulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework, referred to as “Basel 2.5,” became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk and incremental risk requirements.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The Company became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule on January 1, 2014. Certain requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the requirementminimum risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will commence or be phased in over several years.

The U.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards that its depository institution subsidiaries remain well capitalizedraise capital requirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and well managed.replace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased-in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%.

 

 9 


Under current regulations implementedThe Company is also subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer, on a fully phased-in basis by the Federal Reserve, if any depository institution controlled by a financial holding company no longer meets certain capital or management standards, the Federal Reserve may impose corrective capital and/or managerial requirements2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the parent financial holding company and place limitations on itsCompany’s ability to make acquisitions or otherwise conductcapital distributions, including the broader financial activities permissible for financial holding companies.payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, ascertain new items will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a last resort if the deficiencies persist, the Federal Reserve may order a financial holding company to cease the conduct of or to divest those businesses engagedphase-in schedule and will be fully phased in activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.by 2018. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, beginningU.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in July 2011, the financial holding company status will also depend on remaining well capitalized and well managed at the holding company level. See also “—Capital Standards” below.Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.

 

CurrentU.S. banking regulators have published final regulations also provide that if any depository institution controlled byimplementing a financial holding company fails to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977, the Federal Reserve must prohibit the financial holding company and its subsidiaries from engaging in any additional activities other than those permissible for bank holding companies that are not financial holding companies.

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    A provision of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Volcker Rule”requiring that certain institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer.

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements (collectively, the “advanced approaches method”) to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed above. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will over time, prohibitbe required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its estimated risk-weighted assets associated with operational risk.

In addition to the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and assigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The Company is provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to update the list of G-SIBs annually.

The U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company, to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3% beginning on January 1, 2018. In January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the supplementary leverage ratio in the treatment of, among other things, derivatives, securities financing transactions and other off-balance sheet items. U.S. banking regulators may issue regulations to implement the revised Basel III leverage ratio.

The U.S. banking regulators have also proposed a rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage standards for certain large bank holding companies and their subsidiary insured depository institutions, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. Under this proposal, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a leverage buffer of Tier 1 capital of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. This proposal would further establish a “well-capitalized” threshold based on a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Subsidiary Banks. If this proposal is adopted, its subsidiariesrequirements would become effective on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure of the ratio required beginning in 2015.

10


The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”). The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from engagingsignificant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banks and bank holding companies. The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and is defined as the ratio of the amount of available stable funding to the amount of required stable funding. This standard’s objective is to promote resilience over a longer time horizon. In January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR and continues to contemplate the introduction of the NSFR, including any final revisions, as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.

In October 2013, the U.S. banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in “proprietary trading,”the U.S. (“U.S. LCR proposal”). The U.S. LCR proposal would apply to the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. The U.S. LCR proposal is more stringent in certain respects compared to the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, and includes a generally narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, a different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period as definedwell as a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The Federal Reserve has also indicated that it may implement regulatory measures related to short-term wholesale funding.

See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including the Company, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework. Under the Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule, the Company must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by the regulators. The Volcker Rule will also require banking entities to either restructure or unwind certain relationships with “hedge funds”Company and “private equity funds,” as such terms are defined in the Volcker Rule and by the regulators. Regulators are required to issue regulations implementing the substantive Volcker Rule provisions during the course of 2011. The Volcker Rule is expected to become effective in July 2012, and banking entities will then have a two-year transition period to come into compliance with the Volcker Rule, subject to certain available extensions.Federal Reserve.

 

While full complianceThe capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases), and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact the bank holding company’s consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how the bank holding company will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the minimum ratios under the U.S. Basel III final rule that are phased in over the planning horizon, and above a Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio of 5%, and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary U.S. depository institutions under supervisory stress scenarios. The capital plan final rule requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, the Volcker Rulebank holding company must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the bank holding company would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. In addition to capital planning requirements, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could influence the Company’s ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock, or require it to provide capital assistance to the Subsidiary Banks under circumstances which the Company would not otherwise decide to do so.

The Company expects that, by March 31, 2014, the Federal Reserve will likely only beeither object or provide a notice of non-objection to the Company’s 2014 capital plan that was submitted to the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

In October 2012, the Federal Reserve issued its stress test final rule as required by Julythe Dodd-Frank Act that requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. Under this rule, the Company is required to publicly disclose the summary results of its company-run stress tests under the severely adverse economic

11


scenario. The rule also subjects the Company to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR process.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of the Subsidiary Banks to conduct an annual stress test, although MSPNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 subject to extensions, the Company’s business and operations are expected to be impacted earlier, as operating models, investments and legal structures must be reviewed and gradually adjustedstress test. MSBNA submitted its 2014 annual company-run stress tests to the new legal environment. The Company has begun a reviewOCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

See also “—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of its private equity fund, hedge fundFinancial Condition and proprietary trading operations; however, it is too early to predict how the Volcker Rule may impact the Company’s businesses.Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Systemic Risk Regime.The Dodd-Frank Act establishesestablished a new regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions deemed to pose systemic risks. Bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, such as the Company, became automatically subject to the systemic risk regime in July 2010. A new oversight body, the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”), can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve for systemically important financial institutions, must approve any finding by the Federal Reserve that a financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The Council is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“U.S. Treasury”) (established by the Dodd-Frank Act), can gather data and reports from financial institutions, including the Company.

 

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company must also provide to the Federal Reserve and FDIC, and MSBNA must provide to the FDIC, an annual plan for rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress. The Company and MSBNA submitted their most recent annual resolution plans to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, as required, on October 1, 2013.

In February 2014, the Federal Reserve issued final rules to implement certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act’s systemic risk regime. Effective on January 1, 2015, the final rules will require bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, to conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. In addition, the final rules will require institutions to comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements, such as establishment of a risk committee of the board of directors and appointment of a chief risk officer, both of which the Company already has. Under the final rules, upon a grave threat determination by the Council, the Federal Reserve must require financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15-to-1 if the Federal Reserve must establish enhanced risk-based capital, leverage capital and liquidity requirements. These requirements haveCouncil considers it necessary to be more stringent than standards for institutions that do not pose systemic risks. Those more broadly applicable U.S. capital and leverage standards will become significantly more onerous, and will be supplemented by liquidity requirements, such as those promulgated bymitigate the Basel Committee. The enhanced capital, leverage and liquidity standards under the systemic risk regime are expected to place additional demands, beyond those under Basel III, on systemically important financial institutions including the Company. The exact form, scale and timing of introduction of any such enhanced requirements are unclear and will have to be established by rulemaking. The Financial Stability Board has also announced that it will, together with national authorities, determine in 2011 which financial institutions are “clearly systemic to the global financial system” (“G-SIFIs”), and recommend an additional degree of loss absorbency for these institutions. A peer review council will be established with the aim of ensuring consistent application of measures across G-SIFIs in light of the risks they pose.risk.

 

The systemic risk regime calls for the establishment of extensive, rapid and orderly resolution plans (“resolution plans”). The establishment and maintenance of resolution plans requires systemically important financial institutions, including the Company, to analyze and provide substantial amounts of information regarding their legal entity structure, assets, liabilities, security arrangements and major counterparties and could entail significant restructuring of operations. The Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) will review resolution plans for adequacy and, if they are found to be inadequate, can require changes in

10


business operations and corporate structure, impose more stringent requirements or restrictions, including more stringent capital requirements or restrictions on growth, and may require divestments of operations or assets as a last resort. The specific requirements of resolution plans will be developed through Federal Reserve and FDIC rulemaking.

Systemically important financial institutions are made subject to an early remediation regime to address financial distress, which will include measures ranging from limits on capital distributions, acquisitions and asset growth, to capital restoration plans and capital-raising requirements, and the details of which will be established by rulemaking. It is currently unclear how regulators will define “financial distress,” thereby determining at what level of capital deficiency or other signs of distress the foregoing restrictions would set in. In addition,provides that, for institutions posing a grave threat to U.S. financial stability, the Federal Reserve, upon Council vote, must limit that institution’s ability to merge, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate activities, impose conditions on activities or, as a last resort, require it to dispose of assets. Upon a grave threat determination by the Council, the Federal Reserve must issue rules that require financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15-to-1 if the Council considers it necessary to mitigate the risk.

Under the systemic risk regime, the Company will be required to conduct regular internal stress tests, and the Company must also submit to annual stress tests conducted by the Federal Reserve, a summary of which will be published. Implementing regulation must be issued by January 2012. The systemic risk regime also calls for heightened risk management standards and credit exposure reporting and, effective by July 2013 at the earliest, for limits on the concentration of risk and credit exposure to non-affiliates. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish further standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, required risk committee of the board, and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures.

 

In addition, the Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would limit the aggregate exposure of each bank holding company with $500 billion or more in total consolidated assets, such as the Company, and each company designated by the Council, to each other such institution to 10% of the aggregate capital and surplus of each institution, and limit the aggregate exposure of such institutions to any other unaffiliated counterparty to 25% of the institution’s aggregate capital and surplus. The proposed rules would also create a new early remediation

12


framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses determined with reference to four levels of early remediation, including heightened supervisory review, initial remediation, recovery, and resolution assessment, with specific limitations and requirements tied to each level. The Federal Reserve has stated that it will issue, at a later date, final rules establishing single counterparty credit limits and an early remediation framework.

See also “—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above and “—Orderly Liquidation Authority” below.

Capital Standards.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company and evaluates its compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national bank subsidiaries.

Current U.S. risk-based capital and leverage guidelines require the Company’s capital-to-assets ratios to meet certain minimum standards. Under the current guidelines, in order for the Company to remain a financial holding company its bank subsidiaries must qualify as “well capitalized” and “well managed” by maintaining a total capital ratio (total capital to risk-weighted assets) of at least 10% and a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6%. Beginning in July 2011, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the capital standards currently applicable to the Company’s bank subsidiaries will apply directly to the Company, as a holding company, and require it to remain “well capitalized” and “well managed” to maintain its status as a financial holding company. Under current standards, the Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk-based and leverage capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and their particular condition, risk profile and growth plans. The Company expects that the new “well capitalized” requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act will similarly be established in excess of minimum capital requirements applicable to bank holding companies.

The Company calculates its capital ratios and risk-weighted assets in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Federal Reserve. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as “Basel I.” At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements. See also Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final U.S. implementing regulation incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank

11


subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The timeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I) and Basel II, which, as currently scheduled, will be followed by a three-year transitional period. In addition, under a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, capital standards generally applicable to U.S. banks will serve to establish minimum Tier 1 and total capital requirements more broadly, including for bank holding companies such as the Company that otherwise apply different capital standards set by the Federal Reserve. In effect, those generally applicable capital standards, which are currently based on Basel I standards but may themselves change over time, would serve as a permanent floor to minimum capital requirements calculated under the Basel II standard the Company is currently required to implement, as well as future capital standards.

Basel III contains new standards that will raise the quality of capital banking institutions must hold, strengthen the risk-weighted asset base and introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based capital ratios. Basel III includes a new capital conservation buffer, which imposes a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress, subject to restrictions on capital distributions, and a new countercyclical buffer, which regulators can activate during periods of excessive credit growth in their jurisdiction. The use of certain capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, as Tier 1 capital components will be phased out. Basel III also introduces new liquidity measures designed to monitor banking institutions for their ability to meet short-term cash flow needs and to address longer-term structural liquidity mismatches.

National implementation of Basel III risk-based capital requirements, including by U.S. regulators, will begin in 2013, and many of the requirements will be subject to extended phase-in periods. Once fully implemented, the capital requirements would include a new minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 equity ratio of 6%, and the minimum total capital ratio which would remain at 8.0% (plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer consisting of common equity in addition to these ratios). Despite extended phase-in periods, the Company expects some of the new capital requirements to become relevant sooner. For example, on November 17, 2010, the Federal Reserve announced that it will require large U.S. bank holding companies to submit capital plans that show, among other things, the ability to meet Basel III capital requirements over time, and the Company submitted its capital plan to the Federal Reserve on January 7, 2011 in response to such requirements. The Federal Reserve will evaluate capital plans that include a request to increase common stock dividends, implement stock repurchase programs, or redeem or repurchase capital instruments.

Concurrently with implementing regulations concerning Basel III, U.S. banking regulators will implement provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act with effect on capital and related requirements, including heightened capital and liquidity requirements for financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime, including the Company, as well as a mandate to make capital requirements countercyclical, and for capital requirements to address risks posed by certain activities. Pursuant to a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act, over time, trust preferred securities will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital but will qualify only as Tier 2 capital. This change in regulatory capital treatment will be phased in incrementally during a transition period that will start on January 1, 2013 and end on January 1, 2016. This provision of the Dodd-Frank Act is expected to accelerate the phase-in of disqualification of trust preferred securities provided for by Basel III.

Bank holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Federal Reserve. Under Federal Reserve rules, the minimum leverage ratio is 3% for bank holding companies, including the Company, that are considered “strong” under Federal Reserve guidelines or which have implemented the Federal Reserve’s risk-based capital measure for market risk. Basel III introduces internationally a leverage ratio that could result in more stringent capital requirements than the current minimum U.S. leverage ratio. Bank holding companies such as the Company, over a period of time will also be required to satisfy, at a minimum, the leverage capital requirements currently in effect for U.S. banks, which will thereafter serve as an effective floor. Financial institutions subject to the systemic risk regime under the Dodd-Frank Act, including the Company, will also be required to meet as yet unspecified heightened prudential standards, including possibly higher leverage capital requirements.

12


See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Orderly Liquidation Authority.    Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, including bank holding companies such as Morgan Stanleythe Company and certain covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to resolution under a new orderly liquidation authority. The U.S. Treasury Secretary, in consultation with the President of the U.S., must first make certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations.determinations, and action must be recommended by two-thirds of the FDIC Board and two-thirds of the Federal Reserve Board. Absent such U.S. Treasury determinations, Morgan Stanleyactions, the Company as a bank holding company would remain subject to resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.

 

The orderly liquidation authority went into effect in July 2010, butand rulemaking is required to render it fully operative.proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others planned but not yet proposed. If the Company were subjectedsubject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be appointed receiver, which would give the FDIC considerable rights and powers that it must exercise with the goal of liquidating and winding upto resolve the Company, including (i) the FDIC’s rightpower to remove officers and directors responsible for the Company’s failure and to appoint new directors and officers; (ii) the power to assign assets and liabilities and transfer some to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; (ii)(iii) the ability of the FDIC to differentiate among creditors, in exercising its cherry-picking powers, including by treating junior creditors better than senior creditors, subject to a minimum recovery right to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and (iii) the(iv) broad powers given the FDIC to administer the claims process to determine which creditor receives what, and in which order,distributions from the assets of the receivership to creditors not transferred to a third party or bridge financial institution.

The FDIC can provide a broad range of financial assistance for the resolution process, and, if it does so, it must ensure that unsecured creditors bear losses up to the amount they would have suffered in liquidation (or as otherwise determined by the FDIC), and that management or board members of the financial company responsible for the failed condition are removed. Amounts owed to the U.S. are generally given priority over claims of general creditors. In addition, to the extentDecember 2013, the FDIC funds the liquidationreleased its proposed single point of entry strategy for resolution of a financial company with borrowings from the U.S. Treasury, it is authorized to assess claimants that receive benefits in excess of their claims in a bankruptcy liquidation, as well as systemically important or other large financial institutions, to repay such borrowings.

A number of creditor rights ininstitution under the orderly liquidation authority. The FDIC’s release outlines how it would use its powers under the orderly liquidation authority have been modeled afterto resolve a systemically important financial institution by placing its top-tier U.S. holding company in receivership and keeping its operating subsidiaries open and out of insolvency proceedings by transferring the Bankruptcy Code,operating subsidiaries to a new bridge holding company, recapitalizing the operating subsidiaries and imposing losses on the FDIC must promulgate implementing regulation in a manner that further reduces the gap in treatment between the two regimesshareholders and increases legal certainty. However, the orderly resolution authority is untested and differs in material respects from the Bankruptcy Code, including in the broad powers granted to the FDIC as receiver. As a result, the Company cannot exclude the possibility that shareholders, creditors and other counterparties of the Company and similarly situated financial companies will reassess the credit risk posed by the possibility that the Company could be subjectedholding company in receivership according to the orderly liquidation authority, and could seek to be compensated for any perceived risktheir statutory order of greater credit losses in such event.

In addition to the orderly liquidation authority, the Dodd-Frank Act also eliminates some of the regulatory authorities used in the recent financial crisis to intervene and support individual financial institutions. As a result of these developments, credit rating agencies have announced that they would review financial institutions’ ratings to potentially adjust the previously assumed level of government support as a factor in their ratings. These developments may have potential negative implications for such institutions’ ratings to the extent the credit rating agencies’ assessment of the impact of systemic risk regulation on the assumed level of government support negatively influences the Company’s credit ratings, that in turn could negatively impact the Company’s funding costs. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

Dividends.    In addition to certain dividend restrictions that apply by law to certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, as described below, the OCC, thepriority. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Company, MSBNA and other depository institution subsidiaries of the Company, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment ofhas indicated that it may also introduce a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking

13


organization. It is Federal Reserve policyrequirement that certain large bank holding companies should generally pay dividends on common stock only outmaintain a minimum amount of income available fromlong-term debt at the past year, and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. It is also Federal Reserve policy that bank holding companies should not maintain dividend levels that undermine the company’s abilitycompany level to be a sourcefacilitate orderly resolution of strength to its banking subsidiaries. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, all companies that own or control an insured depository institution will be required to serve as a source of strength to such institution;i.e., be able to provide financial assistance to such institution when it experiences financial distress. Implementing regulations must be issued by July 2012. Like the Federal Reserve policy currently in place, as well as periodic stress tests, the new statutory source of strength requirement could influence the Company’s ability to pay dividends, or require it to provide capital assistance to MSBNA or Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MS Private Bank”) (formerly Morgan Stanley Trust FSB) under circumstances under which the Company would not otherwise decide to do so.

See also “—Capital Standards” above.those firms.

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.Subsidiary Banks.

 

U.S. Banking Institutions.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers consumerretail securities-based lending and commercial lending services in addition to deposit products. Certain foreign exchange activities are also conducted in MSBNA. As an FDIC-insured national bank, MSBNA is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.

 

MS Private Bank conductsMSPNA offers certain mortgage and other secured lending activitiesproducts primarily for customers of its affiliate retail brokerbroker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). MS Private BankMSPNA also offers certain deposit products. It changed its charter to a national association on July 1, 2010, andproducts, as well as prime brokerage custody services. MSPNA is an FDIC-insured national bank whose activities are subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC.

 

Morgan Stanley Trust National Association isEffective October 1, 2013, the lending limits applicable to the Company’s U.S. Subsidiary Banks were revised to take into account credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, securities lending, securities borrowing and repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements with third parties.

In January 2014, the OCC proposed a non-depositoryset of specific risk governance guidelines to formalize its heightened expectations for large national bank whose activities are limited to fiduciarybanks, including MSBNA. The proposed guidelines set minimum standards for

13


the design and custody activities, primarily personal trustimplementation of a bank’s risk governance framework and prime brokerage custody services. It is subject to supervision, regulation and examinationthe oversight of that framework by the OCC. Morgan Stanley Trust National Association is not FDIC-insured.a bank’s board of directors.

 

Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. Current PCA regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as MSBNA or MS Private BankMSPNA and not to their parent holding companies, such as Morgan Stanley.companies. The Federal Reserve is, however, subject to limitations, authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level. In addition, as described above, under the systemic risk regime, the Company will become subject to an early remediation protocol in the event of financial distress. The Dodd-Frank Act also calls forformalized the requirement that bank holding companies, such the Company, serve as a study on the effectivenesssource of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and improvementscommit resources to the prompt corrective action regime, which maysupport these subsidiaries in the future resultevent such subsidiaries are in substantial revisions to the prompt corrective action framework.financial distress.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.    The Company’s U.S. subsidiary banksbank subsidiaries are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on any extensions of credit to, purchase of assets from, and certain other transactions with, any affiliates. These restrictions include limits onlimit the total amount of credit exposure that they may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates, as well as collateral requirements, and they require all such transactions to be made on market terms. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the affiliate transaction limits will be substantially broadened. Implementing rulemaking is called for byEffective July 2012. At that time,2012, derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between the Company’s U.S. bankingbank subsidiaries will also becomeand their affiliates became subject to more onerous lending limits. Boththese restrictions. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will propose rulemaking to implement these restrictions. These reforms will place limits on the Company’s U.S. bankingbank subsidiaries’ ability to engage in derivatives, repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions with other affiliates of the Company.

In addition, the Volcker Rule generally prohibits “covered transactions,” such as extensions of credit, between (i) the Company or any of its affiliates and (ii) “covered funds” for which the Company or any of its affiliates serve as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor and other “covered funds” organized and offered pursuant to specific exemptions in the Volcker Rule.

 

14


FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC–insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same bank holding company. As FDIC-insured depository institutions, MSBNA and MS Private BankMSPNA are exposed to each other’s losses. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance. In 2010, the FDIC adopted a restoration plan to replenish the reserve fund over a multi-year period. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, some of the restoration must be paid for exclusively by large depository institutions, including MSBNA, and FDIC deposit insurance assessments are calculated using a new methodology that generally favors banks that are mostly funded by deposits.

 

Institutional Securities and Global Wealth Management Group.Management.

 

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    The Company’s primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and are members of various self-regulatory organizations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. In addition, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are registered investment advisers with the SEC. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators.

14


In addition, MSSB LLC is a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB LLC’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as various state securities laws. These laws and regulations generally grant the SEC and other supervisory bodies with broad administrative powers to address non-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB LLC from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities. Other sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act includes various provisions that affect the regulation of broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act provides the SEC authority (which the SEC has not yet exercised)is authorized to adopt a fiduciary duty applicable to broker-dealers when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers and creates a new category of regulation for “municipal advisors,” which are subject to a fiduciary duty with respect to certain activities. In addition, thecustomers. The U.S. Department of Labor has proposedis considering revisions to the regulations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) that if adopted, would potentially broaden the category of conduct that could be regarded as “investment advice” under ERISA and could subject broker-dealers to ERISA’sa fiduciary duty and prohibited transaction rules with respect toprohibit specified transactions for a wider range of interactions with their customers.customer interactions. These developments may impact the manner in which affected businesses are conducted, decrease profitability and increase potential liabilities. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides the SEC authority (which the SEC also has not exercised) to prohibit or limit the use of mandatory arbitration pre-dispute agreements between a broker-dealer and its customers. If the SEC exercises its authority under this provision, it may materially increase litigation costs.

 

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

 

As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. Many non-U.S. regulatory authorities and exchanges also have rules relating to capital and, in some cases, liquidity requirements that apply to the Company’s non-U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries. These rules are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or more liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “Consolidated“—Financial Holding Company—Consolidated Supervision” and “Capital“—Financial Holding Company—Capital and Liquidity Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

 

15


Compliance with regulatory capital liquidity requirements may limit the Company’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its broker-dealer subsidiaries, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt, or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital liquidity requirements, or a significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels. In addition, such rules may require the Company to make substantial capital liquidity infusions into one or more of its broker-dealer subsidiaries in order for such subsidiaries to comply with such rules.

 

MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation (“SIPC”), which provides protection for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer. SIPC protects customers’ eligible securities held by a member broker-dealer up to $500,000 per customer for all accounts in the same capacity subject to a limitation of $250,000 for claims for uninvested cash balances. To supplement this SIPC coverage, each of MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have purchased additional protection for the benefit of their customers in the form of an annual policy issued by certain underwriters and various insurance companies that provides protection for each eligible customer above SIPC limits subject to an aggregate firmwide cap of $1 billion with no per client sublimit for securities and a $1.9 million per client limit for the cash portion of any remaining shortfall. As noted under “Systemic“—Financial Holding Company—Systemic Risk Regime,”Regime” above, the Dodd-Frank Act contains special provisions for the orderly liquidation of covered broker-dealersfinancial

15


institutions (which could potentially include MS&Co. and/or MSSB LLC). While these provisions are generally intended to provide customers of covered broker-dealers with protections at least as beneficial as they would enjoy in a broker-dealer liquidation proceeding under the Securities Investor Protection Act, the details and implementation of such protections are subject to further rulemaking. In addition, as noted under “Systemic Risk Regime,” the orderly liquidation provisions of Dodd-Frank could affect the nature, priority and enforcement process for other creditor claims against a covered broker-dealer, which could have an impact on the manner in which creditors and potential creditors extend credit to covered broker-dealers or the amount of credit that they extend.

 

The SEC is also undertaking a review of a wide range of equity market structure issues. As a part of this review, the SEC has proposed various rules regarding market transparency, and has adopted rules requiring broker-dealers to maintain risk management controls and supervisory procedures with respect to providing access to securities markets.markets, which became fully effective in 2012. In addition,July 2012, the SEC adopted a consolidated audit trail rule, which, when fully implemented, will require broker-dealers to report into one consolidated audit trail comprehensive information about every material event in an effort to prevent volatile trading, self-regulatory organizations have adopted trading pauses with respect to certain securities.the lifecycle of every quote, order, and execution in all exchange-listed stocks and options. It is possible that the SEC or self-regulatory organizations could propose or adopt additional market structure rules for equity and fixed income markets in the future. Moreover, compliance is required with respect to a new short sale uptick rule as of February 28, 2011, which will limit the ability to sell short securities that have experienced specified price declines.

The provisions, new rules and proposals discussed above could result in increased costs and could otherwise adversely affect trading volumes and other conditions in the markets in which we operate.

 

Regulation of Registered Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    As registered futures commission merchants, MS&Co. and MSSB LLC are subject to net capital requirements of, and their activities are regulated by, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and various commodity futures exchanges. The Company’s futures and options-on-futures businesses also are regulated by, the National Futures Association (“NFA”(the “NFA”), a registered futures association, of whichand various commodity futures exchanges. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC and certain of their affiliates are members. These regulatory requirements differ for clearingregistered members of the NFA in various capacities. Rules and non-clearing firms,regulations of the CFTC, NFA and theycommodity futures exchanges address obligations related to, among other things, the registration of the futures commission merchant and certain of its associated persons, membership with the NFA, the segregation of customer funds and the holding apart of a secured amount, the receiptuse by futures commission merchants of an acknowledgment of certain written risk disclosure statements, the receipt of trading authorizations, the furnishing of daily confirmations and monthly statements,customer funds, recordkeeping and reporting obligations, the supervision of accounts and antifraud prohibitions. Among other things, the NFA has rules covering a wide variety of areas such as advertising, telephone solicitations, risk disclosure, risk management and discretionary trading, disclosure of

16


fees, minimum capital requirements, reporting and proficiency testing.trading. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC have affiliates that are registered as commodity trading advisersadvisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance. Under CFTC and NFA rules, commodity trading advisersadvisors who manage accounts and commodity pool operators that are registered with the NFA must distribute disclosure documents and maintain specified records relating to their activities, and clientscommodity trading advisors and commodity pool operators have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise or operate. For each pool, a commodity pool operator must prepare and distribute a disclosure document; distribute periodic account statements; prepare and distribute audited annual financial reports; and keep specified records concerning the participants, transactions and operations of each pool, as well as records regarding transactions of the commodity pool operator and its principals. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships.

Derivatives Regulation.   ��Through the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company will face a comprehensive U.S. regulatory regime for its activities in certain over-the-counter derivatives. The regulation of “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) in the U.S. will be effected and implemented through CFTC, SEC and other agency regulations, which are required to be adopted by July 2011.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act requires, with limited exceptions, central clearing of certain types of Swaps and also mandates that trading of such Swaps, with limited exceptions, be done on regulated exchanges or execution facilities. As a result, market participants, including the Company’s entities engaging in Swaps, will have to centrally clear and trade on an exchange or execution facility certain Swap transactions that are currently uncleared and executed bilaterally. Also, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the registration of “swap dealers” and “major swap participants” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” and “major security-based swap participants” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”). Certain subsidiaries of the Company will likely be required to register as a swap dealer and security-based swap dealer and it is possible some may register as a major swap participant and major security-based swap participant.

Swap Entities will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with respect to the Swap activities for which they are registered. For example, Swaps Entities will be subject to a capital regime, a margin regime for uncleared Swaps and a segregation regime for collateral of counterparties to uncleared Swaps. Swaps Entities also will be subject to business conduct and documentation standards with respect to their Swaps counterparties. Furthermore, Swaps Entities will be subject to significant operational and governance requirements, including reporting and recordkeeping, maintenance of daily trading records, creation of audit trails, monitoring procedures, risk management, conflicts of interest and the requirement to have a chief compliance officer, among others. It is currently unclear to what extent regulation of Swaps Entities might also bring certain activities of the affiliates of such a Swaps Entity under the oversight of the Swaps Entity’s regulator.

The specific parameters of these Swaps Entities requirements are being developed through CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. Until such time as final rules are adopted, the extent of the regulation Morgan Stanley entities required to register will face remains unclear. It is likely, however, that, regardless of the final rules adopted, the Company will face increased costs due to the registration and regulatory requirements listed above. Complying with the proposed regulation of Swaps Entities could require the Company to restructure its Swaps businesses, require extensive systems changes, require personnel changes, and raise additional potential liabilities and regulatory oversight. Compliance with Swap-related regulatory capital requirements may require the Company to devote more capital to its Swaps business. The Dodd-Frank Act requires reporting of Swap transactions, both to regulators and publicly, under rules and regulations currently being proposed by the CFTC and the SEC, and the extent of these reporting requirements will not be clear until final rules are adopted.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires certain entities receiving customer collateral for cleared Swaps to register with the CFTC as a futures commission merchant or with the SEC as a broker, dealer or security-based swap dealer, as appropriate to the type of activity, and to follow certain segregation requirements for customer collateral. Futures

17


commission merchants and broker-dealers face their own comprehensive regulatory regimes administered by the CFTC and SEC, respectively. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires adoption of rules regarding position limits, large trader reporting regimes, CFTC whistleblower protection, compensation requirements and anti-fraud and anti-manipulation requirements related to activities in Swaps.

The European Union is in the process of establishing its own set of OTC derivatives regulations, and has published a proposal known as the European Market Infrastructure Regulation. Aspects of the regulation, including the scope of derivatives covered, and mandatory clearing and reporting requirements, are likely to be substantially similar to derivatives regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act. It is unclear at present how European and U.S. derivatives regulation will interact.

Regulation of Certain Commodities Activities.The Company’s commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving energy companies, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. Terminal facilities and other assets relating to the Company’s commodities activities also are subject to environmental laws both in the U.S. and abroad. In addition, pipeline, transport and terminal operations are subject to state laws in connection with the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties currently or previously owned or operated by us or locations to which we have sent wastes for disposal. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Scope of Permitted Activities” above.

Derivatives Regulation.    Through the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company faces a comprehensive U.S. regulatory regime for its activities in certain OTC derivatives. The regulation of “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) in the U.S. is being, and will continue to be, effected and implemented through the CFTC, SEC and other agency regulations. The CFTC has completed the majority of its regulations in this area, most of which are in effect. The SEC and other agencies charged with regulating Swaps have not yet adopted the majority of their Swap regulations.

Subject to certain limited exceptions, the Dodd-Frank Act requires central clearing of certain types of Swaps, public and regulatory reporting, and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities. Reporting requirements for CFTC-regulated Swaps are now in effect and certain types of CFTC-regulated interest rate and index credit default swaps are subject to mandatory central clearing. Certain Swaps will be required to be traded on an exchange or execution facility starting in February 2014.

16


The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the registration of “swap dealers” and “major swap participants” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” and “major security-based swap participants” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”). Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have registered with the CFTC as swap dealers and in the future additional subsidiaries may register with the CFTC as swap dealers. One or more subsidiaries of the Company will in the future be required to register with the SEC as security-based swap dealers.

Swaps Entities are or will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with new obligations for the Swaps activities for which they are registered, including new capital requirements, a new margin regime for uncleared Swaps and a new segregation regime for collateral of counterparties to uncleared Swaps. Swaps Entities are subject to additional duties, including, among others, internal and external business conduct and documentation standards with respect to their Swaps counterparties, recordkeeping and reporting. The Company’s swap dealers are also subject to new rules under the Dodd-Frank Act regarding segregation of customer collateral for cleared transactions, large trader reporting, and anti-fraud and anti-manipulation requirements related to activities in Swaps.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act providesspecific parameters of these requirements for Swaps have been and continue to be developed through CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. While many of the CFTC’s requirements are already final and effective, others are subject to further rulemaking or deferred compliance dates. In particular, the CFTC, SEC and the banking regulators have proposed, but not yet adopted, rules regarding margin and capital requirements for Swaps Entities. In September 2013, the Basel Committee and the International Organization of Securities Commissions released their final policy framework on margin requirements for non-centrally-cleared derivatives. The full impact on the Company of the U.S. agencies’ margin and capital requirements for Swaps Entities will not be known with additional authoritycertainty until the requirements are finalized. In November 2013, the CFTC re-proposed rules that, if finalized as proposed, would limit positions in 28 agricultural, energy and metals commodities, including swaps, futures and options that are economically equivalent to adoptthose commodity contracts. Through this re-proposal, the CFTC is taking steps to institute position limits that were previously finalized in November 2011 but were vacated by a federal court in September 2012.

Although the full impact of U.S. derivatives regulation on the Company remains unclear, the Company has already, and will continue to, face increased costs and regulatory oversight due to the registration and regulatory requirements indicated above. Complying with respectthe Swaps rules also has required, and will in the future require, the Company to change its Swaps businesses, and has required, and will in the future require, extensive systems and personnel changes. Compliance with Swap-related partially finalized regulatory capital requirements may require the Company to devote more capital to its Swaps business.

In July 2013, the CFTC issued final guidance on the cross-border application of its Swaps regulations and an exemptive order providing a delay in compliance timing of certain of those regulations as applied to certain futures or optionsnon-U.S. entities engaging in Swaps activities. Even with the issuance of the guidance, the full scope of the extraterritorial impact of U.S. Swaps regulation remains unclear.

The E.U. has adopted and implemented certain rules relating to the OTC derivatives market and these rules imposed regulatory reporting beginning in February 2014. The E.U. plans to impose central clearing requirements on futures,OTC derivatives in the future. In addition, other non-U.S. jurisdictions are in the process of adopting and implementing legislation emanating from the CFTC has proposed to adopt such limits. New position limits may affect trading strategiesG20 commitments that will require, among other things, the central clearing of certain OTC derivatives, mandatory reporting of derivatives and affectbilateral risk mitigation procedures for non-cleared trades. It remains unclear at present how the profitability of various businessesnon-U.S. and transactions.U.S. derivatives regulatory regimes will interact.

 

Non-U.S. Regulation.    The Company’s Institutional Securities businesses also are regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which the Company maintains an office. Non-U.S. policy makers and regulators, including the European Commission and European

17


Supervisory Authorities, continue to propose and adopt numerous market reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks, and formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to the Company’s European operations. Certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the U.K.Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”), the Financial ServicesConduct Authority (“FSA”FCA”) and several U.K. securities and futures exchanges in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), including the London Stock Exchange and Euronext.liffe, regulate the Company’s activities in the U.K.; the Deutsche Bôrse AG and the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) and the Deutsche Bôrse AG regulate its activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; Eidgenôssische Finanzmarktaufsicht (the Financial Market Supervisory Authority) regulates its activities in Switzerland; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, including the Tokyo Stock Exchange, the Osaka Securities Exchange and the Tokyo International Financial Futures Exchange, regulate its activities in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate its operations in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate its business in Singapore.

Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized or are in the process of proposing or finalizing risk-based capital, leverage capital, liquidity, banking structural reforms and other regulatory standards applicable to certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For example, the Company’s primary broker-dealer in the U.K., Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), is subject to regulation and supervision by the PRA with respect to prudential matters. As a prudential regulator, the PRA seeks to promote the safety and soundness of the firms that it regulates and to minimize the adverse effects that such firms may have on the stability of the U.K. financial system. The PRA has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards to pursue these objectives, including approvals of relevant regulatory models, as well as to bring formal and informal supervisory and disciplinary actions against regulated firms to address noncompliance with such standards. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters. On January 1, 2014, MSIP became subject to the Capital Requirements Regulation and Capital Requirements (collectively, “CRD IV”), which implements the Basel III and other regulatory requirements for E.U. investment firms, such as MSIP. European Market Infrastructure Regulation introduces new requirements regarding the central clearing, reporting and conduct of business with respect to derivatives. In addition, proposals to revise the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive would introduce various trading and market infrastructure reforms in the E.U. Lawmakers in the E.U. are also in the process of finalizing a proposed directive that would establish a framework for the recovery and resolution of E.U. credit institutions and investment firms, including MSIP.

 

AssetInvestment Management.

 

Many of the subsidiaries engaged in the Company’s asset management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC and, in certain states, some employees or representatives of subsidiaries are registered as investment adviser representatives.SEC. Many aspects of the Company’s asset management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the Company from carrying on its asset management activities in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of

18


individual employees, limitations on the Company engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. In order to facilitate its asset management business, the Company owns a registered U.S. broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc., which acts as distributor to the Morgan Stanley mutual funds and as placement agent to certain private investment funds managed by the Company’s Investment Management business segment. A number of legal entities within the Company’s Investment Management business are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration

18


pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance. See also “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation” and “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities” above.

As a result of the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s asset management activities will be subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements (including with respect to clients that are private funds), restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, hedge“covered funds, and private equity funds under” as defined in the Volcker Rule, (subjectsubject to certain limited exceptions)exemptions, and certain rules and regulations regarding trading activities, including trading in derivatives markets. Many of these new requirements may increase the expenses associated with the Company’s asset management activities and/or reduce the investment returns the Company is able to generate for its asset management clients. ManySeveral important elements of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be known until rulemaking is finalized and certain final regulations are adopted.

The Company is continuing its review of its asset management activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to help ensure and monitor compliance with the Volcker Rule. The Company had already taken certain steps to comply with the Volcker Rule prior to the issuance of the final regulations, including, for example, launching new funds that are designed to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” and “—Derivatives Regulation” above.Rule.”

 

The Company’s AssetInvestment Management business is also regulated outside the U.S. For example, the FSA regulatesFinancial Conduct Authority and the Prudential Regulation Authority regulate the Company’s business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates the Company’s business in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Exchange Board of IndiaFutures Commission regulates the Company’s business in India;Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates the Company’s business in Singapore.

 

Anti-Money Laundering.Laundering and Economic Sanctions.

 

The Company’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”) program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis. In the U.S., for example, the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, (the “BSA/USA PATRIOT Act”), imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, bank holding company subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts. The BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also mandates that financial institutions have policies, proceduresaccounts, and internal processes in place to monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. A financial institution subject to the BSA/USA PATRIOT Act also must designate a BSA/AML compliance officer, provide employees with training on money laundering prevention, and undergo an annual, independent audit to assess the effectiveness of its AML program. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs. The Company has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. The Company has also implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which enforces economic and trade sanctions against targeted foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to the U.S. foreign policy, national security, or economy,economy; by other governments,governments; or by global or regional multilateral organizations.organizations, such as the United Nations Security Council and the E.U. as applicable.

 

Anti-Corruption.

 

The Company is subject to applicable anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”),and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which prohibitsit operates. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a non-U.S. government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. The Company is also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. The Company has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the FCPA and other applicable anti-corruptionsuch laws, rules and regulations in the jurisdictions in which it operates.regulations.

 

19


Protection of Client Information.

 

Many aspects of the Company’s business are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the European Union (“EU”)E.U. Data Protection Directive in

19


the EU and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. The Company has adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

 

Research.

 

Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions. New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. federal and state regulators (to which the Company is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

 

Compensation Practices and Other Regulation.

 

The Company’s compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. In June 2010,particular, the Company is subject to the Federal Reserve and other federal regulators issued finalReserve’s guidance applicable to all banking organizations, including those supervised by the Federal Reserve, promulgated in accordance with compensation principles and standards for banks and other financial companies designed to encourage sound compensation practices established by the Financial Stability Board at the direction of the leaders of the Group of Twenty Finance Ministers and Central Bank Governors. The guidance wasthat is designed to help ensure that incentive compensation paid by banking organizations does not encourage imprudent risk-taking that threatens the organizations’ safety and soundness. The scope and content of the Federal Reserve’s policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and may change based on findings from its peer review process, and the Company expects that these policies will evolve over a number of years.

 

The Company is subject to the compensation-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may impact its compensation practices. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve, must prescribe regulations to require covered financial institutions, including the Company, to report the structures of all of their incentive-based compensation arrangements and prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risks by providing employees, directors or principal shareholders with compensation that is excessive compensation or that could lead to material financial loss to the covered financial institution. In FebruaryApril 2011, seven federal agencies, including the FDIC was the first federal regulator to proposeFederal Reserve, jointly proposed an interagency rule implementing this requirement. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC must direct listing exchanges to require companies to implement policies relating to disclosure of incentive-based compensation that is based on publicly reported financial information and the clawback of such compensation from current or former executive officers following certain accounting restatements.

 

In addition to the guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve and referenced above, the Company’s compensation practices may also be impacted by other regulations, including those promulgated in accordance with the Financial Stability BoardFSB compensation principles and standards. Thesestandards, CRD IV, Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive regulations, the fifth Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities Directive and proposed second Markets in Financial Instruments Directive. The FSB standards are to be implemented by local regulators. For instance,regulators, including in December 2010, the FSA published a policy statement outlining amendments toU.K., where the Remuneration Code, which governs remuneration of employees atof certain banks is governed by the Remuneration Code. In the E.U., beginning on January 1, 2014, the Company’s compensation practices with respect to address compensation-related rules undercertain employees whose activities have a material impact on the EU Capital Requirements Directive. In another example, the United Kingdom has implemented a non-deductible 50% tax on certain financial institutions in respect of discretionary bonuses in excess of £25,000 awarded during the period starting on December 9, 2009 and ending on April 5, 2010 to “relevant banking employees.”

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides a bounty to whistleblowers who present the SEC with information related to securities laws violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the SEC to establish a Whistleblower Office to administer the SEC’s whistleblower program, and prohibits retaliation by employers against individuals that provide the SEC with information about potential securities violations. As a resultrisk profile of the potential ofCompany’s E.U. operations will be subject to CRD IV, which includes a bounty, it is possible the Company could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC.fixed cap on bonuses and other variable remuneration restrictions.

 

For a discussion of certain risks relating to the Company’s regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A herein.

 

20

20


Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.

 

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their ages and titles as of February 28, 201125, 2014 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

 

Francis P. Barron (59).    Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (December 1985 to August 2010).

Kenneth deRegt (55).    Global Head of Fixed Income Sales and Trading (excluding Commodities) of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011). Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (February 2008 to January 2011). Managing Director of Aetos Capital, LLC, an investment management firm (December 2002 to February 2008).

Gregory J. Fleming (48)(50).    Executive Vice President and(since February 2010), President of AssetInvestment Management (since February 2010) and President of Global Wealth Management of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011). President of Research of Morgan Stanley (February 2010 to January 2011). Senior Research Scholar at Yale Law School and Distinguished Visiting Fellow of the Center for the Study of Corporate Law at Yale Law School (January 2009 to December 2009). President of Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. (“Merrill Lynch”) (February 2008 to January 2009). Co-President of Merrill Lynch (May 2007 to February 2008). Executive Vice President and Co-President of the Global Markets and Investment Banking Group of Merrill Lynch (August 2003 to May 2007).

 

James P. Gorman (52)(55).    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 through December 2011) and Directormember of Morgan Stanleythe Board of Directors (since January 2010) and Chairman of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney (since June 2009). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of the Global Wealth Management Group (February 2006 to April 2008).

Eric F. Grossman (47).    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Corporate Acquisitions StrategyLegal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and Research at Merrill Lynch (July 2005 to August 2005) and PresidentGeneral Counsel of the Global Private Client businessAmericas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to June 2009). Partner at Merrill Lynch (December 2002the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to JulyDecember 2005).

 

Keishi Hotsuki (48)(51).    Interim    Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since JanuaryMay 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of the Market Risk Department (since March 2008). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since March 2008)May 2010). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since May 2010).

 

Colm Kelleher (53)(56).    Executive Vice President (since October 2007) and President of Institutional Securities (since January 2013). Co-President of Institutional Securities of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010)(January 2010 to December 2012). Chief Financial Officer and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007). Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006).

 

John J. Mack (66).    Executive Chairman of the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley (since June 2005). Chief Executive Officer (June 2005 to December 2009). Chairman of Pequot Capital Management (June 2005). Co-Chief Executive Officer of Credit Suisse Group (January 2003 to June 2004). President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of Credit Suisse First Boston (July 2001 to June 2004). President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (May 1997 to March 2001).

Ruth Porat (53)(56).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Vice Chairman of Investment Banking (September 2003 to December 2009). Global Head of Financial Institutions Group (September 2006 to December 2009) and Chairman of the Financial Sponsors Group (July 2004 to September 2006) within the Investment Banking Division.Banking.

 

James A. Rosenthal (57)(60).    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011) and. Head of Corporate Strategy (January 2010 to May 2011). Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney and Head of Corporate Strategy of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010)Wealth Management (January 2010 to August 2011). Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations of Morgan Stanley (March 2008 to January 2010). Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer (May 2006 to March 2008).

 

21

21


Paul J. Taubman (50)Item 1A.    Risk Factors..    Executive Vice President and Co-President of Institutional Securities of Morgan Stanley (since January 2010). Global Head of Investment Banking (January 2008 to December 2009). Global Co-Head of Investment Banking (July 2007 to January 2008), Global Head of Mergers and Acquisitions Department (May 2005 to July 2007) and Global Co-Head of Mergers and Acquisitions Department (December 2003 to May 2005).

22


Item 1A.    RiskFactors.

 

Liquidity and Funding Risk.

 

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses our ability to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be substantiallynegatively affected negatively by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding the remaining sovereign debt issues in Europe or fiscal matters in the U.S., could impair our ability to raise funding. In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects. Such negative perceptions could be developedprospects due to factors such as if we were to incur large trading losses, we are downgraded or put on negative watch by the rating agencies, we suffer a decline in the level of our business activity, or if regulatory authorities take significant action against us, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity, among other reasons.activity. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may have to sell assets at a discount from market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings.

 

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are dependent onimpacted by our short-term and long-term credit ratings. FactorsThe rating agencies are continuing to monitor certain issuer specific factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings, includeincluding governance, the level and quality of our earnings, capital adequacy, funding and liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, and business mix and actualmix. Additionally, the rating agencies will look at other industry-wide factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, macro-economic environment, and perceived levels of government support.support, and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions. For example, in November 2013, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) took certain ratings actions with respect to eight large U.S. banking groups, including downgrading us, to remove certain uplift from the U.S. government support in their ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Our debtcredit ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical,a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. In addition, we may be requiredTermination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to pledgesustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The additional collateral to certainor termination payments which may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC. At December 31, 2013, the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties, exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. The rating agencies are consideringone-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act’s resolution authority provisions on large banking institutionsrelevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,522 million and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.an incremental $3,321 million, respectively.

 

22


We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

 

The parent holding company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to the parent

23


holding company, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances.circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our stock. The OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our bank holding company subsidiaries.

 

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

 

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economy. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile during the past three years, with volatility reaching unprecedented levels in the Falllast several years and continue to be, including as a result of 2008the European sovereign debt crisis, and into 2009.uncertainty regarding U.S. fiscal matters. In particular, our cost and availability of funding have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. RenewedContinued turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economyeconomies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, of commodities or securities, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio.portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Qualitative“Quantitative and QuantitativeQualitative Disclosure about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.7A.

 

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors.

 

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations due to global and economic conditions and other factors. TheOur results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, including the effect of politicaleconomic and economicpolitical conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and creditcommodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments;markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Act), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary), and legal and regulatory actions in the U.S. and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’sour acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements (including MSSB and with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial

23


Group, Inc. (“MUFG”)); our reputation; inflation, natural disasters, and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors, as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of our risk management policies; and technological changes;changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to our businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives.

 

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial fluctuations due to a variety of factors, such as those enumerated above that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments. During periods of unfavorable market or economic

24


conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Global Wealth Management Group business segment. In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our AssetInvestment Management business segment.

 

We may experience further writedownsdeclines in the value of our financial instruments and other losses related to volatile and illiquid market conditions.

 

Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets have mademake it extremely difficult to value certain of our securities, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these securities in future periods. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these securities, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could require us to take further writedownscause a decline in the value of our securities portfolio, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale, such as crowded trades. Morgan Stanley’sOur risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. SevereHowever, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict, however,as seen in the last several years, and Morgan Stanleywe could realize significant losses if unprecedented extreme market events were to occur, such as conditions in the global financial markets and global economy that prevailed from 2008 into 2009.occur.

 

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

 

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region.

 

We have incurred, and may continue to incur, significant losses in the real estate sector.

 

We finance and acquire principal positions in a number of real estate and real estate-related products for our own account, for investment vehicles managed by affiliates in which we also may have a significant investment, for separate accounts managed by affiliates and for major participants in the commercial and residential real estate markets.

24


We also originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. These businesses have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by the downturn in the real estate sector. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. Between 2004 and December 31, 2013, we sponsored approximately $148.0 billion of residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”) primarily containing U.S. residential loans. Of that amount, we made representations and warranties concerning approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2013, the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $17.2 billion and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $13.5 billion. We did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible, for the representations and warranties made by third party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that we securitized during that time period. We have not sponsored any U.S. RMBS transactions since 2007.

We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we securitized in commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”). Between 2004 and December 31, 2013, we originated approximately $50.6 billion and $13.0 billion of U.S. and non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, respectively, that were placed into CMBS sponsored by us. At December 31, 2013, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $33.0 billion. At December 31, 2013, the current UPB when known for all non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $3.0 billion and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known was $0.4 billion.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, we have been and expect that we may continue to become, the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief in the future. We continue to monitor our real estate-related activities in order to manage our exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising from borrower or counterparty default when a borrower, counterparty or obligorissuer does not meet its obligations.financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Qualitative“Quantitative and QuantitativeQualitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

25


We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

 

We incur significant credit risk exposure through the Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including but not limited to entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; providing short or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; and posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties. We incur credit riskcounterparties; and investing and trading in traded securities and loan pools whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

 

25


We also incur credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment lending to individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin and non-purposesecurities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

 

While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, there is a possibility that continuedadverse difficult economic conditions may further negatively impact our clients and our current credit exposures. In addition, as a clearing member firm, we finance our customer positions and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

 

DefaultsA default by anothera large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets generally.

 

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between the institutions. For example, increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges, with which we interact on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or of damage to a firm’sour reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people resources,and systems or from other internal or external events (e.g.(e.g., internal or external fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets, etc.)assets). We may incur operational risk across ourthe full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading), support functions and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing) or other strategic decisions (e.g., the integration of MSSB or other joint ventures, acquisitions or strategic alliances). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Operational“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

We are subject to operational risk that could adversely affect our businesses.

 

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. In addition, we may introduce new products or services or change processes, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify. In general, the transactions we process are increasingly complex. We perform the functions required to operate our different businesses either by ourselves or through agreements with third parties. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and systems at technology centers operated by unaffiliated third parties to process a high volume of transactions.

 

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or a third party’s systems or improper or unauthorized action by third parties or our employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation.

In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business.

 

26


Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and maythe systems of third parties with which we do business or that facilitate our business

26


activities, such as vendors. Like other financial services firms, we and our third party providers have been and continue to be vulnerablesubject to unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks, denial of service attacks and other events thatevents. The increased use of smartphones, tablets and other mobile devices may also heighten these and other operational risks. Events such as these could have a security impact on such systems. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially couldour systems and jeopardize our or our clients’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third party providers’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, our counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in reputational damage, client dissatisfaction, litigation or regulatory fines or penalties not covered by insurance maintained by us, orand adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Despite the business contingency plans we have in place, ourthere can be no assurance that such plans will fully mitigate all potential business continuity risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located.located, which are concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, catastrophic events, natural disasters, extreme weather events, electrical, environmental, computer servers, communications or other services we use, our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

 

Legal, Regulatory and RegulatoryCompliance Risk.

 

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of exposure tolegal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, in connection with regulatory or legal actionsloss to reputation we may suffer as a result of non-complianceour failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable legal orto our business activities. Legal, regulatory requirements or litigation. Legaland compliance risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. In today’s environment of rapid and possibly transformational regulatory change, we also view regulatory change as a component of legal, regulatory and compliance risk. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Risk“Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, which is undergoing major changes that will impact our business.

 

As aLike other major financial services firm,firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we operate.conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business, and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

In response to the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, or are currently considering enacting, financial market reforms that have resulted and could result in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated. In particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, we are, or will become, subject to (among other things) significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, to more intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses, to new activities limitations, to a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements to new restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Many of the changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of

27


assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock, or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors. In addition, similar regulatory requirements are being proposed by foreign policymakers and regulators, which may be inconsistent or conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and, if adopted may adversely affect us. While there continues to be uncertainty about the full impact of these changes, we do know that the Company will be subject to a more complex regulatory framework, and will incur costs to comply with new requirements as well as to monitor for compliance in the future.

For example, the Volcker Rule provision of the Dodd-Frank Act will have an impact on us, including potentially limiting various aspects of our business. We alsoare continuing our review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including our trading operations and asset management activities, and are taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory agenciesorganizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Interventions by authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses. The number of these investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, has increased substantially in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry, including us. Significant regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides a bountycompensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities laws violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this bounty,compensation, it is possible we maycould face an increased number of investigations by the SEC.

In response to the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted,SEC or are currently considering to enact, financial market reforms that result in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated. In particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, we are subject to significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, to new activities limitations, to a systemic risk regime which will impose especially high capital and liquidity requirements, and to comprehensive new derivatives regulation. Additional restrictions on our activities would result if we were to no longer meet certain capital or management requirements at the financial holding company level. Certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, while other portions will be effective only following extended transition periods, but many of these changes could in the future materially impact the profitability of our businesses, the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, could adversely affect our ability to pay dividends, or could require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.

27


The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to regulatory investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.CFTC.

 

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information.

 

Substantial legal liability could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. For example, recently,over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity focused on residential mortgage(both formal and credit crisis related mattersinformal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, we have been, and expect that we may continue to become, the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from residential mortgage claims that have not yet been notified to usasserted or are not yet determined to be material. For more information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved see “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3 herein.

 

28


Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected by governmental fiscal and monetary policies.

 

We are affected by fiscal and monetary policies adopted by regulatory authorities and bodies of the U.S. and other governments. For example, the actions of the Federal Reserve and international central banking authorities directly impact our cost of funds for lending, capital raising and investment activities and may impact the value of financial instruments we hold. In addition, such changes in monetary policy may affect the credit quality of our customers. Changes in domestic and international monetary policy are beyond our control and difficult to predict.

 

Our commodities activities subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we engage in the production, storage, transportation, marketing and trading of several commodities, including metals (base and precious), agricultural products, crude oil, oil products, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, coal, freight, liquefied natural gas and related products and indices. In addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and own electricity generating facilities in the U.S. and Europe;; we own TransMontaigne Inc. and its subsidiaries, a group of companies operating in the refined petroleum products marketing and distribution business; and we haveown a noncontrollingminority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. As a result of these activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations. In addition, liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations for the remediation of contaminated areas. Further, through these activities we are exposed to regulatory, physical and certain indirect risks associated with climate change. Our commodities business also exposes us to the risk of unforeseen and catastrophic events, including natural disasters, leaks, spills, explosions, release of toxic substances, fires, accidents on land and at sea, wars, and terrorist attacks that could result in personal injuries, loss of life, property damage, and suspension of operations. For more information about the planned sale of our global oil merchanting business, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Business Segments—Institutional Securities—Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

 

Although we have attempted to mitigate our pollution and other environmental risks by, among other measures, adopting appropriate policies and procedures for power plant operations, monitoring the quality of petroleum storage facilities and transport vessels and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be

28


available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.

 

UnderWe continue to engage in discussions with the Federal Reserve regarding our commodities activities, as the BHC Act there isprovides a grandfather exemption for “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of our commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then we would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act by the endAct. See also “Scope of any extensions of the BHC Act grace period, which would terminatePermitted Activities” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in all events on the fifth anniversary of our becoming a bank holding company.Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

We also expect the other laws and regulations affecting our commodities business to increase in both scope and complexity. During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies engaged in the activities in which we are engaged. For

29


example, the U.S. and the EUE.U. have increased their focus on the energy markets which has resulted in increased regulation of companies participating in the energy markets, including those engaged in power generation and liquid hydrocarbons trading. In addition, new regulation of OTC derivatives markets in the U.S. and similar legislation proposed or adopted abroad will impose significant new costs and impose new requirements on our commodities derivatives activities. We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.

 

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses.businesses and reputation.

 

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, or between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other. We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to address potential conflicts of interest. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging, and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses.businesses and reputation.

 

Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. In addition, our status as a bank holding company supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our domestic subsidiary banksU.S. bank subsidiaries and their affiliates.

 

Risk Management.

 

Our hedging strategies and other risk management techniquesstrategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposureexposures in all market environments or against all types of risk.

 

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our hedging strategies and other risk management techniquesstrategies, including our hedging strategies, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior.behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. For example, market conditions during the financial crisis involved unprecedented dislocations and highlight the limitations inherent in using historical information to manage risk. Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal, regulatory and regulatorycompliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record

29


properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sale or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and therefore reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

30


Competitive Environment.

 

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, reputation, risk appetite and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. These developmentsSuch changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity.diversity, or new competitors may emerge. We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to increaseobtain market share by reducing prices. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different, and in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes, than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Competition”“Business—Competition” and “Supervision“Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

 

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions.commissions or comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue.continue and will likely increase as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and it is likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.prices (in the form of commissions or pricing).

 

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. In order to attract and retain qualified employees, we must compensate such employees at market levels. Typically, those levels have caused employee compensation to be our greatest expense as compensation is highly variable and changes based on business and individual performance and market conditions. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at rates or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. The financial industry has and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, or employeeincluding limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, may be made subject toclawback requirements and special taxation, (as it has already been done in some jurisdictions, including the U.K. and France), which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

 

International Risk.

 

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

 

We are subject to political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange

30


controls, increased taxes and levies and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for

31


us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

 

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

 

The emergence of a disease pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency as well as natural disasters, terrorist actsactivities or military actions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

 

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-national bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, andas well as applicable anti-corruption laws in the FCPA.jurisdictions in which we operate. A violation of a sanction, or embargo program, or of the FCPAanti-corruption law, could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

 

Acquisition and Joint Venture Risk.

 

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes and strategic alliances.

 

In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures (including MSSB) or strategic alliances (including with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.)MUFG), we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

For example, the ownership arrangements relating to the Company’s joint venture in Japan with MUFG of their respective investment banking and securities businesses are complex. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities businesses by forming two joint venture companies, MUMSS and MSMS. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Other Matters—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” in Part II, Item 7 herein.

In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture.

There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions will be successfully integrated or yield all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate successfully our past and future acquisitions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and operational risks, and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

 

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Supervision“Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 herein.

 

Item 1B.    UnresolvedStaff Comments.
32


Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

The Company, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that the Company received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that the Company believes are material.

 

31

33


Item 2.    Properties.Properties.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries havehas offices, operations and data centers located around the world. The Company’s properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. The Company believes the facilities it owns or occupies are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained. OurThe Company’s principal offices consist of the following properties:

 

Location  

Owned/

Leased

 Lease Expiration  Approximate Square Footage
as of December 31, 2010(A)2013(A)
 
 

U.S. Locations

  

    

1585 Broadway

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

  Owned  N/A    894,6001,346,500 square feet  
   

2000 Westchester Avenue

Purchase, New York

(Global Wealth Management Group Headquarters)

  Owned  N/A    597,400 square feet  
   

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(AssetInvestment Management Headquarters)

  Owned  N/A    581,250 square feet  
   

New York, New York

(Several locations)

  Leased  20122014 – 20182029    
2,581,6002,394,600 square feet
  
   

Brooklyn, New York

(Several locations)

  LeasedLeased2014 – 2023    2011 – 2016637,300344,100 square feet  
   

Jersey City, New Jersey

(Several locations)

  Leased  2011 – 2014    511,695369,200 square feet  
  

International Locations

           
   

20 Bank Street

London

(London Headquarters)

  Leased  2038    546,400546,500 square feet  
   

Canary Wharf

(Several locations)London

  Leased(B)  20362020    625,700454,600 square feet  
   

1 Austin Road West

Kowloon

(Hong Kong Headquarters)

  Leased  2019    572,600 square feet  
   

Sapporo’s Yebisu Garden Place

Ebisu, Shibuya-ku

Leased2013(C) 300,700 square feet

Otemachi Financial City South Tower

Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku

(Tokyo Headquarters)

  Leased  20112028(C)   350,700246,700 square feet  

 

 

(A)The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space occupied by Morgan Stanley branch offices.
(B)The Company holds the freehold interest in the land and building.
(C)OptionThe Company began relocating its Tokyo headquarters from Yebisu Garden Place to return any amount of space up to the full space after April 2011.Otemachi Financial City South Tower beginning in December 2013. The relocation will be complete by March 31, 2014.

 

3234


Item 3.Legal Proceedings.

 

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including,and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

 

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings that are in their early stages of developmentand investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages.damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any proceeding.a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

 

Recently,Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity focused on residential mortgage(both formal and credit crisis related mattersinformal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from residential mortgage claims that have not yet been notified to the Companyasserted or are not yet determined to be material.

 

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.

 

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.    The Company is responding to subpoenas and requests for information from certain federal and state regulatory and governmental entities, including among others various members of the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force, concerning the origination, financing, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related matters such as residential mortgage backed securities (“RMBS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) and credit default swaps backed by or referencing mortgage pass pass-

35


through certificates. These matters include, but are not limited to, investigations related to the Company’s due diligence on the loans that it purchased for securitization, the Company’s communications with ratings agencies, the Company’s handling of foreclosure related issues,disclosures to investors, and the Company’s compliancehandling of servicing and foreclosure related issues.

On January 30, 2014, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the Service Members Civil Relief Act.Staff of the Enforcement Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to resolve an investigation related to certain subprime RMBS transactions sponsored and underwritten by the Company in 2007. Pursuant to the agreement in principle, the Company would be charged with violating Sections 17(a)(2) and 17(a)(3) of the Securities Act, and the Company would pay disgorgement and penalties in an amount of $275 million and would neither admit nor deny the SEC’s findings. The SEC has not yet presented the proposed settlement to the Commission and no assurance can be given that it will be accepted.

 

Class Actions.    Beginning in December 2007, several purported class action complaints were filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “SDNY”) asserting claims on behalf of participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against the Company and other

33


parties, including certain present and former directors and officers, under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). In February 2008, these actions were consolidated in a single proceeding, which is styledIn re Morgan Stanley ERISA Litigation. The consolidated complaint relates in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, but also includes allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. On March 16, 2011, a purported class action, styledCoulter v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., was filed in the SDNY asserting claims on behalf of participants in the Company’s 401(k) plan and employee stock ownership plan against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors for breach of fiduciary duties under ERISA. The consolidated complaint alleges, among other things, that defendants knew or should have known that from January 2, 2008 to December 31, 2008, the Company’s commonplans’ investment in Company stock was not a prudent investmentimprudent given the extraordinary risks faced by the Company and that risks associated with its common stock and its financial condition were not adequately disclosed. Plaintiffs are seeking, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory damages, costs, interest and fees.during that period. On December 9, 2009,March 28, 2013, the court deniedgranted defendants’ motionmotions to dismiss both actions. Plaintiffs filed notices of appeal on June 27, 2013 in the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”) in both matters, which have been consolidated complaint.on appeal.

 

On February 12, 2008, a plaintiff filed a purported class action, which was amended on November 24, 2008, naming the Company and certain present and former senior executives as defendants and asserting claims for violations of the securities laws. The amended complaint, which is styledJoel Stratte-McClure, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., is currently pendingwas filed in the SDNY. Subject toSDNY against the Company and certain exclusions, the amended complaint assertspresent and former executives asserting claims on behalf of a purported class of persons and entities who purchased shares of the Company’s common stock during the period June 20, 2007 to December 19, 2007 and who suffered damages as a result of such purchases. The allegations in the amended complaint relaterelated in large part to the Company’s subprime and other mortgage related losses, butand also includeincluded allegations regarding the Company’s disclosures, internal controls, accounting and other matters. Plaintiffs are seeking, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory damages, costs, interest and fees. On April 27, 2009, the CompanyAugust 8, 2011, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.complaint, which was granted on January 18, 2013. On May 29, 2013, the plaintiffs filed an appeal in the Second Circuit, which appeal is pending.

 

On May 7, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in a purported class action lawsuit brought under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), alleging,which is now styledIn re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates Litigation and is pending in the SDNY. The third amended complaint, filed on September 30, 2011, alleges, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings of approximately $17 billion ofcertain mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates in 2006 and 2007 contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs sought,seek, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. This case, which was consolidated with an earlier lawsuit and is currently styledIn re Morgan Stanley Mortgage Pass-Through Certificate Litigation, is pending in the SDNY. On August 17, 2010, the court dismissed the claims brought by the lead plaintiff, but gave a different plaintiff leave to file a second amended complaint. On September 10, 2010, that plaintiff, together with several newJanuary 31, 2013, plaintiffs filed a secondfourth amended complaint, in which purportsthey purport to assert claims against the Company and others on behalf of a class ofrepresent investors who purchased approximately $4.7$7.82 billion ofin mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates issued in 2006 by seven trusts collectively containing residential mortgage loans. The second amended complaint asserts claims13 trusts. On August 30, 2013, plaintiffs filed a motion for class certification.

On May 14, 2009, the Company was named as one of several underwriter defendants in a purported class action lawsuit brought under Sections 11, 12 and 15 of the Securities Act which is now styledIn re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigationand is pending in the SDNY. The claims against the Company relate to offerings of mortgage pass-through certificates issued by several trusts sponsored by affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp during

36


2006 and 2007. Plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents related to the offerings of certain mortgage pass-through certificates contained false and misleading information concerning the pools of residential loans that backed these securitizations. The plaintiffs are seeking,seek, among other relief, class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. On October 11, 2010, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

Beginning in 2007, the Company was named as a defendant in several putative class action lawsuits brought under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act, related to its role as a member of the syndicates that underwrote offerings of securities and mortgage pass through certificates for certain non-Morgan Stanley related entities that have been exposed to subprime and other mortgage-related losses. The plaintiffs in these actions allege, among other things, that the registration statements and offering documents for the offerings at issue contained various material misstatements or omissions related to the extent to which the issuers were exposed to subprime and other mortgage-related risks and other matters and seek various forms of relief including class certification, unspecified compensatory and rescissionary damages, costs, interest and fees. The Company’s exposure to potential losses in these cases may be impacted by various factors including, among other things, the financial condition of the entities that issued the securities and mortgage pass through certificates at issue, the principal amount of the offeringscertificates underwritten by the Company the financial condition of co-defendants and the

34


willingness and ability of the issuers (or their affiliates) to indemnify the underwriter defendants. Some of these cases, includingIn Re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation,In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation and In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation, relate to issuers (or their affiliates) that have filed for bankruptcy or have been placed into receivership.

In Re Washington Mutual, Inc. Securities Litigation is pendingat issue in the United States District Court for the Western District of Washington.litigation was approximately $1.68 billion. On October 12, 2010, the court issued an order certifying a class of plaintiffs asserting claims under the Securities Act related to three offerings by Washington Mutual Inc. in 2006 and 2007 in which the Company participated as an underwriter. The Company underwrote approximately $1.3 billion of the securities covered by the class certified by the court.

In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation is pending in the SDNY and relates to several offerings of debt and equity securities issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. during 2007 and 2008. The Company underwrote approximately $232 million of the principal amount of the offerings at issue. On June 5, 2010, the underwriter defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaint filed by the lead plaintiffs.

In re IndyMac Mortgage-Backed Securities Litigation is pending in the SDNY and relates to offerings of mortgage pass through certificates issued by seven trusts sponsored by affiliates of IndyMac Bancorp during 2006 and 2007. The Company underwrote over $1.4 billion of the principal amount of the offerings originally at issue. On June 21, 2010,August 17, 2012, the court granted in part and denied in partclass certification with respect to one offering underwritten by the underwriter defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended consolidated class action complaint. The Company underwrote approximately $46 million of the principal amount of the offerings at issue following the court’s June 21, 2010 decision.Company. On May 17, 2010, certain putativeAugust 30, 2013, plaintiffs filed a motion to intervene inexpand the litigation in ordercertified class to assert claims related toinclude additional offerings. The Company underwrote approximately $1.2 billionIndyMac Bank, which was the sponsor of these securitizations, filed for bankruptcy on July 31, 2008, and the principal amount of the additional offerings subjectCompany’s ability to the motion to intervene. The Companybe indemnified by IndyMac Bank is opposing the motion to intervene.limited.

 

On December 24, 2009, the Employees’ Retirement System of the Government of the Virgin Islands filed a purported class action against the Company on behalf of holders of approximately $250 million of AAA rated notes issued by the Libertas III CDO in March 2007. The case is styledEmployees’ Retirement System of the Government of the Virgin Islands v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al. and is pending in the SDNY. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud and unjust enrichment and alleges that the Company made misrepresentations regarding the AAA ratings of the CDO notes and the credit quality of the collateral held by the Libertas III CDO, and stood to gain if that collateral defaulted. The complaint seeks class certification, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On March 19,October 25, 2010, the Company, filedcertain affiliates and Pinnacle Performance Limited, a motion to dismiss the complaint.

Shareholder Derivative Matter.    On November 15, 2007, a shareholder derivative complaint styledSteve Staehr, Derivatively on Behalf of Morgan Stanley v. John J. Mack, et al. was filed in the SDNY asserting claims related in large part to losses caused by certain subprime-related trading positions and related matters. On July 16, 2008, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which defendants moved to dismiss on September 19, 2008. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified compensatory damages, restitution, and institution of certain corporate governance reforms.

Other Litigation.    On August 25, 2008, the Company and two ratings agenciesspecial purpose vehicle (“SPV”), were named as defendants in a purported class action related to securities issued by a SIV called Cheyne Finance (the “Cheyne SIV”).the SPV in Singapore, commonly referred to as Pinnacle Notes. The case is styledAbu Dhabi Commercial Bank,Ge Dandong, et al. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc.Pinnacle Performance Ltd., et al. and is pending in the SDNY. TheAn amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the ratings assigned to the securities issued by the SIV were false and misleading because the ratings did not accurately reflect the risks associated with the subprime residential mortgage backed securities held by the SIV. On September 2, 2009, the court dismissed all of the claims against the Company except for plaintiffs’ claims for common law fraud. On June 15, 2010, thewas filed on October 22, 2012. The court denied plaintiffs’defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint on August 22, 2013 and granted class certification on October 17, 2013. On October 30, 2013, defendants filed a petition for permission to appeal the court’s decision granting class certification. On July 20, 2010,January 31, 2014, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint. The second amended complaint alleges that the Court granted plaintiffs leavedefendants engaged in a fraudulent scheme to replead theirdefraud investors by structuring the Pinnacle Notes to fail and benefited subsequently from the securities’ failure. In addition, the second amended complaint alleges that the securities’ offering materials contained material misstatements or omissions regarding the securities’ underlying assets and the alleged conflicts of interest between the defendants and the investors. The second amended complaint asserts common law claims of fraud, aiding and abetting common law fraud, claims against the Company,fraudulent inducement, aiding and those claims were added in an amended complaint filed on August 5, 2010. Since the filingabetting fraudulent inducement, and breach of the initial complaint, various additional plaintiffs have been added to

35


the case. There are currently 14 plaintiffs asserting individual claims related to securities issued by the SIV.implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing. Plaintiffs have not alleged the amountseek damages of their alleged investments,approximately $138.7 million, rescission, punitive damages, and are seeking, among other relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

On January 16, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in an interpleader lawsuit styledU.S. Bank,N.A. v. Barclays Bank PLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc., which is pending in the SDNY. The lawsuit relates to credit default swaps between the Company and Tourmaline CDO I LTD (“Tourmaline”), in which Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) is the holder of the most senior and controlling class of notes. At issue is whether, pursuant to the terms of the swap agreements, the Company was required to post collateral to Tourmaline, or take any other action, after the Company’s credit ratings were downgraded in 2008 by certain ratings agencies. The Company and Barclays have a dispute regarding whether the Company breached any obligations under the swap agreements and, if so, whether any such breaches were cured. The trustee for Tourmaline, interpleader plaintiff U.S. Bank, N.A., has refrained from making any further distribution of Tourmaline’s funds pending the resolution of these issues and is seeking a judgment from the court resolving them. On January 11, 2011, the court conducted a bench trial, but has not yet issued its ruling. As of December 31, 2010, the Company believed that it was entitled to receivables from Tourmaline in an amount equal to approximately $273 million.interest.

 

On September 25, 2009, the Company was named as a defendant in a lawsuit styledCitibank,Other Litigation.N.A. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International, PLC, which is pending in the SDNY. The lawsuit relates to a credit default swap referencing the Capmark VI CDO, which was structured by Citibank, N.A. (“Citi N.A.”). At issue is whether, as part of the swap agreement, Citi N.A. was obligated to obtain the Company’s prior written consent before it exercised its rights to liquidate Capmark upon the occurrence of certain contractually-defined credit events. Citi N.A. is seeking approximately $245 million in compensatory damages plus interest and costs. On October 8, 2010, the court issued an order denying Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for reformation and granting Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for estoppel. The Company moved for summary judgment on December 17, 2010. Citi N.A. opposed the Company’s motion and cross moved for summary judgment on January 21, 2011.

On December 23, 2009, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle filed a complaint against the Company and another defendant in the Superior Court of the State of Washington, styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Seattle v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et alal.. An The amended complaint, was filed on September 28, 2010. The complaint2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $233 million. The complaint raises claims under the Washington State Securities Act and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On October 18, 2010, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the action. By orders dated June 23, 2011 and July 18, 2011, the court denied defendants’ omnibus motion to dismiss plaintiff’s amended complaint and on August 15, 2011, the court denied the Company’s individual motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

 

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., andFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints were filed on June 10, 2010. The amended complaints allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On July 12, 2010,August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants removed these actionsfiled answers to the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, andamended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2010, the cases2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were remandeddismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to the state court.

On June 10, 2010, thebegin in September 2014. The Company was named asis not a new defendant in a pre-existing purported class action related to securities issued by a SIV called Rhinebridge plc (“Rhinebridge SIV”). The case is styledKing County, Washington, et al. v.IKB Deutsche Industriebank AG, et al. and is pendingconnection with the securitizations at issue in the SDNY. The complaint assertsthat trial.

 

3637


claims for common law fraud and aiding and abetting common law fraud and alleges, among other things, that the ratings assigned to the securities issued by the SIV were false and misleading, including because the ratings did not accurately reflect the risks associated with the subprime residential mortgage backed securities held by the SIV. On July 15, 2010, the Company moved to dismiss the complaint. That motion was denied on October 29, 2010. The case is pending before the same judge presiding over the litigation concerning the Cheyne SIV, described above. While reserving their ability to act otherwise, plaintiffs have indicated that they do not currently plan to file a motion for class certification. Plaintiffs have not alleged the amount of their alleged investments, and are seeking, among other relief, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages.

On July 9, 2010, Cambridge Place Investment Management Inc. filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, styledCambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al. The complaint asserts claims on behalf of certain of plaintiff’s clients and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale of a number of mortgage pass through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff’s clients by the Company was approximately $242 million. The complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 13, 2010, defendants removed this action to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts and on September 13, 2010, plaintiff filed a motion to remand the case to the state court. On December 28, 2010, the magistrate judge recommended that the district court grant the motion to remand. The defendants objected to the magistrate’s report and recommendation on January 18, 2011.

On July 15, 2010, The Charles Schwab Corp. filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California, styledThe Charles Schwab Corp. v. BNP Paribas Securities Corp., et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to one of plaintiff’s subsidiaries of a number of mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff’s subsidiary by the Company was approximately $180 million. The complaint raises claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on August 2, 2010. On September 8, 2010,22, 2011, defendants removed this actionfiled demurrers to the United States District Court foramended complaint. On October 13, 2011, plaintiff voluntarily dismissed its claims brought under the Northern District of California and on October 1, 2010,Securities Act. On January 27, 2012, the court, in a ruling from the bench, substantially overruled defendants’ demurrers. On March 5, 2012, the plaintiff filed a motionsecond amended complaint. On April 10, 2012, the Company filed a demurrer to remandcertain causes of action in the casesecond amended complaint, which the court overruled on July 24, 2012. The Company filed its answer to the state court.second amended complaint on August 3, 2012. An initial trial of certain of plaintiff’s claims is scheduled to begin in July 2015.

 

InOn July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Development Bank (“CIDB”CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, which is styledChina Development Industrial Development Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County.NY. The Complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CIDB,CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CIDB.CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CIDBCDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CIDB’sCDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On September 30, 2010,March 10, 2011, the Company filed a motionits answer to dismiss the complaint.

 

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed two complaintsa complaint against the Company and other defendants. One was fileddefendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois, and is styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. The other was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California and is styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Securities LLC, et al. The complaints allegecomplaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass throughpass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans and asserts claims under Illinois law. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company at issue in the action was approximately $203 million. The complaint seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 24, 2011, the court presiding overFederal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. granted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue.

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styledFederal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company in the two actions was approximately $203 million and $75 million respectively.$385 million. The amended complaint filed in Illinois raises claims

37


under Illinois law. The complaint filed in California raises claims under the federal securities laws, IllinoisMassachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and California law. Both complaints seek,seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. TheOn May 26, 2011, defendants removed both actionsthe case to federal court, on November 23, 2010 and November 24, 2010, respectively. On January 18, 2011, the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois remandedMassachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the Illinois actionamended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the state court. Onamended complaint on December 23, 2010, the plaintiff filed a motion to remand the California action from the United States District Court for the Central District of California to the state court.16, 2013.

 

On December 6, 2010, MBIAJuly 5, 2011, Allstate Insurance Corporation (“MBIA”)Company and certain of its affiliated entities filed a complaint against the Company relatedin the Supreme Court of NY, styled Allstate Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended complaint was filed on September 9, 2011 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and

38


material omissions in the sale to MBIA’s contract to insure approximately $223 millionplaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued and/or sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $104 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud and negligent misrepresentation and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On March 15, 2013, the court denied in substantial part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint, which order the Company appealed on April 11, 2013. On May 3, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the amended complaint.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styledWestern and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed securities related to a second lienby securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in May 2015.

On November 4, 2011, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver for Franklin Bank S.S.B, filed two complaints against the Company in the District Court of the State of Texas. Each was styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for Franklin Bank S.S.B v. Morgan Stanley & Company LLC F/K/A Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc. and alleged that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization sponsoredtrusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly underwritten and sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was approximately $67 million and $35 million, respectively. The complaints each raised claims under both federal securities law and the Texas Securities Act and each seeks, among other things, compensatory damages associated with plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On March 20, 2012, the Company filed answers to the complaints in both cases. On June 2007.7, 2012, the two cases were consolidated. On January 10, 2013, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment and special exceptions with respect to plaintiff’s claims. On February 6, 2013, the FDIC filed an amended consolidated complaint. On February 25, 2013, the Company filed a motion for summary judgment and special exceptions, which motion was denied in substantial part on April 26, 2013. On May 3, 2013, the FDIC filed a second amended consolidated complaint. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in November 2014.

On January 20, 2012, Sealink Funding Limited filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Sealink Funding Limited v. Morgan Stanley, et al. Plaintiff purports to be the assignee of claims of certain special purpose vehicles (“SPVs”) formerly sponsored by SachsenLB Europe. An amended complaint was filed on May 21, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to the SPVs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold by the Company was approximately $507 million. The amended complaint israises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages as well as punitive damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On March 20, 2013, plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. On May 3, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint.

On January 25, 2012, Dexia SA/NV and certain of its affiliated entities filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styledMBIADexia SA/NV et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended complaint was filed on May 24, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold to plaintiffs by the

39


Company was approximately $626 million. The amended complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and/or rescissionary damages as well as punitive damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On November 18, 2013, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of the dismissal and a motion to renew their opposition to defendants’ motion to dismiss.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance CorporationCompany of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, styledThe Prudential Insurance Company ofAmerica, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint.

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL (together, the “Trust”) against the Company. The matter is styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc.and is pending in New Yorkthe Supreme Court Westchester County.of NY. The complaint asserts claims for fraud, breach of contract and unjust enrichment and alleges, among other things, that the Company misled MBIA regarding the quality of the loans contained in the securitization, that loans contained in the securitizationTrust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties and that the loans have been serviced inadequately.warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On October 8, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision.

On August 10, 2012, the FDIC, as receiver for Colonial Bank, filed a complaint against the Company in the Circuit Court of Montgomery, Alabama styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for Colonial Bank v. Citigroup Mortgage Loan Trust Inc. et al.. The complaint alleges that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to Colonial Bank of a mortgage pass-through certificate backed by a securitization trust containing residential loans. The complaint raises claims under federal

40


securities law and the Alabama Securities Act and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages. The total amount of the certificate allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to Colonial Bank was approximately $65 million. On September 13, 2013, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on November 12, 2013.

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Company styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. U.S. Bank filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On March 18, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On October 22, 2012, Asset Management Fund d/b/a AMF Funds and certain of its affiliated funds filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styledAsset Management Fund d/b/a AMF Funds et al v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $122 million. The complaint asserts causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, monetary and punitive damages. On December 3, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 18, 2013, the court dismissed claims with respect to seven certificates purchased by the plaintiff. The remaining claims relate to certificates with an original balance of $10.6 million. On September 12, 2013, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal concerning the court’s decision granting in part and denying in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss. Defendants filed a notice of cross-appeal on September 26, 2013.

On December 14, 2012, Royal Park Investments SA/NV filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans totaling approximately $628 million. On March 15, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 17, 2013, the court signed a joint proposed order and stipulation allowing plaintiffs to replead their complaint and defendants to withdraw their motion to dismiss without prejudice. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff filed a new complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al. The new complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $597 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages,damages. On February 3, 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company. The complaint is styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On March 11, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

41


On January 31, 2013, HSH Nordbank AG and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledHSH Nordbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to indemnify MBIAplaintiff was approximately $524 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for losses resulting fromcommon law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 12, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Company’s allegedcomplaint.

On February 14, 2013, Bank Hapoalim B.M. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styledBank Hapoalim B.M. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $141 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 26, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On March 7, 2013, the Federal Housing Finance Agency filed a summons with notice on behalf of the trustee of the Saxon Asset Securities Trust, Series 2007-1, against the Company and an affiliate. The matter is styledFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Saxon Asset Securities Trust, Series 2007-1 v. Saxon Funding Management LLC and Morgan Stanleyand is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The notice asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $593 million, breached various representations and warranties. The notice seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, indemnity, and interest.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $694 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On July 12, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On May 17, 2013, plaintiff inIKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $132 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On July 26, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On July 2, 2013, the trustee, Deutsche Bank became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 (MSAC 2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee forthe Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On

42


February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission and interest.

On July 8, 2013, plaintiff filed a complaint inMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX, by U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as wellTrustee v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as costs, interests successor-by-merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc.,and fees.Greenpoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. The complaint, filed in the Supreme Court of NY, asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the Trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On February 2, 2011,August 22, 2013, the Company a filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 5, 2013, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg and two affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY styledLandesbank Baden-Württemberg et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $50 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission based upon mutual mistake, and seeks, among other things, rescission, compensatory damages, and punitive damages. On October 4, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 16, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al.filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $567 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, and violations of the Kansas Blue Sky Law and seeks, among other things, rescissionary and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on November 4, 2013. On December 27, 2013, the court granted the motion to dismiss in substantial part. The surviving claims relate to one certificate purchased by the plaintiff for approximately $17 million.

On August 26, 2013, a complaint was filed against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styledPhoenix Light SF Limited et al v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs, or their assignors, of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold to plaintiffs or their assignors by the Company was approximately $344 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation and rescission based on mutual mistake and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages or alternatively rescission or rescissionary damages associated with the purchase of such certificates. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss on December 13, 2013.

On September 23, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al.filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the SDNY. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was

43


approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissionary and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014, the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953.

On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 (MSAC 2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On December 16, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

ChinaOn December 24, 2013, Commerzbank AG London Branch filed a summons with notice against the Company and others in the Supreme Court of NY, styledCommerzbank AG London Branch v. UBS AG et al.Plaintiff purports to be the assignee of claims of certain other entities. The notice alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff’s assignors of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $207 million. The notice identifies causes of action against the Company for, among other things, common-law fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, civil conspiracy, tortious interference and unjust enrichment. The notice identifies the relief sought to include, among other things, monetary damages of at least approximately $207 million and punitive damages.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-12, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter is styledWilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al.and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, interest and costs.

On January 15, 2014, the FDIC, as receiver for United Western Bank filed a complaint against the Company and others in the District Court of the State of Colorado, styledFederal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for United Western Bank v. Banc of America Funding Corp., et al. The complaint alleges that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to United Western Bank of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold to United Western Bank by the Company was approximately $75 million. The complaint raises claims under both federal securities law and the Colorado Securities Act and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages associated with plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates.

Other Matters.    On a case-by-case basis the Company has entered into agreements to toll the statute of limitations applicable to potential civil claims related to RMBS, CDOs and other mortgage-related products and services when the Company has concluded that it is in its interest to do so.

44


On October 18, 2011, the Company received a letter from Gibbs & Bruns LLP (the “Law Firm”), which is purportedly representing a group of investment advisers and holders of mortgage pass-through certificates issued by RMBS trusts that were sponsored or underwritten by the Company. The letter asserted that the Law Firm’s clients collectively hold 25% or more of the voting rights in 17 RMBS trusts sponsored or underwritten by the Company and that these trusts have an aggregate outstanding balance exceeding $6 billion. The letter alleged generally that large numbers of mortgages in these trusts were sold or deposited into the trusts based on false and/or fraudulent representations and warranties by the mortgage originators, sellers and/or depositors. The letter also alleged generally that there is evidence suggesting that the Company has failed prudently to service mortgage loans in these trusts. On January 31, 2012, the Law Firm announced that its clients hold over 25% of the voting rights in 69 RMBS trusts securing over $25 billion of RMBS sponsored or underwritten by the Company, and that its clients had issued instructions to the trustees of these trusts to open investigations into allegedly ineligible mortgages held by these trusts. The Law Firm’s press release also indicated that the Law Firm’s clients anticipate that they may provide additional instructions to the trustees, as needed, to further the investigations. On September 19, 2012, the Company received two purported Notices of Non-Performance from the Law Firm purportedly on behalf of the holders of significant voting rights in various trusts securing over $28 billion of residential mortgage backed securities sponsored or underwritten by the Company. The Notice purports to identify certain covenants in Pooling and Servicing Agreements (“PSAs”) that the holders allege that the Servicer and Master Servicer failed to perform, and alleges that each of these failures has materially affected the rights of certificateholders and constitutes an ongoing event of default under the relevant PSAs. On November 2, 2012, the Company responded to the letters, denying the allegations therein.

Commercial Mortgage Related Matter.

 

As disclosedOn January 25, 2011, the Company was named as a defendant in FebruaryThe Bank of New York Mellon Trust, National Association v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital, Inc.,a litigation pending in the SDNY. The suit, brought by the trustee of a series of commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, alleges that the Company breached certain representations and warranties with respect to an $81 million commercial mortgage loan that was originated and transferred to the trust by the Company. The complaint seeks, among other things, to have the Company repurchase the loan and pay additional monetary damages. On June 27, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss, but directed the filing of an amended complaint. On July 29, 2011, the Company filed its answer to the first amended complaint. On June 20, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion for summary judgment, and denied the plaintiff’s motion for summary judgment. On October 30, 2013, the Company filed a supplemental motion for summary judgment.

Matters Related to the CDS Market.

On July 1, 2013, the European Commission (“EC”) issued a Statement of Objections (“SO”) addressed to twelve financial firms (including the Company), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and Markit Group Limited (“Markit”) and various affiliates alleging that, between 2006 and 2009, the Company uncoveredrecipients breached European Union competition law by taking and refusing to take certain actions initiated by an employee based in China in an overseas real estate subsidiaryeffort to prevent the development of exchange traded credit default swap (“CDS”) products. The SO indicates that appearthe EC plans to have violatedimpose remedial measures and fines on the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.recipients. The Company terminatedand the employee, reportedother recipients filed a response to the activitySO on January 21, 2014. The Company and others have also responded to appropriate authorities and is cooperating with investigationsan investigation by the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice related to the CDS market.

Beginning in May 2013, twelve financial firms (including the Company), as well as ISDA and Markit, were named as defendants in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the SEC.SDNY styledIn Re: Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege that defendants violated United States antitrust laws from 2008 to present in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of exchange traded CDS products. The complaints seek, among other relief, certification of a class of plaintiffs who purchased CDS from defendants in the United States, treble damages and injunctive relief.

 

Item 4.[Removed and Reserved]
45


The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2013:

 

38In re: Lehman Brothers Equity/Debt Securities Litigation, which had been pending in the SDNY, related to several offerings of debt and equity securities issued by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. during 2007 and 2008. A group of underwriter defendants, including the Company, settled the main litigation on December 2, 2012. The remaining opt-out claims and appeals have now been resolved.

Stichting Pensioenfonds ABP v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On November 15, 2013, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On December 3, 2013, the court dismissed the action.

Bayerische Landesbank, New York Branch v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On December 6, 2013, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On January 2, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Seagull Point, LLC, individually and on behalf of Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007 HE-5 v. WMC Mortgage Corp., et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties. On January 9, 2014, plaintiff filed a notice of discontinuance, dismissing the action against all defendants.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Securities LLC, et al., which had been pending in the Superior Court of the State of California, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On December 6, 2013, plaintiff filed a request for dismissal of all of its claims against the Company. On January 27, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al., which had been pending in the Supreme Court of NY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiffs in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On January 23, 2014, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

Cambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al., which had been pending in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On February 11, 2014, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On February 20, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator v. Morgan Stanley et al., which had been pending in the SDNY, involved allegations that the defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to plaintiff in connection with the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. On February 7, 2014, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On February 20, 2014, the court dismissed the action.

On December 12, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) to resolve AIG’s potential claims against the Company related to AIG’s purchases of certain mortgage pass-through certificates sponsored or underwritten by the Company backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

46


Part II

 

Item 5.Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol “MS.” As of February 22, 2011,19, 2014, the Company had 88,85279,140 holders of record; however, the Company believes the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

 

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight quarters, the low and high sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets and the amount of any cash dividends per share of the Company’s common stock declared by its Board of Directors for such quarter.

 

  Low
Sale Price
   High
Sale Price
   Dividends   Low
Sale Price
   High
Sale Price
 Dividends 

2010:

      

2013:

     

Fourth Quarter

  $23.95    $27.77    $0.05    $26.41    $31.85   $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $22.40    $28.05    $0.05    $23.83    $29.50   $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $23.14    $32.29    $0.05    $20.16    $27.17   $0.05  

First Quarter

  $26.15    $33.27    $0.05    $19.32    $24.47   $0.05  

2009:

      

2012:

     

Fourth Quarter

  $28.75    $35.78    $0.05    $13.49    $19.45   $0.05  

Third Quarter

  $24.85    $33.33    $0.05    $12.29    $18.50   $0.05  

Second Quarter

  $20.69    $31.99    $0.05    $12.26    $20.05   $0.05  

First Quarter

  $13.10    $27.27    $0.05    $13.49    $21.19   $0.05  

 

39

47


The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2010.2013.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

 Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
  Total
Number
of
Shares
Purchased
 Average
Price
Paid Per
Share
 Total Number of
Shares Purchased
As Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs(C)
 Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2010—October 31, 2010)

    

Month #1 (October 1, 2013—October 31, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560    1,495,000   $29.26    1,495,000   $1,394  

Employee Transactions (B)

  478,452   $25.28    —      —    

Month #2 (November 1, 2010—November 30, 2010)

    

Employee Transactions(B)

  172,249   $27.46    —     —   

Month #2 (November 1, 2013—November 30, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560    4,038,832   $29.65    4,038,832   $1,274  

Employee Transactions (B)

  105,160   $24.95    —      —    

Month #3 (December 1, 2010—December 31, 2010)

    

Employee Transactions(B)

  56,206   $30.10    —     —   

Month #3 (December 1, 2013—December 31, 2013)

    

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560    2,087,000   $30.81    2,087,000   $1,210  

Employee Transactions(B)

  167,571   $25.53    —      —      170,552   $31.19    —     —   

Total

        

Share Repurchase Program(A)

  —      —      —     $1,560    7,620,832   $29.89    7,620,832   $1,210  

Employee Transactions(B)

  751,183   $25.29    —      —      399,007   $29.43    —     —   

 

(A)On December 19, 2006, the Company announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $6 billion of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In July 2013, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase up to $500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock under rules permitting annual capital distributions (12 Code of Federal Regulations 225.8, Capital Planning), of which approximately $150 million as of December 31, 2013 may yet be purchased until March 31, 2014. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part I, Item 2.
(B)Includes: (1) shares delivered or attested in satisfaction of the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by holders of employee and director stock options (granted under employee and director stock compensation plans) who exercised options; (2) shares withheld, delivered or attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon vesting and release of restricted shares; and (3) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset tax withholding obligations that occur upon the delivery of outstanding shares underlying restricted stock units.units; and (4) shares withheld, delivered and attested (under the terms of grants under employee and director stock compensation plans) to offset the cash payment for fractional shares. The Company’s employee and director stock compensation plans provide that the value of the shares withheld, delivered or attested, shall be valued using the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date the relevant transaction occurs, using a valuation methodology established by the Company.
(C)Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate.

 

***

 

4048


Stock performance graph. The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Company’s common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and the S&P 500 Financials Index (“S5FINL”) for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 20052008 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. Historical prices are adjusted to reflect the spin-off of Discover Financial Services completed on June 30, 2007. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

 

  MS   S&P 500   S5FINL   MS   S&P 500   S5FINL 

12/30/2005

  $100.00    $100.00    $100.00  

12/29/2006

  $145.85    $115.78    $119.21  

12/31/2007

  $116.29    $122.14    $97.16  

12/31/2008

  $36.30    $76.96    $43.50    $100.00    $100.00    $100.00  

12/31/2009

  $68.31    $97.33    $51.03    $187.93    $126.45    $117.15  

12/31/2010

  $63.26    $112.01    $57.26    $174.03    $145.49    $131.36  

12/31/2011

  $97.59    $148.55    $108.95  

12/30/2012

  $124.84    $172.31    $140.27  

12/31/2013

  $206.40    $228.10    $190.19  

 

41

49


Item 6.Selected Financial Data.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

 2010 2009(1)(2) Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal
2007
 Fiscal
2006
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
   2013 2012 2011 2010   2009 

Income Statement Data:

             

Revenues:

             

Investment banking

 $5,122  $5,020  $4,057  $6,321  $4,706  $196   $5,246  $4,758  $4,991  $5,122   $5,020 

Principal transactions:

      

Trading

  9,406   7,722   6,170   1,723   10,290   (1,491   9,359   6,990   12,384   9,393    7,723 

Investments

  1,825   (1,034  (3,888  3,328   1,791   (205   1,777   742   573   1,825    (1,034

Commissions

  4,947   4,233   4,443   4,654   3,746   213 

Commissions and fees

   4,629   4,253   5,343   4,909    4,210 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

  7,957   5,884   4,839   5,486   4,231   292    9,638   9,008   8,409   7,843    5,802 

Other

  1,501   837   3,851   777   210   109    990   556   176   1,235    672 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

  30,758   22,662   19,472   22,289   24,974   (886   31,639   26,307   31,876   30,327    22,393 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Interest income

  7,278   7,477   38,931   61,420   44,270   1,089    5,209   5,692   7,234   7,288    7,468 

Interest expense

  6,414   6,705   36,263   57,264   40,904   1,140    4,431   5,897   6,883   6,394    6,678 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest

  864   772   2,668   4,156   3,366   (51   778   (205  351   894    790 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net revenues

  31,622   23,434   22,140   26,445   28,340   (937   32,417   26,102   32,227   31,221    23,183 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

             

Compensation and benefits

  16,048   14,434   11,851   16,111   13,593   582    16,277   15,615   16,325   15,860    14,287 

Other

  9,372   8,017   9,035   7,573   6,353   475    11,658   9,967   9,792   9,154    7,753 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

  25,420   22,451   20,886   23,684   19,946   1,057    27,935   25,582   26,117   25,014    22,040 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  6,202   983   1,254   2,761   8,394   (1,994

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   4,482   520   6,110   6,207    1,143 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  739   (341  16   573   2,469   (725   826   (237  1,414   743    (298
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  5,463   1,324   1,238   2,188   5,925   (1,269

Discontinued operations(3):

      

Income from continuing operations

   3,656   757   4,696   5,464    1,441 

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  606   33   1,004   1,697   2,351   (14   (72  (48  (170  600    (127

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  367   (49  464   636   789   2    (29  (7  (119  362    (92
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  239   82   540   1,061   1,562   (16   (43  (41  (51  238    (35
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss)

  5,702   1,406   1,778   3,249   7,487   (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  999   60   71   40   15   3 

Net income

   3,613   716   4,645   5,702    1,406 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   222   124   —     —      —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   459   524   535   999    60 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472  $(1,288

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110  $4,703   $1,346 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043   1,109    2,253 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(4)

 $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $2,976  $7,027  $(1,624

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(3)

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067  $3,594   $(907
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

             

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $2,150  $5,913  $(1,269

Income from continuing operations

  $2,975  $138  $4,168  $4,478   $1,404 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  239   66   502   1,059   1,559   (19   (43  (70  (58  225    (58
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $3,209  $7,472  $(1,288

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110  $4,703   $1,346 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

42

50


 2010 2009(1)(2) Fiscal 2008 Fiscal 2007 Fiscal 2006 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(2)
   2013 2012 2011 2010 2009 

Per Share Data:

            

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(5):

      

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $1.97  $5.50  $(1.60  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28  $2.49  $(0.72

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  0.16   0.05   0.45   1.00   1.46   (0.02   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)  0.15   (0.05)
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $2.97  $6.96  $(1.62  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25  $2.64  $(0.77
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(5):

      

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4):

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $2.44  $(0.82 $0.95  $1.92  $5.42  $(1.60  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27  $2.45  $(0.72

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  0.19   0.05   0.44   0.98   1.43   (0.02   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)  0.18   (0.05)
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $2.63  $(0.77 $1.39  $2.90  $6.85  $(1.62  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23  $2.63  $(0.77
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Book value per common share(6)(5)

 $31.49  $27.26  $30.24  $28.56  $32.67  $27.53   $32.24  $30.70  $31.42  $31.49  $27.26 

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.20  $0.17  $1.08  $1.08  $1.08  $0.27   $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.17 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

            

Total assets

 $807,698  $771,462  $659,035  $1,045,409  $1,121,192  $676,764   $832,702  $780,960  $749,898  $807,698  $771,462 

Total capital(7)

  222,757   213,974   192,297   191,085   162,134   208,008 

Total deposits

   112,379   83,266   65,662   63,812   62,215 

Long-term borrowings(7)

  165,546   167,286   141,466   159,816   126,770   159,255    153,575   169,571   184,234   192,457   193,374 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  57,211   46,688   50,831   31,269   35,364   48,753    65,921   62,109   62,049   57,211   46,688 

Return on average common shareholders’ equity

  8.5  N/M    3.2  6.5  22.0  N/M  

Average common and equivalent shares(4)

  1,361,670,938   1,185,414,871   1,028,180,275   1,001,878,651   1,010,254,255   1,002,058,928 

Return on average common equity(6)

   4.3  N/M    3.8  9.0  N/M  

Average common shares outstanding(3):

      

Basic

   1,905,823,882   1,885,774,276   1,654,708,640   1,361,670,938   1,185,414,871 

Diluted

   1,956,519,738   1,918,811,270   1,675,271,669   1,411,268,971   1,185,414,871 

 

N/M—NotMeaningful

N/M—Not Meaningful.

(1)Information includes Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC effective May 31, 2009 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).
(2)On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition period in December 2008.
(3)Prior periodPrior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations. See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.
(4)(2)Information includes 100%, 65% and 51% ownership of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (the “Wealth Management JV”) effective June 28, 2013, September 17, 2012 and May 31, 2009, respectively (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).
(3)Amounts shown are used to calculate earnings per basic and diluted common share.
(5)(4)For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.
(6)(5)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $62,701 million at December 31, 2013, $60,601 million at December 31, 2012, $60,541 million at December 31, 2011, $47,614 million at December 31, 2010 and $37,091 million at December 31, 2009, $31,676 million at November 30, 2008, $30,169 million at November 30, 2007, $34,264 million at November 30, 2006 and $29,585 million at December 31, 2008, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,945 million at December 31, 2013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2012, 1,927 million at December 31, 2011, 1,512 million at December 31, 2010 and 1,361 million at December 31, 2009, 1,048 million at November 30, 2008, 1,056 million at November 30, 2007, 1,049 million at November 30, 2006 and 1,074 million at December 31, 2008.2009.
(7)(6)These amounts excludeThe calculation of return on average common equity uses net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The return on average common equity is a non-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure that the current portion of long-term borrowingsCompany considers to be a useful measure to the Company and include junior subordinated debt issuedinvestors to capital trusts. At November 30, 2006, capital units were included in total capital.assess operating performance.

 

 4351 


Item 7.Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Introduction.

 

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and AssetInvestment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” andor the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley and(the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Effective with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments were re-titled Wealth Management and Investment Management, respectively.

 

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities provides capital raising; financial advisory and capital-raising services, includingincluding: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

 

AssetInvestment Managementprovides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients.

 

See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

 

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by many factors, includingincluding: the effect of politicaleconomic and economicpolitical conditions and geopolitical events; the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, credit and creditcommodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate investments;markets; the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Act)Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary) and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide; the level and volatility of equity, fixed income, and commodity prices, and interest rates, currency values and other market indices; the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to the Company’s unsecured short-term and long-term debt; investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets; the performance of the Company’s acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements (including MSSB and with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”));arrangements; the Company’s reputation; inflation, natural disasters and acts of war or terrorism; the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations; the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management policies; technological changes;changes and risks, including cybersecurity risks; or a combination of these or other factors. In addition, legislative, legal and regulatory developments related to the Company’s businesses are likely to increase costs, thereby affecting results of operations. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. For a further discussion of these and other important factors that could affect the Company’s business, see “Competition”“Business—Competition” and “Supervision“Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.1A and “Other Matters” herein.

 

Change in Fiscal Year-End.52

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors


The discussion of the Company (the “Board”) approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition period in December 2008.

The Company’s results of operations forbelow may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (“2010”), December 31, 2009 (“2009”), November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”)risks and uncertainties that may affect the one month ended December 31, 2008 are discussed below.Company’s future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Executive Summary—Significant Items” and “Other Matters” herein.

 

44

53


Executive Summary.

 

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts).

 

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Net revenues:

     

Institutional Securities

  $16,366  $12,853  $14,768  $(1,322

Global Wealth Management Group

   12,636   9,390   7,019   409 

Asset Management

   2,723   1,337   547   (9

Intersegment Eliminations

   (103  (146  (194  (15
                 

Consolidated net revenues

  $31,622  $23,434  $22,140  $(937
                 

Consolidated net income (loss)

  $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Institutional Securities

  $3,747  $1,393  $1,358  $(1,271

Global Wealth Management Group

   519   283   714   73 

Asset Management

   210   (388  (856  (70

Intersegment Eliminations

   (12  (8  (11  (1
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269
                 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,464  $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(2)

   239   66   502   (19
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288
                 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

   0.16   0.05   0.45   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(3)

  $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62
                 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44  $(0.82 $0.95  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(2)

   0.19   0.05   0.44   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(3)

  $2.63  $(0.77 $1.39  $(1.62
                 

Regional net revenues(4):

     

Americas

  $21,674  $18,909  $10,768  $(766

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   5,628   2,529   8,977   (215

Asia

   4,320   1,996   2,395   44 
                 

Consolidated net revenues

  $31,622  $23,434  $22,140  $(937
                 
   2013  2012  2011 

Net revenues:

    

Institutional Securities(1)

  $15,443  $11,025  $17,683 

Wealth Management(1)

   14,214   13,034   12,772 

Investment Management

   2,988   2,219   1,887 

Intersegment Eliminations

   (228  (176  (115
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(2)

   459   524   535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Institutional Securities(1)

  $984  $(797 $3,450 

Wealth Management(1)

   1,488   803   683 

Investment Management

   503   136   35 

Intersegment Eliminations

   —     (4  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(3)

   (43  (70  (58
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(4)

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(4)

  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Regional net revenues(5):

    

Americas

  $23,282  $20,200  $22,306 

Europe, Middle East and Africa

   4,542   3,078   6,619 

Asia

   4,593   2,824   3,302 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

4554


Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

   2013  2012  2011 

Average common equity (dollars in billions):

    

Institutional Securities

  $37.9  $29.0  $32.7 

Wealth Management

   13.2   13.3   13.2 

Investment Management

   2.8   2.4   2.6 

Parent capital

   8.0    16.1   5.9 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

  $61.9  $60.8  $54.4 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(6):

    

Institutional Securities

   2.3  N/M    5.1

Wealth Management

   10.0  6.0  3.4

Investment Management

   17.6  5.4  N/M  

Consolidated

   4.4  0.1  4.0

Book value per common share(7)

  $32.24  $30.70  $31.42 

Average tangible common equity (dollars in billions)(8)

  $53.0  $53.9  $47.5 

Return on average tangible common equity(9)

   5.1  0.1  4.5

Tangible book value per common share(10)

  $27.16  $26.86  $27.95 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations(11)

   18.4  (45.6)%   23.1

Worldwide employees at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

   55,794   57,061   61,546 

Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(12)

  $202  $182  $182 

Average Global Liquidity Reserve (dollars in billions)(12):

    

Bank legal entities

  $75  $63  $64 

Non-bank legal entities

   117   113   113 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total average Global Liquidity Reserve

  $192  $176  $177 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

  $153,575  $169,571  $184,234 

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (next 12 months)

  $24,193  $25,303  $35,082 

Capital ratios at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

    

Total capital ratio(13)

   16.9  18.5  17.5

Tier 1 common capital ratio(13)

   12.8  14.6  12.6

Tier 1 capital ratio(13)

   15.7  17.7  16.2

Tier 1 leverage ratio(14)

   7.6  7.1  6.6

Consolidated assets under management or supervision at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(15):

    

Investment Management(16)

  $373  $338  $287 

Wealth Management(1)(17)

   692   551   472 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,065  $889  $759 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(5):

     

Institutional Securities

  $17.7  $18.1  $22.9  $20.8 

Global Wealth Management Group

   6.8   4.6   1.5   1.3 

Asset Management

   2.1   2.2   3.0   2.4 

Parent capital

   15.5   8.1   4.9   4.9 
                 

Total from continuing operations

   42.1   33.0   32.3   29.4 

Discontinued operations

   0.3   1.1   1.3   1.2 
                 

Consolidated average common equity

  $42.4  $34.1  $33.6  $30.6 
                 

Return on average common equity(5):

     

Consolidated

   9  N/M    3  N/M  

Institutional Securities(5)

   19  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Global Wealth Management Group

   7  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Asset Management

   9  N/A    N/A    N/A  

Book value per common share(6)

  $31.49  $27.26  $30.24  $27.53 

Tangible common equity(7)

  $40,667  $29,479   N/A   $26,607 

Tangible book value per common share(8)

  $26.90  $21.67   N/A   $24.76 

Effective income tax rate provision (benefit) from continuingoperations(9)

   11.9  (34.7)%   1.3  36.4

Worldwide employees(10)

   62,542   60,494   44,716    44,352  

Average liquidity (dollars in billions)(11):

     

Parent company liquidity

  $65  $61  $69  $64 

Bank and other subsidiary liquidity

   94   93   69   78 
                 

Total liquidity

  $159  $154  $138  $142 
                 

Capital ratios at December 31, 2010 and 2009(12):

     

Total capital ratio

   16.5  16.4  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 capital ratio

   16.1  15.3  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   6.6  5.8  N/A    N/A  

Tier 1 common ratio(12)

   10.5  8.2  N/A    N/A  

Consolidated assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(13)(14):

     

Asset Management(15)

  $279  $266  $287  $290 

Global Wealth Management Group

   477   379   128   129 
                 

Total

  $756  $645  $415  $419 
                 

Institutional Securities:

     

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   27  9  10  N/M  

Global Wealth Management Group:

     

Global representatives(17)

   18,043   18,135   8,426   8,356 

Annualized net revenues per global representative (dollars in thousands)(18)

  $698  $666  $746  $585 

Assets by client segment (dollars in billions):

     

$10 million or more

  $522  $453  $152  $155 

$1 million to $10 million

   707   637   197   196 
                 

Subtotal $1 million or more

   1,229   1,090   349   351 
                 

$100,000 to $1 million

   399   418   151   155 

Less than $100,000

   41   52   22   22 

Corporate and other accounts(19)

   —      —      24   22 
                 

Total client assets

  $1,669  $1,560  $546  $550 
                 

46

55


Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in millions, except where noted and per share amounts)—(Continued).

 

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Fee-based assets as a percentage of total client assets

   28  24  25  25

Client assets per global representative(20)

  $93  $86  $65  $66 

Bank deposits (dollars in billions)(21)

  $113  $112  $36  $39 

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   9  6  16  29

Asset Management(13):

     

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)

  $279  $266  $287  $290 

Pre-tax profit margin(16)

   27  N/M    N/M    N/M  
   2013  2012  2011 

Institutional Securities(1):

    

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   6  N/M    26

Wealth Management(1)(17):

    

Wealth Management representatives at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011(19)

   16,456   16,352   17,033 

Annual revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(20)

  $867  $786  $731 

Assets by client segment at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions):

    

$10 million or more

  $678  $538  $468 

$1 million to $10 million

   776   699   682 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal $1 million or more

   1,454   1,237   1,150 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

$100,000 to $1 million

   414   414   375 

Less than $100,000

   41   45   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total client assets

  $1,909  $1,696  $1,566 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets(21)

   37  33  30

Client assets per representative(22)

  $116  $104  $92 

Fee-based client asset flows (dollars in billions)(23)

  $51.9  $26.9  $47.0 

Bank deposits at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 (dollars in billions)(24)

  $134  $131  $111 

Retail locations at December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

   649   694   734 

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   18  12  10

Investment Management:

    

Pre-tax profit margin(18)

   33  27  13

Selected management financial measures, excluding DVA:

    

Net revenues, excluding DVA(25)

  $33,098  $30,504  $28,546 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA(25)

  $3,427  $3,256  $1,893 

Income per diluted common share from continuing operations, excluding DVA(25)

  $1.61  $1.64  $(0.08)

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA(6)

   5.0  5.2  N/M  

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA(9)

   5.8  5.9  N/M  

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

N/A—Not Applicable. Information is not comparable.DVA—Debt Valuation Adjustment represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuation in the Company’s credit spreads and other credit factors.

(1)Information includes MSSB effectiveOn January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from May 31, 2009 (see Notethe Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, all results and statistical data have been recast for all periods to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.
(2)See Notes 2, 3 and 15 to the consolidated financial statements).statements in Item 8 for information on redeemable and nonredeemable noncontrolling interests.
(2)(3)See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.
(3)(4)For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”), see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.
(4)(5)In 2010, regionalRegional net revenues primarily inreflect the Americas, were negatively impacted by the tighteningregional view of the Company’s credit spreads, which resulted in the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term structured notes. In 2009, regionalconsolidated net revenues, primarily in Europe, Middle East and Africa, were negatively impacted byon a managed basis. For further discussion regarding the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads. For a discussion of the Company’sgeographic methodology used to allocatefor net revenues, among the regions, see Note 2321 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.
(5)(6)

The calculation of each business segment’s return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. The return on average common equity is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. The computation of average common equity for each business segment in 2010 is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework (“Required Capital Framework”), an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). Business segment capital prior to 2010 has not been restated under this framework. As a result, the business segments’ return on average common equity from continuing operations prior to 2010 is not available. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The return on average common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of business segmentsegments’ return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis. Excluding the effect of the discrete tax benefits in 2010,To

56


determine the return on consolidated average common equity, forexcluding the Institutional Securities business segment would have been 13% (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items” herein).impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was (0.6)%, (5.1)% and 4.2%, respectively.

(6)(7)Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $47,614$62,701 million at December 31, 2010, $37,0912013, $60,601 million at December 31, 2009, $31,676 million at November 30, 20082012 and $29,585$60,541 million at December 31, 2008,2011 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,5121,945 million at December 31, 2010, 1,3612013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2009, 1,048 million at November 30, 20082012 and 1,0741,927 million at December 31, 2008.2011. Book value per common share in 2010 included a benefit of2011 was reduced by approximately $1.40$2.61 per share due to the issuance of 116 million shares of common stock corresponding to the mandatory redemptionas a result of the junior subordinated debentures underlying $5.6 billion of equity unitsMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) stock conversion (see “Other Matters—Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock”“Significant Items—MUFG Stock Conversion” herein).
(7)(8)TangibleAverage tangible common equity is a non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principle (“GAAP”)non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet”Capital Management” herein.
(8)(9)Return on average tangible common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. The calculation of return on average tangible common equity uses income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determine the return on average tangible common equity, excluding the impact of DVA, also a non-GAAP financial measure, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA. The impact of DVA in 2013, 2012 and 2011 was (0.7)%, (5.8)% and 4.8%, respectively.
(10)Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $52,828 million at December 31, 2013, $53,014 million at December 31, 2012 and $53,850 million at December 31, 2011 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,945 million at December 31, 2013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2012 and 1,927 million at December 31, 2011. Tangible book value per common share is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess capital adequacy. Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by period-end common shares outstanding.
(9)(11)For a discussion of the effective income tax rate, see “Executive Summary—Significant“Overview of 2013 Financial Results” and “Significant Items—Income Tax Items” herein.
(10)Worldwide employees at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 include additional worldwide employees of businesses contributed by Citigroup, Inc. (“Citi”) related to MSSB.
(11)(12)For a discussion of average liquidity,Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Policies—Framework—Global Liquidity Reserves”Reserve” herein.
(12)(13)As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated its Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common ratio iscapital ratios and risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”) in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). These standards are based upon a non-GAAP financial measure thatframework described in the Company considersInternational Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, July 1988, as amended, also referred to be a useful measure thatas Basel I. On January 1, 2013, the CompanyU.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and investors use to assesscorrelation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk requirements (“market risk capital adequacy.framework amendment”). The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs for 2013 were calculated under this revised framework. The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs for prior periods have not been recalculated under this revised framework. For a discussion of total capital ratio,Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratioratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.
(14)For a discussion of Tier 1 leverage ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein. For a discussion of Tier 1 common ratio, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—The Balance Sheet” herein.
(13)Amount excludes substantially all of the Company’s retail asset management business (“Retail Asset Management”) that was sold to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”) (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items” herein).
(14)(15)Revenues and expenses associated with these assets are included in the Company’s AssetWealth Management and Global WealthInvestment Management Group business segments.
(15)(16)Amounts include Asset Management’sexclude the Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

47


(16)(17)Prior-period amounts have been recast to exclude Quilter & Co. Ltd. (“Quilter”). See Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on discontinued operations.
(18)Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure that the Company and investors use to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.
(17)(19)Global representatives atAt December 31, 20102013, 2012 and December 31, 2009 include additional2011, global representatives of businesses contributed by Citi related to MSSB.
(18)Annualized net revenues per global representative for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008the Company were 16,784, 16,780 and 17,512, which include approximately 328, 428 and 479 representatives associated with the one month ended December 31, 2008 equals GlobalInternational Wealth Management Group’s net revenues (excludingbusiness, the saleresults of Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”) for fiscal 2008) divided by the quarterly weighted average global representative headcount for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.
(19)Beginning in 2009, amounts for Corporate and other accountswhich are presentedreported in the appropriate client segment.Institutional Securities business segment, respectively.
(20)Annual revenues per representative in 2013, 2012 and 2011 equal Wealth Management business segment’s annual revenues divided by the average representative headcount in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(21)Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets. Effective in 2013, client assets also include certain additional non-custodied assets as a result of the completion of the purchase of the remaining interest in the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”) platform conversion.
(22)Client assets per global representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end global representative headcount.
(21)(23)Beginning January 1, 2013, the Company enhanced its definition of fee-based asset flows. Fee-based asset flows have been recast for all periods to include dividends, interest and client fees and to exclude cash management related activity.
(24)

Approximately $55$104 billion, $72 billion and $54$56 billion of the bank deposit balances at December 31, 20102013, 2012 and December 31, 2009,2011, respectively, are held at Company-affiliated depositories with the remainder held at Citi-affiliatedCiti affiliated depositories. TheseThe Company considers the remaining deposits held with Citi affiliated depositories a non-GAAP measure, which the Company and investors use to assess deposits in the

57


Wealth Management business segment. The deposit balances are held at certain of the Company’s Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insured depository institutions for the benefit of the Company’s clients through their accounts. For additional information regarding deposits, see Notes 3, 10 and 25 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Deposits” herein.

(25)From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. For these purposes, “GAAP” refers to generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or an alternative method for assessing, our financial condition and operating results. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, GAAP, and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the GAAP financial measure.

 

   2013  2012  2011 

Reconciliation of Selected Management Financial Measures from a Non-GAAP to a GAAP Basis (dollars in millions, except per share amounts):

    

Net revenues

    

Net revenues—non-GAAP

  $33,098  $30,504  $28,546 

Impact of DVA

   (681  (4,402  3,681 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues—GAAP

  $32,417  $26,102  $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

    

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—non-GAAP

  $3,427  $3,256  $1,893 

Impact of DVA

   (452  (3,118  2,275 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income applicable to Morgan Stanley—GAAP

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

    

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—non-GAAP

  $1.61  $1.64  $(0.08)

Impact of DVA

   (0.23  (1.62  1.35 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations per diluted common share—GAAP

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average diluted shares—non-GAAP (in millions)

   1,957   1,919   1,655 

Impact of DVA (in millions)

   —     —     20 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Average diluted shares—GAAP (in millions)

   1,957   1,919   1,675 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

58


Global Market and Economic Conditions in 2010.Conditions.

 

GlobalDuring 2013, global market and economic conditions continued to improve, and global capital markets continued to recover, during 2010 and 2009, as compared with the severe economic and financial downturn that occurredshowed improvement from 2012, though significant uncertainty remained. Investor sentiment was boosted by encouraging signs of improvement in the fallglobal economy during the second half of 2008.2013. The U.S. economy continued its moderate growth pace, but while as a whole the recession in the euro-area came to an end, significant pockets of slow or negative growth remained in Europe. During 2013, global market and economic conditions were also challenged by investor concerns about the U.S. longer-term budget outlook and the scaling back of monetary stimulus, the remaining European sovereign debt issues and slowing economic growth in emerging markets. Shorter-term concerns over the U.S. budget standoff were resolved in late 2013 as Congress came to a tentative agreement on federal government funding for the next two fiscal years. The agreement was in response to a shut-down of the U.S. federal government that lasted for 16 days during October 2013. Elsewhere, especially in parts of Europe, growth remains stymied by fiscal and longer-term structural issues in the economy.

 

In the U.S., major equity market indices ended 2010the year significantly higher compared with the beginning of the year.year-end 2012. The increase was primarily due to better than expected corporate earnings. PositiveU.S. economy continued its moderate growth pace in 2013. Labor market and economic developments were partially offset by a persistently highconditions improved as the unemployment rate continued investor concerns about U.S. regulatory reform within the financial services industry, a sharp temporary decline in stock prices on May 6, 2010 (speculateddeclined to have been caused by high-speed electronic trading) and the continued sovereign debt crisis within the European region. Government and business spending increased, while certain sectors of the real estate market remained challenged. Consumer spending began to show signs of improvement toward the end of the year. Deficit reductions and balanced budgets remain critical items at the federal, state and local levels of government. The unemployment rate decreased to 9.4%6.7% at December 31, 20102013 from 9.9%7.9% at December 31, 2009.2012. Consumer spending and business investment advanced during 2013. The housing market generally strengthened in 2013, although rising mortgage rates have resulted in recent softness in housing starts and home sales. Apart from fluctuations due to changes in energy prices, inflation has been running below the Federal Reserve’s longer-run objective, but longer-term inflation expectations have remained stable. The Federal Open Market Committee (“FOMC”) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) kept key interest rates at historically low levels, and atlevels. At December 31, 2010,2013, the federal funds target rate wasremained between zero0.0% and 0.25%, and the discount rate wasremained at 0.75%. The FOMC pursued quantitative easing policies during 2010 and 2009,Earlier in which2013 concerns about the Federal Reserve’s plan to scale back its monetary stimulus plan caused investors to sell off holdings. Subsequently, the FOMC purchasedannounced in December that it would be decreasing its purchases of Treasury and mortgage-backed securities within January 2014. The continuing U.S. recovery, though tepid, is also relieving some of the objective of improving economic conditions by increasingpressure on the money supply.federal budget experienced during the past several years.

 

In Europe, major equity market indices finished 2013 higher compared with year-end 2012. Euro-area gross domestic product started to grow in the second quarter of 2013, and the European Central Bank (“ECB”) views this as a gradual recovery in economic conditions, albeit with significant downside risks. The euro-area unemployment rate increased to 12.0% at December 31, 2013 from 11.9% at 2012 year-end. At December 31, 2013, Bank of England’s benchmark interest rate was 0.5%, which was unchanged from December 31, 2012. To stimulate economic activity in Europe, during 2013 the ECB lowered the benchmark interest rate from 0.75% to 0.25% and indicated it will keep open its special liquidity facilities until at least the middle of 2014.

Major equity market indices in Asia ended the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) and Germany ended 2010year higher, while in France, they ended lower, as compared with the beginningnotable exception of the year. ResultsShanghai Stock Exchange Composite Index in China. Japan’s economic activity grew moderately during 2013, primarily resulting from a series of economic stimulus packages announced by the European equity markets were impacted by adverse economic developments, including investor concerns about the outcome of regulatory stress testing of European banks and the sovereign debt crisis, especially in Greece and Ireland. Industrial output in the region was primarily driven by German exports. The euro area unemployment rate remained relatively unchanged at approximately 10% at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, the European Central Bank’s benchmark interest rate was 1.00%Japanese government and the Bank of England’sJapan (“BOE”BOJ”) benchmark interest ratein early 2013. The BOJ maintained its monetary stimulus plan during the remainder of 2013. The pace of China’s economic growth slowed during 2013, though China’s overall growth was 0.50%. The BOE pursued quantitative easing policies during 2010 and 2009, in which the BOE purchased securities, including U.K. Government Gilts, with the objective of improving economic conditions by increasing the money supply.

In Asia, industrial output was driven by exports from both China and Japan. China’s economy also continued to benefit from government spending for capital projects, a significant amount of foreign currency reserves and a relatively high domestic savings rate. Equity markets in Hong Kong ended 2010 higherstill strong compared with the beginning ofU.S., Europe and Japan. During 2013, the year, while results in ChinaChinese government began to implement reforms to restructure its economy away from reliance on exports and Japan were lower, as compared with the beginning of the year. During 2010, the People’s Bank of China raised the one-year yuan lending rateinvestments and toward more sustainable growth driven by 0.50% from 5.31% to 5.81%, and the one-year yuan deposit rate by 0.50% from 2.25% to 2.75% (on two separate occasions: 0.25% in October 2010 and 0.25% in December 2010). In February 2011, the People’s Bank of China raised the one-year yuan lending rate by 0.25% from 5.81% to 6.06% and the one-year yuan deposit rate by 0.25% from 2.75% to 3.00%.

domestic consumption.

 

48


Overview of 20102013 Financial Results.

 

Consolidated ReviewResults.    The Company recorded net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $4,703$2,932 million on net revenues of $32,417 million in 2010, a 249% increase from $1,3462013 compared with net income applicable to Morgan Stanley of $68 million on net revenues of $26,102 million in 2009.2012.

 

Net revenues increased 35% to $31,622 million in 2010 from $23,434 million in 2009, primarily driven by the Institutional Securities business segment and MSSB. Net revenues in 20102013 included negative revenues of $873 million due to the tighteningimpact of the Company’s credit spreads on certainDVA of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected,$681 million compared with negative revenues of $5,510$4,402 million in 2009 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings. In addition, results for 2010 included a pre-tax gain of $668 million from the sale of the Company’s investment in China International Capital Corporation Limited (“CICC”).2012. Non-interest expenses increased 13%9% to $25,420$27,935 million in 2010.2013 compared with $25,582 million in 2012. Compensation and benefits expenseexpenses increased 11% and4% to $16,277 million in 2013

59


compared with $15,615 million in 2012. Non-compensation expenses increased 17% to $11,658 million in 2013 compared with $9,967 million in 2012. The increase in non-compensation expenses increased 17%, primarily due to increased compensation costsreflected higher legal expenses.

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share (“diluted EPS”) and non-compensation costs in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment, primarily due to MSSB. The increase was also due to a charge of $272 million related to the U.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary bonuses reflected in 2010 compensation and benefits expense. Diluted EPS were $2.63 in 2010 compared with $(0.77) in 2009. Diluteddiluted EPS from continuing operations were $2.44$1.36 and $1.38, respectively, in 20102013 compared with $(0.82)$(0.02) and $0.02, respectively, in 2009.2012. The diluted EPS calculation for 2013 included a negative adjustment of approximately $151 million related to the purchase of the remaining interest in the Wealth Management JV, which was completed in June 2013.

Excluding the impact of DVA, net revenues were $33,098 million, and diluted EPS from continuing operations was $1.61 per share in 2013 compared with $30,504 million and $1.64 per share, respectively, in 2012.

 

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was 11.9% in 2010.18.4% for 2013. The effective tax rate for 2010 includesincluded an aggregate discrete net tax benefitsbenefit of $382 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred$407 million. Excluding this aggregate discrete net tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the remeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277 million associated with the planned repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding the benefits noted above,benefit, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 20102013 would have been 28.0%27.5%. The annual effective tax rate in 2010 is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

The Company’s effective income tax rate from continuing operations was a benefit of 34.7% in 2009. The effective tax rate for 2009 includes a tax benefit of $331 million resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2009 would have been a benefit of 1.0%. The annual effective tax rate in 2009 is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings and includes tax benefits associated with the anticipated use of domestic tax credits and the utilization of state net operating losses.

Discontinued operations for 2010 included: a loss of $1.2 billion due to a writedown and related costs associated with the planned disposition of Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey; a gain of $775 million related to a legal settlement with Discover Financial Services (“DFS”); and an after-tax gain of approximately $570 million related to the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen Investments, Inc. (“Van Kampen”), to Invesco.

 

Institutional Securities.    Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $4,338$869 million in 20102013 compared with $1,088a loss from continuing operations before taxes of $1,688 million in 2009.2012. Net revenues for 2013 were $16,366$15,443 million compared with $11,025 million in 2010 compared with $12,853 million2012. The results in 2009. Investment banking2013 included negative revenues decreased 4%, reflecting lower revenues from equity underwriting and lower advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions, partially offset by higher revenues from fixed income underwriting. Investment banking revenues in 2010 were also impacted by the deconsolidation of the majority of the Company’s Japanese investment banking business as a result of the closing of the transaction between the Company and MUFG to form a joint venture in Japan (the “MUFG Transaction”) (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein). Equity sales and trading revenues increased 31% to $4,840 million in 2010 from $3,690 million in 2009. Equity sales and trading revenues reflected negative revenue of approximately $121 million in 2010 due to the tighteningimpact of the Company’s credit spreads resulting

49


from the increase in the fair valueDVA of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected,$681 million compared with negative revenues of approximately $1,738$4,402 million in 2009. Lower results in the cash2012. Investment banking revenues for 2013 increased 11% from 2012 to $4,377 million, reflecting higher revenues from equity and derivatives businesses in 2010 reflected solid customer flowsfixed income underwriting transactions, partially offset by a challenging trading environment. Fixed incomelower advisory revenues. The following sales and trading net revenues in 2010 increased 21%results exclude the impact of DVA. Sales and trading net revenues are composed of: trading revenues; commissions and fees; asset management, distribution and administration fees; and net interest revenues (expenses). The presentation of net revenues excluding the impact of DVA is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to $5,867 million in 2010 from $4,854 million in 2009. Fixed incomeallow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance. Equity sales and trading net revenues, reflected negativeexcluding the impact of DVA, of $6,607 million increased 11% from 2012, reflecting strong performance across most products and regions from higher client activity, with particular strength in prime brokerage. Excluding the impact of DVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues of approximately $703were $4,197 million in 2010 due to the tightening2013, a decrease of the Company’s credit spreads resulting25% from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with negative revenues of approximately $3,321 million in 2009. Interest rate and currency product revenues decreased 38% in 20102012, reflecting lower trading resultslevels of client activity across most businesses. Results for 2010 primarily reflected solid customer flowsproducts. Net investment gains of $707 million were recognized in interest rate, credit and currency products, which were partly offset by a challenging trading environment. Principal transaction2013, compared with net investment gains of $809$219 million in 2012, primarily reflecting a gain on the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker. Other revenues of $608 million were recognized in 20102013 compared with net investment lossesother revenues of $864$203 million in 2009.2012. Other revenues included income arising from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). Non-interest expenses increased 2%15% in 2013 to $12,028$14,574 million, in 2010 from $11,765 million in 2009.primarily due to higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses in 2013 decreased 2% from 2012 to $6,823 million, primarily due to lower headcount. Non-compensation expenses were $7,751 million in 2010.2013 compared with $5,735 million in 2012, reflecting the increased level of legal expenses.

 

Global Wealth Management GroupManagement..    Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $1,156$2,629 million in 20102013 compared with $559$1,622 million in 2009.2012. Net revenues were $12,636$14,214 million in 2013 compared with $9,390$13,034 million in 2009.2012. Transactional revenues, consisting of Trading, Commissions and fees and Investment banking increased 8% from 2012 to $4,293 million. Trading revenues increased 39%11% from 2012 to $1,161 million in 2010,2013, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB and higher closed-end fund activity. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 8% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB, netdue to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and gains on certain investments. Commissionhigher revenues from fixed income products. Commissions and fees revenues increased 28%6% from 2012 to $2,209 million in 2010,2013, primarily benefitingdue to higher equity, mutual fund and alternatives activity. Investment banking revenues increased 11% from a full year2012 to $923 million in 2013, primarily due to higher levels of MSSBunderwriting activity in closed-end funds and higher client activity.unit trusts. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 39%6% from 2012 to $7,638 million in 2010 benefiting2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from a full year of MSSB and improved market conditions.referral fees from the bank deposit program. Net interest increased 70%20% from 2012 to $1,880 million in 20102013, primarily resulting from an increasedue to

60


higher balances in interest income benefiting from a full year of MSSB, the Securities Available for Sale (“AFS”) portfolio and the change in classification of the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) securities-based lending products. In addition, interest expense declined in 2013 due to the Company’s redemption of all Class A Preferred Interests owned by Citi and its affiliates, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV effective at the end of the second quarter of 2013. Total client asset balances were $1,909 billion at December 31, 2013 and client assets in fee-based accounts were $697 billion, or 37% of total client assets. Fee-based client asset flows for 2013 were $51.9 billion compared with $26.9 billion in 2012. Prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment and for the Company’s enhanced definition of fee-based asset flows (see “Business Segments” herein). Compensation and benefits expenses increased 6% from 2012 to $8,271 million in 2013, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 8% from 2012 to $3,314 million in 2013, primarily driven by the absence of platform integration costs and non-recurring technology write-offs, partially offset by increased funding costs (see “Global Wealth Management Group—Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees” herein). Non-interest expenses were $11,480an impairment expense of $36 million related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investment funds in 2010 compared with $8,831 million in 2009.2013.

 

Asset ManagementInvestment Management..    Income from continuing operations before income taxes was $723$984 million in 20102013 compared with a loss of $653$590 million in 2009.2012. Net revenues were $2,723$2,988 million in 20102013 compared with $1,337$2,219 million in 2009.2012. The Company recorded principal transactionsincrease in net revenues reflected higher net investment gains predominantly within the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and higher gains on certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Results in 2013 also included an additional allocation of $996 million in 2010 compared with losses of $173 million in 2009.fund income to the Company as general partner, upon exceeding cumulative fund performance thresholds (“carried interest”). Non-interest expenses were $2,000$2,004 million in 20102013 compared with $1,990$1,629 million in 2009.2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 41% to $1,183 million in 2013, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 4% to $821 million in 2013, primarily due to higher brokerage and clearing and professional services expenses, partially offset by lower information processing expenses.

 

Significant Items.

 

Mortgage-Related TradingLitigation..    The Company recorded mortgage-related trading gains (losses)incurred litigation expenses of approximately $1,952 million in 2013, $513 million in 2012 and $151 million in 2011. The litigation expenses incurred in 2013 were primarily due to settlements and reserve additions related to commercialresidential mortgage-backed securities commercial whole loan positions, U.S. subprime mortgage proprietary trading exposures and non-subprime residential mortgagescredit crisis-related matters (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Litigation expenses are included in Other expenses in the consolidated statements of $1.2 billion, $(0.6) billion, $(2.6) billion and $(0.1) billionincome. The Company expects future litigation expenses in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008general to continue to be elevated, and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

50


Real Estate Investments.    The Company recorded gains (losses)changes in expenses from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the following business segments related to real estate investments. These amounts exclude investments associated with certain deferred compensationcurrent environment regarding financial crisis-related government investigations and employee co-investment plans.private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

     

Continuing operations(1)

  $0.2  $(0.8 $(1.2 $(0.1

Discontinued operations(2)

   (1.2  —      —      —    
                 

Total Institutional Securities

   (1.0  (0.8  (1.2  (0.1

Asset Management:

     

Continuing operations(3)

   0.5   (0.5  (0.6  —    

Discontinued operations(2)

   —      (0.6  (0.5  —    
                 

Total Asset Management

   0.5   (1.1  (1.1  —    

Amounts applicable to noncontrolling interests

   0.5   —      —      —    
                 

Total

  $(1.0 $(1.9 $(2.3 $(0.1
                 

(1)Gains (losses) related to net realized and unrealized gains (losses) from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and are reflected in Principal transactions—Investments in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel. The results of Revel, including the estimated loss from the planned disposal, are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. In the Asset Management business segment, amounts related to the disposition of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), which was disposed in the fourth quarter of 2009 (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).
(3)Gains (losses) related to net realized and unrealized gains (losses) from real estate investments in the Company’s merchant banking business and are reflected in Principal transactions—Investments in the consolidated statements of income.

See “Other Matters—Real Estate” herein for further information.

 

Income Tax BenefitInvestment Gains.    The Company’s Investments revenues increased to $1,777 million in 2013 compared with $742 million in 2012. Of this increase, $543 million related to higher net investment gains and to a lesser extent the benefit of carried interest within the Company’s Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses in the Investment Management business segment. In addition, the increase includes a gain on the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker in 2013 in the Institutional Securities business segment.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.    During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded income (loss) of $570 million, $152 million and $(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS. Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests associated with MUFG’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”) was $259 million, $163 million and $1 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively (see Note 22 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

61


Income Tax Items.    In 2013, the Company recognized an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million. This included discrete tax benefits of $382of: $161 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the remeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefitsreserves and related interest based onassociated with new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277certain tax authority examinations; $92 million associated withrelated to the plannedestablishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. earnings atsubsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”). The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a cost lower than originally estimated. Theprovision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend.

In 2012, the Company recognized aan aggregate net tax benefit of $331$142 million. This included a discrete tax benefit of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with either the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations and an aggregate out-of-period net tax provision of $157 million, to adjust the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments, principally in 2009, resultingthe Company’s Investment Management business segment and repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment (see “Business Segments—Institutional Securities” herein):

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Other sales and trading:

    

Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments and Net interest(1)

  $596  $1,650  $(699

Gains (losses) on hedges

   (156  (910  68 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other sales and trading revenues

  $440  $740  $(631
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other revenues:

    

Provision for loan losses

  $(46 $(85 $(6

Losses on loans held for sale

   (68  (54  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Other revenues

  $(114 $(139 $(6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other expenses: Provision for unfunded commitments

   (45  (71  (18
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $281  $530  $(655
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Effective April 2012, the Company began accounting for all new originated loans and lending commitments as either held for investment or held for sale.

Wealth Management JV.    The Company completed the purchase of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV from Citi on June 28, 2013 for the costpreviously established price of anticipated repatriation$4.725 billion. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to retained earnings of non-U.S. earningsapproximately $151 million (net of tax) in 2013 to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the 35% interest in the joint venture and its carrying value. In 2012, the Company purchased an additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV from Citi for $1.89 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 51% to 65%. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to Paid-in-capital of approximately $107 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the 14% interest in the Wealth Management JV and its carrying value. Also in 2012, the Wealth Management business segment’s non-interest expenses included approximately $173 million of non-recurring costs related to the Wealth Management JV integration. For more information, see Note 3 to the consolidated statements in Item 8.

62


Available for Sale Securities.    During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the available for sale portfolio held within the Wealth Management business segment reported unrealized gains (losses) of $(433) million, $28 million and $87 million, net of tax, respectively, that were included in Accumulated other comprehensive income. The unrealized losses were primarily due to changes in interest rates. The securities in the Company’s available for sale portfolio with an unrealized loss were not other-than-temporarily impaired at lower than previously estimated tax rates.December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. For more information, see Notes 2 and 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

Morgan Stanley Debt.    Net revenues reflected negative revenues of $873 million, $5.5 billion and $0.2 billion in 2010, 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively, from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads, and gains of $5.6 billion in fiscal 2008 from the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings, including structured notes and junior subordinated debentures that are accounted for at fair value.

In addition, in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded gains of approximately $491 million, $2.3 billion and $73 million, respectively, from repurchasing its debt in the open market. In fiscal 2008, the Company also recorded mark-to-market gains of approximately $1.4 billion on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company (i.e., the swaps were “de-designated” as hedges). During the period the swaps were hedging the debt, changes in fair value of these instruments were generally offset by adjustments to the basis of the debt being hedged.

51


Monoline Insurers.    Monoline insurers (“Monolines”) provide credit enhancement to capital markets transactions. The current credit environment continues to affect the ability of such financial guarantors to provide enhancement to existing capital market transactions. The Company’s direct exposure to Monolines is limited to bonds that are insured by Monolines and to derivative contracts with a Monoline as counterparty (principally an affiliate of MBIA Inc. (“MBIA”)).

The Company’s exposure to Monolines at December 31, 2010 includes $1.5 billion in insured municipal bond securities and $326 million of mortgage and asset-backed securities enhanced by financial guarantees. Excluding MBIA, derivative counterparty exposure includes gross exposures of approximately $440 million, net of cumulative credit valuation adjustments and hedges. The positive net derivative counterparty exposure (the sum of net long positions for each individual counterparty) was insignificant at December 31, 2010. Positive net derivative counterparty exposure is defined as potential loss to the Company over a period of time in an event of 100% default of a Monoline, assuming zero recovery. Amounts related to MBIA derivative counterparty exposure are not included in the above amounts since, at December 31, 2010, the aggregate value of cumulative credit valuation adjustments and hedges exceeded the amount of gross exposure of $4.2 billion by $1.1 billion.

The results for 20102011 included losses of $865$1,838 million related to the Company’s Monoline counterparty credit exposures to Monoline Insurers (“Monolines”), principally MBIA comparedInsurance Corporation (“MBIA”).

During 2011, the Company announced a comprehensive settlement with losses of $232 million, $1.7 billion and $203 million in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.MBIA. The Company’s hedging program for Monoline counterparty exposure continues to become more costly and difficult to effect, and, as such, the losses in 2010 reflected those additional costs as well as volatilitysettlement terminated outstanding credit default swap (“CDS”) protection purchased from MBIA on those hedges caused by the tightening of both MBIA and commercial mortgage-backed spreads. The Company proactively manages its Monoline exposure; however, as market conditions continue to evolve, significant additional losses could be incurred. The Company’s hedging program includes the use of single name and index transactions that mitigate credit exposure to the Monolines as well as certain market risk components of existing underlying commercial mortgage-backed securities transactions withand resolved pending litigation between the Monolines and is conducted as parttwo parties for consideration of a net cash payment to the Company’s overall market risk management. See “Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosure about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.Company.

 

Settlement with DFSMUFG Stock Conversion..    On June 30, 2007,2011, the Company’s outstanding Series B Preferred Stock owned by MUFG with a face value of $7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion) and a 10% dividend was converted into 385,464,097 shares of the Company’s common stock, including approximately 75 million shares resulting from the adjustment to the conversion ratio pursuant to the transaction agreement. As a result of the adjustment to the conversion ratio, the Company completed the spin-offincurred a one-time, non-cash negative adjustment of approximately $1.7 billion in its business segment DFS to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775 million in complete satisfactioncalculation of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from a lawsuit against Visabasic and MasterCard. The payment was recorded as a gain in discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of income for 2010.diluted earnings per share during 2011.

 

Gain on SaleEuropean Peripheral Countries.    On December 22, 2011, the Company entered into agreements to restructure certain derivative transactions that decreased its exposure to obligors in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “European Peripherals”). As a result, the Company’s results in 2011 included interest rate product revenues of Noncontrolling Interest.    In connectionapproximately $600 million related primarily to the release of credit valuation adjustments associated with the MUFG Transaction (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein), the Company recorded an after-tax gain of $731 million from the sale of a noncontrolling interest in its Japanese institutional securities business. This gain was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and changes in total equity for 2010.

Gain on Sale of Retail Asset Management.    On June 1, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen, to Invesco. The Company received $800 million in cash and approximately 30.9 million shares of Invesco stock upon sale, resulting in a cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which $570 million was recorded in 2010. The remaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations within the Asset Management business segment for all periods presented through the date of divestiture. The Company recorded the 30.9 million shares as securities available for sale. In November 2010, the Company sold its investment in Invesco, resulting in a realized gain of approximately $102 milliontransactions, reported within Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income for 2010.

Sale of Stake in CICC.    In December 2010, the Company completed the sale of its 34.3% stake in CICC for a pre-tax gain of approximately $668 million, which is included within Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income for 2010. See Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

52


Corporate Lending.    The Company recorded the following amounts primarily associated with loans and lending commitments carried at fair value within the Institutional Securities business segment:

   2010(1)  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008(1)
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Gains (losses) on loans and lending commitments

  $0.3  $4.0  $(6.3 $(0.5

Gains (losses) on hedges

   (0.7  (3.2  3.0   (0.1
                 

Total gains (losses)

  $(0.4 $0.8  $(3.3 $(0.6
                 

(1)Amounts include realized and unrealized gains (losses).

U.K. Tax.    During 2010, the Company recognized a charge of approximately $272 million in Compensation and benefits expense representing the final amount paid relating to the U.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary above-base compensation.

OIS Fair Value Measurement.    In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began using the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve as an input to value substantially all of its collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company believes using the OIS curve, which reflects the interest rate typically paid on cash collateral, more accurately reflects the fair value of collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of approximately $176 million in Principal transactions—Trading upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment. Previously, the Company discounted these collateralized interest rate derivative contracts based on London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

Goodwill and Intangibles.    Impairment charges related to goodwill and intangible assets were $201 million, $16 million and $725 million in 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements). The impairment charges for 2010 included $193 million related to FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”), as described below.

FrontPoint.    In 2010, the Company reached an agreement with the principals of FrontPoint, whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers will own a majority equity stake in FrontPoint, and the Company will retain a minority stake. FrontPoint will replace the Company’s affiliates as the investment advisor and general partner of the FrontPoint funds. The Company expects this transaction to close in the first quarter of 2011, subject to closing conditions. The Company recorded impairment charges of approximately $126 million related to the transaction in 2010, which were included in Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income.

 

Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.In addition,June 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Ltd. (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Ltd.) jointly announced the operational commencement of their securities joint venture in China. During 2011, the Company recorded approximately $67initial costs of $130 million related to the writedownformation of certain intangible assets in 2010, includedthis joint venture in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income.

MSCI.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”). The gain on sale, net of taxes, was approximately $279 million and $895 million, related to the secondary offerings, for 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively. The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of divestiture. The results of MSCI were formerly included in the continuing operations of the Institutional Securities business segment.

Sale of Bankruptcy Claims.    In 2009, the Company recorded a gain of $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).

Structured Investment Vehicles.    The Company recognized gains of $164 million in 2009 and losses of $470 million and $84 million in fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively, related to securities issued by structured investment vehicles (“SIV”). The gains were recorded in the Asset Management business segment.

53


Subsidiary Banks.    The Company recorded losses of approximately $70 million, gains of approximately $140 million and losses of approximately $900 million in 2010, 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively, related to securities portfolios in the Company’s domestic subsidiary banks, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (formerly, Morgan Stanley Trust FSB) (the “Subsidiary Banks”).

ARS.    Under the terms of various agreements entered into with government agencies and the terms of the Company’s announced offer to repurchase, the Company agreed to repurchase at par certain Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”) held by retail clients that were purchased through the Company. In addition, the Company agreed to reimburse retail clients who have sold certain ARS purchased through the Company at a loss. Fiscal 2008 reflected charges of $532 million for the ARS repurchase program and writedowns of $108 million associated with ARS held in inventory.

Sales of Subsidiaries and Other Items.    Results for fiscal 2008 included a pre-tax gain of $687 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V. (see Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Business Segments.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses can be directly attributedare allocated to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment Eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program. Losses from continuing operations before income taxes recorded in Intersegment Eliminations were $15 million, $11 million, $17 million and $1 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

From June 2009 until AprilOn January 1, 2010, in2013, the GlobalInternational Wealth Management Groupbusiness was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment revenues into the bank deposit program were primarily included in Asset management, distributionEquity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, all results and administration fees. Priorstatistical data have been recast for all periods to June 2009, these revenues were previously reported in Interest income. The change wasreflect the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction. Beginning on April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program held at the Company’s depository institutions are recorded as Interest income, due to renegotiations of the revenue sharing agreementInternational Wealth Management business as part of the Global Wealth Management GroupInstitutional Securities business segment’s retail banking strategy. The Global Wealth Management Group business segmentsegment.

63


Net Revenues.

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as a market maker as well as gains and losses on the Company’s related positions. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will continueinclude any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line item since they relate to earn referralmarket-making positions. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in the Commissions and fees line item. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for deposits placedrelated services would be recorded in Commissions and fees.

The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Expenses associated with Citi depository institutions,the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and these feesbenefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will continuebe offset by changes in fair value of investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities, across all of its trading businesses, that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s holdings as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans (as mentioned above). Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company is clearing trades

64


on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets held by consolidated real estate funds, which are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees untilinclude fees associated with the legacy Smith Barney depositsmanagement and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Wealth Management business segment are migratedbased on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management fees in the Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Investment Management business segment are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including trading assets and trading liabilities; securities available for sale; securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; loans; deposits; commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; long-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the Company’s depository institutions.prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) and Securities borrowed and Securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest revenues on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

 

Effective January 1, 2010, certain transfer pricing arrangements between the Global Wealth Management Group business segment and the Institutional Securities business segment relating to Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s fixed income trading activities were modified to conform to agreements with Citi in connection with MSSB.Lending Activities.

 

In addition, with an effective date of January 1, 2010, the Global Wealth Management Group business segment sold approximately $3 billion of ARS to the Institutional Securities business segment at book value.

54


The Company changed the allocation methodologyprovides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through its U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”). The Company’s lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment for funding costs centrally managed byprimarily include corporate lending activities, in which the Company’s Treasury Department between equity and fixed income sales and tradingCompany provides loans or lending commitments to more accurately reflect business activity. Effective January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 35%selected corporate clients. In addition to equity sales and trading and 65% to fixed income sales and trading. Prior to January 1, 2010, funding costs were allocated 20% and 80% to equity and fixed income sales and trading, respectively. The Company regularly evaluates the appropriateness of funding cost allocations with respect to business activities and may, in the future, modify further the allocation percentages.

Effective January 1, 2010, incorporate lending activity, the Institutional Securities business segment Equity salesengages to a lesser extent in other lending activity, including corporate loans purchased and trading revenuessold in the secondary market. The Company’s lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment principally include Asset management, distributionmargin loans collateralized by securities, securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities in PLAs and administration fees as these fees relateresidential mortgage lending. The Company’s lending activities have grown during 2013 and 2012 and the Company expects this trend to administrative services primarily providedcontinue. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Item 7A. See also Notes 8 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the Company’s prime brokerage clientsfinancing receivables and therefore, closely align to equity sales and trading revenues. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.lending commitments, respectively.

 

55

65


INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012(1) 2011(1) 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

         

Investment banking

  $4,295  $4,455  $3,630  $177   $4,377  $3,930  $4,240 

Principal transactions:

     

Trading

   8,154   6,591   5,897   (1,462   8,147   6,002   11,425 

Investments

   809   (864  (2,461  (158   707   219   239 

Commissions

   2,274   2,152   3,094   127 

Commissions and fees

   2,425   2,176   2,849 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   104   98   142   10    280   242   206 

Other

   996   545   2,722   91    608   203   (236
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   16,632   12,977   13,024   (1,215   16,544   12,772   18,723 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest income

   5,877   6,373   37,604   1,017    3,572   4,224   5,860 

Interest expense

   6,143   6,497   35,860   1,124    4,673   5,971   6,900 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest

   (266  (124  1,744   (107   (1,101  (1,747  (1,040
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net revenues

   16,366   12,853   14,768   (1,322   15,443   11,025   17,683 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   7,081   7,212   7,084   280    6,823   6,978   7,567 

Non-compensation expenses

   4,947   4,553   6,144   395    7,751   5,735   5,566 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   12,028   11,765   13,228   675    14,574   12,713   13,133 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   4,338   1,088   1,540   (1,997   869   (1,688  4,550 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   301   (301  149   (726   (393  (1,061  880 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   4,037   1,389   1,391   (1,271   1,262   (627  3,670 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Discontinued operations:

         

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1,175  396   1,460   (20   (81  (158  (216

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   26   229   575   (1   (29  (36  (110
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (1,201  167   885   (19

Net gains (losses) on discontinued operations

   (52  (122  (106
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   2,836   1,556   2,276   (1,290   1,210   (749  3,564 
             

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   290   12   71   3 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   1   4   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   277   170   220 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,546  $1,544  $2,205  $(1,293  $932  $(923 $3,344 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

         

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $3,747  $1,393  $1,358  $(1,271  $984  $(797 $3,450 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1,201  151   847   (22

Net gains (losses) from discontinued operations

   (52  (126  (106
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,546  $1,544  $2,205  $(1,293  $932  $(923 $3,344 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed the disposal of CityMortgage Bank (“CMB”), a Moscow-based mortgage bank. Results for CMB are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal within the Institutional Securities business segment.

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

On March 31, 2010, the Board authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. Results for 2010 include a loss of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with writedowns and related costs of such planned disposition.

56


Supplemental Financial Information.

 

Investment Banking.

Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

 

66


Investment banking revenues were as follows:

 

  2010   2009(1)   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013   2012   2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions

  $1,470   $1,488   $1,740   $68 

Advisory revenues

  $1,310   $1,369   $1,737 

Underwriting revenues:

      

Equity underwriting revenues

   1,454    1,695    1,045    47    1,262    892    1,144 

Fixed income underwriting revenues

   1,371    1,272    845    62    1,805    1,669    1,359 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total underwriting revenues

   3,067    2,561    2,503 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total investment banking revenues

  $4,295   $4,455   $3,630   $177   $4,377   $3,930   $4,240 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

The following table presents the Company’s volumes of announced and completed mergers and acquisitions, equity and equity-related offerings, and fixed income offerings:

   2013(1)   2012(1)   2011(1) 
   (dollars in billions) 

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

  $520   $464   $510 

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

   508    391    657 

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

   61    52    47 

Fixed income offerings(4)

   287    284    231 

 

(1)All prior-periodSource: Thomson Reuters, data at January 14, 2014. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts have been reclassified to conformpreviously reported due to the current period’s presentation.subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.
(2)Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.
(3)Amounts include Rule 144A and public common stock, convertible and rights offerings.
(4)Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt. Amounts also include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

 

Sales and Trading.Trading Net Revenues.

 

Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Principal transactions—Trading revenues; Commissions;Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest revenues (expenses). See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of the above-referenced components of sales and trading revenues. In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views Principal transactions—Trading; Commissions; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interestthese net revenues (expenses) in the aggregate. In addition, decisions relating to principal transactionstrading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses.

Sales and trading revenues were as follows:

   2010  2009(1)  Fiscal
2008(1)
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Principal transactions—Trading

  $8,154  $6,591  $5,897   $(1,462

Commissions

   2,274   2,152   3,094    127 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   104   98   142    10 

Net interest

   (266  (124  1,744    (107
                  

Total sales and trading revenues

  $10,266  $8,717  $10,877   $(1,432
                  

(1)All prior-period amounts have been reclassified See Note 12 to conform to the current period’s presentation. See “Business Segments” and “Other Matters—Dividend Income” herein for further information.

The components of the Company’s sales and trading revenues are as follows:

Principal Transactions—Trading. Principal transactions—Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales ofconsolidated financial instrumentsstatements in which the Company acts as principal andItem 8 for further information related to gains and losses(losses) on the Company’s positions, as well as proprietary trading activities for its own account.

Commissions. Commission revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities and options.derivative instruments.

 

 5767 


Asset Management, DistributionSales and Administration Fees. Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with administrative services primarily provided to the Company’s prime brokerage clients.trading net revenues were as follows:

 

   2013  2012(1)  2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Trading

  $8,147  $6,002  $11,425 

Commissions and fees

   2,425   2,176   2,849 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   280   242   206 

Net interest

   (1,101  (1,747  (1,040
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Interest. Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including financial instruments owned and financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements, trading strategies, customer activity in the Company’s prime brokerage business, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates. Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) and Securities borrowed and Securities loaned transactions may be entered into with different customers using the same underlying securities, thereby generating a spread between the interest revenue on the reverse repurchase agreements or securities borrowed transactions and the interest expense on the repurchase agreements or securities loaned transactions.

(1)All prior-year amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

Sales and trading net revenues by business were as follows:

 

  2010 2009(1)   Fiscal
2008(1)
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
   2013 2012(1) 2011(1) 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Equity

  $4,840  $3,690   $9,881  $(11  $6,529  $4,811  $7,263 

Fixed income

   5,867   4,854    4,115   (858

Fixed income and commodities

   3,594   2,358   7,506 

Other(2)

   (441  173    (3,119  (563   (372  (496  (1,329
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total sales and trading revenues

  $10,266  $8,717   $10,877  $(1,432

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)All prior-periodprior-year amounts have been reclassifiedrecast to conform to the current period’syear’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” herein and Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Other sales and trading net revenues primarily includedinclude net losses associated with costs related to the amount of liquidity held (“negative carry”), net gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and net gains (losses) from certain loans and lending commitments and related hedges associated with the Company’s lending activities.

The following sales and trading net revenues results exclude the impact of DVA (see footnote 2 in the following table). The reconciliation of sales and trading, including equity sales and trading and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues, from a non-GAAP to a GAAP basis is as follows:

   2013  2012(1)  2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

  $10,432  $11,075  $9,759 

Impact of DVA

   (681  (4,402  3,681 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total sales and trading net revenues

  $9,751  $6,673  $13,440 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP(2)

  $6,607  $5,941  $6,644 

Impact of DVA

   (78  (1,130  619 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Equity sales and trading net revenues

  $6,529  $4,811  $7,263 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

    

—non-GAAP(2)

  $4,197  $5,630  $4,444 

Impact of DVA

   (603  (3,272  3,062 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

  $3,594  $2,358  $7,506 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)All prior-year amounts have been recast to conform to the current year’s presentation. For further information, see “Business Segments” herein and other corporate activities. OtherNote 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
(2)Sales and trading net revenues, including fixed income and commodities and equity sales and trading net revenues also included net losses associated with costs relatedthat exclude the impact of DVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to the amountallow further comparability of liquidity (“negative carry”) in the Subsidiary Banks.period-to-period operating performance.

 

68


20102013 Compared with 2009.2012.

 

Investment BankingBanking..    Investment banking revenues decreased 4% in 20102013 increased 11% from 2009,2012, reflecting lowerhigher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting andtransactions, partially offset by lower advisory feesrevenues. Overall, underwriting revenues of $3,067 million increased 20% from 2012. Equity underwriting revenues increased 41% to $1,262 million in 2013, largely driven by increased client activity across Europe, Asia and the Americas. Fixed income underwriting revenues were $1,805 million in 2013, an increase of 8% from 2012, reflecting a continued favorable debt underwriting environment. Advisory revenues from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions partially offset by higher revenues from fixed income underwriting. Investment banking revenues(“M&A”) were $1,310 million in 2010 were also impacted by the deconsolidation of the majority of the Company’s Japanese investment banking business as a result of the MUFG Transaction (see “Other Matters—Japan Securities Joint Venture” herein). Overall, underwriting revenues of $2,825 million decreased 5% from 2009. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 14% to $1,454 million, primarily due to lower market volume. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased 8% to $1,371 million, primarily due to increased high-yield issuance volumes and higher loan syndication fees. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,470 million,2013, a decrease of 1%4% from 2009.2012, reflective of the lower level of deal activity in 2013. Industry-wide announced M&A activity for 2013 was relatively flat compared with 2012, with increases in the Americas offset by decreases in Europe, Middle East and Africa.

 

Sales and Trading RevenuesNet Revenues..    Total sales and trading net revenues increased 18%to $9,751 million in 20102013 from 2009,$6,673 million in 2012, reflecting higher revenues in equity and fixed income sales and trading net revenues partially offset byand lower losses in other sales and trading.trading net revenues.

 

EquityEquity..    Equity sales and trading net revenues increased 31% to $4,840$6,529 million in 20102013 from $3,690$4,811 million in 2009.2012. The results in equity sales and trading net revenues included negative revenue due to the impact of DVA of $78 million in 2013 compared with negative revenue of $1,130 million in 2012. Equity sales and trading net revenues, reflected negative revenuesexcluding the impact of approximately $121DVA, increased 11% to $6,607 million in 2010 due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting2013 from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term2012, reflecting strong performance across most products and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected comparedregions, from higher client activity with negative revenues of approximately $1,738 million in 2009. Despite solid customer flows, a challenging trading environment resulted in lower revenues in the cash and derivatives businesses in 2010. Results in 2010 reflected higher revenuesparticular strength in prime brokerage due to higher client balances compared with 2009.brokerage.

 

58


In 2010,2013, equity sales and trading net revenues also reflected unrealized gains of approximately $20$37 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ credit default swapCDS spreads and other factors compared with unrealized gains of approximately $198$68 million in 2009.2012. The Company also recorded unrealized gainslosses of $31$15 million in 20102013 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $154 million in 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads.CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $243 million in 2012. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default swapCDS spreads do not reflect anyand other factors include gains orand losses on related hedging instruments.

 

Fixed Income.Income and Commodities.    Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 21% to $5,867were $3,594 million in 2010 from $4,8542013 compared with net revenues of $2,358 million in 2009.2012. Results in 20102013 included negative revenuesrevenue of approximately $703$603 million due to the tighteningimpact of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was electedDVA compared with negative revenuesrevenue of approximately $3,321$3,272 million in 2009. Interest rate, credit and currency product revenues decreased 38% in 2010, reflecting lower trading results across most businesses. Results for 2010 primarily reflected solid customer flows in interest rate, credit and currency products, which were partly offset by a challenging trading environment. Interest rate, credit and currency2012. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in 2010 were also negatively impacted by losses of $865 million from Monolines compared with losses of $232 million in 2009. Results in interest rate, credit and currency products also included a gain of approximately $123 million related to a change in the fair value measurement methodology to use the OIS curve as an input to value substantially all collateralized interest rate derivative contracts (see “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Significant Items—OIS Fair Value Measurement” herein and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements). Commodity net revenues2013 decreased 27% in 2010,26% over 2012, primarily due to lowreflecting lower levels of client activity across most products and market volatility. Resultssignificant revenue declines in 2009 included a gaininterest rate products. Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of approximately $319 million related to the saleDVA, in 2013 decreased 38% over 2012, primarily reflecting lower levels of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection (see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements).client activity across energy markets.

 

In 2010,2013, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected net unrealized gains of $603$127 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ credit default swapCDS spreads and other factors compared with unrealized gainslosses of approximately $3,462$128 million in 2009.2012 due to the widening of such spreads and other factors. The Company also recorded unrealized gainslosses of $287$114 million in 20102013 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the widening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $1,938 million in 2009 from the tightening of the Company’s credit default swap spreads.CDS spreads and other factors compared with losses of $482 million in 2012. The unrealized gains and losses on credit default swapCDS spreads do not reflect anyand other factors include gains orand losses on related hedging instruments.

 

Other.    In addition to the equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues discussed above, sales and trading net revenues included other trading revenues, consisting primarily of costs related to negative carry, gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt and certain activities associated with the Company’s corporate lending activities. In connection with its corporate lending activities,Effective April 1, 2012, the Company provides to select clients loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) that are generally classified as either “event-driven” or “relationship-driven.” “Event-driven”began accounting for all new corporate loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular eventas either held for investment or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization transactions. “Relationship-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. For further information about the Company’s corporate lending activities, see Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” herein. The fair value measurement of loans and lending commitments takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract. The valuation of these commitments could change in future periods depending on, among other things, the extent that they are renegotiated or repriced or if the associated acquisition transaction does not occur. held for sale.

Other sales and trading also includes costs related to negative carry.

In 2010, other sales and trading net revenues reflected a net loss of $441losses were $372 million in 2013 compared with net gainslosses of $173$496 million in 2009. Results2012. The results in 2010 primarilyboth periods included net losses of approximately $342 million (mark-to-market

59


valuations and realized gains of approximately $327 million offset by losses on related hedges of approximately $669 million) associated with loans and lending commitments and the costs related to negative carry and losses on economic hedges and other

69


costs related to the Company’s long-term debt. The results in the Subsidiary Banks. Results in 2009 included2013 and 2012 were partially offset by net gains of approximately $804$440 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of approximately $4,042$740 million, partially offset by losses on related hedges of approximately $3,238 million)respectively, associated with corporate loans and lending commitments. Results

Net Interest.    Net interest expense decreased to $1,101 million in 2009 also included losses of $3622013 from $1,747 million reflecting the improvement in 2012, primarily due to lower costs associated with the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to China Investment Corporation’s (“CIC”) investment in the Company. Results in 2010 also included a gain of approximately $53 million related to the OIS curve fair value methodology referred to above (see “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Significant Items—OIS Fair Value Measurement” and Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).long-term borrowings.

 

Principal Transactions—InvestmentsInvestments..    The Company’s investments generally are held    See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over timefurther information on what is included in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.Investments.

 

Principal transactionNet investment gains of $707 million were recognized in 2013 compared with net investment gains of $809 million were recognized in 2010 compared with net investment losses of $864$219 million in 2009.2012. The results for 2010increase primarily reflected a gain on the disposition of $313 million on a principalan investment held by a consolidated investment partnership, which was sold in 2010. The portion of the gain related to third-party investors amounted to $183 million and was recorded in the net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statement of income.an insurance broker. The results in 2010 also reflected2013 and 2012 included mark-to-market gains on principal investments in real estate funds and net gains from investments associated with certain employeethe Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans compared with losses on such investments in 2009.plans.

 

Other.    Other revenues increased 83%of $608 million were recognized in 2010,2013 compared with other revenues of $203 million in 2012. The results in 2013 primarily reflecting a pre-tax gainincluded income of $668$570 million, from the sale of the Company’s investment in CICC. Results in 2009 included gains of approximately $465 millionarising from the Company’s repurchase40% stake in MUMSS, compared with income of its debt$152 million in 2012 (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). The gains in both periods were partially offset by the open market.provision for loan losses and losses associated with investments in low-income housing and alternative energy.

 

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 2%15% in 2010,2013 compared with 2012. The increase was primarily due to higher non-compensation expenses, partially offset by lower compensation expense.expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 2% in 2010,2013, primarily due to lower net revenues, excluding the impactheadcount. Results included severance expenses of negative revenues related to the Company’s debt-related credit spreads. Compensation and benefits expenses in 2010 included a charge of approximately $269$141 million related to the U.K. government’s payroll tax on discretionary above-base compensation.reductions in force in 2013 compared with $120 million in 2012. Non-compensation expenses increased 9%35% in 2010.2013 compared with 2012. The increase primarily reflected additions to legal expenses for litigation and investigations related to residential mortgage-backed securities and the credit crisis (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Brokerage, clearing and clearing expenseexchange expenses increased 18%16% in 2010,2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to higher levelsvolumes of business activity. Information processing and communications expense increased 12%expenses decreased 9% in 2010,2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to ongoing investmentslower technology costs. Professional services expenses increased 5% in technology. Marketing and business development expense increased 35% in 2010,2013 compared with 2012 primarily due to higher levels of business activity. Professional services expense increased 9% in 2010, primarily due to higher technology consulting expenses and higher legal fees. Other expenses decreased 6% in 2010, primarily related to insurance recoveries reflectedthe Company’s technology platform.

2012 Compared with 2011.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues in 20102012 decreased 7% from 2011, reflecting lower revenues from advisory and a loss provision in deferred compensation plans reflected in 2009. The decrease in 2010 wasequity underwriting transactions, partially offset by higher provisions for litigation and regulatory proceedings, including $102.7 million related to the Assurance of Discontinuance that was entered into on June 24, 2010 between the Company and the Office of the Attorney General for the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (“Massachusetts OAG”) to resolve the Massachusetts OAG’s investigation of the Company’s financing, purchase and securitization of certain subprime residential mortgages.

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Investment banking revenues increased 23% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, as higher revenues from equity and fixed income underwriting transactions were partially offset by lower advisory revenues. Underwritingtransactions. Advisory revenues of $2,967 million increased 57% from fiscal 2008, reflecting higher levels of market activity, as equity underwriting revenues increased 62% to $1,695 million and fixed income underwriting revenues increased 51% to $1,272 million. Underwriting fees in 2009 reflected a significant increase in market activity from 2008 levels, which

60


were affected by unprecedented market turmoil and challenging market conditions. In 2009, advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $1,488$1,369 million in 2012, a decrease of 14%21% from fiscal 2008,2011, reflecting lower completed market volumes. Overall, underwriting revenues of $2,561 million increased 2% from 2011. Fixed income underwriting revenues were $1,669 million in 2012, an increase of 23% from 2011, reflecting increased bond issuance volumes. Equity underwriting revenues decreased 22% to $892 million in 2012, reflecting lower levels of market activity.

 

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.Total sales and trading net revenues decreased 20%to $6,673 million in 20092012 from fiscal 2008,$13,440 million in 2011, reflecting lower revenues in fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues and equity sales and trading net revenues, partially offset by higherlower losses in other sales and trading revenues and by higher fixed income sales and tradingnet revenues.

 

Equity.Equity sales and trading net revenues decreased 63%34% to $3,690$4,811 million in 20092012 from fiscal 2008.2011. The decreaseresults in 2009 was primarilyequity sales and trading net revenues included negative revenue in 2012 of $1,130 million due to a significant reductionthe impact of DVA compared with positive revenue of $619 million in net revenues from derivative products and equity cash products, reflecting lower levels2011 due to the impact of market volume and market volatility, reduced levels of client activity and lower average prime brokerage client balances.DVA. Equity sales and trading net revenues, reflected lossesexcluding the impact of $1,738 million due to the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads during 2009 resultingDVA, in 2012 decreased 11% from the increase2011, reflecting lower revenues in the fair valuecash business, as a result of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected compared with a benefit of approximately $1,604 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads.lower volumes.

 

In 2009,2012, equity sales and trading net revenues also reflected unrealized gains of approximately $198$68 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other credit default swap spreadsfactors compared with losses of $300$38 million in fiscal 2008 related2011 due to the widening of counterparties’such spreads and other credit default swap spreads.factors. The

70


Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $154$243 million in 20092012 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other credit default swap spreadsfactors compared with gains of $125$182 million in fiscal 2008 related2011 due to the widening of the Company’ssuch spreads and other credit default swap spreads.factors. The unrealizedgains and losses on CDS spreads and other credit factors include gains do not reflect any gains orand losses on related hedging instruments.

 

Fixed Income and Commodities.Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased 18% to $4,854were $2,358 million in 2009 from fiscal 2008. Interest2012 compared with net revenues of $7,506 million in 2011. Results in 2012 included negative revenue of $3,272 million due to the impact of DVA, compared with positive revenue of $3,062 million in 2011 due to the impact of DVA. Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, in 2012 increased 45% over 2011, reflecting higher results in interest rate, currencyforeign exchange and credit products, net revenues increased 127% in 2009, primarily due to strong investment grade and distressed debt trading results, partly offset by lower levels of client activity. Results in 2009 also included a gain of $319 million related to the sale of undivided participating interests in a portion of the Company’s claims against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. Commodity net revenues decreased 31% in 2009, primarily reflecting reducedincluding higher levels of client activity and unfavorablein securitized products, with results in 2011 being negatively impacted by losses of $1,838 million from Monolines, including a loss approximating $1.7 billion in the fourth quarter of 2011 from the Company’s comprehensive settlement with MBIA (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Monoline Insurers” herein for further information). The results in 2011 also included interest rate product revenues of approximately $600 million, primarily related to the release of credit valuation adjustments upon the restructuring of certain derivative transactions that decreased the Company’s exposure to the European Peripherals (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—European Peripheral Countries” herein for further information). Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA, decreased 20% in 2012 due to a difficult market conditions.environment. Results in the fourth quarter of 2011 included a loss of approximately $108 million upon application of the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve to certain fixed income products (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

In 2009,2012, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues reflected net unrealized gainslosses of approximately $3,462$128 million related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of counterparties’ credit default swap spreads compared with unrealized losses of approximately $6,560 million in fiscal 2008 related to the widening of counterparties’ CDS spreads and other credit default swap spreads.factors compared with losses of $1,249 million, including Monolines, in 2011. The Company also recorded unrealized losses of approximately $1,938$482 million in 2009,2012 related to changes in the fair value of net derivative contracts attributable to the tightening of the Company’s CDS spreads and other credit default swap spreadsfactors compared with unrealized gains of approximately $1,968$746 million in fiscal 2008 related2011 due to the widening of the Company’ssuch spreads and other credit default swap spreads.factors. The unrealizedgains and losses on CDS spreads and other factors include gains on credit default swap spreads do not reflect any gains orand losses on related hedging instruments.

 

In addition, fixed income sales and trading revenues in 2009 were negatively impacted by losses of approximately $3,321 million from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads resulting from the increase in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, for which the fair value option was elected. Fiscal 2008 reflected a benefit of approximately $3,524 million due to the widening of the Company’s credit spreads on such borrowings.

In 2009, otherOther.    Other sales and trading net revenues reflected net gains of $173losses were $496 million in 2012 compared with net losses of $3,119$1,329 million in fiscal 2008.2011. The results in both years included losses related to negative carry. The 2012 results included losses on economic hedges related to the Company’s long-term debt compared with gains in 2011. Results for 2009 includedin 2012 were partially offset by net gains of $804$740 million (mark-to-market valuations and realized gains of $4,042 million, partially offset by losses on related hedges of $3,238 million) associated

61


with loans and lending commitments. Results for fiscal 2008in 2011 included net losses of $3,335approximately $631 million (negative mark-to-market valuations and losses of $6,311 million, net of gains on related hedges of $2,976 million) associated with loans and lending commitments largely related to certain “event-driven” lending to non-investment grade companies. Resultscommitments. The results in 20092012 also included losses of $362 million, reflecting the improvementnet investment gains in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads on certain debt related to CIC’s investment in the Companydeferred compensation and co-investment plans compared with gains of $387 millionnet losses in fiscal 2008.2011.

 

In fiscal 2008, other salesNet Interest.    Net interest expense increased to $1,747 million in 2012 from $1,040 million in 2011, primarily due to lower revenues from securities purchased under agreements to resell and trading revenues also included writedowns of securities of approximately $1.2 billion in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks and mark-to-marketborrowed transactions.

Investments.    Net investment gains of approximately $1.4 billion on certain swaps previously designated as hedges of a portion of the Company’s long-term debt. These swaps were no longer considered hedges once the related debt was repurchased by the Company.

Principal transactions net investment losses of $864$219 million were recognized in 2009 as2012 compared with net investment lossesgains of $2,461$239 million in fiscal 2008.2011. The losses weregains in 2012 and 2011 primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnershipincluded mark-to-market gains on principal investments in real estate funds and net gains from investments associated with certain employeethe Company’s deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

 

Other.Other revenues decreased 80%of $203 million were recognized in 20092012 compared with fiscal 2008. During 2009, the Company recorded gainsother losses of approximately $465$236 million in 2011. The results in 2012 included income of $152 million, arising from the Company’s repurchase40% stake in MUMSS. The results in 2011 included pre-tax losses of debt$783 million arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein). The gains in 2012 were partially offset by increases in the open market compared with approximately $2.1 billionprovision for loan losses. The results in fiscal 2008 (see “Significant Items—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion).both periods also included gains from the Company’s retirement of certain of its debt.

 

71


Non-interest Expenses.Non-interest expenses decreased 11%3% in 2009,2012. The decrease was due to lower compensation expenses, partially offset by higher non-compensation expenses. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 8% in 2012, in part due to lower net revenues, excluding DVA and the comprehensive settlement with MBIA, and were partially offset by severance expenses related to reductions in force during the year. Non-compensation expenses increased 3% in 2012, compared with 2011. Brokerage, clearing and exchange expenses decreased 9% in 2012, primarily due to lower non-compensation expense. Compensationvolumes of activity. Information processing and benefitscommunications expense increased 2% from fiscal 2008. Non-compensation6% in 2012, primarily due to ongoing investments in technology. Professional services expenses decreased 26%increased 21% in 2009, partly2012, primarily due to higher legal and regulatory costs and consulting expenses. Other expenses increased 4% in 2012. The results in 2012 included increased litigation expense and a higher provision for unfunded loan commitments. The results in 2011 included the initial costs of $130 million associated with Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Huaxin Securities Joint Venture” herein for further information). The results in 2011 also included a charge of $59 million due to the Company’s initiativesbank levy on relevant liabilities and equities on the consolidated balance sheets of “U.K. Banking Groups” at December 31, 2011 as defined under the bank levy legislation enacted by the U.K. government in July 2011.

Income Tax Items.

In 2013, the Company recognized in income from continuing operations an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million attributable to reduce costs. Occupancy and equipment expense decreased 12% in 2009, primarily due to lower leasing costs associated with office facilities. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 20% in 2009, primarily due to decreased trading activity. Marketing andthe Institutional Securities business development expense decreased 43% in 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased 18% in 2009, primarily due to lower consulting and legal fees. Other expenses decreased 50% in 2009. In fiscal 2008, other expensessegment. This included $694discrete tax benefits of: $161 million related to the impairmentremeasurement of goodwillreserves and intangible assetsrelated interest associated with new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain fixed income businesses. Excluding the fiscal 2008 impairment charges, other expenses decreased in 2009, primarilynon-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to lower levelsthe retroactive effective date of the Relief Act.

In 2012, the Company recognized in income from continuing operations a net tax benefit of $249 million attributable to the Institutional Securities business activitysegment. This included a discrete tax benefit of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and lower litigation expense.related interest associated with either the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain Internal Revenue Service examinations and an out-of-period net tax provision of $50 million, primarily related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively, and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 2007.Discontinued Operations.

 

InstitutionalFor a discussion about discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG’s interest in MSMS (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities recorded losses before income taxes of $1,997 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with income before income taxes of $938 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues were $(1,322) million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with $2,314 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected sales and trading losses as compared with sales and trading revenues in the prior-year period. Non-interest expenses decreased 51% to $675 million, primarily due to lower compensation and benefits expense, reflecting lower net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 4%Joint Venture” herein).

 

Investment banking revenues decreased 45%Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to $177 millionwhich the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the one month endedsecond half of 2014. At December 31, 2008 from2013, the prior-year period duetransaction does not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and is not expected to lower revenues from advisory fees and underwriting transactions, reflecting lower levels of market activity. Advisory fees from merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions were $68 million,have a decrease of 58% frommaterial impact on the prior-year period. Underwriting revenues decreased 33% from the prior-year period to $109 million.

Equity sales and trading losses were $11 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $935 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Results in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected lower revenues from equity cash and derivative products and prime brokerage.Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

62


Equity sales and trading losses also included approximately $75 million of losses from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings accounted for at fair value. Fixed income sales and trading losses were $858 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $944 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Results in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected losses in interest rate, credit and currency products where continued dislocation in the credit markets contributed to the losses. In addition, fixed income sales and trading included approximately $175 million losses from the tightening of the Company’s credit spreads on certain long-term and short-term borrowings that are accounted for at fair value.

Other sales and trading losses were approximately $563 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with revenues of $60 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. The one month ended December 31, 2008 included writedowns related to mortgage-related securities portfolios in the Company’s Subsidiary Banks, partially offset by mark-to-market gains on loans and lending commitments and related hedges.

Principal transactions net investment losses of $158 million were recognized in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with net investment gains of $25 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. The losses in the one month ended December 31, 2008 were primarily related to net realized and unrealized losses from the Company’s limited partnership investments in real estate funds and investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and other principal investments.

6372


GLOBAL WEALTH MANAGEMENT GROUP

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

  2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012(1)   2011(1) 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

            

Investment banking

  $827   $596   $427  $21   $923  $835   $738 

Principal transactions:

       

Trading

   1,306    1,208    613   54    1,161   1,043    988 

Investments

   19    3    (54  (4   14   10    4 

Commissions

   2,676    2,090    1,408   89 

Commissions and fees

   2,209   2,080    2,495 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   6,349    4,583    2,726   183    7,638   7,190    6,709 

Other

   337    249    965   15    389   309    406 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   11,514    8,729    6,085   358    12,334   11,467    11,340 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Interest income

   1,587    1,114    1,239   66    2,100   1,886    1,719 

Interest expense

   465    453    305   15    220   319    287 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net interest

   1,122    661    934   51    1,880   1,567    1,432 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net revenues

   12,636    9,390    7,019   409    14,214   13,034    12,772 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   7,843    6,114    3,810   247    8,271   7,796    7,910 

Non-compensation expenses

   3,637    2,717    2,055   44    3,314   3,616    3,555 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   11,480    8,831    5,865   291    11,585   11,412    11,465 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,156    559    1,154   118    2,629   1,622    1,307 

Provision for income taxes

   336    178    440   45    920   557    461 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   820    381    714   73    1,709   1,065    846 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Discontinued operations:

     

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  94    21 

Provision for income taxes

   —     26    7 
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  68    14 
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income

   820    381    714   73    1,708   1,133    860 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   301    98    —      —    

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   221   120    —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     167    170 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $519   $283   $714  $73   $1,487  $846   $690 
                 

 

  

 

   

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income from continuing operations

  $1,488  $803   $683 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (1  43    7 
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,487  $846   $690 
  

 

  

 

   

 

 

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

73


Net Revenues.    The Wealth Management business segment’s net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues. Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program. Net interest revenues include net interest revenues related to the bank deposit program, interest on securities available for sale and all other net interest revenues. Other revenues include revenues from available for sale securities, customer account services fees, other miscellaneous revenues and revenues from Investments.

   2013   2012(1)   2011(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues:

      

Transactional

  $4,293   $3,958   $4,221 

Asset management

   7,638    7,190    6,709 

Net interest

   1,880    1,567    1,432 

Other

   403    319    410 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $14,214   $13,034   $12,772 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

Wealth Management JV.On May 31, 2009, MSSB was formed (see Note 3). TheJune 28, 2013, the Company owns 51%completed the purchase of MSSB, which is consolidated. As a result, the operating results for MSSB are includedremaining 35% stake in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment since May 31, 2009. NetJV for $4.725 billion. As the 100% owner of the Wealth Management JV, the Company retains all of the related net income previously applicable to the noncontrolling interests in the Wealth Management JV, and benefit from the termination of $301 millioncertain related debt and $98 millionoperating agreements with the Wealth Management JV partner.

Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in 2010the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and 2009, respectively, primarily represents Citi’s interestthe Company was terminated. In 2013, $26 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2013, approximately $30 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

For further information, see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in MSSB since May 31, 2009.Item 8.

 

2010 Compared2013 compared with 2009.2012.

Transactional.

 

Investment Banking.    Global Wealth Management Groupbusiness segment’s investment banking includesrevenues include revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, closed-end funds and unit trusts. Investment banking revenues increased 39%11% from 2012 to $923 million in 2010,2013, primarily benefiting from a full yeardue to higher levels of MSSB revenuesunderwriting activity in closed-end funds and higher closed-end fund activity.unit trusts.

 

Principal Transactions—Trading.    Principal transactions—Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as principal and gains and losses on the Company’s inventory positions, which are held primarily to facilitate customer transactions.

Principal transactions tradingand gains and losses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Trading revenues increased 8%11% from 2012 to $1,161 million in 2010,2013, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB revenues, netdue to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and gains on certain investments.

64


Principal Transactions—Investments.    Principal transaction net investment gains were $19 million in 2010 compared with $3 million in 2009. The increase primarily reflected gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with such investments in the prior-year period.higher revenues from fixed income products.

 

Commissions.Commissions and Fees.    CommissionCommissions and fees revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. CommissionCommissions and fees revenues increased 28%6% from 2012 to $2,209 million in 2010,2013, primarily benefitingdue to higher equity, mutual fund and alternatives activity.

74


Asset Management.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Asset management, distribution and administration fees.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 6% from 2012 to $7,638 million in 2013, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $240 million in 2013 from $383 million in 2012. Lower revenues from the bank deposit program and the decrease in referral fees are both due to the ongoing transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $134 billion at December 31, 2013 from $131 billion at December 31, 2012, which includes deposits held by Company-affiliated FDIC-insured depository institutions of $104 billion at December 31, 2013 and $72 billion at December 31, 2012. As a full yearresult of MSSB revenuesthe Company’s 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV, the deposits held in non-affiliated depositories will transfer to the Company-affiliated depositories on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015.

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $697 billion and represented 37% of total client assets at December 31, 2013 compared with $554 billion and 33% at December 31, 2012, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,909 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1,696 billion at December 31, 2012, primarily due to the impact of market conditions and higher fee-based client asset flows. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,454 billion at December 31, 2013 from $1,237 billion at December 31, 2012. Effective from the quarter ended March 31, 2013, client assets also include certain additional non-custodied assets as a result of the completion of the Wealth Management JV platform conversion. Fee-based client asset flows for 2013 were $51.9 billion compared with $26.9 billion in 2012.

Beginning January 1, 2013, the Company enhanced its definition of fee-based asset flows. Fee-based asset flows have been recast for all periods to include dividends, interest and client fees and to exclude cash management related activity.

Net Interest.

Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities. Net interest is driven by securities-based lending, mortgage lending, margin loans, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions and bank deposit program activity.

Net interest increased 20% to $1,880 million in 2013 from 2012, primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments in PLA securities-based lending products. In addition, interest expense declined in 2013 due to the Company’s redemption of all the Class A Preferred Interests owned by Citi and its affiliates, in connection with the Company’s acquisition of 100% ownership of the Wealth Management JV effective at the end of the second quarter of 2013. The loans and lending commitments in the Company’s Wealth Management business segment have grown in 2013, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Business Segments—Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 7A.

Other.

Other revenues were $389 million in 2013, an increase of 26% from 2012, primarily due to a gain on sale of the global stock plan business and realized gains on securities available for sale.

Non-interest Expenses.

Non-interest expenses increased 2% in 2013 from 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 6% in 2013 from 2012, primarily due to higher compensable revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 8% in 2013 from 2012, primarily driven by the absence of platform integration costs and non-recurring technology

75


write-offs, partially offset by an impairment expense of $36 million related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investment funds in 2013 (see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

2012 Compared with 2011.

Transactional.

Investment Banking.    Investment banking revenues increased 13% to $835 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to higher revenues from closed-end funds and higher fixed income underwriting.

Trading.    Trading revenues increased 6% to $1,043 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and higher revenues from structured notes and corporate bonds transactions, partially offset by lower revenues from municipal securities, corporate equity securities, government securities and foreign exchange transactions.

Commissions and Fees.    Commissions and fees revenues decreased 17% to $2,080 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to lower client activity.

Asset Management.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees includeincreased 7% to $7,190 million in 2012 from 2011, primarily due to higher fee-based revenues, and higher revenues from individual investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangementannuities and fees for investment management, account services and administration. The Company also receives shareholder servicing fees and fees for services it provides in distributing certain open-ended mutual funds and other products. Mutual fund distribution fees are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 39% in 2010, primarily benefiting from a full year of MSSB revenues and improved market conditions. From June 2009 until April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program were primarily included in Asset management, distribution and administration fees. Prior to June 2009, these revenues were reported in Interest income. The change was the result of agreements that were entered into in connection with the MSSB transaction. Beginning on April 1, 2010, revenues in the bank deposit program held at the Company’s U.S. depository institutions were recorded as Interest income due to renegotiations of the revenue sharing agreement as part of the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s retail banking strategy.Citi depositories. The Global Wealth Management Group business segment will continue to earn referral fees for deposits placed with CitiCiti-affiliated depository institutions were $383 million and these fees will continue to be recorded in Asset management, distribution and administration fees until the legacy Smith Barney deposits are migrated to the Company’s U.S. depository institutions. The referral fees for deposits were $381.7$255 million in 20102012 and $659.5 million in 2009.2011, respectively.

 

Balances in the bank deposit program increased to $113.3$131 billion at December 31, 20102012 from $112.5$111 billion at December 31, 2009. The unlimited FDIC program expired on December 31, 2009 for deposits held by Citi depository institutions and June 30, 2010 for deposits held by the Company’s depository institutions.2011. Deposits held by Company-affiliated FDIC-insured depository institutions were $55$72 billion of the $113.3 billion deposits at December 31, 2010.2012 and $56 billion at December 31, 2011.

 

Client assets in fee-based accounts increased to $470$554 billion and represented 28%33% of total client assets at December 31, 20102012 compared with $379$468 billion and 24%30% at December 31, 2009,2011, respectively. Total client asset balances increased to $1,669$1,696 billion at December 31, 20102012 from $1,560$1,566 billion at December 31, 2009,2011, primarily due to improvedthe impact of market conditions and an increase in net new assets. Net new assets for 2010 were $22.9 billion.asset inflows. Client asset balances in households with assets greater than $1 million increased to $1,229$1,237 billion at December 31, 20102012 from $1,090$1,150 billion at December 31, 2009.2011. Global fee-based client asset flows for 2012 were $26.9 billion compared with $47.0 billion in 2011.

Net Interest.

Net interest increased 9% to $32.7 billion at December 31, 2010$1,567 million in 2012 from $13.4 billion at December 31, 2009.2011, primarily resulting from higher revenues from the bank deposit program, interest on the available for sale portfolio and secured financing activities.

 

Other.    Other revenues primarily include customer account service fees and other miscellaneous revenues. Other revenues were $337$309 million in 2010, an increase2012, a decrease of 35%24% from $249 million in 2009. Other revenues in 20102011, primarily benefited from a full year of MSSB revenues and increases in proxy and other fee services.

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including customer bank deposits and margin loans and securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions. Net interest increased 70% in 2010, primarily resulting from an increase in Interest income due to a full yearlower gains on sales of MSSB net interest, the securities available for sale portfolio (see “Other Matters—Securities Available for Sale” herein) and the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above, partially offset by increased funding costs.sale.

 

65


Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 30%were flat in 2010,2012 from 2011. Compensation and benefits expenses decreased 1% from 2011, primarily due to higher costs related to a full year of MSSB operating expenses and the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets. Compensation and benefits expense increased 28% in 2010, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses. Non-compensation expenses increased 34% in 2010. In 2010, brokerage, clearing and exchange fees expense increased 38%, information processing and communications expense increased 41%, and other expenses increased 51%, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses. In 2010, professional services expense increased 43%, primarily due to a full year of MSSB operating expenses and increased technology consulting costs related to the MSSB integration.

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.

Investment bankinglower compensable revenues, increased 40% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB and higher equity underwriting activity, partially offset by lower underwriting activity across fixed income and unit trust products. Principal transactions trading revenues increased 97% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily due to the consolidation of the operating revenues of MSSB and higher revenues from municipal and corporate fixed income securities, partially offset by lower revenues from government securities. The results in 2009 also reflected net gains related to investmentsexpenses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Principal transactions net investment gains were $3 millionNon-compensation expenses increased 2% in 2009 compared with net investment losses of $54 million2012 from 2011. Information processing and communications expenses increased 7% in fiscal 2008. The results in 20092012, primarily reflected net gains relateddue to investmentshigher telecommunications and data storage costs. Marketing and business development expenses increased 10% from 2011, primarily due to higher costs associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with losses on such plans in fiscal 2008. Commission revenues increased 48% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008, reflecting the operating results of MSSB,advertising and infrastructure, partially offset by lower client activity. Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 68% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008, primarily due to consolidating the operating revenues of MSSB, feescosts associated with customer account balances in the bank deposit programconferences and the change in classification of the bank deposit program noted above. Balances in the bank deposit program rose to $112.5 billion at December 31, 2009 from $38.8 billion at December 31, 2008, primarily due to MSSB, which include balances held at Citi’s depository institutions. Deposits held by certain of the Company’s FDIC-insured depository institutions were $54 billion of the $112.5 billion deposits at December 31, 2009. Client assets in fee-based accounts increased 175% to $379 billion at December 31, 2009 and represented 24% of total client assets compared with 25% at December 31, 2008. Total client asset balances increased to $1,560 billion at December 31, 2009 from $550 billion at December 31, 2008, primarily due to MSSB. Client asset balances in households greater than $1 million increased to $1,090 billion at December 31, 2009 from $351 billion at December 31, 2008.

seminars. Other revenues decreased 74% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 included the operating revenues of MSSB. Fiscal 2008 results included $743 million related to the sale of MSWM S.V., the Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business, and the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s share ($43 million) of the Company’s repurchase of debt (see “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Morgan Stanley Debt” herein for further discussion).

Net interest revenues decreased 29% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the change in the classification of the bank deposit program noted above, a decline in customer margin loan balances and increased funding costs.

Non-interest expenses increased 51%5% in 2009 and included the operating costs of MSSB, the amortization of MSSB’s intangible assets, and a one-time expense of $124 million,2012, primarily for replacement deferred compensation awards. The cost of these replacement awards was fully allocated to Citi within noncontrolling interests. Compensation and benefits expense increased 60% in 2009, primarily reflecting MSSB and the replacement awards noted above. Non-compensation expenses increased 32%. Occupancy and equipment expense increased 91%, primarily due to the consolidation of operating costs of MSSB and real estate abandonment charges. Information processing and communications expense increased 70%, and professional

 

6676


services expense increased 54% in 2009, primarily due to the consolidation of operating results of MSSB. Othernon-recurring costs related to Wealth Management JV integration (see “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Wealth Management JV” herein). Professional services expenses decreased 7% in 2009,2012 from 2011, primarily due to lower technology consulting costs.

Discontinued Operations.

On April 2, 2012, the chargeCompany completed the sale of $532Quilter, its retail wealth management business in the U.K., resulting in a pre-tax gain of $108 million for the ARS repurchase program in fiscal 2008, partially offset by the consolidation of operating costs of MSSB and a charge related to an FDIC assessment on deposits.

One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 2007.

The Global Wealth Management Group business segment recorded income before income taxes of $118 million in the one monthyear ended December 31, 2008 compared with $103 million2012 in the one month ended December 31, 2007.Wealth Management business segment. The one month ended December 31, 2008 included a reversalresults of a portion of approximately $70 million of the accrual relatedQuilter are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 1 to the ARS repurchase program. Net revenues were $409 million, a 24% decrease, primarily related to lower asset management, distribution and administration fees, lower commissions and lower investment banking fees. Client assetsconsolidated financial statements in fee-based accounts decreased 31% to $138 billion and decreased as a percentage of total client assets to 25% from 27% at December 31, 2007. In addition, total client assets decreased to $550 billion, down 27% from December 31, 2007, primarily due to weakened market conditions.

Total non-interest expenses were $291 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008, a 33% decrease from the prior period. Compensation and benefits expense was $247 million, a 21% decrease from the prior-year period, primarily reflecting lower revenues. Non-compensation costs decreased 65%, primarily due to a reversal of approximately $70 million of the accrual related to the ARS repurchase program.Item 8.

 

67

77


ASSETINVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

     

Investment banking

  $20  $10  $26  $1 

Principal transactions:

     

Trading

   (49  (68  (331  (82

Investments

   996   (173  (1,373  (43

Commissions

   —      —      —      1 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   1,668   1,605   2,139   112 

Other

   164   46   160   3 
                 

Total non-interest revenues

   2,799   1,420   621   (8
                 

Interest income

   22   17   131   8 

Interest expense

   98   100   205   9 
                 

Net interest

   (76  (83  (74  (1
                 

Net revenues

   2,723   1,337   547   (9
                 

Compensation and benefits

   1,123   1,104   947   54 

Non-compensation expenses

   877   886   1,023   51 
                 

Total non-interest expenses

   2,000   1,990   1,970   105 
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   723   (653  (1,423  (114

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   105   (215  (567  (44
                 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   618   (438  (856  (70
                 

Discontinued operations:

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   994   (376  (383  4 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   335   (277  (122  2 
                 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   659   (99  (261  2 
                 

Net income (loss)

   1,277   (537  (1,117  (68

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   408   (50  —      —    
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $869  $(487 $(1,117 $(68
                 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $210  $(388 $(856 $(70

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   659   (99  (261  2 
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $869  $(487 $(1,117 $(68
                 

On June 1, 2010, the Company completed the sale of Retail Asset Management, including Van Kampen, to Invesco. The Company recorded a cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which approximately $570 million was recorded in 2010. The remaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009. The results of Retail Asset Management are reported as discontinued operations through the date of sale within the Asset Management business segment. Noncontrolling interests relate to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The increase in noncontrolling interests in 2010 is primarily related to principal investment gains of $444 million associated with these consolidated funds.

   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Revenues:

    

Investment banking

  $11  $17  $13 

Trading

   41   (45  (22

Investments

   1,056   513   330 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   1,853   1,703   1,582 

Other

   33   55   25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   2,994   2,243   1,928 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest income

   9   10   10 

Interest expense

   15   34   51 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (6  (24  (41
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

   2,988   2,219   1,887 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Compensation and benefits

   1,183   841   848 

Non-compensation expenses

   821   788   786 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   2,004   1,629   1,634 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   984   590   253 

Provision for income taxes

   299   267   73 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   685   323   180 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Gain from discontinued operations

   9   13   24 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   —     4   (17
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   9   9   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   694   332   221 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   182   187   145 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $512  $145  $76 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $503  $136  $35 

Net gain from discontinued operations

   9   9   41 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $512  $145  $76 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

6878


In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed a disposal of a real estate property within the Asset Management business segment. The results of operations are reported as discontinued operations through the date of disposal.

Statistical Data.

 

The results presented in the statistical tables below exclude the operations of Retail AssetInvestment Management as those results are included in discontinued operations through the date of sale (see Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements).

Asset Management’s year-endbusiness segment’s period-end and average assets under management or supervision were as follows:

 

       Average For 
   At
December 31,
   2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,

2008
 
   2010   2009         
   (dollars in billions) 

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

            

Core asset management:

            

Equity

  $92   $81   $81   $68   $102   $62 

Fixed income—long-term

   59    54    58    52    71    56 

Money market

   53    59    53    65    107    81 

Alternatives(1)

   43    42    42    37    53    41 
                              

Total core asset management

   247    236    234    222    333    240 
                              

Merchant banking:

            

Private equity

   5    4    5    4    3    4 

Infrastructure

   4    4    4    4    3    4 

Real estate

   16    15    15    21    37    34 
                              

Total merchant banking

   25    23    24    29    43    42 
                              

Total assets under management or supervision

   272    259    258    251    376    282 

Share of minority stake assets(2)

   7    7    7    6    7    6 
                              

Total

  $279   $266   $265   $257   $383   $288 
                              
   At
December  31,
   Average for 
   2013   2012   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in billions) 

Assets under management or supervision by asset class:

          

Traditional Asset Management:

          

Equity

  $140   $120   $130   $114   $112 

Fixed income

   60    62    61    59    60 

Liquidity

   112    100    104    87    66 

Alternatives(1)

   31    27    29    26    18 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   343    309    324    286    256 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

   21    20    20    19    17 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Merchant Banking:

          

Private Equity

   9    9    9    9    9 

FrontPoint(2)

   —      —      —      —      1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Merchant Banking

   9    9    9    9    10 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets under management or supervision

  $373   $338   $353   $314   $283 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of minority stake assets(2)(3)

  $6   $5   $6   $5   $7 

 

(1)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(2)On March 1, 2011, the Company and the principals of FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”) completed a transaction whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers own a majority equity stake in FrontPoint, and the Company retains a minority stake. At December 31, 2011, the assets under management attributed to FrontPoint are represented within the share of minority stake assets.
(3)Amounts represent Asset Management’sthe Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

 

69

79


Activity in Asset Management’sthe Investment Management business segment’s assets under management or supervision during 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 was as follows:

 

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $266  $290  $400  $287 

Net flows by asset class:

     

Core asset management:

     

Equity

   (1  (8  (9  —    

Fixed income—long-term

   1   (6  (14  (3

Money market

   (6  (22  (19  —    

Alternatives(1)

   (2  (3  6   —    
                 

Total core asset management

   (8  (39  (36  (3
                 

Merchant banking:

     

Private equity

   —      —      1   —    

Infrastructure

   —      —      1   —    

Real estate

   2   (2  1   —    
                 

Total merchant banking

   2   (2  3   —    
                 

Total net flows

   (6  (41  (33  (3

Net market appreciation (depreciation)

   19   16   (80  6 
                 

Total net increase (decrease)

   13   (25  (113  3 

Acquisitions

   —      —      1   —    

Net increase (decrease) in share of minority stake assets(2)

   —      1   (1  —    
                 

Balance at end of period

  $279  $266  $287  $290 
                 
   2013  2012  2011 
   (dollars in billions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $338  $287  $272 

Net flows by asset class:

    

Traditional Asset Management:

    

Equity

   (1  (2  4 

Fixed income(1)

   —     (1  (6

Liquidity

   12   26   20 

Alternatives(2)

   2   1   8 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Traditional Asset Management

   13   24   26 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Real Estate Investing

   (1  1   1 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Merchant Banking:

    

Private Equity

   1   —     —   

FrontPoint(3)

   —     —     (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Merchant Banking

   1   —     (1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net flows

   13   25   26 

Net market appreciation (depreciation)

   22   26   (7

Decrease due to FrontPoint transaction

   —     —     (4
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net increase

   35   51   15 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $373  $338  $287 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)Fixed income outflows for 2011 include $1.3 billion due to the revised treatment of assets under management previously reported as a net flow.
(2)The alternatives asset class includes a range of investment products such as hedge funds, funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.
(2)(3)Amounts represent Asset Management’s proportional shareThe amount in 2011 includes two months of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.net flows related to FrontPoint.

 

20102013 Compared with 2009.2012.

 

Investment Banking.    AssetThe Investment Management business segment generates investment banking revenues primarily from the placement of investments in merchant banking funds. Investment banking revenues doubled in 2010 from 2009, primarily reflecting higher revenues from real estate and infrastructure products.merchant banking funds.

 

Principal Transactions—Trading.    In 2010,See “Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Trading revenues.

The Company recognized a lossgains of $49$41 million in 2013 compared with a losslosses of $68$45 million in 2009.2012. Trading results in 2010 and 2009 included losses from hedges on2013 primarily reflected gains related to certain investments and long-term debt.consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Trading results in 2010 also included $25 million related to contributions to money market funds. Trading results in 2009 also included mark-to-market2012 primarily reflected losses related to a lending facility to acertain consolidated real estate fundfunds sponsored by the Company, partially offset by gains of $164 million related to SIV positions that were previously heldas well as losses on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.hedges on certain investments.

 

Principal Transactions—Investments.    Real estate and private equity investments generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

 

The Company recorded principal transactions net investment gains of $996$1,056 million in 20102013 compared with lossesgains of $173$513 million in 2009.2012. The resultsincrease in 2010 included a gain of $444 million associated with certain consolidated2013 was primarily related to higher net investment gains predominantly within the

 

7080


real estate funds sponsored by the CompanyCompany’s Merchant Banking and net investmentReal Estate Investing businesses and higher gains in the merchant banking and core businesses, includingon certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Results in 2013 also included the benefit of carried interest.

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    “See Business Segments—Net Revenues” herein for information about the composition of Asset management, distribution and administration fees.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 9% to $1,853 million in 2013. The increase primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues, primarily due to higher average assets under management, as well as higher performance fees.

The Company’s assets under management increased $35 billion from $338 billion at December 31, 2012 to $373 billion at December 31, 2013, reflecting market appreciation and positive net flows. The Company recorded $22 billion in market appreciation and net inflows of $13 billion in 2013, primarily reflecting net customer inflows in liquidity funds. In 2012, the Company recorded $26 billion in market appreciation and $25 billion in net customer inflows primarily in liquidity funds.

Other.    Other revenues were $33 million in 2013 as compared with $55 million in 2012. The results in 2009 primarily related to net investment losses2013 included higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in Avenue Capital Group, a New York-based investment manager, partially offset by lower revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in Lansdowne Partners, a London-based investment manager. The results in 2012 included gains associated with the expiration of a lending facility to a real estate investmentsfund sponsored by the Company.

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses were $2,004 million in 2013 as compared with $1,629 million in 2012. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 41% in 2013, primarily due to higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses increased 4% in 2013, primarily due to higher brokerage and clearing and professional services expenses, partially offset by lower information processing expenses.

2012 Compared with 2011.

Trading.    In 2012, the Company recognized losses of $45 million compared with losses of $22 million in 2011. Trading results in 2012 primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company, as well as losses on hedges on certain investments. Trading results in 2011 primarily reflected losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans partially offsetand certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

Investments.    The Company recorded net investment gains of $513 million in 2012 compared with gains of $330 million in 2011. The increase in 2012 was primarily related to higher net gains in the Company’s Merchant Banking business, as well as higher net investment gains associated with certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company’s alternatives business.Company.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include revenues generated from theincreased 8% to $1,703 million in 2012. The increase in 2012 primarily reflected higher management and supervision of assets, performance-based fees relating to certain funds,administration revenues and separately managed accounts and fees relating to the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds. Asset management fees arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees are earned on certain funds as a percentage of appreciation earned by those funds and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement ofhigher performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.fees.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees increased 4% in 2010, primarily reflecting higher fund management and administration fees, partially offset by lower performance fees. The higher fund management and administration fees reflected an increase in average assets under management. The Company’s assets under management increased $13$51 billion from $287 billion at December 31, 20092011 to $338 billion at December 31, 20102012, reflecting $26 billion in market appreciation and net customer inflows of $25 billion primarily in liquidity funds. In 2011, net inflows of $26 billion primarily reflected the sweep of the Wealth Management JV client cash balances of approximately $19 billion into Morgan Stanley managed liquidity funds and inflows of $8 billion into alternatives funds, partially offset by net customer outflows, primarily in the Company’s money market funds. The Company recorded net customer outflows of $5.7$6 billion in 2010 compared with net outflows of $41.1 billion in 2009.fixed income products.

 

81


Other.    Other revenues increased $118were $55 million in 20102012 as compared with 2009.$25 million in 2011. The results in 20102012 included a pre-tax gain of approximately $96 million from the sale of the Company’s investment in Invesco (see Notes 5 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements). See “Introduction—Overview of 2010 Financial Results” herein for further information. The increase in 2010 also reflected gains associated with the reductionexpiration of a lending facility to a real estate fund sponsored by the Company and higherCompany. The results in 2012 also included lower revenues associated with the Company’s minority stake investments in Avenue Capital Group a New York-based investment manager, and Lansdowne Partners (“Lansdowne”), a London-based investment manager. These increasesPartners. The results in 2011 were partially offset by impairment charges of $126a $27 million related to FrontPoint (see Note 28 towritedown in the consolidated financial statements).Company’s minority investment in FrontPoint.

 

Non-interest Expenses.    Non-interest expenses increased 1%were $1,629 million in 20102012 as compared with 2009. The results$1,634 million in 2010 primarily reflected an increase in Compensation and benefits expense, partially offset by a decrease in Non-compensation expenses.2011. Compensation and benefits expenses increased 2%decreased 1% in 2010 due to certain international tax equalization payments and principal investment gains in the current year related to employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.2012. Non-compensation expenses for 2010 included intangible asset impairment charges of $67 million related to certain investment management contracts.were relatively unchanged in 2012 compared with 2011.

 

2009 Compared with Fiscal 2008.Income Tax Items.

Investment banking revenues decreased 62% in 2009 from fiscal 2008, primarily reflecting lower revenues from real estate products.

 

In 2009,2012, the Company recognized Principal transaction—Trading lossesin income from continuing operations an out-of-period net tax provision of $68$107 million, compared with losses of $331 million in fiscal 2008. Trading results in 2009 included mark-to-market lossesattributable to the Investment Management business segment, primarily related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a lending facility tomaterial impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements.

Discontinued Operations.

In the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company classified a real estate fundproperty management company as held for sale within the Investment Management business segment. The transaction closed during the first quarter of 2012. The results of this company are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

For further information on discontinued operations, see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the CompanyCompany. Investment gains associated with these consolidated funds were $151 million, $225 million and losses from hedges on certain investments and long-term debt. Losses in 2009 were partially offset by net gains of $164 million related to securities issued by SIVs compared with losses of $470$180 million in fiscal 2008.

2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

7182


Principal transactions net investment losses of $173 million were recognized in 2009 compared with losses of $1,373 million in fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s real estate investments and losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Losses in 2009 were partially offset by net investment gains associated with the Company’s alternatives business. The results in fiscal 2008 were primarily related to net investment losses associated with the Company’s merchant banking business, including real estate and private equity investments, and losses related to certain investments associated with the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Included in the net investment losses in fiscal 2008 were writedowns of approximately $250 million on Crescent prior to its consolidation.

Asset management, distribution and administration fees decreased 25% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The decrease in 2009 primarily reflected lower fund management and administration fees, reflecting a decrease in average assets under management. Net flows in 2009 consisted of negative outflows across all asset classes. The Company’s decline in assets under management from December 31, 2008 to December 31, 2009 included net customer outflows of $41.1 billion, primarily in the Company’s money market, long-term fixed income and equity funds.

Other revenues decreased 71% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 reflected lower revenues associated with Lansdowne and lower revenues associated with the Company’s repurchase of debt.

Non-interest expenses increased 1% in 2009 compared with fiscal 2008. The results in 2009 primarily reflected an increase in compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense increased 17% in 2009, primarily reflecting higher net revenues. Non-compensation expenses decreased 13% in 2009. Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees decreased 44% in 2009, primarily due to lower fee sharing expenses. Marketing and business development expense decreased 40% in 2009, primarily due to lower levels of business activity. Professional services expense decreased 20% in 2009, primarily due to lower consulting and legal fees.

One Month Ended December 31, 2008 Compared with the One Month Ended December 31, 2007.

Asset Management recorded losses from continuing operations before income taxes of $114 million in the one month ended December 31, 2008 compared with losses before income taxes of $103 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Net revenues decreased 112% from the prior period. The decrease in the one month ended December 31, 2008 reflected asset management, distribution and administration fees of $112 million compared with $210 million in the prior-year period. This decrease was partially offset by lower losses related to securities issued by SIVs of $84 million compared with $119 million in the one month ended December 31, 2007. Assets under management or supervision within Asset Management of $290 billion were down $106 billion, or 27%, from $396 billion at December 31, 2007, primarily reflecting decreases in equity and fixed income products resulting from market depreciation and net outflows. Non-interest expenses decreased $76 million to $105 million, primarily due to lower Compensation and benefits expense. Compensation and benefits expense decreased 53%, primarily reflecting lower revenues and reduced headcount.

72


Accounting Developments.

 

Goodwill Impairment Test.Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.

 

In December 2010,January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting guidanceupdate clarifying when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs; that modifies Step 1is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 ofloan receivable should be derecognized and the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity shall consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance.real estate property recognized. This guidance becameis effective for the Company onbeginning January 1, 2011. The Company does2015. This guidance can be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. This guidance is not believe the adoption of this accounting guidance willexpected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on accounting for investments by a reporting entity in flow-through limited liability entities that manage or invest in affordable housing projects that qualify for the low-income housing tax credit. The amendments permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). This guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning January 1, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the potential impact of adopting this accounting update.

Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.

In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update providing guidance on the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, similar tax loss, or tax credit carryforward exists. This guidance requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if such settlement is required or expected in the event the uncertain tax position is disallowed. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2014. This guidance is expected to be applied prospectively to all unrecognized tax benefits that exist at the effective date. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Amendments to the Scope, Measurement, and Disclosure Requirements of an Investment Company.

In June 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that modifies the criteria used in defining an investment company under GAAP and sets forth certain measurement and disclosure requirements. This update requires an investment company to measure noncontrolling interests in another investment company at fair value and requires an entity to disclose the fact that it is an investment company, and provide information about changes, if any, in its status as an investment company. An entity will also need to include disclosures around financial support that has been provided or is contractually required to be provided to any of its investees. This guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity.

In March 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update requiring the parent entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net income when the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest

83


in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity. When the parent ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a business within a foreign entity, the related cumulative translation adjustment would be released into net income only if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the foreign entity in which the subsidiary or group of assets had resided. This guidance is effective for the Company prospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.

In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that requires an entity to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation is fixed at the reporting date, as the sum of the amount the reporting entity agreed to pay and any additional amount the reporting entity expects to pay on behalf of its co-obligors. This update also requires additional disclosures about those obligations. This guidance is effective for the Company retrospectively beginning on January 1, 2014. The adoption of this accounting guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

84


Other Matters.

Legal Matters.

On February 4, 2014, and subsequent to the release of the Company’s 2013 earnings on January 17, 2014, legal reserves were increased, which increased Other expenses within the Institutional Securities business segment in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2013 by $150 million related to the settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). This decreased diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations by $0.05 in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2013.

 

Real Estate.

 

The Company acts as the general partner for various real estate funds and also invests in certain of these funds as a limited partner. The Company’s real estate investments at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 are described below. Such amounts exclude investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans.

 

At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the consolidated statements of financial condition includeincluded amounts representing real estate investment assets of consolidated subsidiaries of approximately $1.9$2.2 billion, and $2.1 billion, respectively, net ofincluding noncontrolling interests of approximately $1.5$1.8 billion in both periods, for a net amount of $0.5 billion and $0.6$0.4 billion, respectively. This net presentation is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure thatfor the Company and investors to use to assessin assessing the Company’s net exposure. The decrease, net of noncontrolling interests, from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 was primarily due to the $1.2 billion write-off in connection with the planned disposition of Revel. In addition, the Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to real estate investments of $1.0$0.3 billion at December 31, 2010 (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements).2013.

 

In addition to the Company’s real estate investments, the Company engages in various real estate-related activities, including origination of loans secured by commercial and residential properties. The Company also securitizes and trades in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate. In connection with these activities, the Company provideshas provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties that certain assets sold as whole loans or transferred to securitization transactions conform to certain guidelines.were breached. The Company continues to monitor its real estate-related activities in order to manage its exposures and potential liability from these markets and businesses. See “Legal Proceedings—Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters” in Part I, Item 3.

A subsidiary of the Company manages an open-ended real estate fund in Germany that suspended redemptions during the global financial crisis in October 2008. In October 2010, the subsidiary announced that it will liquidate the open-ended real estate fund over a period of three years ending September 30, 20133 and distribute proceeds from the sale of real estate assets to its investors. The subsidiary will waive the transaction fees relatedNote 13 to the sale of assets but will continue to charge management fees. The Company does not intend to provide any support to the fund.

See “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Real Estate Investments” hereinconsolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

 

Securities Available for Sale.

During the first quarter of 2010, the Company established a portfolio of debt securities in order to manage interest rate risk. The securities have been classified as AFS in accordance with accounting guidance for investments in debt and equity securities and are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

73


During the second quarter of 2010, the Company classified certain marketable equity securities received in connection with the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management to Invesco as AFS securities (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements for further information), included within the Asset Management business segment. In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company sold its investment in Invesco, thereby selling all of these equity securities, resulting in a gain of $102 million, recorded within Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income for 2010.

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on AFS.

Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock.

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC. The Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units in August 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC subsidiary to settle its obligation under the purchase contracts. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein.

JapanJapanese Securities Joint Venture.

 

On May 1, 2010, the Company and MUFG closed the transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the investment banking, wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities, Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), formerly known as Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd., into MUMSS (MSMS, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). MSMS will continue its sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan. Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 23 billion yen ($247 million) from MUFG to the Company, the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture, and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture. The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS. The Company continues to consolidateconsolidates MSMS in its consolidated financial statements and commencing on May 1, 2010, accountedaccounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Seesegment (see Note 2422 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). During 2013, 2012 and “Overview of 2010 Financial Results—Gain on Sale of Noncontrolling Interests” herein for further information.

Dividend Income.

Effective January 1, 2010,2011, the Company reclassified dividendrecorded income associated with trading(loss) of $570 million, $152 million and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included$(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues in Interest and dividends on the consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were madeincome, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in connectionMUMSS.

In order to enhance the risk management at MUMSS, during 2011, the Company entered into a transaction with MUMSS whereby the risk associated with the Company’s conversionfixed income trading positions that previously caused the majority of the aforementioned MUMSS losses in 2011 was transferred to MSMS. In return for entering into the transaction, the Company received total consideration of $659 million, which represented the estimated fair value of the fixed income trading positions transferred.

To the extent that losses incurred by MUMSS result in a requirement to restore its capital, MUFG is solely responsible for providing this additional capital to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

Regulatory Outlook.

On July 21, 2010, President Obama signed the Dodd-Frank Act into law. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act were effective immediately, other portions will be effective only following extended transition periods. At this time, it is difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have onminimum level, whereas the Company and on the financial services industry generally. Implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act will be accomplished through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies. The Dodd-Frank Act also mandates the preparation of studies on a wide range of issues, which could leadis not obligated to additional legislation or regulatory changes.

 

 7485 


In addition, legislative andcontribute additional capital to MUMSS. To the extent that MUMSS is required to increase its capital level due to factors other than losses, such as changes in regulatory initiatives continue outside the U.S. which may also affect the Company’s business and operations. For example, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has issued new capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as “Basel III,” which U.S. banking regulators are expected to introduce in the U.S. The Financial Stability Boardrequirements, both MUFG and the Basel CommitteeCompany are also developing standards designedrequired to apply to systemically important financial institutions, suchcontribute the necessary capital based upon their economic interest as the Company. In addition, initiatives are under way in the European Union and Japan, among other jurisdictions, that would require centralized clearing, reporting and recordkeeping with respect to various kinds of financial transactions and other regulatory requirements that are in some cases similar to those required under the Dodd-Frank Act.set forth above.

 

It is likely that the year 2011 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets inIn June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company operates, though it is difficultreceived approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

See Note 22 to predict whichthe consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Executive Summary—Significant Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein for further reform initiatives will become law, how such reforms will be implemented or the exact impact they will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. See also “Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.information.

 

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.

 

Expense.    The Company recognizes the compensation cost of an employee’s pension benefits (including prior-service cost) over the employee’s estimated service period. This process involves making certain estimates and assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. For fiscal 2008, as required under the alternative transition method set forth in current accounting guidance, the Company changed the measurement date to coincide with the Company’s fiscal year-end date.

On June 1, 2010, theThe defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”) was amended to ceaseceased future benefit accruals effective after December 31, 2010. Any benefits earned by participants under the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2010 will bewere preserved and will be payable based on the U.S. Qualified Plan’s provisions. Net periodic pension expense for U.S. and non-U.S. plans was $96$97 million, $175 million, $132$99 million and $9$72 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

On October 29, 2010, the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change eligibility requirements for a firm-provided subsidy toward the cost of retiree medical coverage after December 31, 2010. Net periodic postretirement expense for the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was $12 million, $26 million, $17 million and $2 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

Contributions.    The Company made contributions of $72$42 million, $321 million, $325$42 million and $2$57 million to its U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans in 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively. These contributions were funded with cash from operations.

 

The Company determines the amount of its pension contributions to its funded plans by considering several factors, including the level of plan assets relative to plan liabilities, the types of assets in which the plans are invested, expected plan liquidity needs and expected future contribution requirements. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws (for example, in the U.S., the minimum required contribution under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or “ERISA”). At December 31, 20102013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2009,2011, there were no minimum required ERISA contributions for the U.S. Qualified Plan. Due to cessation of accruals for benefits effective after December 31, 2010, no contribution wasNo contributions were made to the U.S. Qualified Plan for 2010. A $278 million contribution was funded to the U.S. Qualified Plan for 2009 based on the service cost earned by the eligible employees plus a portion of the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation on a funding basis. Liabilities for benefits payable under certain postretirement2013, 2012 and unfunded supplementary plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the beneficiaries.2011.

 

See Notes 2 and 21Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for more information on the Company’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans.

Income Tax Matters.

The income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the United States has been excluded from taxation in the U.S. as a result of a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income until such income is repatriated to the United States as a dividend. This provision, which expired for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, had previously been extended by Congress on several occasions, including the most recent extension that occurred on January 2, 2013, as part of the Relief Act. If this provision is not extended, the overall financial impact to the Company would depend upon the level, composition and geographic mix of future earnings but could increase the Company’s 2014 annual effective tax rate and have an adverse impact on the Company’s net income, but not its cash flows due to utilization of tax attributes carryforwards.

86


Regulatory Outlook.

The Dodd-Frank Act was enacted on July 21, 2010. While certain portions of the Dodd-Frank Act became effective immediately, most other portions are effective following transition periods or through numerous rulemakings by multiple governmental agencies, and although a large number of rules have been proposed, many are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. U.S. regulators also plan to propose additional regulations to implement the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, it remains difficult to assess fully the impact that the Dodd-Frank Act will have on the Company and on the financial services industry generally. In addition, various international developments, such as the adoption of or further revisions to risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards by the Basel Committee, including Basel III, and the implementation of those standards in jurisdictions in which the Company operates, will continue to impact the Company in the coming years.

At the end of 2013, the U.S. regulators adopted the final Volcker Rule regulations. Banking entities, including the Company, generally have until July 21, 2015 to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule, subject to possible extensions. The Company is continuing its review of activities that may be affected by the Volcker Rule, including its trading operations and asset management activities, and is taking steps to establish the necessary compliance programs to comply with the Volcker Rule. Given the complexity of the new framework, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain, and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

It is likely that 2014 and subsequent years will see further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period. See also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

 7587 


Critical Accounting Policies.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S., which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements)statements in Item 8). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements)statements in Item 8), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

 

Fair Value.

 

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased;Trading liabilities;

 

Securities available for sale;

 

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

Certain Deposits;

Certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, includingprimarily structured notes;

Certain Deposits;

 

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

Certain Long-term borrowings, includingprimarily structured notes.

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses observable prices in active markets, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassifiedrecategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities.    The Company’s Level 3 assets before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $34.9 billion and $43.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 10% and 14% at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, of the assets measured at fair value (4% and 6% of total assets at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively). Level 3 liabilities before the impact of cash collateral and counterparty netting across the levels of the fair value hierarchy were $8.5 billion and $15.4 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and represented approximately 4% and 9%, respectively, of the Company’s liabilities measured at fair value.

Transfers In/Out of Level 3 during 2010.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $3.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily loans and hybrid contracts, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified these loans and hybrid contracts as external prices and/or spread inputs became observable, and the remaining unobservable inputs were deemed insignificant to the overall measurement.

76


The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reductionstatements in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments.

During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.2 billion of certain Net derivative contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications were related to certain tranched bespoke basket credit default swaps and single name credit default swaps for which unobservable inputs became insignificant.

During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1 billion of certain Investments from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to principal investments for which external prices became observable.Item 8.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.    CertainAt December 31, 2013, certain of the Company’s assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, goodwillpremises, equipment and software costs, and intangible assets. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

For88


See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.basis.

 

Fair Value Control Processes.Processes.    The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assureensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable. These control processes include reviews of the pricing model’s theoretical soundness and appropriateness by Company personnel with relevant expertise who are independent from the trading desks. Additionally, groups independent from the trading divisions within the Financial Control Group, Market Risk Department and Credit Risk Management Department participate in the review and validation of the fair values generated from pricing models, as appropriate. Where a pricing model is used to determine fair value, recently executed comparable transactions and other observable market data are considered for purposes of validating assumptions underlying the model.

 

Consistent with market practice,See Note 2 to the Company has individually negotiated agreements with certain counterparties to exchange collateral (“margining”) based on the level of fair values of the derivative contracts they have executed. Through this margining process, one party or each party to a derivative contract provides the other party with information about the fair value of the derivative contract to calculate the amount of collateral required. This sharing of fair value information providesconsolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional support of the Company’s recorded fair value for the relevant OTC derivative products. For certain OTC derivative products, the Company, along with other market participants, contributes derivative pricing information to aggregation services that synthesize the data and make it accessible to subscribers. This information is then used to evaluate the fair value of these OTC derivative products. For more information regarding the Company’s risk management practices, see “Quantitativevaluation policies, processes and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein.procedures.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill.    The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all of the activities of a reporting unit, whether

77


acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective bookcarrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the bookcarrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below bookcarrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair valuesvalue of the reporting units areis derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair values arevalue is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book price-to-earnings and assets under managementprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

 

Intangible Assets.Assets.    Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. For amortizable intangible assets, anAn impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. For indefinite-lived intangible assets, an impairment exists when the carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for intangible asset impairments recorded during 2010.

 

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

See NoteNotes 4 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for furtheradditional information onabout goodwill and intangible assets.

 

89


Legal Regulatory and TaxRegulatory Contingencies.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

 

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including,and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings that are in their early stages of developmentand investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages.damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially

78


lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any proceeding.a proceeding or investigation.

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes.

 

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when in the future certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits are established as appropriate. The Company establishes a liability for unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’s deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are

90


expected to reverse. The Company’s deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attributes carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performs regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to utilize net operating losses before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Company may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimates it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in making theseestimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in our estimates andand/or the actual costcosts of a legal claim, tax assessment or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any. See Notes 13 and 22 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings and tax examinations.

Special Purpose Entities and Variable Interest Entities.

The Company’s involvement with special purpose entities (“SPE”) consists primarily of the following:

Transferring financial assets into SPEs;

Acting as an underwriter of beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles;

Holding one or more classes of securities issued by, or making loans to or investments in, SPEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets;

Purchasing and selling (in both a market-making and a proprietary-trading capacity) securities issued by SPEs/variable interest entities (“VIE”), whether such vehicles are sponsored by the Company or not;

Entering into derivative transactions with SPEs (whether or not sponsored by the Company);

Providing warehouse financing to collateralized debt obligations and collateralized loan obligations;

Entering into derivative agreements with non-SPEs whose value is derived from securities issued by SPEs;

Servicing assets held by SPEs or holding servicing rights related to assets held by SPEs that are serviced by others under subservicing arrangements;

Serving as an asset manager to various investment funds that may invest in securities that are backed, in whole or in part, by SPEs; and

Structuring and/or investing in other structured transactions designed to provide enhanced, tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial instruments. The Company’s involvement with SPEs is discussed further in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements.

79


In most cases, these SPEs are deemed for accounting purposes to be VIEs. The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria as qualifying SPEs that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010 became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excluding entities subject to the Deferral (as defined in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements), effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

 

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on the Company’s significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting guidance adoptedfor income taxes and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on January 1, 2010 for transfers of financial assets.the Company’s tax examinations.

 

80

91


Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

The Company’s senior management establishes the liquidity and capital policies of the Company.policies. Through various risk and control committees, the Company’s senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity and interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Company’s Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, (“FRC”), Asset and Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) and other control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

 

The Balance Sheet.

 

The Company actively monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet. sheet on a regular basis. The Company’s balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business specific limits, monitoring of business specific usage versus limits, key metrics and new business impact assessments.

The Company establishes balance sheet limits at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitors balance sheet usage versus limits, and variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations are reviewed. On a regular basis, the Company reviews current performance versus limits and assesses the need to re-allocate limits based on business unit needs. The Company also monitors key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

The tables below summarize total assets for the Company’s business segments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

   At December 31, 2013 
   Institutional
Securities
   Wealth
Management
   Investment
Management
 �� Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $30,169   $28,967   $747   $59,883 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   36,422    2,781    —      39,203 

Trading assets

   273,959    2,104    4,681    280,744 

Securities available for sale

   —       53,430    —      53,430 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   20,508    —      —      20,508 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   106,812    11,318    —      118,130 

Securities borrowed(2)

   129,366    341    —      129,707 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   33,927    22,493    684    57,104 

Loans, net of allowance

   17,890    24,984    —      42,874 

Other assets(3)

   19,543    10,293    1,283    31,119 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

  $668,596   $156,711   $7,395   $832,702 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

92


   At December 31, 2012 
   Institutional
Securities(5)
   Wealth
Management(5)
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $33,370   $12,714   $820   $46,904 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(2)

   26,116    4,854    —      30,970 

Trading assets

   260,885    2,285    4,433    267,603 

Securities available for sale

   —      39,869    —      39,869 

Securities received as collateral(2)

   14,278    —      —      14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell(2)

   120,957    13,455    —      134,412 

Securities borrowed(2)

   121,302    399    —      121,701 

Customer and other receivables(2)

   39,362    24,161    765    64,288 

Loans, net of allowance

   12,078    16,968    —      29,046 

Other assets(3)

   19,701    10,860    1,328    31,889 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets(4)

  $648,049   $125,565   $7,346   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents include Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks.
(2)Certain of these assets are included in secured financing assets (see “Secured Financing” herein).
(3)Other assets include Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets; and Other assets.
(4)Total assets include Global Liquidity Reserves of $202 billion and $182 billion at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The Global Liquidity Reserve at December 31, 2013 was higher than the preceding year, primarily due to approximately $26 billion of deposits relating to customer accounts that were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions from Citi during 2013 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).
(5)On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. The Company’s total assets increased to $807,698$832,702 million at December 31, 20102013 from $771,462$780,960 million at December 31, 2009.2012. The increase in total assets was primarily due to higher interest bearing deposits with banksan increase in Cash and cash equivalents, Securities available for sale and loans, net of allowances (see Notes 3 and 25 to the consolidated financial instruments owned, partially offset by lower securities borrowed.statements in Item 8).

 

The Company’s assets and liabilities are primarily related to transactions attributable to sales and trading and securities financing activities. At December 31, 2010,2013, securities financing assets and liabilities were $358$352 billion and $321$353 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2009,2012, securities financing assets and liabilities were $376$348 billion and $316$300 billion, respectively. Securities financing transactions include cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, securities received as collateral and obligation to return securities received.received, and customer and other receivables and payables. Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see NoteNotes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements)statements in Item 8). Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned were $177$178 billion at December 31, 20102013 and averaged $211$176 billion during 2010, respectively. The period-end balance was lower than the annual average, primarily due to the seasonal maturity of client financing activity on December 31, 2010.2013. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed were $287$248 billion at December 31, 20102013 and averaged $306$281 billion during 2010, respectively.2013. The Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed period-end balance was lower than the average balances during the year ended December 31, 2013 due to a reduction in the Company’s requirements for collateral over the period.

 

93


Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer ownedcustomer-owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated according toin accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes customer payables to the Company’s prime brokerage clients.customers. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $17$21 billion and $14 billion at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented equal and offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

 

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework is to ensure that the Company has access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable the Company to fulfill its financial obligations and support the execution of the Company’s business strategies.

The following principles guide the Company’s liquidity risk management framework:

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

Source, counterparty, currency, region, and term of funding should be diversified; and

Limited access to funding should be anticipated through the Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”).

The core components of the Company’s liquidity risk management framework are the CFP, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve (as defined below), which support the Company’s target liquidity profile.

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Company’s CFP describes the data and information flows, limits, targets, operating environment indicators, escalation procedures, roles and responsibilities, and available mitigating actions in the event of a liquidity stress. The CFP also sets forth the principal elements of the Company’s liquidity stress testing which identifies stress events of different severity and duration, assesses current funding sources and uses and establishes a plan for monitoring and managing a potential liquidity stress event.

Liquidity Stress Tests.

The Company uses liquidity stress tests to model liquidity outflows across multiple scenarios over a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events.

The assumptions underpinning the Tier 1 leverage ratio, risk-based capital ratios (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein), Tier 1 common ratioLiquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

No government support;

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

94


Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent. The Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves that are subject to any regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

At December 31, 2013, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in its Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve: unsecured debt maturity profile, balance sheet leverage ratio as indicatorssize and composition, funding needs in a stressed environment inclusive of capital adequacy when viewed incontingent cash outflows and collateral requirements. In addition, the context ofGlobal Liquidity Reserve includes an additional reserve, which is primarily a discretionary surplus based on the Company’s overall liquidityrisk tolerance and capital policies. These ratios are commonly used measuresis subject to assess capital adequacychange dependent on market and frequently referred to by investors.

firm-specific events.

 

81The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent and major operating subsidiaries. The Global Liquidity Reserve is composed of diversified cash and cash equivalents and highly liquid unencumbered securities. Eligible unencumbered securities include U.S. government securities, U.S. agency securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-U.S. government securities and other highly liquid investment grade securities.


Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.

The following table sets forthbelow summarizes the Company’s total assets and leverage ratios at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and average balances during 2010:Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

 

   Balance at  Average Balance(1) 
   December 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
  2010 
   (dollars in millions, except ratio data) 

Total assets

  $807,698  $771,462  $831,070 
             

Common equity(2)

  $47,614  $37,091  $42,399 

Preferred equity

   9,597   9,597   9,597 
             

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   57,211   46,688   51,996 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   4,817   10,594   8,346 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(3)

   (6,947  (7,612  (7,310
             

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  $55,081  $49,670  $53,032 
             

Common equity(2)

  $47,614  $37,091  $42,399 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(3)

   (6,947  (7,612  (7,310
             

Tangible common equity(4)

  $40,667  $29,479  $35,089 
             

Leverage ratio(5)

   14.7x    15.5x    15.7x  
             

Tier 1 common ratio(6)

   10.5  8.2  N/M  
             
   At
December  31,
2013
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Cash deposits with banks

  $18 

Cash deposits with central banks

   36 

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

  

U.S. government obligations

   84 

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

   23 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

   23 

Investments in money market funds

   1 

Other investment grade securities

   17 
  

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

  $202 
  

 

 

 

 

N/M—Not(1)meaningful.Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

95


The ability to monetize assets during a liquidity crisis is critical. The Company believes that the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized within five business days in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The currency profile of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP and Liquidity Stress Tests. In addition to the Global Liquidity Reserve, the Company has other cash and cash equivalents and other unencumbered assets that are available for monetization that are not included in the balances in the table above.

Global Liquidity Reserve Held by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities.

The table below summarizes the Global Liquidity Reserve held by bank and non-bank legal entities:

   At December 31,
2013
   Average Balance(1)
2013
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Bank legal entities:

    

Domestic

  $85   $70 

Foreign

   4    5 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

   89    75 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities:

    

Domestic(2)

   80    83 

Foreign

   33    34 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

   113    117 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $202   $192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company calculates itsthe average balancesGlobal Liquidity Reserve based upon weekly balances, except where weekly balances are unavailable, the month-end balances are used.daily amounts.
(2)During 2010, the calculationThe Parent held $58 billion at December 31, 2013, which averaged $63 billion during 2013.

The Company is exposed to intra-day settlement risk in connection with liquidity provided to its major broker-dealer subsidiaries for intra-day clearing and settlement of its securities and financing activity.

Basel Liquidity Framework.

The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

The LCR was developed to ensure banks have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banks and bank holding companies. The Company is compliant with the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, which stipulates that the ratio of the Company’s portfolio of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets to total net cash outflows over a 30-day standardized supervisory liquidity stress scenario must be at least 100%.

The NSFR has a time horizon of one year and is defined as the ratio of the amount of available stable funding to the amount of required stable funding. This standard’s objective is to promote resilience over a longer time horizon. In January 2014, the Basel Committee proposed revisions to the original December 2010 version of the NSFR and continues to contemplate the introduction of the NSFR, including any final revisions, as a minimum standard by January 1, 2018.

In late October 2013, the U.S. banking regulators proposed a rule to implement the LCR in the United States (“U.S. LCR proposal”). The U.S. LCR proposal would apply to the Company and MSBNA and MSPBNA (the “Subsidiary Banks”). The U.S. LCR proposal is more stringent in certain respects compared with the Basel Committee’s version of the LCR, and includes a generally narrower definition of high-quality liquid assets, a

96


different methodology for calculating net cash outflows during the 30-day stress period as well as a shorter, two-year phase-in period that ends on December 31, 2016. The Company continues to evaluate the U.S. LCR proposal and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements.

Funding Management.

The Company manages its funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing.    A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and arises principally from its Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Company actively manages its secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company defines highly liquid assets as those that are consistent with the standards of the Global Liquidity Reserve, and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these standards. At December 31, 2013, the weighted average maturity of the Company’s secured financing against less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company has established concentration limits to diversify its investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains spare capacity, or term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory, as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets or our ability to access them become limited. Finally, in addition to the above risk management framework, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities and non-security assets are financed with a combination of long- and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’s unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Company may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to the Company’s interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

97


The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper

  $8   $306 

Other short-term borrowings

   2,134    1,832 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,142   $2,138 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Subsidiary Banks are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. In 2013, $26 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2013, approximately $30 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to be transferred to the Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015 (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Deposits were as follows:

   At
December 31,
2013(1)
   At
December 31,
2012(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits(2)

  $109,908   $80,058 

Time deposits(3)

   2,471    3,208 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $112,379   $83,266 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits subject to FDIC insurance at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were $84 billion and $62 billion, respectively.
(2)There were no non-interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2013. Amounts include non-interest bearing deposits of average Common equity was adjusted to reflect the common stock issuance corresponding to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the CIC Equity Units. See “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information.$1,037 million at December 31, 2012.
(3)Goodwill and net intangible assets exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of disallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $141 million and $123 millionCertain time deposit accounts are carried at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively, and include onlyfair value under the Company’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangible assets.
(4)Tangible common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and net intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is a commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s businesses.
(5)Leverage ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals total assets divided by tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity. The Company views the leverage ratio as a useful measure for investors to assess capital adequacy.
(6)The Tier 1 common ratio, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals Tier 1 common equity divided by Risk Weighted Assets (“RWA”). The Company defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and other restricted core capital elements, adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with MSSB’s noncontrolling interests (i.e., Citi’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangibles). The Company views its definition of the Tier 1 common equity as a useful measure for investors as it reflects the actual ownership structure and economics of MSSB. This definition of Tier 1 common equity may evolve in the future as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding noncontrolling interest (also referred to as minority interest) as initially presented in December 2009 in the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision Consultative DocumentStrengthening the resilience of the banking sector (“BCBS 164”). For a discussion of RWAs and Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein. The year-over-year increase in the Company’s Tier 1 Common ratio was primarily driven by net income and the issuance of approximately $5,579 million of common stock correspondingfair value option (see Note 4 to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the CIC Equity Units. Please see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for more information.consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Balance Sheet and Funding ActivitySenior Indebtedness.    At December 31, 2013, the aggregate outstanding carrying amount of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $143 billion (including guaranteed obligations of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) compared with $158 billion at December 31, 2012. The decrease in 2010.the amount of senior indebtedness was primarily due to repayments of notes, offset by new issuances of long-term borrowings.

 

During 2010,Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company believes that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

The Company may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.

98


Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 consisted of the following:

   Parent   Subsidiaries   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2014

  $22,495   $1,698   $24,193 

Due in 2015

   19,722    1,368    21,090 

Due in 2016

   21,142    2,002    23,144 

Due in 2017

   24,458    1,837    26,295 

Due in 2018

   13,575    1,733    15,308 

Thereafter

   41,913    1,632    43,545 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $143,305   $10,270   $153,575 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-Term Borrowing Activity in 2013.    During 2013, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $33$28 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuance of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on November 22, 2013, $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on May 21, 2013, $3.7 billion in senior unsecured debt on April 25, 2013 and $4.5 billion in senior unsecured debt on February 25, 2013. In connection with the note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates based primarily on short-term LIBOR trading levels.rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 5.25.4 years at December 31, 2010.2013. During 2013, approximately $39 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to December 31, 20102013 and through February 16, 2011,10, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increasedissuances) decreased by approximately $5$2.2 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $2.8 billion in senior debt on January 24, 2014.

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally is impacted by the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies will look at company specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macro-economic environment and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from external sources of potential support, as well as perceived government support of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. Rating agencies continue to monitor the progress of U.S. financial reform legislation to assess whether the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises is negatively impacted. Legislative and rulemaking outcomes may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. For example, in November 2013, Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) took certain ratings actions with respect to eight large U.S. banking groups, including downgrading the Company, to remove certain uplift from the U.S. government support in their ratings. At the same time, proposed and final U.S. financial reform legislation and attendant rulemaking also have positive implications for credit ratings such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any change in rating agency views on changes in government support and other financial reform is currently uncertain.

 

82

99


At January 31, 2014, the Parent’s and MSBNA’s senior unsecured ratings were as set forth below:

ParentMorgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

R-1 (middle)A (high)Negative—  —  —  

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

F1AStableF1AStable

Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.(1)

P-2Baa2StableP-2A3Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

a-1ANegative—  —  —  

Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC(2)

A-2A-NegativeA-1ANegative

(1)On August 22, 2013, Moody’s placed the senior and subordinated debt ratings of the holding companies for the six largest U.S. banks on review as it continued to consider reducing its government (or systemic) support assumptions to reflect the impact of U.S. bank resolution policies. As part of this review, Moody’s placed the Company’s “Baa1” long-term senior, “Baa2” long-term subordinated and “P-2” short-term on review for downgrade. On November 14, 2013, Moody’s downgraded the Company’s long-term debt rating one-notch from “Baa1” to “Baa2” and left the short-term rating unchanged at “P-2”. A stable outlook was assigned to the Parent’s rating outlook.
(2)On June 11, 2013, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) announced that it continues to assess the degree to which it factors extraordinary government support into its ratings on non-operating bank holding companies and was factoring that assessment into the negative outlooks on the non-operating bank holding companies of the eight U.S. bank groups that S&P classifies as having high systematic importance. S&P’s negative outlook for the Company’s issuer credit ratings reflects not only S&P’s continued assessment of extraordinary government support, but also the impact that recently finalized regulations, particularly the Volcker Rule, could have on the Company’s business.

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company is a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company is in a net asset or liability position.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and S&P. At December 31, 2010,2013, the aggregate outstanding principal amountfuture potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,522 million and an incremental $3,321 million, respectively.

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it will have on the Company’s business and results of operation in future periods is inherently uncertain and will depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the Company’s senior indebtedness was approximately $183 billion (including guaranteed obligationsdowngrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company may take. The liquidity impact of the indebtedness of subsidiaries) compared with $179 billion at December 31, 2009. The increaseadditional collateral requirements is included in the amount of senior indebtedness was primarily due to new issuances of notes, net of repayments, and an increase in other short-term borrowings, partially offset by maturities.

Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock.

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC (the “CIC Entity”) for approximately $5,579 million. On July 1, 2010, Moody’s Investor Services announced that it was lowering the equity credit assigned to such Equity Units. The terms of the Equity Units permitted the Company to redeem the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of such a change in equity credit (a “Rating Agency Event”). In response to this Rating Agency Event, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in August 2010 and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to settle its obligation under the purchase contracts. The settlement of the purchase contracts and delivery of 116,062,911 shares of Company common stock to the CIC Entity occurred in August 2010.Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests.

 

Capital Management Policies.Management.

 

The Company’s senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ equity.

 

At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had approximately $1.6$1.2 billion remaining under its current share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share

100


repurchase program is for capital management purposes and considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. During 2010,

In July 2013, the Company did notreceived no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase through March 31, 2014, up to $500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as partunder rules relating to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of its capital managementthe Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8,Capital Planning). Share repurchases are made pursuant to the share repurchase program previously authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and are exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5). During 2013, the Company repurchased approximately $350 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program.

Series E Preferred Stock.    On September 30, 2013, the Company issued 34,500,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series E Preferred Stock”). The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2023 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series E Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series E Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854 million (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Series F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

The Board of Directors determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. In January 2011,2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. TheIn December 2013, the Company also announced that the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares,Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556); a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock and, a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock.

Required Capital.

Beginning withStock, a quarterly dividend of $519.53 per share of Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company’s capital estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based internal useinitial quarterly dividend of capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory Tier 1 capital to help ensure the Company maintains an amount$167.10 per share of risk-based going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events at a point in time. The difference between the Company’s Tier 1 capital and aggregate Required Capital is the Company’s Parent capital. Average Tier 1 capital, Required Capital and Parent capital for 2010 was approximately $51.6 billion, $30.9 billion and $20.7 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including Basel III, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.

 

83

101


Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by Required Capital. In principle, each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity with limited diversification benefit between the business segments. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, including Basel III, and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques (see “Regulatory Requirements” herein for further information on Basel III).

For a further discussion of the Company’s Tier 1 capital, see “Regulatory Requirements” herein.

The following table presentssets forth the Company’s tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and business segments’ average Tier 1 capitaltangible common equity at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and average common equity for 2010.balances during 2013:

 

   2010 
   Average
Tier 1
Capital(1)
   Average
Common
Equity(1)
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

  $26.0   $17.7 

Global Wealth Management Group

   2.9    6.8 

Asset Management

   1.9    2.1 

Parent capital

   20.7    15.5 
          

Total from continuing operations

   51.5    42.1 

Discontinued operations

   0.1    0.3 
          

Total

  $51.6   $42.4 
          
   Balance at  Average Balance(1) 
   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
  2013 
   (dollars in millions) 

Common equity

  $62,701  $60,601  $61,895 

Preferred equity

   3,220   1,508   1,839 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109   63,734 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

   4,849   4,827   4,826 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,873  (7,587  (8,900
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  $60,897  $59,349  $59,660 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Common equity

  $62,701  $60,601  $61,895 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets(2)

   (9,873  (7,587  (8,900
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(3)

  $52,828  $53,014  $52,995 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The computationCompany calculates its average balances based upon month-end balances.
(2)The goodwill and net intangible assets deduction exclude mortgage servicing rights (net of Averagedisallowable mortgage servicing rights) of $7 million and $6 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and include only the Company’s share of the Wealth Management JV’s goodwill and intangible assets at each respective period (100% at December 31, 2013 and 65% at December 31, 2012) (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). The increase in goodwill and net intangible assets at December 31, 2013 from December 31, 2012 is primarily due to the purchase of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV.
(3)Tangible common equity, a non-GAAP financial measure, equals common equity less goodwill and Tier 1 capitalnet intangible assets as defined above. The Company views tangible common equity as a useful measure to investors because it is determined usinga commonly utilized metric and reflects the common equity deployed in the Company’s Required Capital Framework. Business segment capital prior to 2010 was computed under a previous framework and has not been restated under the Required Capital Framework. As a result, the business segment Tier 1 Capital and average common equity prior to 2010 is not directly comparable. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques.businesses.

 

Capital Covenants.

 

In October 2006 and April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with offerings by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII and Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (the “Capital Securities”), which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Reports on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006 and April 26, 2007.

 

Liquidity and Funding Management Policies.Regulatory Requirements.

The primary goal of the Company’s liquidity management and funding activities is to ensure adequate funding over a wide range of market conditions. Given the mix of the Company’s business activities, funding requirements are fulfilled through a diversified range of secured and unsecured financing.

The Company’s liquidity and funding risk management framework, including policies and governance structure, helps mitigate the potential risk that the Company may not have access to adequate financing. The framework is designed to help ensure that the Company fulfills its financial obligations and to support the execution of the

84


Company’s business strategies. The principal elements of the Company’s liquidity and funding risk management framework are the Contingency Funding Plan and the Global Liquidity Reserve that support the target liquidity profile (see “Contingency Funding Plan” and “Global Liquidity Reserve” herein).

 

Contingency Funding Plan.

The Contingency Funding Plan (“CFP”) is the Company’s primary liquidity and funding risk management tool. The CFP outlines the Company’s response to liquidity stress in the markets and incorporates stress testing to identify potential liquidity risk. Liquidity stress tests model multiple scenarios related to idiosyncratic, systemic or a combination of both types of events across various time horizons. Based on the results of stress testing, the CFP sets forth a course of action to effectively manage through a stressed liquidity event.

The Company’s CFP incorporates a number of assumptions, including, but not limited to, the following:

No government support;

No access to unsecured debt markets;

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within one year;

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties and certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to multi-notch credit rating downgrades;

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

Drawdowns on unfunded commitments provided to third parties;

Client cash withdrawals;

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets;

Return of securities borrowed on an uncollateralized basis; and

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

The CFP is produced at the Parent and major operating subsidiary levels, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company. The CFP assumes the subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent company. The CFP also assumes that the Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to their liquidity reserves due to regulatory, legal or tax constraints.

At December 31, 2010, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet funding and contingent obligations as modeled in its liquidity stress tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve.Capital.

 

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reservesis a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“Global Liquidity Reserve”OCC”) to cover daily funding needsestablishes similar capital requirements and meet strategic liquidity targets sizedstandards for the Subsidiary Banks.

As of December 31, 2013, the Company calculated its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the existing capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the CFP. The Global Liquidity Reserve is held withinFederal Reserve. These existing capital standards are based upon a framework described in the Parent company“International Convergence of Capital Measurement and major operating subsidiaries. It is comprisedCapital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final regulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certain of cash and cash equivalents, securities that have been reversed or borrowed by the Company primarily on an overnight basis (predominantly consisting oftheir U.S. and European government bonds and U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities) and pools of Federal Reserve-eligible (eligiblebank subsidiaries, to be pledged to the Federal Reserve’s Discount Window) securities (see table below). The assets that make up the Global Liquidity Reserve are all unencumbered and are not pledged as collateral on either a mandatory or a voluntary basis. They do not include other unencumbered assets that are available to the Company for additional monetization.implement

 

85102


Global Liquidity Reserve by TypeBasel II standards over the next several years. On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book, as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements (“market risk capital framework amendment”). The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs subsequent to the Basel 2.5 effective date were calculated under this revised framework. The Company’s Total, Tier 1 and Tier 1 common capital ratios and RWAs prior to the Basel 2.5 effective date have not been recalculated under the revised framework. RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of Investmentthe Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

 

The table below summarizes the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve by type of investment:

   At December 31,
2010
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $42 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell/Securities borrowed

   88 

Federal Reserve-eligible securities

   41 
     

Global Liquidity Reserve

  $171 
     

The vast majority of the assets held in the Global Liquidity Reserve can be monetized on a next-day basis in a stressed environment given the highly liquid and diversified nature of the reserves. The remainder of the assets can be monetized within twoMarket RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to five business days.

The currency composition of the Global Liquidity Reserve is consistent with the CFP on a currency level. The Company’s funding requirements and target liquidity reserves may vary based on changes to the level and composition of its balance sheet, subsidiary funding needs, timing of specific transactions, client financing activity, market conditions and seasonal factors.

Global Liquidity Reserve Held by the Parent and Subsidiaries

The table below summarizes the Global Liquidity Reserve held by the Parent and subsidiaries:

   At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
   Average Balance(1) 
         2010         2009   ��
   (dollars in billions) 

Parent

  $68   $64   $65   $61 

Non-bank subsidiaries

   35    40    31    35 

Bank subsidiaries

   68    59    63    58 
                    

Total

  $171   $163   $159   $154 
                    

(1)The Company calculates the average global liquidity reserve based upon weekly amounts.

The Company is exposed to intra-day settlement risk in connection with liquidity provided to its major broker-dealer subsidiaries for intra-day clearing and settlement of its securities and financing activity.

Funding Management Policies.

The Company’s funding management policies are designed to provide for financings that are executed in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursuesloss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenorfurther discussion of the Company’s liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed. Maturities of financings are designed to manage exposure to refinancing risk in any one period.

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, repurchase agreements, securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of creditmarket risks and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currenciesmodels such as the U.S. dollar, euro, British pound, Australian dollarVaR model, see “Quantitative and Japanese yen.Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 7A.

 

Secured Financing.Existing Regulatory Capital Framework.  A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term collateralized receivables arising principally from its Institutional Securities sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in financing these assets with collateralized borrowings.

86


The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of secured and unsecured funding while ensuring continued growth in stable funding sources. The Institutional Securities business segment emphasizes the use of collateralized short-term borrowings to limit the growth of short-term unsecured funding, which is generally more subject to disruption during periods of financial stress. The ability to fund less liquid assets on a secured basis may be impaired in a stress environment. To manage this risk, the Company obtains longer-term secured financing for less liquid assets and has minimal reliance on overnight financing. In addition, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against a potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities. This potential disruption may be in the form of additional margin or reduced capacity to refinance maturing trades. The Company continues to extend the tenor of secured financing for less liquid collateral and seeks to build a sufficient buffer to offset the risks discussed above.

Unsecured Financing.    The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding for core inventories and less liquid assets. Securities inventories not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of current assets are financed with a combination of short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate and deposits. The Company uses derivative products (primarily interest rate, currency and equity swaps) to assist in asset and liability management and to hedge interest rate risk (see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements).

 

Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).    In October 2008,Under the SecretaryFederal Reserve’s existing regulatory capital framework, total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 capital, which includes Tier 1 common capital, and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 common capital is defined as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock and qualifying restricted core capital elements (qualifying trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests). Tier 1 capital consists predominantly of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock and qualifying restricted core capital elements less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year), an after-tax debt valuation adjustment and certain other deductions, including equity investments. The debt valuation adjustment in the U.S. Treasury invokedtable below represents the systemic risk exception of the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, and the FDIC announced the TLGP. Based on the Final Rule adopted on November 21, 2008, the TLGP provides a guarantee, through the earlier of maturity or June 30, 2012,cumulative change in fair value of certain senior unsecured debt issued by participating Eligible Entities (includinglong-term and short-term borrowings that was attributable to the Company) between October 14, 2008Company’s own instrument-specific credit spreads and June 30, 2009. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had $21.3 billion and $23.8 billion, respectively,is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of senior unsecured debt outstanding under the TLGP. There have been no issuances under the TLGP since March 31, 2009. Seefair value, see Note 114 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on commercial paper and long-term borrowings.

Short-Term Borrowings.    The Company’s unsecured short-term borrowings consist of commercial paper, bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance.

The table below summarizes the Company’s short-term unsecured borrowings:

   At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial paper

  $945   $783 

Other short-term borrowings

   2,311    1,595 
          

Total

  $3,256   $2,378 
          

Deposits.    The Company’s bank subsidiaries’ funding sources include bank deposits, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, certificates of deposit, money market deposit accounts, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances.

Deposits were as follows:

   At
December  31,
2010(1)
   At
December  31,
2009(1)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits

  $59,856   $57,114 

Time deposits(2)

   3,956    5,101 
          

Total

  $63,812   $62,215 
          

87


(1)Total deposits insured by the FDIC at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were $48 billion and $46 billion, respectively.
(2)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements).

With the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the statutory standard maximum deposit insurance amount was permanently increased to $250,000 per depositor and is in effect for the Company’s relevant U.S. subsidiary banks.

On November 9, 2010, the FDIC issued a Final Rule implementing Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act that provides for unlimited insurance coverage of non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Beginning December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2012, all non-interest bearing transaction accounts are fully insured, regardless of the balance of the account, at all FDIC-insured institutions, including the Company’s FDIC-insured subsidiaries. This unlimited insurance coverage is available to all depositors and is separate from, and in addition to, the insurance coverage provided to a depositor’s other deposit accounts held at an FDIC-insured institution. Money Market Deposit Accounts (“MMDA”) and Negotiable Order of Withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts are not eligible for this unlimited insurance coverage, regardless of the interest rate, even if no interest is paid on the account.

Long-Term Borrowings.    The Company uses a variety of long-term debt funding sources to generate liquidity, taking CFP requirements into consideration. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments (e.g., commercial paper and other unsecured short-term borrowings). Long-term borrowings are generally structured to ensure staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, the Company’s credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. During 2010, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $33 billion.

The Company may from time to time engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt repurchases) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors. During 2010, approximately $34 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured.

Long-term borrowings at December 31, 2010 consisted of the following:

   Parent   Subsidiaries   Total 
   

(dollars in millions)

 

Due in 2011

  $24,953   $1,958   $26,911 

Due in 2012

   37,175    690    37,865 

Due in 2013

   24,721    757    25,478 

Due in 2014

   16,704    999    17,703 

Due in 2015

   17,197    3,829    21,026 

Thereafter

   62,218    1,256    63,474 
               

Total

  $182,968   $9,489   $192,457 
               

See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for further information on long-term borrowings.

Credit Ratings.

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally is impacted by the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is critical, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Factors that are important to the determination of the Company’s credit ratings include the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, business mix and perceived levels of government support.

88


The rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of uplift from perceived government support in the credit ratings of systemically important banks, including the credit ratings of the Company. The U.S. financial reform legislation has rating agencies reviewing their methodologies and may be seen as limiting the possibility of extraordinary government support for the financial system in any future financial crises. This may lead to reduced uplift assumptions for U.S. banks and thereby place downward pressure on credit ratings. At the same time, the U.S. financial reform legislation also has credit ratings positive features such as higher standards for capital and liquidity levels. The net result on credit ratings and the timing of any rating agency actions is currently uncertain (see “Other Matters—Regulatory Outlook” herein).

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At December 31, 2010, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called by counterparties under the terms of such agreements in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating was $1,516 million. A total of $3,701 million in collateral or termination payments could be called in the event of a two-notch downgrade.

Also, the Company is required to pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a credit rating downgrade. At December 31, 2010, the increased collateral requirement at certain exchanges and clearing organizations was $173 million in the event of a one-notch downgrade of the Company’s long-term credit rating. A total of $1,446 million of collateral is required in the event of a two-notch downgrade.

The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is accounted for in the Company’s CFP.Item 8.

 

At JanuaryDecember 31, 2011,2013, the Company’s capital levels calculated under Basel I, inclusive of the market risk capital framework amendment, were in excess of well-capitalized levels with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 15.7% and Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s senior unsecured ratings weretotal capital to RWAs of 16.9% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). The Company’s ratio of Tier 1 common capital to RWAs was 12.8% (5% under stressed conditions is the current minimum Tier 1 common ratio under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework). Financial holding companies, including the Company, are subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio defined by the Federal Reserve. Consistent with the Federal Reserve’s definition, the Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as set forth below:Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets, and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the period. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Federal Reserve’s Tier 1 leverage requirement with a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% (5% is the current well-capitalized standard for regulatory purposes).

 

103


The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity to Tier 1 common, Tier 1, Tier 2 and Total allowable capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

   At
December 31,
2013
  At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowable capital

  

Common shareholders’ equity

  $62,701  $60,601 

Less: Goodwill

   (6,595  (6,650

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

   (3,279  (3,777

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (2,879  (4,785

After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   1,275   823 

Other deductions

   (1,306  (1,418
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital

   49,917   44,794 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Qualifying preferred stock

   3,220   1,508 

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

   7,870   8,058 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

   61,007   54,360 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Qualifying subordinated debt and restricted core capital elements

   5,559   2,783 

Other qualifying amounts

   284   197 

Other deductions

   (850  (714
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

   4,993   2,266 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowable capital

  $66,000  $56,626 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets(1)

   

Market risk

  $133,760  $54,042 

Credit risk

   255,915   252,704 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $389,675  $306,746 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Capital ratios

   

Total capital ratio(1)

   16.9  18.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital ratio(1)

   12.8  14.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital ratio(1)

   15.7  17.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   7.6  7.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Effective January 1, 2013, in accordance with the U.S. banking regulators’ rules the Company implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which increased the capital requirement for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements. Under the market risk capital framework amendment, total RWAs would have been approximately $424 billion at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the capital ratios would have been approximately as follows: Total capital ratio 13.4%, Tier 1 common capital ratio 10.6% and Tier 1 capital ratio 12.8%.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.    In November 2011, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule regarding capital plans. The final rule requires large bank holding companies such as the Company to submit annual capital plans in order for the Federal Reserve to assess their systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain their internal capital adequacy. The rule also requires that such companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before undertaking a capital action.

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes stress test requirements on large bank holding companies, including the Company. In October 2012, the Federal Reserve issued its stress test final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires the Company to conduct semi-annual company-run stress tests. The rule also subjects the Company to an

104


annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The capital planning and stress testing requirements for large bank holding companies form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR process.

The Company submitted its 2013 annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve in January 2013. In March 2013, the Federal Reserve published a summary of the supervisory stress test results of each company subject to the final rule, including the Company. The Company received no objection to its 2013 capital plan, including the acquisition of the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV, which was completed on June 28, 2013.

In September 2013, the Federal Reserve issued an interim final rule specifying how large bank holding companies, including the Company, should incorporate the U.S. Basel III capital standards into their 2014 capital plans and 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test results. Among other things, the interim final rule requires large bank holding companies to project both Tier 1 Common capital ratio using the methodology currently in effect under existing capital guidelines and Common Equity Tier 1 ratio under the U.S. Basel III capital standards after giving effect to phase-in provisions.

As part of the 2014 CCAR process, eight bank holding companies, including the Company, are required to factor in its stress test scenarios the default of its largest counterparty across its derivatives and securities financing transactions. The Company expects that by March 31, 2014, the Federal Reserve will either object or provide notice of non-objection to the Company’s 2014 capital plan that was submitted to the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014.

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires a national bank with total consolidated assets of more than $10 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test. Beginning in 2012, the OCC’s implementing regulation requires national banks with $50 billion or more in average total consolidated assets, including MSBNA, to conduct its Dodd-Frank Act stress test. MSBNA submitted its company-run stress test results to the OCC and the Federal Reserve on January 6, 2014. The OCC’s regulation also requires a national bank with more than $10 billion but less than $50 billion in average total consolidated assets, including MSPBNA, to submit the results of its Dodd-Frank Act stress test by March 31, 2014. However, MSPBNA was given an exemption by the OCC for the 2014 Dodd-Frank Act stress test.

Basel Capital Framework.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee reached an agreement on Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The Company became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. Certain requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the minimum risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will commence or be phased in over several years.

The U.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards that raise capital requirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and replace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company is also subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, certain new items will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.

Pursuant to the U.S. Basel III final rule, existing trust preferred securities will be fully phased out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy the

 Company105 Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook
Short-Term
Debt
Long-Term
Debt
Rating
Outlook

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

R-1 (middle)A (high)Negative—  —  —  

Fitch Ratings

F1AStableF1AStable

Moody’s

P-1A2NegativeP-1A1Negative

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.

a-1A+Negative—  —  —  

Standard & Poor’s

A-1ANegativeA-1A+Negative


U.S. Basel III final rule’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

U.S. banking regulators have published final regulations implementing a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act requiring that certain institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer. Accordingly, the methods for calculating the Company’s capital ratios will change as the U.S. Basel III final rule’s revisions to the numerator and denominator are phased in and following the Company’s completion of the U.S. Basel III advanced approach parallel run period. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

In September 2010, Fitch Ratings downgraded Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.’s ratingaddition to “A,”the U.S. Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for certain bank holding companies, including the Company. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to address this requirement by implementing the Basel Committee’s capital surcharge for global systemically important banks (“G-SIB”). The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) has provisionally identified the G-SIBs and this downgrade had no impactassigned each G-SIB a Common Equity Tier 1 capital surcharge ranging from 1.0% to 2.5% of RWAs. The Company is provisionally assigned a G-SIB capital surcharge of 1.5%. The FSB has stated that it intends to update the list of G-SIBs annually.

The Company estimates its pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the U.S. Basel III final rule’s advanced approaches method to be approximately 10.5% as of December 31, 2013. This estimate is based on the operationsCompany’s current understanding of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. orthe U.S. Basel III final rule and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators relating to the U.S. Basel III final rule, and as the interpretation of the final rule evolves over time. On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and the Subsidiary Banks’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced approaches method to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014. One of the stipulations for this approval is that the Company will be required to satisfy certain conditions, as agreed to with the regulators, regarding the modeling used to determine its estimated RWAs associated with operational risk. Pursuant to these conditions, the Company’s estimated operational risk RWAs could increase and thus reduce the pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio as of December 31, 2013 by an amount up to approximately 50 basis points. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. The pro forma risk-based Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio estimate is based on shareholders’ equity, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and certain other data inputs at December 31, 2013. This preliminary estimate is subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a whole.projection of what the Company’s capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

The U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company, to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3% starting on January 1, 2018. In January 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the denominator of the Basel III leverage ratio. The revised denominator differs from the supplementary leverage ratio in the U.S. Basel III final rule in the treatment of, among other things, derivatives, securities financing transactions and other off-balance sheet items. U.S. banking regulators may issue regulations to implement the revised Basel III leverage ratio.

106


The U.S. banking regulators have also proposed a rule to implement enhanced supplementary leverage standards for certain large bank holding companies and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Company and the Subsidiary Banks. Under this proposal, a covered bank holding company would need to maintain a leverage buffer of Tier 1 capital of greater than 2% in addition to the 3% minimum (for a total of greater than 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. This proposal would further establish a “well-capitalized” threshold based on a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% for insured depository institution subsidiaries, including the Subsidiary Banks. If this proposal is adopted, its requirements would become effective on January 1, 2018 with public disclosure beginning in 2015. Based on a preliminary analysis of the proposed standards, the Company expects to meet the supplementary leverage ratio of greater than 5% in 2015. As the rating outlookenhanced supplementary leverage standards are currently proposals, and may change based on final rules issued by the U.S. banking regulators, the Company’s expectations are subject to risks and uncertainties that may affect future results of Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. is Stable,the Company. Further, the expectations should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s supplemental leverage ratios or earnings or assets will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, does not expect this downgrade to have any future impact on operations.see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

Required Capital.

The Company’s required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital Framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Tier 1 common capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for 2013 were approximately $47.7 billion, $38.7 billion and $9.0 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Tier 1 common capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital Framework. In principle, each business segment is capitalized as if it were an independent operating entity with limited diversification benefit between the business segments. Required Capital is assessed at each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital Framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The Company will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

The following table presents the business segments’ and Parent’s average Tier 1 common capital and average common equity for 2013 and 2012:

   2013   2012 
   Average
Tier 1 Common
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
   Average
Tier 1 Common
Capital
   Average
Common
Equity
 
   (dollars in billions) 

Institutional Securities

  $32.7   $37.9   $22.3   $29.0 

Wealth Management

   4.3    13.2    3.7    13.3 

Investment Management

   1.7    2.8    1.3    2.4 

Parent capital(1)

   9.0    8.0    15.5    16.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $47.7   $61.9   $42.8   $60.8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Effective January 2013, the Company updated its Required Capital Framework methodology to coincide with the regulatory changes that became effective in 2013. As a result of this update to the methodology, the majority of which was driven by the implementation of the market risk capital framework amendment, average Institutional Securities capital increased and average Parent capital decreased, partially offset by accretion of net income at December 31, 2013.

107


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements with Unconsolidated Entities.

 

The Company enters into various arrangements with unconsolidated entities, including variable interest entities, primarily in connection with its Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segment.segments.

 

Institutional Securities Activities.    The Company utilizes SPEsspecial purpose entities (“SPE”) primarily in connection with securitization activities. The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate bonds and loans, municipal bonds and other types of financial assets. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial

89


condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. Retained interests in securitized financial assets were approximately $5.4$2.2 billion and $2.0$3.2 billion at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, substantially all of which were related to U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, commercial mortgage loan and residential mortgage loan securitization transactions. For further information about the Company’s securitization activities, see Notes 2 andNote 7 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.

 

The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities (see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements)statements in Item 8).

 

AssetInvestment Management Activities.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives distributions from the partnerships according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company may, from time to time, be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations. These amounts are noted in the table below under “General partner guarantees”.

 

Guarantees.    Accounting guidance for guarantees requires theThe Company to disclosediscloses information about its obligations under certain guarantee arrangements. The FASB defines guaranteesGuarantees are defined as contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, a security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. The FASBGuarantees are also defines guaranteesdefined as contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at December 31, 2010:2013:

 

 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
 Years to Maturity    Years to Maturity   

Type of Guarantee

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

 $306,459  $848,018  $671,941  $467,833  $2,294,251  $25,232  $    —     $313,836  $520,119  $500,241  $66,594  $1,400,790  $(16,994 $—   

Other credit contracts

  61   1,416   822   3,856   6,155   (1,198  —      75   441   529   816   1,861   (457  —   

Non-credit derivative contracts(2)(1)

  681,836   461,082   205,306   258,534   1,606,758   72,001   —      1,249,932   794,776   353,559   474,921   2,873,188   54,098   —   

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(4)(3)

  1,085   2,132   354   5,633   9,204   27   5,616   1,024   812   1,205   5,652   8,693   (208  7,016 

Market value guarantees

  —      —      180   644   824   44   116   —     112   83   515   710   7   106 

Liquidity facilities

  4,884   338   187   71   5,480   —      6,857   2,328   —     —     —     2,328   (4  3,042 

Whole loan sales guarantees

  —      —      —      24,777   24,777   55   —    

Whole loan sales representations and warranties

  —     —     —     23,755   23,755   56   —   

Securitization representations and warranties

  —      —      —      94,314    94,314    25   —      —     —     —     67,249   67,249   82   —   

General partner guarantees

  189   28   56   249   522   69   —      42   41   62   301   446   73   —   

108


 

(1)Carrying amountamounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.
(2)Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. For further information, see Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
(3)Approximately $2.2$2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table below in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

90


(4)(3)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $465$13.8 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $161 million are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—Investments on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on other guarantees and indemnities.

 

Commitments and Contractual Obligations.

 

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and marginmortgage lending at December 31, 20102013 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

  Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2010
 
    Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2013
 
  Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5    Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

  $1,701   $8   $11   $1   $1,721   $389   $1   $—     $1   $391 

Investment activities

   1,146    587    103    78    1,914    518    70    30    447    1,065 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)(2)

   8,104    28,291    7,885    219    44,499 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(1)

   7,695    14,674    36,224    798    59,391 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

   990    5,448    5,361    2,134    13,933    1,657    5,402    10,066    2,119    19,244 

Secondary lending commitments(1)

   39    116    173    39    367 

Secondary lending commitments(2)

   44    38    10    72    164 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

   346    621    2    —       969    1,094    166    —      —      1,260 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

   53,037    —       —       —       53,037 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

   44,890    —      —      —      44,890 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

   1,131    10    68    634    1,843    1,199    48    301    313    1,861 

Underwriting commitments

   128    —       —       —       128    588    —      —      —      588 

Other commitments

   198    62    3    —       263 

Other lending commitments

   2,660    340    193    128    3,321 
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $66,820   $35,143   $13,606   $3,105   $118,674   $60,734   $20,739   $46,824   $3,878   $132,175 
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)This amount includes $49.4 billion of investment grade and $12 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.5 billion of investment grade and $4.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at December 31, 2013. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements)statements in Item 8).
(2)This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $275 million at December 31, 2010, of which $138 million have maturities of less than one year and $137 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3)

The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities purchased underborrowing agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 20102013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency

109


securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days, and of the total amount at December 31, 2010, $45.2 billion of the $53.02013, $42.9 billion settled within three business days.

(4)The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

 

91


For further description of these commitments, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.7A.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations include long-term borrowings, other secured financings, contractual interest payments, contractual payments on time deposits, operating leases and purchase obligations and expected contributions for pension and postretirement plans.obligations. The Company’s future cash payments associated with certain of its obligations at December 31, 20102013 are summarized below:

 

  Payments Due in:   Payments Due in: 

At December 31, 2010

  2011   2012-2013   2014-2015   Thereafter   Total 

At December 31, 2013

  2014   2015-2016   2017-2018   Thereafter   Total 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Long-term borrowings(1)

  $26,911   $63,343   $38,729   $63,474   $192,457   $24,193   $44,234   $41,603   $43,545   $153,575 

Other secured financings(1)

   3,207     634     591     2,966     7,398     3,500    4,848    835    567    9,750 

Contractual interest payments(2)

   6,305    10,388    7,852    23,346    47,891    5,458    8,994    5,819    19,673    39,944 

Contractual payments on time deposits(3)

   1,909    1,960    185    —       4,054 

Time deposits(3)

   2,432    51    —      —      2,483 

Operating leases—office facilities(4)

   680    1,274    925    2,431    5,310    672    1,277    1,035    2,712    5,696 

Operating leases—equipment(4)

   313    313    152    203    981    239     241    163    98     741  

Purchase obligations(5)

   862    569    325    131    1,887    634    597    301    125    1,657 

Pension and postretirement plans—expected contribution(6)

   50    —       —       —       50 
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total(7)

  $40,237   $78,481   $48,759   $92,551   $260,028 

Total(6)

  $37,128    $60,242    $49,756    $66,720    $213,846  
                      

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8. Amounts presented for Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year.
(2)Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings and secured long-term financings based on applicable interest rates at December 31, 2010.2013. Amounts include stated coupon rates, if any, on structured or index-linked notes.
(3)Amounts represent contractual principal and interest payments related to time deposits primarily held at the Company’s Subsidiary Banks.
(4)See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.statements in Item 8.
(5)Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, advertising, sponsorship, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements certain license agreements related to MSSB, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business. Purchase obligations at December 31, 20102013 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on the Company’s consolidated statementsstatement of financial condition.
(6)See Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.
(7)Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 2220 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information).

Regulatory Requirements.

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national bank subsidiaries. See “Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1 and “Other Matters—Regulatory Outlook” herein.

The Company calculates its capital ratios and RWAs in accordance with the capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Federal Reserve. These standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final U.S. implementing regulation incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The timeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be

92


impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I) and Basel II. During the parallel run period, the Company continues to be subject to Basel I but simultaneously calculates its risks under Basel II. The Company reports the capital ratios under both of these standards to the regulators. There will be at least four quarters of parallel reporting before the Company enters the three-year transitional period to implement Basel II standards. Under provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act, the generally applicable capital standards, which are currently based on Basel I standards, but may themselves change over time, would serve as a permanent floor to minimum capital requirements calculated under the Basel II standards the Company is currently required to implement, as well as future capital standards.

Basel III contains new capital standards that raise the quality of capital, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements and introduces a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio. Basel III also includes a new capital conservation buffer, which imposes a common equity requirement above the new minimum that can be depleted under stress, subject to restrictions on capital distributions, and a new countercyclical buffer, which regulators can activate during periods of excessive credit growth in their jurisdiction. The Basel III proposals complement an earlier proposal for revisions to Market Risk Framework that increases capital requirements for securitizations within the trading book. The U.S. regulators will require implementation of Basel III subject to an extended phase-in period.

Under the Basel Committee’s proposed framework, based on a preliminary analysis of the guidelines published to date, the Company estimates its RWAs at December 31, 2010 could increase by approximately $240 billion, partially offset by a decrease of approximately $100 billion related to runoff and mitigation opportunities by the end of 2012. The net increase in RWAs is estimated to be $140 billion, or approximately 43%, primarily driven by higher market risk for securitization, structured credit and correlation products and credit risk for counterparty exposures. These are preliminary estimates and they will likely change based on guidelines for implementation to be issued by the Federal Reserve.

The proposed framework includes new standards to raise the quality of capital which may impact the components of Tier 1 capital and Tier 1 common equity. The Company currently defines Tier 1 common equity as Tier 1 capital less qualifying perpetual preferred stock, qualifying restricted core capital elements (including junior subordinated debt issued to trusts (“trust preferred securities”) and noncontrolling interest), adjusted for the portion of goodwill and non-servicing intangible assets associated with MSSB’s noncontrolling interests (i.e., Citi’s share of MSSB’s goodwill and intangibles). This definition of Tier 1 common equity may evolve in the future as regulatory rules may be implemented based on a final proposal regarding noncontrolling interest as initially presented by the Basel Committee. For the discussion of Tier 1 common equity, please see “The Balance Sheet” herein.

Pursuant to provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, over time, the trust preferred securities will no longer qualify as Tier 1 capital but will qualify only as Tier 2 capital. This change in regulatory capital treatment will be phased in incrementally during a transition period that will start on January 1, 2013 and end on January 1, 2016. This provision of the Dodd-Frank Act accelerates the phasing in of the disqualification of the trust preferred securities as provided for by Basel III. At December 31, 2010, the Company had $4.7 billion of trust preferred securities included in the qualifying restricted core capital elements. Effective March 31, 2011, the Federal Reserve will institute a limit on restricted core capital elements that are included in Tier 1 capital. Amounts in excess of the stated limit will be included in Tier 2 capital.

At December 31, 2010, the Company was in compliance with Basel I capital requirements with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 16.1% and total capital to RWAs of 16.5% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financial holding companies are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Federal Reserve. The Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the year.

93


The following table reconciles the Company’s total shareholders’ equity to Tier 1 and Total capital as defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve and presents the Company’s consolidated capital ratios at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

   At
December  31,
2010
  At
December  31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowable capital

   

Tier 1 capital:

   

Common shareholders’ equity

  $47,614  $37,091 

Qualifying preferred stock

   9,597   9,597 

Qualifying mandatorily convertible trust preferred securities

   —      5,730 

Qualifying restricted core capital elements

   12,924   10,867 

Less: Goodwill

   (6,739  (7,162

Less: Non-servicing intangible assets

   (4,526  (4,931

Less: Net deferred tax assets

   (3,984  (3,242

Less: After-tax debt valuation adjustment

   (20  (554

Other deductions

   (1,986  (726
         

Total Tier 1 capital

   52,880   46,670 
         

Tier 2 capital:

   

Other components of allowable capital:

   

Qualifying subordinated debt

   2,412   3,127 

Other qualifying amounts

   82   158 

Other deductions

   (897  —    
         

Total Tier 2 capital

   1,597   3,285 
         

Total allowable capital

  $54,477  $49,955 
         

Total risk-weighted assets

  $329,560  $305,000 
         

Capital ratios

   

Total capital ratio

   16.5  16.4
         

Tier 1 capital ratio

   16.1  15.3
         

Tier 1 leverage ratio

   6.6  5.8
         

Total allowable capital is composed of Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital consists predominately of common shareholders’ equity as well as qualifying preferred stock, trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity (see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information) and qualifying restricted core capital elements (trust preferred securities and noncontrolling interests) less goodwill, non-servicing intangible assets (excluding allowable mortgage servicing rights), net deferred tax assets (recoverable in excess of one year), an after-tax debt valuation adjustment and certain other deductions, including equity investments. The debt valuation adjustment in the above table represents the cumulative change in fair value of certain long-term and short-term borrowings that was attributable to the Company’s own instrument specific credit spreads and is included in retained earnings. For a further discussion of fair value, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2010, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issued 116 million shares of common stock to the CIC Entity (see “Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock” herein for further information). At December 31, 2010, the Company had no trust preferred securities mandatorily convertible to common equity outstanding.

94


At December 31, 2010, the Company calculated its RWAs in accordance with the regulatory capital requirements of the Federal Reserve, which is consistent with guidelines described under Basel I. RWAs reflect both on and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. The risk capital calculations will evolve over time as the Company enhances its risk management methodology and incorporates improvements in modeling techniques while maintaining compliance with the regulatory requirements and interpretations.

Market RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. For a further discussion of the Company’s market risks and Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) model, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A herein. Market RWAs incorporate two components: systematic risk and specific risk. Systematic and specific risk charges are computed using either the Company’s VaR model or Standardized Approach in accordance with regulatory requirements.

Credit RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower or counterparty failing to meet its financial obligations. For a further discussion of the Company’s credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A herein.

 

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates.

 

The Company’s assets to a large extent are liquid in nature and, therefore, are not significantly affected by inflation, although inflation may result in increases in the Company’s expenses, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered. To the extent that a worsening inflation outlook results in rising interest rates andor has other adverse effects uponnegative impacts on the securities markets and uponvaluation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of financial instruments,the Company’s liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s non-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can therefore affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows.

 

95110


Item  7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Risk Management.

 

Overview.

 

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of the Company’s business activities. Accordingly, the Company employs an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of the risk departmentsmanagement into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk evaluation into decision-making processes across the Company. The Company has policies and procedures in place to identify, assess, monitor and manage the significant risks involved in the activities of its Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and AssetInvestment Management business segments and support functions as well as at the holding company level. Principal risks involved in the Company’s business activities include market, credit, capital and liquidity, operational, legal and compliance and legalregulatory risk.

 

The cornerstone of the Company’s risk management philosophy is the execution of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk-taking that protects the Company’s capital base and franchise. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: comprehensiveness, independence, accountability, defined risk tolerance and transparency. The fast-paced, complex, and constantly-evolvingconstantly evolving nature of global financial servicesmarkets requires that the Company maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thorough and frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters.

 

Risk Governance Structure.

 

Risk management at the Company requires independent company-level oversight, accountability of the Company’s business segments, and effective communication of risk matters to senior management and across the Company. The nature of the Company’s risks, coupled with its risk management philosophy, informs the Company’s risk governance structure. The Company’s risk governance structure comprisesis comprised of the Board of Directors; the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and, the Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”), and the Operations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”); the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”); functional risk and control committees; senior management oversight (including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer); the Internal Audit Department and risk managers, committees, and groups within and across the Company’s business segments. A risk governance structure composed of independent but complementary entities facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’s risk exposures and processes.

 

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors.    The Board of Directors has oversight for the Company’s ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that the Company’s risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities.

 

Risk Committee of the Board.    The BRC appointed by the Board, is composed of non-management directors. The BRC is responsible for assisting the Board in the oversight of the Company’s risk governance structure; the Company’s risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding major market, credit, and liquidity and funding and reputational risk; the Company’s risk tolerance; and the performance of the Chief Risk Officer. The BRC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.

 

Audit Committee of the Board.    The BAC appointed by the Board, is composed of independent directors (pursuant to the Company’s Corporate Governance Policies and applicable New York Stock Exchange and Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules) anddirectors. The BAC is responsible for oversight of the integrity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the Company’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the Company’s system of internal controls, the qualifications and independence of the Company’s independent auditor, and the performance of the Company’s internal and independent auditors. In addition, the BAC assists the Board in its oversight of certain aspects of risk

111


management, including review of the major operational, franchise, reputational, legal and compliance risk exposures of the Company and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposure,exposures, as well as guidelines and policies that govern the process for risk assessment and risk management. The BAC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.

 

96Operations and Technology Committee of the Board.    The BOTC is composed of non-management directors. The BOTC is responsible for reviewing the major operations and technology risk exposures of the Company and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures. Additionally, the BOTC is responsible for assisting the Board in its oversight of the Company’s operations and technology strategy, including significant investments in support of such strategy. The BOTC is also responsible for the review and approval of operations and technology policies, as well as the review of the Company’s risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding operations and technology risk. The BOTC reports to the full Board on a regular basis.


Firm Risk Committee.    The Board has also authorized the FRC, a management committee appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, thatwhich includes the most senior officers of the Company, including the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Financial Officer.Officer, to oversee the Company’s global risk management structure. The FRC’s responsibilities include oversight of the Company’s risk management principles, procedures and limits and the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, liquidity and funding, legal, compliance, operational, franchise and regulatory risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate, and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC reports to the full Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Company’s Chief Risk Officer and Chief Financial Officer.

Functional Risk and Control Committees.    Functional risk and control committees comprising the ERM framework, including the Firm Credit Risk Committee, the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, the Asset Liability Management Committee, the Global Compliance Committee and the Franchise Committee facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’s risk exposures and processes and the Strategic Transactions Committee, comprised of members of management appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, reviews large strategic transactions and principal investments for the Company. In addition, each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

 

Chief Risk Officer.    The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the Chief Executive Officer and the BRCBRC. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with Companythe Company’s risk limits; approves exceptions to the Company’s risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BACBRC, and the BRC,BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Chief Financial Officer regarding capital management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to evaluate whetherhelp ensure that the Company’sstructure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary orand excessive risk-taking and whether risks arising from the Company’s compensation arrangements are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.risk-taking.

 

Internal Audit Department.    The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the BAC and administratively to the Chief Legal Officer.BAC. The Internal Audit Department examinesprovides an independent assessment of the Company’s operational and control environment and conductsrisk management processes using a risk-based methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also assists in assessing the Company’s compliance with internal guidelines set for risk management and risk monitoring as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It affects these responsibilities through risk-based reviews of the Company’s processes, activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controls and activities; pre-implementation audits designed to cover all major risk categories.of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; and special investigations required as a result of internal factors or regulatory requests.

 

112


Independent Risk Management Functions.    The independent risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk Management, Operational Risk, and Corporate Treasury and Bank Resource Management departments) are independent of the Company’s business units. These groups assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling the Company’s risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found below under “Market Risk,”Risk”, “Credit Risk,”Risk”, and “Operational Risk” and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein.7.

 

Control Groups.    The Company control groups include the Human Resources Department, the Legal and Compliance Division, Finance, the Tax Department, the Operations Division, Globalthe Technology and Data Division, and the Tax Department and Finance.Human Resources Department. The Company control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; sales practices; reputation;reputational, legal enforceability;enforceability, compliance and regulatory risk; and operational and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Company and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

 

Divisional Risk Committees.    Each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies and procedures that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

 

Employees.    All employees have accountability for risk management. The Company strives to establish a culture of effective risk management through training and development programs, policies, procedures, and defined roles and responsibilities within the Company. The actions and conduct of each employee are essential to risk management. The Company’s Code of Conduct (the “Code”) has been established to provide a framework and standards for employee conduct that further reinforces the Company’s commitment to integrity and high ethical standards. Every new hire and every employee annually must certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code. The employee annual review process includes evaluation of adherence to the Code. The Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets forth standards that specifically provide that managers must consider whether the employee effectively managed and supervised the risk control practices of his/her employee reports during the performance year. The Company has several mutually reinforcing processes to identify incidents of employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current year compensation or prior year compensation. The Company’s clawback and cancellation provisions permit recovery of deferred incentive compensation where, for example, there is a failure to appropriately manage or monitor an employee who engaged in conduct detrimental to the Company or conduct constituting ‘cause’ for termination.

Stress Value-at-Risk.

 

During 2010, theThe Company continued to enhancefrequently enhances its market and credit risk management framework to address the severe stresses that are observed in global markets during the economic downturn. Thedownturns. During 2013, the Company expanded and improved its risk measurement processes, including stress tests and scenario analysis, and further refined its market and credit risk limit framework. Stress Value-at-Risk (“S-VaR”), a proprietary methodology that

97


comprehensively measures the Company’s market and credit risks, was further refined and is nowcontinues to be an important metric used in establishing the Company’s risk appetite and its capital allocation framework. S-VaR simulates many stress scenarios based on more than 25 years of historical data and attempts to capture the different liquidities of various types of general and specific risks. Additionally, S-VaR captures event and default risks that are particularly relevant for credit portfolios.

 

113


Risk Management Process.

 

The following is a discussion of the Company’s risk management policies and procedures for its principal risks (capital and liquidity risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 herein)7). The discussion focuses on the Company’s securities activities (primarily its institutional trading activities) and corporate lending and related activities. The Company believes that these activities generate a substantial portion of its principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of the Company’s risk exposure generated by the Company’s statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which the Company operates and certain other factors described below.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s VaRValue-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading relatedtrading-related market risk within the Global Wealth Management Group. Assetbusiness segment. The Investment Management business segment incurs principally Non-trading market risk primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles.

 

Sound market risk management is an integral part of the Company’s culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors the Company’s risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains the Company’s VaR and scenario analysis systems. These limits are designed to control price and market liquidity risk. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: statistically (usingusing statistics (including VaR, S-VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors, and scenario analyses conducted by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC, and the Board of Directors.

 

The Chief Risk Officer, who reports to the Chief Executive Officer and the BRC, among other things, monitors market risk through the Market Risk Department, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is independent of the business units, and has close interactions with senior management and the risk management control groups in the business units. The Chief Risk Officer is a member of the FRC, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Company, and regularly reports on market risk matters to this committee, as well as to the BRC and the Board of Directors.

Sales and Trading and Related Activities.

 

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During 2010,2013, the Company had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which it conducts its trading activities.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of its market-making activities and other trading in interest rate sensitiverate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied

114


volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads).

98


The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which the Company is active include, but are not limited to, the following: corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

 

The Company is exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions (including positions in non-public entities). Positions in non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

 

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

 

The Company is exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities and maintaining commodity positions in physical commodities (such as crude and refined oil products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals) and related derivatives. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production, transportation and storage issues; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged. The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. The Company manages and monitors its market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that the Company believes is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects the Company’s aggregate risk tolerance as established by the Company’s senior management.

 

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Company across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by senior management.

 

VaR.    The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

 

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    The Company estimates VaR using a model based on volatility adjusted historical simulation for majorgeneral market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. Historical simulation involves constructingThe model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on two sets of inputs:the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to characterize potential changes inreflect current market conditions. The Company’s VaR for risk factors.management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The Company’s 95%/one-dayone-

115


day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

 

99


The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates as well asrates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks.risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives as well as certain basis risks (e.ge.g.,., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

 

The Company uses VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR risk measures should be interpreted carefully in light of the methodology’shas various limitations, which include, the following: pastbut are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not always yieldbe accurate predictions of the distributions and correlationspredictors of future market movements; changesconditions, and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in portfolio value in response to market movements (especially for complex derivative portfolios) may differ from the responses calculated by a VaR model; VaR using a one-day time horizonsingle day, which does not fully capturereflect the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged withinin one day; the historicalday. A small proportion of market risk factor data used for VaR estimation may provide only limited insight into losses that could be incurred under market conditions that are unusual relative to the historical period used in estimating the VaR; and published VaR results reflect pastgenerated by trading positions while futureis not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk dependscharacteristics of some positions relies on future positions.approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. As explained above, thisThis process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis, and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

 

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of regular process improvement, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors. Additionally, the Company continues to evaluate enhancements to the VaR model to make it more responsive to more recent market conditions while maintaining a longer-term perspective.

VaR for 2010.    The table below presents the Company’s Trading, Non-trading and Aggregate VaR for each of the Company’s primary market risk exposures at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, incorporating substantially all financial instruments generating market risk. A small proportion of trading positions generating market risk is not included in VaR, and the modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies upon approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different VaR results from those produced using more precise measures.

The counterparty portfolio, which reflects adjustments, net of hedges, relating to counterparty credit risk and other market risks, was reclassified from Non-trading VaR into Trading VaR at January 1, 2010. This reclassification reflects regulatory considerations surrounding the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company and the trading book nature of the Company’s counterparty risk-hedging activities. Aggregate VaR was not affected by this change; however, this reclassification increased Trading VaR and decreased Non-trading VaR for the year ended December 31, 2009.

 

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical position and market data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days.days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that,which, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

100


The table below presents the Company’s 95%/one-day VaR:

Table 1: 95% Total VaR  95% One-Day VaR for 2010  95% One-Day VaR for 2009 

Primary Market Risk Category

  Period
End
  Average  High  Low  Period
End
  Average  High   Low 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $102  $129  $147  $100  $142  $128  $149   $106 

Equity price

   30   28   52   19   23   21   36    14 

Foreign exchange rate

   21   24   50   9   26   20   47    7 

Commodity price

   30   28   36   21   24   24   38    18 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)

   (65  (70  (120  (32  (57  (55  (108   (34
                                  

Total Trading VaR

  $118  $139  $165  $117  $158  $138  $162   $111 
                                  

Total Non-trading VaR

  $77  $82  $137  $57  $67  $63  $89   $33 
                                  

Aggregate VaR

  $146  $173  $217  $143  $187  $163  $205   $119 
                                  

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between Total VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categories occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.

The Company’s average Trading VaR for 2010 is relatively unchanged at $139 million compared with $138 million for 2009. Increased equity, foreign exchange and commodity risks were offset by increased diversification in the trading portfolios.

The Company’s average Non-trading VaR for 2010 increased to $82 million compared with $63 million for 2009. The Company’s average Aggregate VaR for 2010 was $173 million compared with $163 million for 2009. The increase in both Non-trading and Aggregate VaR was due primarily to the Company’s investment in Invesco, which was sold in November 2010, as well as increased interest rate sensitivity of deposits in the declining rate environment.

VaR Statistics under Varying Assumptions.

 

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the breadth of products included in each firm’s VaR model, in the statisticalfirms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions made when simulating changes in market factors and in the methods used to approximate portfolio revaluations under the simulated market conditions.methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated, and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more reliable and relevantuseful when usedinterpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk takingprofile, rather than as a basis for inferring differences inan absolute measure of risk takingto be compared across firms.

 

The Company utilizes the same VaR model for risk management purposes as well as regulatory capital calculations. The Company’s VaR model has been approved by the Company’s regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

116


The portfolio of positions used for the Company’s Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty credit valuation adjustments, and loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges. Additionally, the Company’s Management VaR excludes certain risks contained in its Regulatory VaR, such as hedges to counterparty exposures related to the Company’s own credit spread.

Table 21 below presents the Management VaR statistics that would result if the Company were to adopt alternative parameters for its calculations, such as the reported confidence level (95% versus 99%) for the VaR statistic orCompany’s Trading portfolio, on a shorter historical time series (four-year versus one-year) for market data upon which it bases its simulations.period-end, annual average and annual high and low basis. The four-year VaR measure continues to be sensitive toCredit Portfolio is disclosed as a separate category from the high market volatilities experienced in the fourth quarter of 2008, while the one-year VaR is no longer affected by this phenomenon. Consequently, the four-year VaR is a more conservative approximation ofPrimary Risk Categories, and includes loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges, as well as counterparty credit valuation adjustments and related hedges.

Trading Risks.

The table below presents the Company’s portfolio risk.

95%/one-day Management VaR:

 

101


Table 2: 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR with Four-Year / One-Year Historical Time Series

Table 2: 95% and 99% Average Trading VaR with

Four-Year / One-Year Historical Time Series

  95% Average One-Day VaR for
2010
  99% Average One-Day VaR for
2010
 
 

Primary Market Risk Category

  Four-Year
Factor History
 One-Year
Factor History
 Four-Year
Factor History
 One-Year
Factor History
 
Table 1: 95% Management VaR  95%/One-Day VaR for 2013   95%/One-Day VaR for 2012 

Market Risk Category

  Period
End
 Average High   Low   Period
End
 Average High   Low 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and credit spread

  $129  $95  $264  $164   $41  $45  $76   $31   $56  $56  $87   $33 

Equity price

   28   25   41   37    22   19   43    15    21   26   39    18 

Foreign exchange rate

   24   24   42   38    15   14   22    7    10   13   23    7 

Commodity price

   28   22   47   32    15   21   31    15    20   24   32    18 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)

   (70  (56  (120  (93

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (44  (46  N/A    N/A    (40  (55  N/A    N/A 
               

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

    

Total Trading VaR

  $139  $110  $274  $178 

Primary Risk Categories

  $49  $53  $78   $42   $67  $64  $98   $52 
               

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

    

Credit Portfolio

   12   14   18    12    19   26   50    18 

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

   (8  (8  N/A    N/A    (11  (17  N/A    N/A 
  

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

    

Total Management VaR

  $53  $59  $85   $47   $75  $73  $107   $57 
  

 

  

 

      

 

  

 

    

 

(1)Diversification benefit equals the difference between Totalthe total Management VaR and the sum of the VaRs for the four risk categories.component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the four primary market risk categoriescomponents occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each category.component.
(2)N/A–Not Applicable. The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the year, and therefore the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

The Company’s average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories for 2013 was $53 million compared with $64 million for 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by reduced exposure to interest rate and credit spread products and reduced exposure to equity products.

The average Credit Portfolio VaR for 2013 was $14 million compared with $26 million for 2012. This decrease was primarily driven by decreased counterparty credit exposure.

The average Total Management VaR for 2013 was $59 million compared with $73 million for 2012. This decrease was driven by the aforementioned movements.

 

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for 2010.2013.

 

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Trading VaR for 2010 was $139 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Trading VaR for 2010. The most frequently occurring value was between $137 million and $141 million, while for approximately 81% of trading days during the year VaR ranged between $129 million and $149 million.

102


One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenues is to compare the VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intra-day trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the accuracyadequacy of the VaR model could be questioned. Accordingly, theThe Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the

117


potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results.results for the Company, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the 95% or 99% VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

 

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the histograms below for both the Primary Risk Categories and the Total Trading populations.

Primary Risk Categories.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for 2013 was $53 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR for 2013, which was in a range between $40 million and $60 million for approximately 82% of the trading days during the year.

118


The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues during 2010 for the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories for 2013. This excludes non-trading revenues of these businesses and revenues associated with the Company’s own credit risk. During 2013, the Company’s businesses that comprise the Primary Risk Categories experienced net trading losses on 35 days, of which 1 day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Primary Risk Categories VaR.

119


Total Trading—including the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio.

As shown in Table 1, the Company’s average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR, which includes the Primary Risk Categories and the Credit Portfolio, for 2013 was $59 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the Company’s daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for 2013, which was in a range between $45 million and $65 million for approximately 80% of trading days during the year.

120


The histogram below shows the distribution of daily net trading revenues for the Company’s Trading businesses (these figures includefor 2013. This excludes non-trading revenues fromof these businesses and revenues associated with the counterparty portfolio and also include net interest and non-agency commissions but exclude certain Non-trading revenues such as primary, fee-based and prime brokerage revenues credited to the trading businesses).Company’s own credit risk. During 2010,2013, the Company experienced net trading losses on 3833 days, with zero excessesof which 1 day was in excess of the 95%/one-day TradingManagement VaR.

 

 

Non-tradingNon-Trading Risks.

 

Aggregate VaR currently incorporates certain Non-trading risks, such as the interest rate risk generated by funding liabilities related to institutional trading positions and public company equity positions recorded as investments by the Company. Investments made by theThe Company believes that are not publicly traded are not reflected in the Aggregate VaR results.

VaRsensitivity analysis is one method of assessing the riskan appropriate representation of the Company’s Non-trading portfolio; however, due to a variety of factors (e.g., trading restrictions, illiquidity), sensitivity analysis may be a better approach to evaluating this risk.non-trading risks. Reflected below is a sensitivitythis analysis, coveringwhich covers substantially all of the non-trading risk in the Company’s Non-trading risk.

portfolio.

 

103


Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Spreads.Spread.

 

The credit spread risk relating to the Company’s own mark-to-market derivative counterparty exposure is managed separately from VaR. The credit spread risk sensitivity of this exposure corresponds to an increase in value of approximately $8$5 million and $6 million for each +11 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level for both December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009.2012, respectively.

 

Funding Liabilities.

 

The credit spread risk and interest rate risk associated with non-mark-to-market funding liabilities related to fixed and other Non-trading assets are also excluded from VaR. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, non-mark-to-market funding liabilities related to fixed and other Non-trading assets were approximately $3.5 billion and $7.7 billion, respectively. The $4.2 billion reduction reflects a decision by the Company to swap this amount of fixed-rate debt to a floating rate and is now included in the Non-trading VaR.

The Company’s VaR does not capture the credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities which corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $14$11 million and $11$13 million for each +11 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level atfor December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. The increased credit spread sensitivity is driven by greater issuances of structured notes.

 

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity on Income from Continuing Operations.

 

The Company measures the interest rate risk of certain assets and liabilities not included in Trading VaR by calculating the hypothetical sensitivity of Income from continuing operations (beforenet interest income taxes) to potential changes in the level of interest rates over the next 12 months. This sensitivity analysis includes positions that are mark-to-market, as well as positions that are accounted for on an accrual basis. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch.

 

121


Given the currently low interest rate environment, the Company uses the following two interest rate scenarios to quantify the Company’s sensitivity: instantaneous parallel shocks of +100100 and 200 basis point increases to all points and +200 basis points toon all yield curves simultaneously. With respect to MSSB, the Company’s assessment of interest rate risk focuses on its economic investment in MSSB (the Company’s 51% share of MSSB’s income from continuing operations before income taxes). These results can be seen in the table below.

   December 31, 2010
   +100 Basis Points  +200 Basis Points
   (dollars in millions)

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $560    $1,084 

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes, excluding Citi’s interest in MSSB(1)

    343     664 

(1)Amounts reflect the exclusion of the portion of income from continuing operations before income and taxes associated with MSSB’s noncontrolling interest in the joint venture.

For non-interest-bearing positions and for interest-sensitive positions that are not mark-to-market, the Company measures the incremental impact of the funding expense or coupon accrual over the next 12 months. For interest rate-sensitive positions that are mark-to-market, the sensitivities include the income impact of the instantaneous yield curve shock. The income impact of the yield curve shock measures the present value over the life of the position. For interest rate derivatives that are perfect economic hedges to non-mark-to-market assets or liabilities, the disclosed sensitivities include only the impact of the coupon accrual mismatch. This treatment avoids the distorting effects of accounting differences between the hedge and the corresponding hedged instrument.

 

The hypothetical model does not assume any growth, change in business focus, asset pricing philosophy or asset/liability funding mix and does not capture how the Company would respond to significant changes in market

104


conditions. Furthermore, the model does not reflect the Company’s expectations regarding the movement of interest rates in the near term, nor the actual effect on Incomeincome from continuing operations before income taxes if such changes were to occur.

  December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
  +100 Basis
Points
  +200 Basis
Points
  +100 Basis
Points
  +200 Basis
Points
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Impact on income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $642  $1,102  $749  $1,140 

 

Investments.

 

The Company makes investments in both public and private companies, primarily in its Institutional Securities and Asset Management business segments.companies. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net revenuesincome associated with a 10% decline in asset values as shown in the table below.investment values.

 

  10% Sensitivity 

Investments

  10% Sensitivity
December 31, 2010
   December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Investments related to merchant banking activities:

  

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

    

Hedge fund investments

  $104   $120 

Private equity and infrastructure funds

   148    125 

Real estate funds

  $108    158    138 

Private equity and infrastructure funds

   115 

Other investments:

      

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

  $179    161    143 

Asset Management hedge fund investments

   169 

Other firm investments

   344 

Other Company investments

   198    292 

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations. The Company primarily incurs credit risk exposure to institutions and sophisticated investorsindividuals mainly through the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segment. Thissegments.

The Company may incur credit risk may arise fromin the Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to, the following:

entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; the Company;

extending credit to clients through various lending commitments;

providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; and

posting margin and/or collateral to clearing houses,clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties. We incur credit riskcounterparties; and

investing or trading in traded securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

122


The Company incurs credit risk in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment primarily through lending to individual investors,individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:

margin and non-purpose loans collateralized by securitiessecurities;

securities-based and through other loans predominantly collateralized by securities; and

single-family residential prime mortgage loans in conforming, nonconformingnon-conforming or home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) form.

 

TheMonitoring and Control.

In order to help protect the Company has structured its credit risk management framework to reflect that each of its businesses generates unique credit risks, andfrom losses, the Credit Risk Management Department establishes company-wide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk exposure bothat the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. The Credit Risk Management Department approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the Company’s counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and ensures that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within the Credit Risk Management Department and across business segments. The Company employs athrough various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from the Credit Risk Management Department. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework as one of the primary tools usedis also utilized to evaluate and manage credit risk levels across the Company. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within the Company’s risk tolerance and includes single namesingle-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type. The Credit Risk Management Department is responsible for ensuringensures transparency of material credit risks, ensuring compliance with established limits approving material extensionsand escalation of credit, and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. Credit risk exposure is managed by credit professionals and committees within the Credit Risk Management Department and through various risk committees, whose membership includes the Credit Risk Management Department. The Credit Risk Management Department also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures including marginand to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and control credit risk concentrations arising in the Company’s lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, equity prices) and risk parameters such as default probabilities and expected losses in order to identify potential credit exposure concentrations to individual counterparties, countries and industries. Stress and scenario tests are conducted in accordance with established Company policies and procedures and comply with methodologies outlined in the Basel regulatory framework.

Credit Evaluation.    The evaluation of corporate and commercial counterparties as well as certain high net worth borrowers includes assigning obligor credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements, leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, the Credit Risk Management Department evaluates the relative position of the Company’s particular obligation in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as collateral (if applicable) and other structural elements of the particular transaction.

The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Margin and securities-based loans mortgageare evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan, the degree of leverage and the quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio and credit sensitive, higher risk transactions.

bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level and for consumer loans, collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

105


See NoteCredit risk metrics assigned to corporate, commercial and consumer borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into the Credit Risk Management Department’s maintenance of the allowance for loan losses for the loans held for investment portfolio. Such allowance serves as a safeguard against probable inherent losses as well as probable losses related to loans identified for impairment. For more information on the Company’s allowance for loan losses, see Notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information onin Item 8.

123


Risk Mitigation.    The Company may seek to mitigate credit risk from its lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, the Company seeks to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. The Company actively hedges its lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments that may include single-name, portfolio and structured credit qualityderivatives. Additionally, the Company may sell, assign or syndicate funded loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan market. In connection with its derivatives trading activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of the Company’s financing receivables.counterparty default.

 

Institutional SecuritiesLending Activities.

 

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchases loans in the secondary market. The table below summarizes the Company’s loan activity at December 31, 2013. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2013. See Notes 4 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

   Institutional
Securities
Corporate
Lending(1)
   Institutional
Securities
Other
Lending(2)
   Wealth
Management
Lending(3)
   Total(4) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $7,837   $1,988   $3,301   $13,126 

Consumer loans

   —      —      11,576    11,576 

Residential real estate loans

   —      1    10,001    10,002 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      1,835    6    1,841 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

   7,837    3,824    24,884    36,545 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   6,168    —      —      6,168 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   —      12    100    112 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      49    —      49 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

   6,168    61    100    6,329 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

   2,892    6,882    —      9,774 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   —      1,434    —      1,434 

Wholesale real estate loans

   —      1,404    —      1,404 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

   2,892    9,720    —      12,612 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $16,897   $13,605   $24,984   $55,486 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2013, $61.4 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment, $8.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for sale and $9.1 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(2)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2013, $1.3 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment and $0.8 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for at fair value.
(3)In addition to loans, at December 31, 2013, $4.5 billion of unfunded lending commitments were accounted for as held for investment.
(4)The above table excludes customer margin loans outstanding of $29.2 billion and employee loans outstanding of $5.6 billion at December 31, 2013. See Notes 6 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

124


Institutional Securities Corporate Lending.Lending Activities.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans or lending commitments (including bridge financing) to selectedselect corporate clients. SuchThese loans and lending commitments canhave varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be classified as either “relationship-driven”syndicated, traded or “event-driven.”hedged by the Company.

 

“Relationship-driven”The Company’s corporate lending credit exposure is primarily from loan and lending commitments used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In addition, the Company provides “event-driven” loans and lending commitments are generally made to expand business relationships with select clients. Commitments associated with “relationship-driven” activitiesa particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. The Company’s “event-driven” loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

Corporate lending commitments may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements, as the commitment may expire unused or the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment. The Company may hedge its exposures in connection with “relationship-driven” transactions, and commitments may be subject to conditions, including financial covenants.

“Event-driven” loans and lending commitments refer to activities associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. Commitments associated with these “event-driven” activities may not be indicative of the Company’s actual funding requirements since funding is contingent upon a proposed transaction being completed. In addition, the borrower may not fully utilize the commitment or the Company’s portion of the commitment may be reduced through the syndication or sales process. The borrower’s ability to draw onSuch syndications or sales may involve third-party institutional investors where the commitment is also subject to certain terms and conditions, among other factors. Company may have a custodial relationship, such as prime brokerage clients.

The Company risk managesmay hedge and/or sell its exposures in connection with loans and lending commitments. Additionally, the Company may mitigate credit risk by requiring borrowers to pledge collateral and include financial covenants in lending commitments. In the consolidated statements of financial condition these loans are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

The table below presents the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitments, which are measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards at December 31, 2013. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes funded and unfunded lending commitments. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2013

   Years to Maturity   Total
Corporate
Lending
Exposure(2)
 

Credit Rating(1)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $859   $114   $121   $—     $1,094 

AA

   2,719    1,870    5,556    —      10,145 

A

   2,935    4,230    11,642    570    19,377 

BBB

   2,391    10,535    21,330    1,004    35,260 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment grade

   8,904    16,749    38,649    1,574    65,876 

Non-investment grade

   2,712    8,024    12,794    3,627    27,157 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $11,616   $24,773   $51,443   $5,201   $93,033 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the market price of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.

125


At December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of investment grade funded loans was $6.5 billion and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade funded loans was $7.9 billion. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded and unfunded lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $9.0 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $93.0 billion at December 31, 2013.

“Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at December 31, 2013.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at December 31, 2013 were “event-driven” transactions through various means, including syndication, distribution and/or hedging.exposures of $9.5 billion composed of funded loans of $2.0 billion and lending commitments of $7.5 billion. Included in the “event-driven” exposure at December 31, 2013 were $7.3 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of the “event-driven” loans and lending commitments at December 31, 2013 was as follows: 33% will mature in less than 1 year, 17% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 32% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 18% will mature in over 5 years.

 

Securitizations.Industry Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above.

The following table shows the Company’s credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments by industry at December 31, 2013:

Industry

  Corporate Lending Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Energy

  $12,240 

Utilities

   10,410 

Healthcare

   10,095 

Consumer discretionary

   9,981 

Industrials

   9,514 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(1)

   7,190 

Consumer staples

   6,788 

Information technology

   6,526 

Telecommunications services

   5,658 

Materials

   4,867 

Real Estate

   4,171 

Other

   5,593 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $93,033 
  

 

 

 

(1)Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

Institutional Securities Other Lending Activities.    In addition to the primary corporate lending activity described above, the Institutional Securities business segment engages in other lending activity. These loans primarily include corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, commercial and residential mortgage loans, asset-backed loans and financing extended to institutional clients. At December 31, 2013, approximately 99.6% of Institutional Securities Other lending activities held for investment were current; less than 0.4% were on non-accrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

126


At December 31, 2013, Institutional Securities Other lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

   Years to Maturity   Total Institutional
Securities Other
Lending Activities
 
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

  $3,957   $1,236   $2,455   $1,222   $8,870 

Consumer loans

   —      —      —      —      —   

Residential real estate loans

   8    16    91    1,332    1,447 

Wholesale real estate loans

   174    909    885    1,320    3,288 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $4,139   $2,161   $3,431   $3,874   $13,605 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In addition, Institutional Securities Other lending activities include “margin lending,” which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At December 31, 2013, Institutional Securities margin lending of $15.2 billion is classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Wealth Management Lending Activities.    The principal Wealth Management lending activities includes securities-based lending and residential real estate loans. At December 31, 2013, Wealth Management’s lending activities by remaining contract maturity were as follows:

   Years to Maturity   Total Wealth
Management
Lending Activities
 
   Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
   (dollars in millions) 

Securities-based lending and other loans

  $13,241   $509   $539   $594   $14,883 

Residential real estate loans

   —      —      —      10,101    10,101 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $13,241   $509   $539   $10,695   $24,984 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’s retail clients is primarily conducted through the Company’s PLA platform and had an outstanding balance of $13.2 billion within the $14.9 billion in the above table as of December 31, 2013. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishes approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of these loans are the amount, the proposed pledged collateral and its diversification profile and, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral is also reviewed with respect to the valuation of the securities, historical trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans. For these loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. Eligible conforming loans are currently held for sale, while most non-conforming and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Company’s portfolio.

Wealth Management also provides margin lending to retail clients and had an outstanding balance of $14.0 billion as of December 31, 2013, which is classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

127


In addition, the Company’s Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established by the Company to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans, recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition, are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from four to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with its OTC derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’s OTC derivative products, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may extendbe one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

The Company trades in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manages any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented. The effectiveness of the Company’s CDS protection as a hedge of the Company’s exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties is composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

128


The following table summarizes the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterparty at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’s credit derivative portfolio, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

   At December 31, 2013 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $36,316   $35,005   $1,311   $1,126,688   $1,093,906 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   7,877    7,515    362    265,958    302,835 

Non-financial entities

   153    106    47    4,732    4,049 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $44,346   $42,626   $1,720   $1,397,378   $1,400,790 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 5% of receivable fair values and 5% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

   At December 31, 2012 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Net   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $60,728   $57,399   $3,329   $1,620,774   $1,573,217 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   7,313    6,908    405    278,705    313,897 

Non-financial entities

   226    187    39    7,922    6,078 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $68,267   $64,494   $3,773   $1,907,401   $1,893,192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company’s CDS are classified in both Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 7% of receivable fair values and 5% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

Other

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short- or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate, loans secured by loan pools, commercial and industrial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value.

Derivative Contracts.    In the normal course of business, the Company enters into a variety of derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities. The Company uses these instruments for trading and hedging purposes, as well as for asset and liability management. These instruments generally represent future commitments to swap interest payment streams, exchange currencies, or purchase or sell commodities and other financial instruments on specific terms at specified future dates. Many of these products have maturities that do not extend beyond one year, although swaps, options and equity warrants typically have longer maturities.

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets, net of cash collateral received. The fair value of derivatives represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in See Note 27 to the consolidated financial statements. Future changesstatements in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, orItem 8 for information about the fair values of the financial instruments, commodities or indices underlying these contracts ultimately may result in cash settlements exceeding fair value amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition. In addition to measuring and managing credit exposures referenced to the current fair value of derivative instruments, the Company also measures and manages credit exposures referenced to potential exposure. Potential exposure is an estimate of exposure, within a specified confidence level, that could be outstanding over time based on market movements.

106


Other.    In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company incurs credit risk through margin and collateral transactions with clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties.Company’s securitization activities. Certain risk management activities as they pertain to establishing appropriate collateral amounts for the Company’s prime brokerage and securitized product businesses are primarily monitored within those respective areas in that they determine the appropriate collateral level for each strategy or position. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

 

Analyzing Credit Risk.Country Risk Exposure.    Credit

Country risk exposure is the risk that uncertainties arising from the economic, social, security and political conditions within a foreign country (any other country other than the U.S.) will adversely affect the ability of the sovereign government and/or obligors within the country to honor their obligations to the Company. Country risk exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management takes place at the transaction, obligorstandards and portfolio levels. In order to protectincludes

129


obligations from sovereign governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions. The Company actively manages country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Company from losses resulting from these activities, the Credit Risk Management Department ensures lending transactionsto effectively identify, monitor and derivativelimit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedges is monitored and managed.

The Company’s obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures are analyzed,whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that the creditworthinessinvest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

The Company conducts periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on the Company’s counterpartiescredit and borrowers is reviewed regularlymarket exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by the Company’s risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Second order risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. The Company also conducts legal and documentation analysis of its exposures to obligors in peripheral jurisdictions, which are defined as exposures in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain (the “European Peripherals”), to identify the risk that creditsuch exposures could be redenominated into new currencies or subject to capital controls in the case of country exit from the Euro-zone. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure is actively monitored and managed. The Credit Risk Management Department assigns obligor credit ratingsmitigation.

In addition to the Company’s counterpartiescountry risk exposure, the Company discloses its cross-border risk exposure in “Financial Statements and borrowers, which reflect an assessmentSupplementary Data—Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)” in Item 8. It is based on the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border information and represents the amounts that the Company may not be able to obtain from a foreign country due to country-specific events, including unfavorable economic and political conditions, economic and social instability, and changes in government policies.

There can be substantial differences between the Company’s country risk exposure and cross-border risk exposure. For instance, unlike the cross-border risk exposure, the Company’s country risk exposure includes the effect of an obligor’s probability of default. Additionally,certain risk mitigants. In addition, the Credit Risk Management Department evaluatesbasis for determining the relative positiondomicile of the Company’s particular obligation incountry risk exposure is different from the borrower’s capital structurebasis for determining the cross-border risk exposure. Cross-border risk exposure is reported based on the country of jurisdiction for the obligor or guarantor. Besides country of jurisdiction, the Company considers factors such as physical location of operations or assets, location and relative recovery prospects, as well assource of cash flows/revenues and location of collateral (if applicable) in order to determine the basis for country risk exposure. Furthermore, cross-border risk exposure incorporates CDS only where protection is purchased while country risk exposure incorporates CDS where protection is both purchased and other structural elements of the particular transaction.

Risk Mitigation.    The Company may seek to mitigate credit risk from its lending and derivatives transactions in multiple ways. At the transaction level, the Company seeks to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. The Company actively hedges its lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments that may include single name, portfolio and structured credit derivatives. Additionally, the Company may sell, assign or sub-participate funded loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan market. In connection with its derivatives trading activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

Credit Exposure—Corporate Lending.    The following tables present information about the Company’s corporate funded loans and lending commitments carried at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. The “total corporate lending exposure” column includes both lending commitments and funded loans. Fair value of corporate lending exposure represents the fair value of loans that have been drawn by the borrower and lending commitments that were outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Lending commitments represent legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 for both “relationship-driven” and “event-driven” lending transactions. As discussed above, these loans and lending commitments have varying terms, may be senior or subordinated, may be secured or unsecured, are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower, and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $3.9 billion and $6.5 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $6.8 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively. In connection with these corporate lending activities (which include corporate funded loans and lending commitments), the Company had hedges (which include “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $21.0 billion and $25.8 billion related to the total corporate lending exposure of $69.2 billion and $64.0 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.sold.

 

107130


The tables below showCompany’s sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Its non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s credit exposure from its corporate lending positions and lending commitmentsfive largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures except for select European countries (see the table in “Country Risk Exposure—Select European Countries” herein) at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2010

   Years to Maturity  Total
Corporate
Lending

Exposure(2)
  Corporate
Lending
Exposure at

Fair Value(3)
  Corporate
Lending

Commitments(4)
 

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $351  $342  $50  $—     $743  $—     $743 

AA

  3,220   5,435   671   70   9,396   131   9,265 

A

  2,739   8,780   2,667   34   14,220   542   13,678 

BBB

  2,793   16,170   4,816   237   24,016   3,203   20,813 
                            

Investment grade

  9,103   30,727   8,204   341   48,375   3,876   44,499 

Non-investment grade

  1,740   6,857   7,642   4,539   20,778   6,845   13,933 
                            

Total

 $10,843  $37,584  $15,846  $4,880  $69,153  $10,721  $58,432 
                            

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.
(3)The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $11.2 billion of funded loans and $0.5 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010. See Notes 8 and 13 to the consolidated financial statements for information on corporate loans and corporate lending commitments, respectively.
(4)Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. For syndications led by the Company, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Company participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Company expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank.

Corporate Lending Commitments and Funded Loans at December 31, 2009

   Years to Maturity  Total
Corporate
Lending

Exposure(2)
  Corporate
Lending
Exposure at

Fair Value(3)
  Corporate
Lending

Commitments(4)
 

Credit Rating(1)

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

AAA

 $542  $233  $—     $—     $775  $—     $775 

AA

  3,141   4,354   275   —      7,770   80   7,690 

A

  3,116   9,796   1,129   548   14,589   1,918   12,671 

BBB

  4,272   16,191   3,496   164   24,123   4,548   19,575 
                            

Investment grade

  11,071   30,574   4,900   712   47,257   6,546   40,711 

Non-investment grade

  749   6,525   6,097   3,322   16,693   9,517   7,176 
                            

Total

 $11,820  $37,099  $10,997  $4,034  $63,950  $16,063  $47,887 
                            

(1)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.
(2)Total corporate lending exposure represents the Company’s potential loss assuming the fair value of funded loans and lending commitments was zero.
(3)The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at fair value includes $15.6 billion of funded loans and $0.4 billion of lending commitments recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2009. The Company’s corporate lending exposure carried at amortized cost includes $850 million of funded loans recorded in Loans in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)Amounts represent the notional amount of unfunded lending commitments less the amount of commitments reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

108


“Event-Driven” Loans and Lending Commitments at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

Included2013. Index credit derivatives are included in the total corporate lendingCompany’s country risk exposure amountstables. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the table above at December 31, 2010 is “event-driven” exposure of $5.4 billion composed of funded loans of $1.3 billion and lending commitments of $4.1 billion. Included in the $5.4 billion of “event-driven” exposure at December 31, 2010 were $4.9 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Included in the total corporate lending exposure amounts in the table above at December 31, 2009 is “event-driven” exposure of $5.6 billion composed of funded loans of $2.8 billion and lending commitments of $2.8 billion. Included in the $5.6 billion of “event-driven” exposure at December 31, 2009 were $3.7 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers that were closed.

Activity associated with the corporate “event-driven” lending exposure during 2010 was as follows (dollars in millions):

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2009

  $ 5,621 

Closed commitments

   3,636 

Net reductions, primarily through distributions

   (3,720

Mark-to-market adjustments

   (128
     

“Event-driven” lending exposures at December 31, 2010

  $5,409 
     

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.    The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of theindex, adjusted for any fair value of OTC derivativesreceivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a gain position at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. Fair value is presentedspecific country that references bonds issued by an entity in the final column net, of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2010(1)

   Years to Maturity   Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-
Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 
       

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $802   $2,005   $1,242   $8,823   $(5,906 $6,966   $6,683 

AA

   6,601    6,760    5,589    17,844    (27,801  8,993    7,877 

A

   8,655    8,710    6,507    26,492    (36,397  13,967    12,383 

BBB

   2,982    4,109    2,124    7,347    (9,034  7,528    6,001 

Non-investment grade

   2,628    3,231    1,779    4,456    (4,355  7,739    5,348 
                                  

Total

  $21,668   $ 24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292 
                                  

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

109


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009(1)

    Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $852   $2,026   $3,876   $9,331   $(6,616 $9,469   $9,082 

AA

   6,469    7,855    6,600    15,071    (25,576  10,419    8,614 

A

   8,018    10,712    7,990    22,739    (38,971  10,488    9,252 

BBB

   3,032    4,193    2,947    7,524    (8,971  8,725    5,902 

Non-investment grade

   2,773    3,331    2,113    4,431    (4,534  8,114    6,525 
                                  

Total

  $21,144   $28,117   $23,526   $59,096   $(84,668 $47,215   $39,375 
                                  

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. The table does not include listed derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

The following tables summarize the fair values of the Company’s OTC derivative products recorded in Financial instruments owned and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, by product category and maturity at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, including on a net basis, where applicable, reflecting the fair value of related non-cash collateral for financial instruments owned:

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2010

    Years to Maturity   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral

Netting(1)
  Net
Exposure
Post-
Cash

Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-

Collateral
 

Product Type

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $10,308   $17,447   $15,571   $62,224   $(73,708 $31,842   $28,158 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

   5,703    754    185    64    (2,984  3,722    3,051 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

   2,416    1,201    247    1,604    (2,587  2,881    1,613 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

   3,241    5,413    1,238    1,070    (4,214  6,748    5,470 
                                  

Total

  $21,668   $24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292 
                                  

(1)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

110


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased, at December 31, 2010(1)

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and

Cash
Collateral

Netting(2)
  Total 

Product Type

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5   
  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $8,195  $11,451  $13,965  $35,460  $(44,955 $24,116 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  6,688   680   332   79   (3,154  4,625 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  4,768   2,886   1,362   1,161   (5,675  4,502 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  4,495   4,556   1,559   838   (5,442  6,006 
                        

Total

 $24,146  $19,573  $17,218  $37,538  $(59,226 $39,249 
                        

(1)Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Owned at December 31, 2009

  Years to Maturity  Cross-  Maturity
and

Cash Collateral
Netting(1)
  Net  Exposure
Post-Cash

Collateral
  Net  Exposure
Post-

Collateral
 

Product Type

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5    
  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $11,958  $19,556  $20,564  $57,240  $(76,255 $33,063  $29,444 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  3,859   916   201   40   (1,994  3,022   2,699 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  1,987   1,023   441   697   (2,065  2,083   1,109 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  3,340   6,622   2,320   1,119   (4,354  9,047   6,123 
                            

Total

 $21,144  $28,117  $23,526  $59,096  $(84,668 $47,215  $39,375 
                            

(1)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

111


OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased, at December 31, 2009(1)

  Years to Maturity  Cross-Maturity
and

Cash
Collateral

Netting(2)
  Total 

Product Type

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5   
  (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

 $6,054  $11,442  $11,795  $32,133  $(40,743 $20,681 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

  3,665   647   201   72   (1,705  2,880 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

  4,528   2,547   1,253   1,150   (5,860  3,618 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

  3,727   4,668   1,347   975   (5,336  5,381 
                        

Total

 $17,974  $19,304  $14,596  $34,330  $(53,644 $32,560 
                        

(1)Since these amounts are liabilities of the Company, they do not result in credit exposures.
(2)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity and product categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within the maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral paid is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

The Company’s derivatives (both listed and OTC), on a net of counterparty and cash collateral basis, at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 are summarized in the table below, showingdifferent country, the fair value of the related assets and liabilities by product category:

   At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 

Product Type

  Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate and currency swaps, interest rate options, credit derivatives and other fixed income securities contracts

  $32,163   $24,743   $33,307   $20,911 

Foreign exchange forward contracts and options

   3,722    4,625    3,022    2,824 

Equity securities contracts (including equity swaps, warrants and options)

   7,865    10,939    3,619    7,371 

Commodity forwards, options and swaps

   7,542    7,495    9,133    7,103 
                    

Total

  $51,292   $47,802   $49,081   $38,209 
                    

Each category of derivative productsCDS is reflected in the above tables includes a variety of instruments, which can differ substantially in their characteristics. Instruments in each category can be denominated in U.S. dollars or in one or more non-U.S. currencies.

The Company determines the fair values recorded in the above tables using various pricing models. For a discussion of fair value as it affects the consolidated financial statements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies” in Part II, Item 7 herein and Notes 2 and 4 to the consolidated financial statements.

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller (guarantor) and buyer (beneficiary) of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The beneficiary pays a periodic premium (typically quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the guarantor is required to make payment to the beneficiaryNet Counterparty Exposure column based on the termscountry of the credit derivative contract. Credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvencyCDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation and payment moratorium. Debt restructurings are also considered a credit eventCDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in some cases. In certain transactions referenced to a portfoliothe Net Inventory column based on the country of referenced entities or asset-backed securities, deductibles and caps may limit the guarantor’s obligations.

underlying reference entity.

 

Country

  Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty

Exposure(2)(3)
   Funded
Lending
   Unfunded
Commitments
   Exposure
Before
Hedges
   Hedges(4)  Net
Exposure(5)
 
   (dollars in millions) 

United Kingdom:

            

Sovereigns

  $404  $1   $—     $—     $405   $(74 $331 

Non-sovereigns

   2,030   11,828    1,260    5,382    20,500    (2,848  17,652 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $2,434  $11,829   $1,260   $5,382   $20,905   $(2,922 $17,983 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Japan:

            

Sovereigns

  $9,000  $88   $—     $—     $9,088   $(10 $9,078 

Non-sovereigns

   784   2,350    26    —      3,160    (50  3,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $9,784  $2,438   $26   $—     $12,248   $(60 $12,188 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Germany:

            

Sovereigns

  $(607 $748   $—     $—     $141   $(1,497 $(1,356

Non-sovereigns

   83   4,194    263    4,152    8,692    (1,917  6,775 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $(524 $4,942   $263   $4,152   $8,833   $(3,414 $5,419 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Brazil:

            

Sovereigns

  $3,460  $—     $—     $—     $3,460   $—    $3,460 

Non-sovereigns

   60   159    1,073    213    1,505    (309  1,196 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $3,520  $159   $1,073   $213   $4,965   $(309 $4,656 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Canada:

            

Sovereigns

  $723  $287   $—     $—     $1,010   $—    $1,010 

Non-sovereigns

   866   1,236    102    1,391    3,595    (242  3,353 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $1,589  $1,523   $102   $1,391   $4,605   $(242 $4,363 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

112

(1)Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At December 31, 2013, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(189.9) billion, $189.0 billion and $(0.9) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2)Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3)At December 31, 2013, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $7.8 billion in the U.K., with 98% of collateral consisting of cash, U.S. and U.K. government obligations, and $11.1 billion in Germany with 96% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of France, Belgium and Netherlands. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the three other countries totaled approximately $3.9 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash, U.S. and Japanese government obligations. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.

131


(4)Represents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(5)In addition, at December 31, 2013, the Company had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $10.4 billion.


The Company trades in a varietyCountry Risk Exposure—Select European Countries.    In connection with certain of derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. The Company is an active market-maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market-maker,its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage itshas exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented.

many foreign countries. The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and Monolines. Contracts with these counterparties do not include ratings-based termination events but do include counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in additional collateral being required by the Company. For further information onfollowing table shows the Company’s exposure to Monolines, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Items—Monoline Insurers” in Part II, Item 7 herein. The master agreements with these Monoline counterparties are generally unsecured, and the few ratings-based triggers (if any) generally provide the Company the ability to terminate only upon significant downgrade. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Principal transactions—Trading.

The following tables summarize the key characteristics of the Company’s credit derivative portfolio by counterpartyEuropean Peripherals at December 31, 20102013. Country exposure is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards and December 31, 2009. The fair values shown are before the application of any counterparty or cash collateral netting:includes obligations from sovereigns and non-sovereigns, which include governments, corporations, clearinghouses and financial institutions.

 

   At December 31, 2010 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals 
   Receivable   Payable   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $96,551   $86,574   $2,037,326   $2,032,824 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   10,954    8,679    277,714    257,180 

Monolines(2)

   2,370    —      25,676    —    

Non-financial entities

   259    373    2,920    4,247 
                    

Total

  $110,134   $95,626   $2,343,636   $2,294,251 
                    

Country

 Net
Inventory(1)
  Net
Counterparty

Exposure(2)(3)
  Funded
Lending
  Unfunded
Commitments
  CDS
Adjustment(4)
  Exposure
Before
Hedges
  Hedges(5)  Net
Exposure
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Greece:

        

Sovereigns

 $8  $7  $—    $—    $—    $15  $—    $15 

Non-sovereigns

  118   3   —     —     —     121   (4  117 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $126  $10  $—    $—    $—    $136  $(4 $132 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ireland:

        

Sovereigns

 $5  $1  $—    $—    $5  $11  $—    $11 

Non-sovereigns

  239   51   —     —     13   303   (8  295 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $244  $52  $—    $—    $18  $314  $(8 $306 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Italy:

        

Sovereigns

 $752  $221  $—    $—    $713  $1,686  $(225 $1,461 

Non-sovereigns

  182   849   —     706   115   1,852   (243  1,609 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $934  $1,070  $—    $706  $828  $3,538  $(468 $3,070 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Spain:

        

Sovereigns

 $938  $—    $—    $—    $16  $954  $—    $954 

Non-sovereigns

  235   128   120   976   14   1,473   (234  1,239 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $1,173  $128  $120  $976  $30  $2,427  $(234 $2,193 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Portugal:

        

Sovereigns

 $(222 $—    $—    $—    $47  $(175 $—    $(175

Non-sovereigns

  (77  27   103   —     32   85   (9  76 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal

 $(299 $27  $103  $—    $79  $(90 $(9 $(99
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sovereigns

 $1,481  $229  $—    $—    $781  $2,491  $(225 $2,266 

Non-sovereigns

  697   1,058   223   1,682   174   3,834   (498  3,336 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total European Peripherals(6)

 $2,178  $1,287  $223  $1,682  $955  $6,325  $(723 $5,602 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The Company’sNet inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At December 31, 2013, gross purchased protection, gross written protection and net exposures related to single-name and index credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2derivatives for the European Peripherals were $(114.6) billion, $114.0 billion and Level 3$(0.5) billion, respectively. For a further description of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 13%triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of receivable fair values and 8% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts.the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.
(2)AmountsNet counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.
(3)At December 31, 2013, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $3.7 billion in the European Peripherals with 93% of collateral consisting of cash and German government obligations. These amounts do not include the effect of hedges of Monoline derivative counterparty exposure.collateral received on secured financing transactions.

 

   At December 31, 2009 
   Fair Values(1)   Notionals(2) 
   Receivable   Payable   Beneficiary   Guarantor 
   (dollars in millions) 

Banks and securities firms

  $125,352   $115,855   $2,294,658   $2,213,761 

Insurance and other financial institutions

   15,422    9,310    194,353    229,630 

Monolines

   4,903    —       22,886    —    

Non-financial entities

   387    69    3,990    3,634 
                    

Total

  $146,064   $125,234   $2,515,887   $2,447,025 
                    

132


(1)(4)The Company’sCDS adjustment represents credit default swaps are classified in both Level 2protection purchased from European Peripherals’ banks on European Peripherals’ sovereign and Level 3 offinancial institution risk. Based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value hierarchy. Approximately 16% of receivable fair values and 11% of payable fair values represent Level 3 amounts.or payable.
(2)(5)As part of an industry-wide effort to reduceRepresents CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and funded lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the totalCompany. Based on the CDS notional amount of outstanding offsetting credit derivative trades,assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.
(6)In addition, at December 31, 2013, the Company participated in novating certain credit default swap contractshad European Peripherals exposure for overnight deposits with external counterparties to a central clearinghouse during 2009.banks of approximately $111 million.

 

Country Exposure.    At both December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, primarily based on the domicile of the counterparty, approximately 5% of the Company’s credit exposure (for credit exposure arising from corporate

113


loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s Industry Exposure—OTC derivative contracts) was to emerging markets, and no one emerging market country accounted for more than approximately 1% of the Company’s credit exposure.

The Company defines emerging markets to include generally all countries where the economic, legal and political systems are transitional and in the process of developing into more transparent and accountable systems that are consistent with advanced countries.

The following tables show the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by country at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:

   Corporate Lending Exposure(1) 
   At December  31,
2010
  At December  31,
2009
 

Country

   

United States

   65  65

United Kingdom

   7   7 

Germany

   6   6 

Netherlands

   2   2 

Canada

   2   2 

France

   2   2 

Switzerland

   2   2 

Cayman Islands

   2   2 

Luxembourg

   2   2 

Other

   10   10 
         

Total

   100  100
         

   OTC Derivative Products(1)(2) 
   At December  31,
2010
  At December  31,
2009
 

Country

   

United States

   35  31

Cayman Islands

   11   14 

United Kingdom

   9   8 

Italy

   7   7 

France

   4   3 

Germany

   3   4 

Japan

   3   2 

Luxembourg

   2   2 

Australia

   2   2 

Chile

   2   2 

Jersey

   2   3 

Austria

   2   2 

Netherlands

   2   1 

Canada

   2   2 

Switzerland

   2   1 

Other

   12   16 
         

Total

   100  100
         

(1)Credit exposure amounts are based on the domicile of the counterparty.
(2)Credit exposure amounts do not reflect the offsetting benefit of financial instruments that the Company utilizes to hedge credit exposure arising from OTC derivative products.

114


Industry Exposure.Derivative Products.    The Company also monitors its credit exposure to individual industries for credit exposure arising from corporate loans and lending commitments as discussed above and current exposure arising from the Company’s OTC derivative contracts.

 

The following tables showtable shows the Company’s percentage of credit exposure from its primary corporate loans and lending commitments and OTC derivative products by industry at December 31, 2010:2013:

 

Corporate Lending Exposure
At December 31,
2010

Industry

Energy

13

Utilities

11

Financial institutions(1)

10

Chemicals, metals, mining and other materials

8

Technology

7

Media-related entities

6

Telecommunications services

6

Food, beverage and tobacco

5

Pharmaceutical and healthcare

5

Insurance

4

Capital goods

4

Real estate

3

Other

18

Total

100

OTC Derivative Products
At December 31,
2010

Industry

Financial institutions(1)

31

Banks

13

Sovereign governments

11

Insurance

9

Utilities

8

Regional governments

6

Energy

5

Chemicals, metals, mining and other materials

3

Pharmaceutical and healthcare

3

Other

11

Total

100

Industry

  OTC Derivative Products(1) 
   (dollars in millions) 

Utilities

  $3,142 

Banks and securities firms

   2,358 

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

   2,433 

Special purpose vehicles

   1,908 

Regional governments

   1,597 

Healthcare

   1,089 

Industrials

   914 

Sovereign governments

   816 

Not-for-profit organizations

   672 

Insurance

   538 

Real Estate

   503 

Consumer staples

   487 

Other

   1,157 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $17,614 
  

 

 

 

 

(1)Percentage reflects credit exposures from special purpose entity vehicles, other diversifiedFor further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial service entities andstatements in Item 8.
(2)Includes mutual andfunds, pension funds, exchanges and clearing houses, and private equity and real estate funds.funds, exchanges and clearinghouses and diversified financial services.

 

Global Wealth Management Group Activities.

The principal Global Wealth Management Group activities that result in credit risk to the Company include margin lending, non-purpose securities-based lending, commercial lending, and residential mortgage lending.

Customer margin accounts, the primary source of retail credit exposure, are collateralized in accordance with internal and regulatory guidelines. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors

115


considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

The Company, through agreements with Citi relating to the formation of MSSB, retains certain credit risk for margin and non-purpose loans that are held at Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in its capacity as clearing broker for certain MSSB clients. The related loans are generally subject to the same oversight as similar margin and non-purpose loans held by the Company and its subsidiaries.

Non-purpose securities-based lending allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying marketable securities or refinancing margin debt. Similar to margin lending, non-purpose securities-based loans are structured as demand facilities. This lending activity has primarily been conducted through the Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) product platform. The Company establishes approved lines and advance rates against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. Factors considered in the review of non-purpose securities-based lending are amount of the loan, the degree of concentrated or restricted positions, and the overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification, or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies. Underlying collateral for non-purpose securities-based loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations.

A new non-purpose lending platform, Tailored Lending (“TL”), was launched in February 2010 and predominantly provides securities-based lending to high net worth clients of MSSB. The TL platform looks beyond the collateral security in its underwriting process to also incorporate a comprehensive analysis of the obligor’s financial profile and overall creditworthiness. Consequently, TL advance rates are generally higher than those offered in the PLA product and TL facilities may be offered on a committed basis.

The Global Wealth Management Group business segment also provides structured credit facilities to high net worth individuals and their small and medium-sized domestic businesses, with a suite of products that includes working capital lines of credit, revolving lines of credit, standby letters of credit, term loans and commercial real estate mortgages. Decisions to extend credit are based on an analysis of the borrower, the guarantor, the collateral, cash flow, liquidity, leverage and credit history.

With respect to first mortgages and second mortgages, including HELOC loans, a loan evaluation process is adopted within a framework of credit underwriting policies and collateral valuation. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis of applicable industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores), debt ratios and reserves of the borrower. Loan-to-collateral value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. Historically, all mortgages were originated to be sold or securitized. Eligible conforming loans are currently sold to the government-sponsored enterprises, while most non-conforming and HELOC loans will be held for investment in the Company’s portfolio.

See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information about the Company’s financing receivables.

116


Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of financial or other loss, or potentialof damage to a firm’sthe Company’s reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risk across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue generatingrevenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

 

The Company has established an operational risk management processframework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Company. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the Company and in responserespond to the changing regulatory and business environment landscape.environment. The Company has implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, business environment and internal control factors and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital modelsmodel, while external operational incidents, business environment internal control factors and metrics are indirect inputs to the model.

 

133


Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers generally maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each business segment has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger,merger; joint venture, divestiture, reorganization,venture; divestiture; reorganization; or creation of a new legal entity, a new product or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

 

The independent Operational Risk Department (“ORD”) is independent of the divisions and reports to the CRO. ORD provides oversight of operational risk management and independently assesses, measures and monitors operational risk. ORD works with the business segmentsdivisions and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive programframework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company globally.Company. ORD’s scope includes the information and technology risk oversight program and supplier management (vendor risk oversight and assessment) program. Furthermore, ORD is responsible for facilitating, designing, implementingsupports the collection and monitoring the company-widereporting of operational risk program.incidents and the execution of operational risk assessments; provides the infrastructure needed for risk measurement and risk management; and ensures ongoing validation and verification of the Company’s advanced measurement approach for operational risk capital.

 

Business Continuity Management is responsible for identifying key risks and threats to the Company’s resiliency and planning to ensure that a recovery strategy and required resources are in place for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of the Company’s disaster recovery plans include: crisis management; business recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.

 

The Company maintains an information security program that coordinates the management of information security risks and satisfies regulatory requirements. Information security policies are designed to protect the Company’s information assets against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse. These policies cover a broad range of areas, including: application entitlements, data protection, incident response, Internet and electronic communications, remote access and portable devices. The Company has also established policies, procedures and technologies to protect its computers and other assets from unauthorized access.

 

The Company utilizes the services of external vendors in connection with the Company’s ongoing operations. These may include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and consulting and other professional services. The Company manages its exposures to the quality of these services through a variety of

117


means, including service level and other contractual agreements, service and quality reviews, and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’ performance. It is anticipated that the use of these services will continue and possibly increase in the future. The Supplier Risk Management program is responsible for the policies, procedures, organizations, governance and supporting technology to ensure adequate risk management controls between the Company and its third-party suppliers as it relates to information security, disaster recoverability and other key areas. The program ensures Company compliance with regulatory requirements.

 

Legal, Regulatory and RegulatoryCompliance Risk.

 

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of exposure tolegal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, in connection with regulatory or legal actionsloss to reputation the Company may suffer as a result of non-compliancefailure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable legalto its business activities. Legal, regulatory and regulatory requirements and standards. Legalcompliance risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be

134


unenforceable. The Company is generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which it conducts its business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A). The Company has established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to foster compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. The Company, principally through the Legal and Compliance Division, also has established procedures that are designed to require that the Company’s policies relating to business conduct, ethics and business practices are followed globally. In connection with its businesses, the Company has and continuously develops various procedures addressing issues such as regulatory capital requirements, sales and trading practices, new products, information barriers, potential conflicts of interest, structured transactions, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, lending and credit granting, moneyanti-money laundering, privacy and recordkeeping. In addition, the Company has established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The legal and regulatory focus on the financial services industry presents a continuing business challenge for the Company.

 

118

135


Item 8.Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 20102013 and 20092012 and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in total equity for the calendar years ended December 31, 20102013, 2012 and 2009, the one month ended December 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008.2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20102013 and 2009,2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the calendar years ended December 31, 20102013, 2012 and 2009, the one month ended December 31, 2008, and the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008,2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its fiscal year end from November 30 to December 31.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010,2013, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 28, 2011 expresses25, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York
February 28, 201125, 2014

136


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

   December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 

Assets

    

Cash and due from banks ($297 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities generally not available to the Company)

  $7,341   $6,988 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   40,274    25,003 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  

 

19,180

 

  

 

23,712

 

    

Financial instruments owned, at fair value (approximately $130 billion and $101 billion were pledged to various parties at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively):

    

U.S. government and agency securities

   48,446    62,215 

Other sovereign government obligations

   33,908    25,445 

Corporate and other debt ($3,816 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

  

 

88,154

 

  

 

90,454

 

Corporate equities ($625 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   68,416   

 

57,968

 

Derivative and other contracts

   51,292    49,081 

Investments ($1,873 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   9,752    9,286 

Physical commodities

   6,778    5,329 
          

Total financial instruments owned, at fair value

   306,746    299,778 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   29,649    —    

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   16,537    13,656 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   148,253    143,208 

Securities borrowed

   138,730    167,501 

Receivables:

    

Customers

   35,258    27,594 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   9,102    5,719 

Fees, interest and other

   9,790    11,164 

Loans (net of allowances of $82 at December 31, 2010 and $158 at December 31, 2009)

   10,576    7,259 

Other investments

   5,412    3,752 

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $4,476 and $3,734 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) ($321 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable entities, generally not available to the Company)

   6,154    7,067 

Goodwill

   6,739    7,162 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $605 and $275 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) (includes $157 and $137 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   4,667    5,054 

Other assets

   13,290    16,845 
          

Total assets

  $807,698   $771,462 
          

   December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks ($544 and $526 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities generally not available to the Company)

  $16,602   $20,878 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   43,281    26,026 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   39,203    30,970 

Trading assets, at fair value (approximately $151,078 and $147,348 were pledged to various parties at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively; $2,825 and $3,505 related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   280,744   

 

267,603

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value

   53,430    39,869 

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

   20,508    14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $866 and $621 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   118,130   

 

134,412

 

Securities borrowed

   129,707    121,701 

Customer and other receivables

   57,104    64,288 

Loans:

   

Held for investment (net of allowances of $156 and $106 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   36,545    23,917 

Held for sale

   6,329    5,129 

Other investments

   5,086    4,999 

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $6,420 and $5,525 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) ($201 and $224 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   6,019   

 

5,946

 

Goodwill

   6,595    6,650 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $1,703 and $1,250 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) (includes $8 and $7 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   3,286    3,783 

Other assets ($11 and $593 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   10,133    10,511 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $832,702   $780,960 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Deposits (includes $185 and $1,485 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

  $112,379   $83,266 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,347 and $725 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   2,142    2,138 

Trading liabilities, at fair value

   104,521    120,122 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   24,568    18,226 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $561 and $363 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   145,676   

 

122,674

 

Securities loaned

   32,799    36,849 

Other secured financings (includes $5,206 and $9,466 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively) ($543 and $976 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   14,215   

 

15,727

 

Customer and other payables

   157,125    127,722 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($76 and $117 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   16,672    14,928 

Long-term borrowings (includes $35,637 and $44,044 at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively)

   153,575    169,571 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   763,672    711,223 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)

   

Redeemable noncontrolling interests (see Notes 3 and 15)

   —      4,309 

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

   3,220    1,508 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,944,868,751 at December 31, 2013 and 1,974,042,123 at December 31, 2012

   20    20 

Additional Paid-in capital

   24,570    23,426 

Retained earnings

   42,172   39,912 

Employee stock trusts

   1,718   2,932 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (1,093  (516

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 94,025,228 shares at December 31, 2013 and 64,851,856 shares at December 31, 2012

   (2,968  (2,241

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (1,718  (2,932
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   65,921   62,109 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   3,109   3,319 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   69,030   65,428 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interests and equity

  $832,702  $780,960 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

120


MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—(Continued)

(dollars in millions, except share data)

   December 31,
2010
  December 31,
2009
 

Liabilities and Equity

   

Deposits (includes $3,027 and $4,967 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

  $63,812  $62,215 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (includes $1,799 and $791 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   3,256   2,378 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

   

U.S. government and agency securities

   27,948   20,503 

Other sovereign government obligations

   22,250   18,244 

Corporate and other debt

   10,918   7,826 

Corporate equities

   19,838   22,601 

Derivative and other contracts

   47,802   38,209 
         

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

   128,756   107,383 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

   21,163   13,656 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $849 at fair value at December 31, 2010)

   147,598   159,401 

Securities loaned

   29,094   26,246 

Other secured financings (includes $8,490 and $8,102 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) ($2,656 at December 31, 2010 related to consolidated variable interest entities and are non-recourse to the Company)

   10,453   8,102 

Payables:

   

Customers

   123,249   117,058 

Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

   3,363   5,423 

Interest and dividends

   2,572   2,597 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   16,518   20,849 

Long-term borrowings (includes $42,709 and $37,610 at fair value at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively)

   192,457   193,374 
         
   742,291   718,682 
         

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 13)

   

Equity

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   9,597   9,597 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; Shares issued: 1,603,913,074 at December 31, 2010 and 1,487,850,163 at December 31, 2009; Shares outstanding: 1,512,022,095 at December 31, 2010 and 1,360,595,214 at December 31, 2009

   16   15 

Paid-in capital

   13,521   8,619 

Retained earnings

   38,603   35,056 

Employee stock trust

   3,465   4,064 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (467  (560

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 91,890,979 shares at December 31, 2010 and 127,254,949 shares at December 31, 2009

   (4,059  (6,039

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (3,465  (4,064
         

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   57,211   46,688 

Noncontrolling interests

   8,196   6,092 
         

Total equity

   65,407   52,780 
         

Total liabilities and equity

  $807,698  $771,462 
         

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 121137 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

  2010   2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month
Ended

December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Revenues:

          

Investment banking

  $5,122   $5,020  $4,057  $196   $5,246  $4,758  $4,991 

Principal transactions:

      

Trading

   9,406    7,722   6,170   (1,491   9,359   6,990   12,384 

Investments

   1,825    (1,034  (3,888  (205   1,777   742   573 

Commissions

   4,947    4,233   4,443   213 

Commissions and fees

   4,629   4,253   5,343 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

   7,957    5,884   4,839   292    9,638   9,008   8,409 

Other

   1,501    837   3,851   109    990   556   176 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   30,758    22,662   19,472   (886   31,639   26,307   31,876 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest income

   7,278    7,477   38,931   1,089    5,209   5,692   7,234 

Interest expense

   6,414    6,705   36,263   1,140    4,431   5,897   6,883 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest

   864    772   2,668   (51   778   (205  351 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net revenues

   31,622    23,434   22,140   (937   32,417   26,102   32,227 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

          

Compensation and benefits

   16,048    14,434   11,851   582    16,277   15,615   16,325 

Occupancy and equipment

   1,570    1,542   1,324   123    1,499   1,543   1,544 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   1,431    1,190   1,483   91    1,711   1,535   1,633 

Information processing and communications

   1,665    1,372   1,194   95    1,768   1,912   1,808 

Marketing and business development

   582    501   714   34    638   601   594 

Professional services

   1,911    1,597   1,708   109    1,894   1,922   1,793 

Other

   2,213    1,815   2,612   23    4,148   2,454   2,420 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

   25,420    22,451   20,886   1,057    27,935   25,582   26,117 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   6,202    983   1,254   (1,994

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   4,482   520   6,110 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   739    (341  16   (725   826   (237  1,414 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   5,463    1,324   1,238   (1,269

Income from continuing operations

   3,656   757   4,696 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Discontinued operations:

          

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   606    33   1,004   (14   (72  (48  (170

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   367    (49  464   2    (29  (7  (119
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239    82   540   (16   (43  (41  (51
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   5,702    1,406   1,778   (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999    60   71   3 

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594   $(907 $1,495  $(1,624  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $4,464   $1,280  $1,205  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239    66   502   (19

Income from continuing operations

  $2,975  $138  $4,168 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (43  (70  (58
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48   $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.16    0.05   0.45   (0.02

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $2.64   $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

          

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44   $(0.82 $0.95  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.19    0.05   0.44   (0.02

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net loss from discontinued operations

   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $2.63   $(0.77 $1.39  $(1.62  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20 

Average common shares outstanding:

          

Basic

   1,361,670,938    1,185,414,871   1,028,180,275   1,002,058,928    1,905,823,882   1,885,774,276   1,654,708,640 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted

   1,411,268,971    1,185,414,871   1,073,496,349   1,002,058,928    1,956,519,738   1,918,811,270   1,675,271,669 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 122138 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Net income (loss)

  $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   221   112   (270  (96  $(348 $(255 $35 

Amortization of cash flow hedges(2)

   9    13   16   2    4   6   7 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale(3)

   36   —      —      —    

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale(3)

   (433  28   87 

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments(4)

   (20  (273  216   (201   (5  (260  251 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $5,948  $1,258  $1,740  $(1,580

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   153   (8  (110  —    

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(782 $(481 $380 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $2,831  $235  $5,025 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     (2  —   

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   (205  (120  70 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,796  $1,206  $1,779  $(1,583  $2,355  $(291 $4,420 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(222)$351 million, $(335) million, $388$120 million and $(52)$86 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.
(2)Amounts are net of provision for income taxes of $3 million, $3 million and $6 million $8 million, $11 millionfor 2013, 2012 and $1 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.
(3)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $25$(296) million, $16 million and $63 million for 2010.2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
(4)Amounts are net of provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(10)$8 million, $(161) million, $147$(156) million and $(132)$153 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 123139 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income (loss)

 $5,702  $1,406  $1,778  $(1,285

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

  (129  (932  (1,224  (781

Compensation payable in common stock and options

  1,260   1,265   1,838   77 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,419   1,224   794   104 

Gain on business dispositions

  (570  (606  (2,232  —    

Gain on sale of stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited

  (668  —      —      —    

Gains on curtailments of postretirement plans

  (54  —      —      —    

Gains on sale of securities available for sale

  (102  —      —      —    

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt

  —      (491  (2,252  (73

Insurance reimbursement

  (76  —      —      —    

Loss on assets held for sale

  1,190   —      —      —    

Impairment charges and other-than-temporary impairment charges

  201   823   1,238   —    

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  4,532   211   5,001   1,407 

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  19,169   (26,130  78,486   2,412 

Securities borrowed

  28,771   (79,449  154,209   (2,267

Securities loaned

  2,848   11,666   (95,602  (241

Receivables, loans and other assets

  (9,568  (2,445  54,531   1,479 

Payables and other liabilities

  761    818   (114,531  11,481 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  (5,045  (20,499  51,822   (16,290

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  (9,334  67,188   (60,439  (10,188
                

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  40,307    (45,951  73,417   (14,165
                

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Premises, equipment and software costs

  (1,201  (2,877  (1,400  (107

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  (1,042  (2,160  (174  —    

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

  840   565   743   —    

MUFG Transaction

  247   —      —      —    

Sale of stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited

  989   —      —      —    

Purchases of securities available for sale

  (29,989  —      —      —    

Sales and redemptions of securities available for sale

  999   —      —      —    
                

Net cash used for investing activities

  (29,157  (4,472  (831  (107
                

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  878   (7,724  (24,012  (381

Dividends related to noncontrolling interests

  (332  —      —      —    

Derivatives financing activities

  (85  (85  962   (3,354

Other secured financings

  (751  (4,437  (15,246  12 

Deposits

  1,597   10,860   11,576   8,600 

Net proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  5   102   47   —    

Noncontrolling interests

  —      —      1,560   —    

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  —      —      18,997   —    

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

  5,581   6,255    397   4 

Issuance of long-term borrowings

  32,523   43,960   42,331   13,590 

Issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  —      —      5,579   —    

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

  (28,201  (33,175  (56,120  (5,694

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  —      (10,950  —      —    

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  (5,579  —      —      —    

Repurchases of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

  —      —      (711  —    

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

  (317  (50  (1,117  (3

Cash dividends

  (1,156  (1,732  (1,227  —    
                

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  4,163    3,024   (16,984  12,774 
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  14   720   (2,546  1,514 
                

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

  297   —      —      —    
                

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  15,624   (46,679  53,056   16 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  31,991   78,670   25,598   78,654 
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $47,615  $31,991  $78,654  $78,670 
                

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

 $7,341  $6,988  $11,276  $13,354 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  40,274   25,003   67,378   65,316 
                

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $47,615  $31,991  $78,654  $78,670 
                

   2013  2012  2011 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

  $3,613  $716  $4,645 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

   (117  (639  413 

(Income) loss on equity method investees

   (375  23   995 

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,180   891   1,300 

Depreciation and amortization

   1,511   1,581   1,404 

Net gain on business dispositions

   (34  (156  (24

Net gain on sale of securities available for sale

   (45  (78  (143

Impairment charges

   198   271   159 

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

   110   155   (113

Other non-cash adjustments to net income

   100   12   (131

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

   (8,233  (1,516  (10,274

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   (23,054  6,389   29,913 

Securities borrowed

   (8,006  5,373   11,656 

Securities loaned

   (4,050  6,387   1,368 

Customer and other receivables and other assets

   6,774   (10,030  5,899 

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

   26,697   (1,283  (6,985

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   16,282   (4,257  18,098 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   23,002   20,920   (42,798
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   35,553   24,759   15,382 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from (payments for):

    

Premises, equipment and software

   (1,316  (1,312  (1,304

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

   1,147   1,725   —   

Japanese securities joint venture with MUFG

   —     —     (129

Loans

   (10,057  (3,486  (9,208

Purchases of securities available for sale

   (30,557  (24,477  (20,601

Sales of securities available for sale

   11,425   10,398   17,064 

Maturities and redemptions of securities available for sale

   4,757   4,738   2,934 

Other investing activities

   140   (211  510 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

   (24,461  (12,625  (10,734
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for):

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   4   (705  (413

Noncontrolling interests

   (557  (296  (791

Other secured financings

   (10,726  (6,628  1,867 

Deposits

   29,113   17,604   1,850 

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

   10   42   —   

Derivatives financing activities

   1,003   243   129 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   1,696   —     —   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

   27,939   23,646   32,725 

Payments for:

    

Long-term borrowings

   (38,742  (43,092  (39,232

Derivatives financing activities

   (1,216  (125  (132

Repurchases of common stock

   (691  (227  (317

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

   (4,725  (1,890  —   

Cash dividends

   (475  (469  (834
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

   2,633   (11,897  (5,148
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   (202  (119  (314
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of cash and cash equivalents related to variable interest entities

   (544  (526  511 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   12,979   (408  (303

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

   46,904   47,312   47,615 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $59,883  $46,904  $47,312 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $16,602  $20,878  $13,165 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   43,281   26,026   34,147 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $59,883  $46,904  $47,312 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $5,891$4,793 million, $7,605 million, $35,587$5,213 million and $1,111$6,835 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes were $1,091$930 million, $1,028 million, $1,406$388 million and $113$892 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 124140 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(dollars in millions)

 

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30,2007

 $1,100   $12   $1,902   $38,045   $5,569   $(199 $(9,591 $(5,569 $1,628   $32,897  

Net income

  —      —      —      1,707   —      —      —      —      71   1,778 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,227  —      —      —      —      (71  (1,298

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,142  —      (1,668  —      3,493   1,668   —      2,351 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (1,828  —      —      (1,828

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  18,055   —      957   (15  —      —      —      —      —      18,997 

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      16   —      —      —      16 

Pension adjustment

  —      —      —      (15  —      2   —      —      —      (13

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      216   —      —      —      216 

Tax adjustment

  —      —      —      (92  —      —      —      —      —      (92

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (160  —      —      (110  (270

Equity Units

  —      —      (405  —      —      —      —      —      —      (405

Reclassification of negative additional paid-in capital to retained earnings

  —      —      307   (307  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other decreases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (813  (813
                                        

BALANCE AT NOVEMBER 30, 2008

  19,155   12   1,619   38,096   3,901   (125  (7,926  (3,901  705   51,536 

Net income (loss)

  —      —      —      (1,288  —      —      —      —      3   (1,285

Dividends

  —      —      —      (641  —      —      —      —      (5  (646

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,160  —      411   —      1,309   (411  —      149 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (3  —      —      (3

Preferred stock accretion

  13   —      —      (13  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      2   —      —      —      2 

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (201  —      —      —      (201

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (96  —      —      —      (96
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2008

  19,168   12   459   36,154   4,312   (420  (6,620  (4,312  703   49,456 

Net income

  —      —      —      1,346   —      —      —      —      60   1,406 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,310  —      —      —      —      (23  (1,333

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      485   —      (248  —      631   248   —      1,116 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (50  —      —      (50

Morgan Stanley public offerings of common stock

  —      3   6,209   —      —      —      —      —      —      6,212 

Series C Preferred Stock extinguished and exchanged for common stock

  (503  —      705   (202  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  (9,068  —      (950  (932  —      —      —      —      —      (10,950

Gain on Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —      1,711   —      —      —      —      —      —      1,711 

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      13   —      —      —      13 

Pension and postretirement adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (269  —      —      (4  (273

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      116   —      —      (4  112 

Increase in noncontrolling interests related to Morgan Stanley Smith Barney transaction

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      4,825   4,825 

Other increases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      535   535 
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

 $9,597   $15   $8,619   $35,056   $4,064   $(560 $(6,039 $(4,064 $6,092   $52,780  
                                        

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
  Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

 $9,597  $16  $13,521  $38,603  $3,465  $(467 $(4,059 $(3,465 $8,196  $65,407 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      4,110   —      —      —      —      —      4,110 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      535   535 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (646  —      —      —      —      —      (646

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (642  —      (299  —      1,877   299   —      1,235 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (317  —      —      (317

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      310   —      —      70   380 

Other increase in equity method investments

  —      —      146   —      —      —      —      —      —      146 

MUFG stock conversion

  (8,089  4   9,811   (1,726  —      —      —      —      —      —    

Other net decreases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (772  (772
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2011

  1,508   20   22,836   40,341   3,166   (157  (2,499  (3,166  8,029   70,078 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      68   —      —      —      —      —      68 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      524   524 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (497  —      —      —      —      —      (497

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      662   —      (234  —      485   234   —      1,147 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (227  —      —      (227

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (359  —      —      (120  (479

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

  —      —      (107  —      —      —      —      —      (1,718  (1,825

Reclassification to redeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (4,288  (4,288

Other net increases

  —      —      35   —      —      —      —      —      892   927 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

  1,508   20   23,426   39,912   2,932   (516  (2,241  (2,932  3,319   65,428 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  —      —      —      2,932   —      —      —      —      —      2,932 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      459   459 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (521  —      —      —      —      —      (521

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      1,160   —      (1,214  —      (36  1,214   —      1,124 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (691  —      —      (691

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

  —      —      —      —      —      (577  —      —      (205  (782

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,712   —      (16  —      —      —      —      —      —      1,696 

Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment

  —      —      —      (151  —      —      —      —      —      (151

Other net decreases

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (464  (464
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

 $3,220  $20  $24,570  $42,172  $1,718  $(1,093 $(2,968 $(1,718 $3,109  $69,030 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

125


MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—(Continued)141

(dollars in millions)

  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Employee
Stock
Trust
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
  Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Trust
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2009

 $9,597   $15   $8,619   $35,056   $4,064   $(560 $(6,039 $(4,064 $6,092   $52,780  

Net income

  —      —      —      4,703   —      —      —      —      999   5,702 

Dividends

  —      —      —      (1,156  —      —      —      —      —      (1,156

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

  —      —      (1,407  —      (599  —      2,297   599   —      890 

Repurchases of common stock

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (317  —      —      (317

Net change in cash flow hedges

  —      —      —      —      —      9    —      —      —      9  

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      (18  —      —      (2  (20

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  —      —      —      —      —      66   —      —      155   221 

Gain on MUFG Transaction

  —      —      731   —      —      —      —      —      —      731 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

  —      —      —      —      —      36   —      —      —      36 

Redemption of China Investment Corporation equity units and issuance of common stock

  —      1   5,578   —      —      —      —      —      —      5,579 

Increase in noncontrolling interests related to MUFG Transaction

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      1,130   1,130 

Decrease in noncontrolling interests related to dividends of noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (332  (332

Other increases in noncontrolling interests

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      —      154   154 
                                        

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2010

 $9,597   $16   $13,521   $38,603   $3,465   $(467 $(4,059 $(3,465 $8,196   $65,407  
                                        

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

126


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.    Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

 

The Company.    Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and AssetInvestment Management. The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” andor the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley and(the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Effective with the quarter ended June 30, 2013, the Global Wealth Management Group and Asset Management business segments were re-titled Wealth Management and Investment Management, respectively.

 

A summary of the activities of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities provides capital raising; financial advisory and capital raising services, includingincluding: advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance; corporate lending; sales, trading, financing and market-making activities in equity and fixed income securities and related products, including foreign exchange and commodities; and investment activities.

 

Global Wealth Management Group, which includes the Company’s 51% interest in Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (“MSSB”) (see Note 3), provides brokerage and investment advisory services to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering various investment alternatives; financial and wealth planning services; annuity and other insurance products; credit and other lending products; cash management services; retirement services; and trust and fiduciary services and engages in fixed income principal trading, which primarily facilitates clients’ trading or investments in such securities.

 

AssetInvestment Management provides a broad array of investment strategies that span the risk/return spectrum across geographies, asset classes and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across the institutional and intermediary channels as well as high net worth clients (see “Discontinued Operations—Retail Asset Management Business” herein).clients.

Change in Fiscal Year-End.

On December 16, 2008, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year-end from November 30 to December 31 of each year. This change to the calendar year reporting cycle began January 1, 2009. As a result of the change, the Company had a one-month transition period in December 2008.

Included in this report are the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in total equity for the 12 months ended December 31, 2010 (“2010”), December 31, 2009 (“2009”) and November 30, 2008 (“fiscal 2008”) and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

 

Discontinued Operations.

 

Retail Asset Management Business.Quilter.    On June 1, 2010,April 2, 2012, the Company completed the sale of substantially all ofQuilter & Co. Ltd. (“Quilter”), its retail assetwealth management business in the United Kingdom (“Retail Asset Management”), including Van Kampen Investments, Inc., to Invesco Ltd. (“Invesco”U.K.”). The Company received $800Net revenues for Quilter were $148 million and $134 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively. Net pre-tax gains (losses) were $(1) million, $97 million and $21 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and included a gain of approximately $108 million in cash and approximately 30.9 million shares of Invesco stock upon2012 in connection with the sale resulting in a cumulative after-tax gain of $682 million, of which approximately $570 million was recorded in 2010. The remaining gain, representing tax basis benefits, was recorded in the quarter ended December 31, 2009.Quilter. The results of Retail Asset ManagementQuilter are reported as discontinued operations within the AssetWealth Management business segment for all periods presented through the date of sale.presented.

 

Saxon.    On October 24, 2011, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement to sell Saxon, a provider of servicing and subservicing of residential mortgage loans, to Ocwen Financial Corporation. The Company recordedtransaction, which was restructured as a sale of Saxon’s assets during the 30.9 million shares as securities available for sale. In the fourthfirst quarter of 2010,2012, was substantially completed in the Company sold its investment in Invesco, resulting insecond quarter of 2012. Net revenues for Saxon were $79 million and $28 million for 2012 and 2011, respectively, and pre-tax losses were $64 million, $187 million and $194 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Revenues included a pre-tax gain of $102approximately $51 million recorded in Other revenues.2012, primarily resulting from the subsequent increase in fair value of Saxon, which had incurred impairment losses of $98 million in the quarter ended December 31, 2011. Pre-tax loss in 2012 included a provision of approximately $115 million related to a settlement with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) concerning the independent foreclosure review related to Saxon. The results of Saxon are reported as discontinued operations within the Institutional Securities business segment for all periods presented.

 

 127142 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Revel Entertainment Group, LLC.    On March 31, 2010, the Board of Directors authorized a plan of disposal by sale for Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”), a development stage enterprise and subsidiary of the Company that is primarily associated with a development property in Atlantic City, New Jersey. Total assets of Revel included in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 approximated $28 million and $1.2 billion, respectively. The results of Revel are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented within the Institutional Securities business segment. Amounts for 2010 included losses of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with writedowns and related costs of such planned disposition.

CityMortgage Bank.    In the third quarter of 2010, the Company completed the disposal of CityMortgage Bank (“CMB”), a Moscow-based mortgage bank. The results of CMB are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

Other.    In the thirdfourth quarter of 2010,2011, the Company completed a disposal ofclassified a real estate property management company as held for sale within the AssetInvestment Management business segment. The resultstransaction closed during the first quarter of operations are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented through the date of disposal.

MSCI Inc.    In May 2009, the Company divested all of its remaining ownership interest in MSCI Inc. (“MSCI”).2012. The results of MSCI are reported as discontinued operations through the divestiture within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Crescent.    Discontinued operations in 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 include operating results related to the disposition of Crescent Real Estate Equities Limited Partnership (“Crescent”), a former real estate subsidiary of the Company. The Company completed the disposition of Crescent in the fourth quarter of 2009, whereby the Company transferred its ownership interest in Crescent to Crescent’s primary creditor in exchange for full release of liability on the related loans. The results of Crescentthis company are reported as discontinued operations within the AssetInvestment Management business segment.segment for all periods presented.

 

Discover.    On June 30, 2007, the Company completed the spin-offRemaining pre-tax gain (loss) amounts of its business segment Discover Financial Services (“DFS”) to its shareholders. On February 11, 2010, DFS paid the Company $775$(7) million, in complete satisfaction of its obligations to the Company regarding the sharing of proceeds from a lawsuit against Visa$42 million and MasterCard. The payment was recorded as a gain$3 million for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, that are included in discontinued operations for 2010. Fiscal 2008 included costsprimarily related to the sale of the Company’s retail asset management business, Revel Entertainment Group, LLC (“Revel”) and a legal settlement between DFS, Visa and MasterCard.principal investment.

 

Prior periodPrior-period amounts have been recast for discontinued operations. See Note 25

Sale of Global Oil Merchanting Business.

On December 20, 2013, the Company and a subsidiary of Rosneft Oil Company (“Rosneft”) entered into a Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Company will sell the global oil merchanting unit of its commodities division to Rosneft. The transaction is subject to regulatory approvals and other customary conditions and is expected to close in the second half of 2014. At December 31, 2013, the transaction does not meet the criteria for additional informationdiscontinued operations and is not expected to have a material impact on discontinued operations.the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Basis of Financial Information.    The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of litigation and tax matters, and other matters that affect the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates.

At December 31, 2010, the Company netted securities received as collateral in connection with securities lending arrangements aggregating $4.6 billion with identical securities, primarily Corporate equities, in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased. At December 31, 2009, the Company did not net securities received as collateral with Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased, as amounts did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition.

128


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Material intercompany Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

In 2013, the Company renamed “Principal transactions—Trading” revenues as “Trading” revenues and “Principal transactions—Investments” revenues as “Investments” revenues in the consolidated statements of income, and “Financial instruments owned” as “Trading assets,” “Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased” as “Trading liabilities,” “Receivables” as “Customer and other receivables” and “Payables” as “Customer and other payables” in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Consolidation.    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 7). The Company adopted accounting guidance for noncontrolling interests on January 1, 2009. Accordingly, forFor consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests onor Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income, and theincome. The portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is redeemable is presented as NoncontrollingRedeemable noncontrolling interests outside of the equity section in the consolidated statements of financial condition andat December 31, 2012. The portion of the shareholders’ equity of such subsidiaries that is nonredeemable is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated statements of changes in total equity.financial condition at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its

143


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria, commonly known as VIEs,criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where the Company has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

Notwithstanding the above, under accounting guidance prior to January 1, 2010, certain securitization vehicles, commonly known as qualifying special purpose entities (“QSPE”), were not consolidated by the Company if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they could hold and the range of discretion they could exercise in connection with the assets they held. These entities are now subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs.

 

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, the Company generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues. Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Principal transactions—Investments revenues (see Note 4).

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

 

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. IncorporatedLLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Investment Advisors Inc.Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

 

Income Statement Presentation.    The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. In connection with the delivery of the various products and services to clients, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in its Institutional Securities business segment, the

129


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.

Effective January 1, 2010, the Company reclassified dividend income associated with trading and investing activities to Principal transactions—Trading or Principal transactions—Investments depending upon the business activity. Previously, these amounts were included in Interest and dividends on the consolidated statements of income. These reclassifications were made in connection with the Company’s conversion to a financial holding company. Prior periods have been adjusted to conform to the current presentation.

The Company made an immaterial adjustment to eliminate $1,021 million of interest revenue and interest expense on certain intercompany transactions for fiscal 2008, which had not been eliminated in error. There was no impact on net interest, net revenues or net income on the consolidated statement of income.

 

2.     Summary of    Significant Accounting Policies.

 

Revenue Recognition.

 

Investment Banking.    Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenues. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

 

Commissions.Commissions and fees.    The Company generates commissionsCommission and fee revenues primarily arise from executingagency transactions in listed and clearing customer transactions on stock, options, bondsover-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, futures, markets.insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized in the accounts on trade date.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred

144


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenue isrevenues are accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Principal transactions—Investments or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement. The amount of performance-based fee revenue at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $208$489 million at December 31, 20102013 and approximately $122$205 million at December 31, 2009.2012.

 

Principal Transactions.Trading and Investments.    See “Financial Instruments and Fair Value” below for principal transactionsTrading and Investments revenue recognition discussions.

 

Financial Instruments and Fair Value.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments is carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each period. A description of the Company’s policies regarding fair value measurement and its application to these financial instruments follows.

 

130


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.    All of the instruments within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased,Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the fair value option election (discussed below) or as required by other accounting guidance. These financial instruments primarily represent the Company’s trading and investment activitiespositions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, debt securities classified as Securities available for sale are measured at fair value in accordance with accounting guidance for certain investments in debt securities. Furthermore, Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value as required by other accounting guidance. Additionally, certain Deposits, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (structured notes), certain Other secured financings, certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and certain Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) are measured at fair value through the fair value option election.

 

Gains and losses on all of these instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Principal transactions—Trading revenues, Principal transactions—Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of income, except for Securities available for sale (see “Securities Available for Sale” section herein and Note 5) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 12). Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is included within Principal transactions—Trading revenues or Principal transactions—Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Principal transactions—Trading revenues or Principal transactions—Investments revenues depending on the business activity. The fair value of over-the-counter (“OTC”)OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting arrangement.agreement.

 

Fair Value Option.    The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election on an instrument-by-instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including

145


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

certain securities purchased under agreements to resell, certain loans and lending commitments, certain equity method investments, certain securities sold under agreements to repurchase, certain structured notes, certain time deposits and certain other secured financings.

 

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.    Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect the Company’s assumptions about the assumptions other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

 

Level 1—Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

131


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

 

Level 2—Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3—Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction.product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 4). In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments.

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

Valuation Techniques.    Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. For financial instruments whose inputs are based on bid-ask prices, the Company does not require that the fair value estimate always be a

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

predetermined point in the bid-ask range. The Company’s policy is to allow for mid-market pricing and adjustingto adjust to the point within the bid-ask range that meets the Company’s best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

 

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms (including maturity) as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Company, option volatility and currency rates. Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and model uncertainty.concentration risk. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model derivedmodel-derived mid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions. The Company applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its short-term and long-term borrowings (including(primarily structured notes) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Company considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair

132


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

value for short-term and long-term borrowings. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’s and the counterparty’s credit standing is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (“CDS”) spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Company also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate the Company’s exposure to each counterparty. Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter. The Company may apply a concentration adjustment to certain of its OTC derivatives portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible, these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.

 

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the Company manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Company measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

 

See Note 4 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.    Certain of the Company’s assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

147


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

Valuation Process.    The Valuation Review Group (“VRG”) within the Financial Control Group (“FCG”) is responsible for the Company’s fair value valuation policies, processes and procedures. VRG is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), who has final authority over the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments. VRG implements valuation control processes to validate the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

The Company’s control processes apply to financial instruments categorized in Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, unless otherwise noted. These control processes include:

Model Review.    VRG, in conjunction with the Market Risk Department (“MRD”) and, where appropriate, the Credit Risk Management Department, both of which report to the Chief Risk Officer, independently review valuation models’ theoretical soundness, the appropriateness of the valuation methodology and calibration techniques developed by the business units using observable inputs. Where inputs are not observable, VRG reviews the appropriateness of the proposed valuation methodology to ensure it is consistent with how a market participant would arrive at the unobservable input. The valuation methodologies utilized in the absence of observable inputs may include extrapolation techniques and the use of comparable observable inputs. As part of the review, VRG develops a methodology to independently verify the fair value generated by the business unit’s valuation models. Before trades are executed using new valuation models, those models are required to be independently reviewed. All of the Company’s valuation models are subject to an independent annual VRG review.

Independent Price Verification.    The business units are responsible for determining the fair value of financial instruments using approved valuation models and valuation methodologies. Generally on a monthly basis, VRG independently validates the fair values of financial instruments determined using valuation models by determining the appropriateness of the inputs used by the business units and by testing compliance with the documented valuation methodologies approved in the model review process described above.

VRG uses recently executed transactions, other observable market data such as exchange data, broker-dealer quotes, third-party pricing vendors and aggregation services for validating the fair values of financial instruments generated using valuation models. VRG assesses the external sources and their valuation methodologies to determine if the external providers meet the minimum standards expected of a third-party pricing source. Pricing data provided by approved external sources are evaluated using a number of approaches; for example, by corroborating the external sources’ prices to executed trades, by analyzing the methodology and assumptions used by the external source to generate a price and/or by evaluating how active the third-party pricing source (or originating sources used by the third-party pricing source) is in the market. Based on this analysis, VRG generates a ranking of the observable market data to ensure that the highest-ranked market data source is used to validate the business unit’s fair value of financial instruments.

For financial instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, VRG reviews the business unit’s valuation techniques to ensure these are consistent with market participant assumptions.

148


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The results of this independent price verification and any adjustments made by VRG to the fair value generated by the business units are presented to management of the Company’s three business segments (i.e., Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management), the CFO and the Chief Risk Officer on a regular basis.

Review of New Level 3 Transactions.    VRG reviews the models and valuation methodology used to price all new material Level 3 transactions, and both FCG and MRD management must approve the fair value of the trade that is initially recognized.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 4.

 

Hedge Accounting.

 

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset/liability and currency management. These financial instruments are included within Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts and Corporate and other debt or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts and Corporate and other debt in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

 

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

 

133


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which are highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, held for investment purposes, and readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and are held for investment purposes. cash.

The Company’s significant non-cash activities in 20102013 included assets acquired of approximately $0.5 billion and assumed liabilities of approximately $0.2$3.6 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, disposed of in connection with business acquisitions and approximately $0.6 billion of equity securities received in connection with the sale of Retail Asset Management, which were subsequently sold (see Note 1).dispositions. The Company’s significant non-cash activities in 20092012 included assets acquired of $11.0 billion and assumed liabilities, in connection with business acquisitions, of $3.2 billion. Fiscal 2008 included assumed liabilities of $77 million. During 2009, the Company consolidated certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company increasing assets by $600 million, liabilities of $18 million and Noncontrolling interests of $582 million. In the fourth quarter of 2009, the Company disposed of Crescent, deconsolidating $2,766 million of assets and $2,947 million of liabilities (see Note 1). During fiscal 2008, the Company consolidated Crescent assets and liabilities of approximately $4,681 million$2.6 billion and $3,881 million, respectively.$1.0 billion, respectively, disposed of in connection with business dispositions, and approximately $1.1 billion of net assets received from Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) related to Citi’s required equity contribution in connection with the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citi (the “Wealth Management JV”) platform integration (see Notes 3 and 15). At June 30, 2011, Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) and the Company converted MUFG’s outstanding Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) in the Company with a face value of $7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion) and a 10% dividend into Company common stock. As a result of the adjustment to the conversion ratio, pursuant to the transaction agreement, the Company incurred a one-time, non-cash negative adjustment of approximately $1.7 billion in its calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) for 2011 (see Note 16).

 

Repurchase and Securities Lending Transactions.Transfers of Financial Assets.

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed sales.”

149


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings.financings (see Note 6). Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the consolidated statements of financial condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently soldof cash paid or repurchased,received, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Company has elected the fair value option (see Note 4). Where appropriate, transactionsrepurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

 

Securitization Activities.

The Company engages in securitization activities related to commercial and residential mortgage loans, corporate bonds and loans, U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations and other types of financial assets (see Note 7). Such transfers of financial assets are generally accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets and does not consolidate the transferee. The gain or loss on sale of such financial assets depends, in part, on the previous carrying amount of the assets involved in the transfer (generally at fair value) and the sum of the proceeds and the fair value of the retained interests at the date of sale. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as secured financings (“failed sales”).

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs.

 

Premises and equipment consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power plants, tugs, barges, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 89 years; power plants—15 years; tugs and barges—15 years; and terminals, pipelines and pipelines—equipment—3 to 25 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 5 years.

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease, but generally not exceeding: 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

 

134


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

 

Income Taxes.

 

IncomeThe Company accounts for income tax expense (benefit) is provided for using the asset and liability method, under which recognition of deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance (recorded in Other assets) and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates.rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company

150


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”)EPS is computed by dividing income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Income available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

 

In December 2007, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of China Investment Corporation (“CIC”), (the “CIC Entity”), for approximately $5,579 million. Effective October 13, 2008, the Company began calculating EPS in accordance with the accounting guidance for determining EPS for participating securities as a result of an adjustment to these Equity Units. The accounting guidance for participating securities and the two-class method of calculating EPS addresses the computation of EPS by companies that have issued securities other than common stock that contractually entitle the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the company along with common shareholders according to a predetermined formula. The two-class method requires the Company to present EPS as if all of the earnings for the period are distributed to Morgan Stanley common shareholders and any participating securities, regardless of whether any actual dividends or distributions are made. The amount allocated to the participating securities is based upon the contractual terms of their respective contract and is reflected as a reduction to Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders for the Company’s basic and diluted EPS calculations (see Note 16). The two-class method does not impact the Company’s actual net income applicable to Morgan Stanley or other financial results. Unless contractually required by the terms of the participating securities, no losses are allocated to participating securities for purposes of the EPS calculation under the two-class method.

On July 1, 2010, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) announced that it was lowering the equity credit assigned to these Equity Units. The terms of the Equity Units permitted the Company to redeem the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of such a change in equity credit (a “Rating Agency Event”). In response to this Rating Agency Event, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in August 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to settle its obligation under the purchase contracts. The settlement of the purchase contracts and delivery of 116,062,911 shares of Company common stock to the CIC Entity occurred in August 2010.

Under current accounting guidance, unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and shall be included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method described above.method. Share-based payment awards that pay

135


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

 

The Company has granted performance-based stock units (“PSU”PSUs”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period werewas the end of the contingency period.

 

Stock-BasedDeferred Compensation.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the accounting guidance for equity-basedstock-based awards. This accounting guidance requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-basedstock-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the fair value of RSUs (including RSUs with non-market performance conditions) based on the grant dategrant-date fair value of the Company’s common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted average expected option life. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

 

Compensation expense for stock-based paymentcompensation awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. At the end of the contingency period, the total compensation cost recognized will be the grant-date fair value of all units that actually vest based on the outcome of the performance conditions. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

 

Until its discontinuation on June 1, 2009, the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) allowed employees to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a 15% discount from market value. The Company expensed the 15% discount associated with the ESPP until its discontinuation.

The Company recognizes the expense for equity-basedstock-based awards over the requisite service period. For anticipated year-end equitystock-based awards that are granted to employees expected to be retirement-eligible under the award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Company accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course

151


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of the current year. As such,calendar year preceding the Company accrued the estimated cost of 2010 year-end awards granted to employees who were retirement eligible under the award terms over 2010 rather than expensing the awards on the date of grant (which occurred in January 2011).date. The Company believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees is preferable because it better reflects the period over which the compensation is earned. Certain award terms after 2012 performance year introduced a new vesting requirement for employees who satisfy existing retirement-eligible requirements to provide a one-year advance notice of their intention to retire from the Company. As such, expense recognition for these awards begins after the grant date.

 

Employee Stock Trusts.    The Company maintains and utilizes at its discretion, trusts, referred to as the “Employee Stock Trusts”, in connection with certain stock-based compensation plans. The assets of the Employee Stock Trusts are consolidated, and as such, are accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Common stock issued to Employee Stock Trusts. The Company uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the Employee Stock Trusts. Subsequent changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Company’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation.    The Company also maintains various deferred cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investment revenues.

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in the fair value of the referenced investments. For unvested awards, the expense is recognized over the service period using the graded vesting attribution method. Changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. For vested awards with only notional earnings on the referenced investments, the expense is fully recognized in the current period.

Translation of Foreign Currencies.

 

Assets and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of exchange, and amounts recognized in the income statement accounts are translated at weighted average ratesthe rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for the year.each amount. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income.

 

136


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized and are reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

 

152


Deferred Compensation Arrangements.MORGAN STANLEY

 

Rabbi Trust.    The Company maintains trusts, commonly referred to as rabbi trusts (the “Rabbi Trusts”), in connection with certain deferred compensation plans. Assets of Rabbi Trusts are consolidated, and the value of the Company’s stock held in Rabbi Trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock. The Company has included its obligations under certain deferred compensation plans in Employee stock trust. Shares that the Company has issued to its Rabbi Trusts are recorded in Common stock issued to employee trust. Both Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to the employee trust are components of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity. The Company recognizes the original amount of deferred compensation (fair value of the deferred stock award at the date of grant—see Note 20) as the basis for recognition in Employee stock trust and Common stock issued to employee trust. Changes in the fair value of amounts owed to employees are not recognized as the Company’s deferred compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

Deferred Compensation Plans.    The Company also maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in such referenced investments related to its obligations to perform under the deferred compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded primarily in Principal transactions—Investments. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits.

Securities Available for Sale.NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

During the quarter ended March 31, 2010,September 30, 2012, the Company establishedchanged the brand name of the U.S. Wealth Management business from Morgan Stanley Smith Barney to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management. The Smith Barney tradename continues to be legally protected by the Company and continues to be used as stipulated by our regulators as the legal entity name for the Company’s retail broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC. As a portfolioresult of debt securitiesthe change in intended use of this tradename, the Company determined that are classifiedthe tradename should be reclassified from an indefinite-lived to a finite-lived intangible asset. This change required the Company to test the intangible asset for impairment. Based on a comparison of the fair value to the carrying value of the tradename as securities availableof the date of the brand name change, no impairment was identified. The carrying value of the tradename is amortized over its remaining estimated useful life. See Note 9 for further information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Securities Available for Sale.

Available for sale (“AFS”). During the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company classified certain marketable equity securities received in connection with the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management as AFS securities (see Note 1) which were subsequently sold in the fourth quarter of 2010. AFS securities are reported at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reported in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.tax (“AOCI”). Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are reported in earningsthe consolidated statements of income (see Note 5). The Company utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

 

Other-than-temporary impairment.    AFS securities in unrealized loss positions resulting from thewith a current fair value of a security being less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoingperiodic assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). at the individual security level. A temporary impairment is recognized in AOCI. OTTI is recognized in the consolidated statements of income with the exception of the non-credit portion related to a debt security that the Company does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in AOCI.

 

For AFS debt securities that the Company incurs a loss in the consolidated statements of income for the OTTI if the Companyeither has the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than notthat the Company willis likely to be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, as of the reporting date. impairment is considered other-than-temporary.

For those AFS debt securities that the Company does not expecthave the intent to sell or expectis not likely to be required to sell, the Company must evaluateevaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. InIf the eventCompany does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of the debt security, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary and the Company determines what portion of the impairment relates to a credit loss onlyand what portion relates to non-credit factors. A credit loss exists if the amountpresent value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss. When determining if a credit loss exists, the Company considers relevant information including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis; adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or geographic area; changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors; the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security; the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future; failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments; any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency and recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date. When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer(s), expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

 

 137153 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For AFS equity securities, the Company considers various factors including the intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value in evaluating whether an OTTI exists. If the equity security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire OTTI (i.e., the difference between the fair value recorded on the balance sheet and the cost basis) will be recognized in the consolidated statement of income.

 

impairment associated withLoans.

The Company accounts for loans based on the credit loss is recognized in income. Unrealized losses relating to factors other than credit are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

 

AllowanceLoans Held for Loan Losses.Investment

 

Loans held for investment are reported as outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income. Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans individuallyspecifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

 

The Company utilizes the banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention substandard and doubtful categories as credit quality indicators. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired. When a loan is deemed impaired, or required to be specifically evaluated under regulatory requirements in certain regions, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Company recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

 

Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio for unimpairednon-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Specific qualitativeQualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings.The Company may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Company would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Company’s specific allowance methodology.

Nonaccrual Loans. The Company places a loanloans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the

154


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loans assigned a credit quality indicator of Substandard,classified as Doubtful or Loss are identifiedcategorized as impaired and placed upon nonaccrual status. For descriptions of these modifiers, see Note 8.nonaccrual.

 

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability; ifcollectability of principal (i.e., cost recovery method). If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not doubtful,in doubt, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are on accrual status and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are nonaccrual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current, after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

 

Charge-offs.The Company charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral-dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. A loan that is charged off is recorded as a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer, any reduction in the loan value is reflected as a charge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

 

Loan Commitments.The Company calculatesrecords the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses on the consolidated statements of financial condition, and the expense is recorded in Non-interestOther non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of income. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 13.

 

Accounting Developments.Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Company determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees and discounts or premiums are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and, therefore, are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Loans held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above. Because loans held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

 

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilitiesEmployee Benefit Plans., see Note 4.

155


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

For further information on loans, see Note 8.

Noncontrolling Interests.

For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests.

As a result of the modifications to the purchase agreement regarding the Wealth Management JV, the Company had classified Citi’s interest in the Wealth Management JV as a redeemable noncontrolling interest, as the interest was redeemable at both the option of the Company and upon the occurrence of an event that was not solely within the Company’s control. This interest was classified outside of the equity section in Redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2012. This interest was redeemed in June 2013 (see Note 3). Noncontrolling interests that do not contain such redemption features are presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Accounting Developments.

Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.    In September 2006,January 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update that clarified the intended scope of the new balance sheet offsetting disclosures to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions to the extent that they are either offset in the financial statements or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. These disclosure requirements became effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning offsetting and related arrangements, adoption has not affected the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Notes 6 and 12).

Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.    In February 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that added new disclosure requirements requiring entities to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. The disclosure requirements became effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2013. Since these amended principles require only additional disclosures concerning amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income, adoption has not affected the Company’s consolidated financial statements (see Note 15).

Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap (“OIS”) Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.    In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting update that included amendments permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”). The amendments also removed the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments became effective for the Company for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this accounting guidance for pension and other post retirement plans. Indid not have a material impact on the first quarter of fiscal 2008,Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3.    Wealth Management JV.

On May 31, 2009, the Company recorded an after-tax chargeand Citi consummated the combination of approximately $13 million ($21 million pre-tax)each institution’s respective wealth management business. The combined businesses operated as the Wealth Management JV through June 2013.

Prior to Shareholders’ equity upon early adoptionSeptember 2012, the Company owned 51% and Citi owned 49% of the requirement to useWealth Management JV. On September 17, 2012, the fiscal year-end date asCompany purchased an additional 14% stake in the measurement date (see Note 21).Wealth Management JV from Citi

 

 138156 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Dividends on Share-Based Payment Awards.    In June 2007, the Emerging Issues Task Force reached consensus on accounting for tax benefits of dividends on share-based payment awards to employees. The accounting guidance required that the tax benefit related to dividend equivalents paid on RSUs that are expected to vest be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital. The Company adopted this guidance prospectively effective December 1, 2008. The Company previously accounted for this tax benefit as a reduction to its income tax provision. The adoption of the accounting guidance did not have a material impact on$1.89 billion, increasing the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Business Combinations.    In December 2007, the FASB issued accounting guidance that required the acquiring entity in a business combinationinterest from 51% to recognize the full fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the transaction (whether a full or partial acquisition); established the acquisition-date fair value as the measurement objective for all assets acquired and liabilities assumed; required expensing of most transaction and restructuring costs; and required the acquirer to disclose to investors and other users all of the information needed to evaluate and understand the nature and financial effect of the business combination. The accounting guidance applied to all transactions or other events in which the Company obtains control of one or more businesses, including those sometimes referred to as “true mergers” or “mergers of equals” and combinations achieved without the transfer of consideration, for example, by contract alone or through the lapse of minority veto rights. The Company adopted the accounting guidance prospectively on January 1, 2009.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions.    In February 2008, the FASB issued implementation guidance for accounting for transfers of financial assets and repurchase financing transactions. Under this guidance, there is a presumption that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (i.e., a linked transaction) for purposes of evaluation. If certain criteria are met, however, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately. The adoption of the guidance on December 1, 2008 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets.    In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance on the determination of the useful life of intangible assets. The guidance removed the requirement for an entity to consider, when determining the useful life of an acquired intangible asset, whether the intangible asset can be renewed without substantial cost or material modifications to the existing terms and conditions associated with the intangible asset. The guidance replaced the previous useful-life assessment criteria with a requirement that an entity shall consider its own experience in renewing similar arrangements. If the entity has no relevant experience, it would consider market participant assumptions regarding renewal. The adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Instruments Indexed to an Entity’s Own Stock.    In June 2008, the FASB ratified the consensus reached for determining whether an equity-linked financial instrument (or embedded feature) is indexed to an entity’s own stock. The accounting guidance applied to any freestanding financial instrument or embedded feature that has all of the characteristics of a derivative or freestanding instrument that is potentially settled in an entity’s own stock with certain exceptions. To meet the definition of “indexed to own stock,” an instrument’s contingent exercise provisions must not be based on (a) an observable market, other than the market for the issuer’s stock (if applicable), or (b) an observable index, other than an index calculated or measured solely by reference to the issuer’s own operations, and the variables that could affect the settlement amount must be inputs to the fair value of a “fixed-for-fixed” forward or option on equity shares. The adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2009 did not change the classification or measurement of the Company’s financial instruments.

Subsequent Events.    In May 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance to establish general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are

139


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

issued or are available to be issued. The Company’s adoption of this guidance in the quarter ended June 30, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased and identifying transactions that are not orderly. The guidance provided additional application guidance in determining fair values when there is no active market or where the price inputs being used represent distressed sales. It reaffirmed the objective of fair value measurement—to reflect how much an asset would be sold for in an orderly transaction (as opposed to a distressed or forced transaction) at the date of the financial statements under current market conditions. Specifically, it reaffirmed the need to use judgment to ascertain if a formerly active market has become inactive and to determine fair values when markets have become inactive. The adoption of the guidance in the second quarter of 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2009, the FASB issued guidance about measuring liabilities at fair value. The adoption of the guidance on October 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2009, the FASB issued additional guidance about measuring the fair value of certain alternative investments, such as hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate funds and venture capital funds. The guidance allowed companies to determine the fair value of such investments using net asset value (“NAV”) as a practical expedient and also required disclosures of the nature and risks of the investments by major category of alternative investments. The Company’s adoption on December 31, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Transfers of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities and Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.    In June 2009, the FASB issued accounting guidance that changed the way entities account for securitizations and special purpose entities (“SPE”). The accounting guidance amended the accounting for transfers of financial assets and required additional disclosures about transfers of financial assets, including securitization transactions, and where entities have continuing exposure to the risks related to transferred financial assets. This guidance eliminated the concept of a QSPE and changed the requirements for derecognizing financial assets.

The accounting guidance also amended the accounting for consolidation and changed how a reporting entity determines when a VIE that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting (or similar rights) should be consolidated. The determination of whether a reporting entity is required to consolidate a VIE is based on, among other things, the other entity’s purpose and design and the reporting entity’s ability to direct the activities of the other entity that most significantly impact the other entity’s economic performance. In February 2010, the FASB finalized a deferral of these accounting changes, effective January 1, 2010, for certain interests in money market funds, in investment companies or in entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies (the “Deferral”)65%. The Company will continuerecorded a negative adjustment to analyze consolidation under other existing authoritative guidancePaid-in-capital of approximately $107 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase price for entities subject to the Deferral. The adoption of this accounting guidance on January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on14% interest in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition.

Scope Exception Related to Embedded Credit Derivatives.    In March 2010, the FASB issued accounting guidance that changed the accounting for credit derivatives embedded in beneficial interests in securitized financial assets. The guidance eliminated the scope exception for embedded credit derivatives unless they are created solely by subordination of one financial instrument to another. Bifurcation and separate recognition may be required for certain beneficial interests that are currently not accounted for at fair value through earnings. The adoption of this accounting guidance on July 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

140


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

3.    Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC.

Smith Barney.    On May 31, 2009, the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) consummated the combination of the Company’s Global Wealth Management GroupJV and the businesses of Citi’s Smith Barney in the U.S., Quilter Holdings Ltd in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and Smith Barney Australia (collectively, “Smith Barney”).its carrying value. In addition, to the Company’s contribution of respective businesses to MSSB, the Company paid Citi $2,755 million in cash. The combined businesses operate as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney. At December 31, 2010, pursuant toSeptember 2012, the terms of the amended contributionWealth Management JV agreement dated at May 29, 2009, certain businesses of Smith Barney and Morgan Stanley have been and will continue to be contributed to MSSB (the “delayed contribution businesses”). Morgan Stanley and Citi each owned their delayed contribution businesses until they were transferred to MSSB and gains and losses from such businesses were allocated toregarding the Company’s and Citi’s respective share of MSSB’s gains and losses.

The Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49% of MSSB, with the Company having appointed four directors to the MSSB board and Citi having appointed two directors. As partpurchase of the acquisition, the Company has the option (i) followingremaining 35% interest were amended, which resulted in a reclassification of approximately $4.3 billion from nonredeemable noncontrolling interests to redeemable noncontrolling interests during the third anniversaryquarter of the Closing Date2012. Prior to purchase a portion ofSeptember 17, 2012, Citi’s results related to its 49% interest were reported in MSSB representing 14% of the total outstanding MSSBnet income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests (ii) following the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase a portion of Citi’s interest in MSSB representing an additional 15% of the total outstanding MSSB interests and (iii) following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date to purchase the remainder of Citi’s interest in MSSB. The Company may call all of Citi’s interest in MSSB upon a change in control of Citi. Citi may put all of its interest in MSSB to the Company upon a change in control of the Company or following the later of the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and the one-year anniversary of the Company’s exercise of the call described in clause (ii) above. The purchase price for the call and put rights described above is the fair market value of the purchased interests determined pursuant to an appraisal process.

At May 31, 2009, the Company included MSSB in its consolidated financial statements. The results of MSSB are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

The Company accounted for the transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferred to Citi amounted to approximately $6,087 million, and the fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $3,973 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Smith Barney was allocated to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the goodwill amount of approximately $5,208 million, which represents synergies of combining the two businesses.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the final purchase price to the net assets of Smith Barney at May 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):

Total fair value of consideration transferred

  $6,087 

Total fair value of noncontrolling interest

   3,973 
     

Total fair value of Smith Barney(1)

   10,060 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   4,852 
     

Acquisition-related goodwill(2)

  $5,208 
     

(1)Total fair value of Smith Barney is inclusive of control premium.
(2)Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. Approximately $964 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

141


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.    The following table summarizes the final fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.

   At May 31, 2009 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

  

Cash and due from banks

  $920 

Financial instruments owned

   33 

Receivables

   1,667 

Intangible assets

   4,480 

Other assets

   881 
     

Total assets acquired

  $7,981 
     

Liabilities

  

Financial instrument sold, not yet purchased

  $11 

Long-term borrowings

   2,320 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   798 
     

Total liabilities assumed

  $3,129 
     

Net assets acquired

  $4,852 
     

In addition, the Company recorded a receivable of approximately $1.1 billion relating to the fair value of the Smith Barney delayed contribution businesses at May 31, 2009 from Citi. Such amount is presented in the consolidated statements of financial conditionincome. Subsequent to the purchase of the additional 14% stake, Citi’s results related to its 35% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. In connection with the Company’s acquisition of the additional 14% stake in the Wealth Management JV and pursuant to an amended deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company, in October 2012, $5.4 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the Company’s depository institutions at no premium based on a valuation agreement reached between Citi and the Company, and as a reduction from noncontrolling interests.such were no longer swept to Citi.

 

Amortizable intangible assets includedIn June 2013, the following at May 31, 2009:

   At May 31, 2009   Estimated Useful Life 
   (dollars in millions)   (in years) 

Customer relationships

  $4,000    16 

Research

   176    5 

Intangible lease asset

   24    1-10  
       

Total

  $4,200   
       

The Company also recorded an indefinite-lived intangible asset of approximately $280 million relatedreceived final regulatory approval to acquire the Smith Barney trade name.

Citi Managed Futures.    Citi contributed its managed futures business and certain related proprietary trading positionsremaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV. On June 28, 2013, the Company purchased the remaining 35% interest for $4.725 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 65% to MSSB on July 31, 2009 (“Citi Managed Futures”)100%. The Company paid Citi approximately $300 million in cash in connection with this transfer. As of July 31, 2009, Citi Managed Futures was wholly owned and consolidated by MSSB, of which the Company owns 51% and Citi owns 49%.

The Company accounted for this transaction using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the total consideration transferredrecorded a negative adjustment to Citi was approximately $300 million, and the increase in fair value of Citi’s equity in MSSB was approximately $289 million. The acquisition method of accounting prescribes the full goodwill method even in business combinations in which the acquirer holds less than 100% of the equity interests in the acquiree at acquisition date. Accordingly, the full fair value of Citi Managed Futures was allocated to the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed to derive the goodwill amountretained earnings of approximately $136$151 million which represents business synergies(net of combiningtax) to reflect the Citi Managed Futures business with MSSB.

142


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the final allocation ofdifference between the purchase price tofor the net assets35% interest in the Wealth Management JV and its carrying value. This adjustment negatively impacted the calculation of Citi Managed Futures as of July 31, 2009 (dollarsbasic and diluted EPS in millions)2013 (see Note 16).

 

Total fair value of consideration transferred

  $300 

Total fair value of noncontrolling interest

   289 
     

Total fair value of Citi Managed Futures

   589 

Total fair value of net assets acquired

   453 
     

Acquisition-related goodwill(1)

  $136 
     

(1)Goodwill is recorded within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment. Approximately $4 million of goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

Condensed statement of assets acquired and liabilities assumed.    The following table summarizesAdditionally, in conjunction with the final fair valuespurchase of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed asremaining 35% interest, in June 2013, the Company redeemed all of the acquisition date.

   At July 31, 2009 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

  

Financial instruments owned

  $83 

Receivables

   86 

Intangible assets(1)

   275 

Other assets

   11 
     

Total assets acquired

  $455 
     

Liabilities

  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  $2 
     

Total liabilities assumed

  $2 
     

Net assets acquired

  $453 
     

(1)At July 31, 2009, amortizable intangible assets in the amount of $275 million primarily related to management contracts with an estimated useful life of five to nine years.

143


MORGAN STANLEYClass A Preferred Interests in the Wealth Management JV owned by Citi and its affiliates for approximately $2.028 billion and repaid to Citi $880 million in senior debt.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Pro forma condensed combined financial information (unaudited).

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presentsConcurrent with the results of operationsacquisition of the Company as they may have appeared ifremaining 35% stake in the closing of MSSBWealth Management JV, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and Citi Managed Futures had been completed on January 1, 2009, December 1, 2007 and December 1, 2008 (dollars in millions, except share data).

   2009  Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (unaudited) 

Net revenues

  $26,240  $30,439   $(275

Total non-interest expenses

   24,901   28,407    1,592 
              

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,339   2,032    (1,867

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (272  167    (700
              

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   1,611   1,865    (1,167

Discontinued operations:

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   33   1,004    (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (49  464    2 
              

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   82   540    (16
              

Net income (loss)

   1,693   2,405    (1,183

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   234   452    65 
              

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $1,459  $1,953   $(1,248
              

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $(794 $1,727   $(1,584
              

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.73 $1.23   $(1.56

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.06   0.45    (0.02
              

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $(0.67 $1.68   $(1.58
              

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $(0.73 $1.17   $(1.56

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.06   0.44    (0.02
              

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $(0.67 $1.61   $(1.58
              

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual financial results of the Company hadwas terminated. In 2013, $26 billion of deposits held by Citi relating to customer accounts were transferred to the closing of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures been completed on January 1, 2009, December 1, 2007 and December 1, 2008, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods. Included in the unaudited pro forma combined financial information for 2009, fiscal 2008, and the one month endedCompany’s depository institutions. At December 31, 2008 were pro forma adjustments2013, approximately $30 billion of additional deposits are scheduled to reflectbe transferred to the results of operations of Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures as well as the impact of amortizing certain purchase accounting adjustments such as amortizable intangible assets. The pro forma condensed financial information does not indicate the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.

144


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Company’s depository institutions on an agreed-upon basis through June 2015 (see Note 25).

 

4.    Fair Value Disclosures.

 

Fair Value Measurements.

 

A description of the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis follows.

 

Financial Instruments OwnedTrading Assets and Financial Instruments Sold, Not Yet Purchased.Trading Liabilities.

 

U.S. Government and Agency Securities.

 

  

U.S. Treasury Securities.    U.S. treasuryTreasury securities are valued using quoted market prices. Valuation adjustments are not applied. Accordingly, U.S. treasuryTreasury securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

U.S. Agency Securities.    U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices. Callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities. The fair value of agency mortgage

157


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of the comparable To-be-announced (“TBA”) security. Collateralized mortgage obligations are valued using indices, quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for identical or comparable securities. Actively traded non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other Sovereign Government Obligations.

 

Foreign sovereign government obligations are valued using quoted prices in active markets when available. To the extent quoted prices are not available, fair value is determined based on a valuation model that has as inputs interest rate yield curves, cross-currency basis index spreads, and country credit spreads for structures similar to the bond in terms of issuer, maturity and seniority. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. If the market is less active or prices are dispersed, these bonds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. In instances where the inputs are unobservable, these bonds are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Corporate and Other Debt.

 

  

State and Municipal Securities.    The fair value of state and municipal securities is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations and pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or credit default swap spreads and volatility. These bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”).    RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers. When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates.rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. In evaluating the fair value of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and the level of documentation for the loan are also considered. Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or

145


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category. Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are also used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

 

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. If external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs, then RMBS, CMBS and other ABS are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Corporate Bonds.    The fair value of corporate bonds is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), bond spreads, or credit default swap spreads, at the money volatility and/or volatility skew obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments. The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When observableposition-specific external price quotationsdata are not available,observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to similar instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single namesingle-name credit default swap spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs. Corporate bonds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

158


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  

Collateralized Debt and Loan Obligations (“CDO”).    The Company holds cash CDOscollateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”)/collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name credit default swaps. The collateral is usually ABSswaps collateralized by corporate bonds (“credit-linked notes”) or other corporate bonds.cash portfolio of asset-backed securities/loans (“asset-backed CDOs/CLOs”). Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of a cash CDO,credit-linked notes, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other credit-linked note model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable. CDOsAsset-backed CDOs/CLOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each asset-backed CDO/CLO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, and deal structures, as well as liquidity. Cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy when either the credit correlation input is insignificant.insignificant or comparable market transactions are observable. In instances where the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant these instrumentsor comparable market transactions are unobservable, cash CDOs/CLOs are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments.    The fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable. The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract. Corporate loans and lending commitments are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy;hierarchy except in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, in which case they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

Mortgage Loans.    Mortgage loans are valued using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where observableposition-specific external prices are not available,observable, the Company estimates fair value based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions. Mortgage loans valued based on observable transactionalmarket data for identical or comparable instruments are categorized in Level 2

146


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of the fair value hierarchy. Where observable prices are not available, due to the subjectivity involved in the comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions, mortgage loans are classifiedcategorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Mortgage loans are presented within Loans and lending commitments in the fair value hierarchy table.

 

  

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”).    The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”) with interest, which are floating rate instruments for which the rates that are reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance. ARS were historically traded and valued as floating rate notes, priced at par due to the auction mechanism. Beginning in fiscal 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets have resulted in auctions failing for certain types of ARS. Once the auctions failed, ARS could no longer be valued using observations of auction market prices. Accordingly, theThe fair value of ARS is primarily determined using recently executed transactions and market price quotations, obtained from independent external market dataparties such as vendors and brokers, where available andavailable. The Company uses an

159


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk.risk where independent external market data are not available.

 

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are independent external market data, recently executed transactions of comparable ARS, the underlying collateral types, level of seniority in the capital structure, amount of leverage in each structure, credit rating and liquidity considerations. Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are independent external market data when available,recently executed transactions, the maximum rate, quality of underlying issuers/insurers and evidence of issuer calls.calls/prepayment. ARS are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as the valuation technique relies on observable external data. SLARS and MARS are presented within Asset-backed securities and State and municipal securities, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy table.

 

Corporate Equities.

 

  

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities.    Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied, and they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Unlisted Equity Securities.    Unlisted equity securities are valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. These securities are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Fund Units.    Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price or net asset value (“NAV”) and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy if actively traded on an exchange or in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy if trading is not active. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV and categorized as Level 2; however, positions that are not redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Derivative and Other Contracts.

 

  

Listed Derivative Contracts.    Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives; they are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

  

OTC Derivative Contracts.    OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

 

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain credit default swaps. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry. A substantial majority of OTC derivative products valued by the Company using pricing models fall into this category and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes certain types of interest rate

 

 147160 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

assumptionsderivatives with both volatility and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes derivative interests in certain mortgage-related CDO securities, certain types of ABScorrelation exposure and credit derivatives, including credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions (a CDO-squared position is a special purpose vehicle that issues interests, or tranches, that are backed by tranches issued by other CDOs) where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. These instruments involve significant unobservable inputs and are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Derivative interests in complex mortgage-related CDOs and ABS credit default swaps on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, for which observability of external price data is extremely limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels as well as cash-synthetic basis, or the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features, etc.) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

 

For basket credit default swaps and CDO-squared positions, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap or position and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable. In instances where the correlation input is deemed to be significant, these instruments are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, these instruments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure, the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier price curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is determined using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values. Commodity derivatives are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Collateralized Interest Rate Derivative Contracts.    In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company began using the overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) curve as an input to value substantially all of its collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company believes using the OIS curve, which reflects the interest rate typically paid on cash collateral, more accurately reflects the fair value of collateralized interest rate derivative contracts. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $176 million in net revenues upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment. Previously, the Company discounted these collateralized interest rate derivative contracts based on London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”).

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

 

Investments.

 

The Company’s investments include direct investments in equity securities as well as investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, and direct equity investments.which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Direct equity investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is the Company’s best estimate of fair value.

 

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Company generally considers the net asset valueNAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate

148


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of fair value. For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

161


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Exchange-traded direct equity investments that are actively traded are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds are generally categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Investments in hedge funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Physical Commodities.

 

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals, and agricultural products. Fair value for physical commodities is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices. Physical commodities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; in instances where significant inputs are unobservable, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Securities Available for Sale.

 

Securities available for sale are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), CMBS, Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) student loan asset-backed securities, auto loan asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, collateralized loan obligations, and equity securities. Actively traded U.S. Treasury securities, non-callable agency-issued debt securities and equity securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, CMBS, FFELP student loan asset-backed securities, auto loan asset-backed securities, corporate bonds and collateralized loan obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For further information on securities available for sale, see Note 5.

Securities available for sale are composed of U.S. government and agency securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. Actively traded U.S. Treasury securities and non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. For further information on securities available for sale, see Note 5.

Deposits.

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is determined using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Commercial Paper and Other Short-termShort-Term Borrowings/Long-termLong-Term Borrowings.

 

  

Structured Notes.    The Company issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities. Fair value of structured notes is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices thatto which the notes are linked, to, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency, and commodity or equity rates.prices. Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are also considered.considered as well. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on the Company’s observed secondary bond market spreads. Most structured notes are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Deposits.

Time Deposits.    The fair value of certificates of deposit is determined using third-party quotations. These deposits are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

149


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase.

 

In 2010, the fair value option was elected for certain securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The fair value of a reverse repurchase agreement or repurchase agreement is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities. In instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant, reverse repurchase agreements and repurchase agreements are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

162


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following fair value hierarchy tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009. See Note 2 for a discussion of the Company’s policies regarding the fair value hierarchy.

150


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2012.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 20102013.

 

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

Assets at Fair Value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $19,226  $—     $—     $—     $19,226  $32,083  $—    $—    $—    $32,083 

U.S. agency securities

   3,827   25,380   13   —      29,220   1,216   17,720   —     —     18,936 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   23,053   25,380   13   —      48,446   33,299   17,720   —     —     51,019 

Other sovereign government obligations

   25,334   8,501   73   —      33,908   25,363   6,610   27   —     32,000 

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

   —      3,229   110   —      3,339   —     1,615   —     —     1,615 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —      3,690   319   —      4,009   —     2,029   47   —     2,076 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   —      2,692   188   —      2,880   —     1,534   108   —     1,642 

Asset-backed securities

   —      2,322   13   —      2,335   —     878   103   —     981 

Corporate bonds

   —      39,569   1,368   —      40,937   —     16,592   522   —     17,114 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —      2,305   1,659   —      3,964 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —     802   1,468   —     2,270 

Loans and lending commitments

   —      15,308   11,666   —      26,974   —     7,483   5,129   —     12,612 

Other debt

   —      3,523   193   —      3,716   —     6,365   27   —     6,392 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —      72,638   15,516   —      88,154   —     37,298   7,404   —     44,702 

Corporate equities(1)

   65,009   2,923   484   —      68,416   107,818   1,206   190   —     109,214 

Derivative and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

   3,985   616,016   966   —      620,967   750   526,127   2,475   —     529,352 

Credit contracts

   —      95,818   14,316   —      110,134   —     42,258   2,088   —     44,346 

Foreign exchange contracts

   1   61,556   431   —      61,988   52   61,570   179   —     61,801 

Equity contracts

   2,176   36,612   1,058   —      39,846   1,215   51,656   1,234   —     54,105 

Commodity contracts

   5,464   57,528   1,160   —      64,152   2,396   8,595   2,380   —     13,371 

Other

   —      108   135   —      243   —     43   —     —     43 

Netting(2)

   (8,551  (761,939  (7,168  (68,380  (846,038  (3,836  (606,878  (4,931  (54,906  (670,551
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   3,075   105,699   10,898   (68,380  51,292   577   83,371   3,425   (54,906  32,467 

Investments:

           

Private equity funds

   —      —      1,986   —      1,986   —     —     2,531   —     2,531 

Real estate funds

   —      8   1,176   —      1,184   —     6   1,637   —     1,643 

Hedge funds

   —      736   901   —      1,637   —     377   432   —     809 

Principal investments

   286   486   3,131   —      3,903   43   42   2,160   —     2,245 

Other(3)

   403   79   560   —      1,042 

Other

  202   45   538   —     785 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

   689   1,309   7,754   —      9,752   245   470   7,298   —     8,013 

Physical commodities

   —      6,778   —      —      6,778   —     3,329   —     —     3,329 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial instruments owned

   117,160   223,228   34,738   (68,380  306,746 

Securities available for sale:

      

U.S. government and agency securities

   20,792   8,857   —      —      29,649 

Total trading assets

  167,302   150,004   18,344   (54,906  280,744 

Securities available for sale

  24,412   29,018   —     —     53,430 

Securities received as collateral

   15,646   890   1   —      16,537   20,497   11   —     —     20,508 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  —     866   —     —     866 

Intangible assets(4)(3)

   —      —      157   —      157   —     —     8   —     8 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Liabilities

      

Deposits

  $—     $3,011  $16  $—     $3,027 

Total assets measured at fair value

 $212,211  $179,899  $18,352  $(54,906 $355,556 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 151163 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2013
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Liabilities at Fair Value

     

Deposits

 $—    $185  $—    $—    $185 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   —      1,797   2   —      1,799   —     1,346   1   —     1,347 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Trading liabilities:

     

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   25,225   —      —      —      25,225   15,963    —     —     —     15,963  

U.S. agency securities

   2,656   67   —      —      2,723   2,593    116   —     —     2,709  
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   27,881   67   —      —      27,948   18,556   116   —     —     18,672 

Other sovereign government obligations

   19,708   2,542   —      —      22,250   14,717   2,473   —     —     17,190 

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

   —      11   —      —      11   —     15   —     —     15 

Asset-backed securities

   —      12   —      —      12 

Corporate bonds

   —      9,100   44   —      9,144   —     5,033   22   —     5,055 

Collateralized debt obligations

   —      2   —      —      2 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  —     3   —     —     3 

Unfunded lending commitments

   —      464   263   —      727   —     127   2   —     129 

Other debt

   —      828   194   —      1,022   —     1,144   48   —     1,192 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

   —      10,417   501   —      10,918   —     6,322   72   —     6,394 

Corporate equities(1)

   19,696   127   15   —      19,838   27,983   513   8   —     28,504 

Derivative and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

   3,883   591,378   542   —      595,803   675   504,292   2,362   —     507,329 

Credit contracts

   —      87,904   7,722   —      95,626   —     40,391   2,235   —     42,626 

Foreign exchange contracts

   2   64,301   385   —      64,688   23   61,925   111   —     62,059 

Equity contracts

   2,098   42,242   1,820   —      46,160   1,033   57,797   2,065   —     60,895 

Commodity contracts

   5,871   58,885   972   —      65,728   2,637   8,749   1,500   —     12,886 

Other

   —      520   1,048   —      1,568   —     72   4   —     76 

Netting(2)

   (8,551  (761,939  (7,168  (44,113  (821,771  (3,836  (606,878  (4,931  (36,465  (652,110
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

   3,303   83,291   5,321   (44,113  47,802   532   66,348   3,346   (36,465  33,761 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   70,588   96,444   5,837   (44,113  128,756 

Total trading liabilities

  61,788   75,772   3,426   (36,465  104,521 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

   20,272   890   1   —      21,163   24,549   19   —     —     24,568 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —      498    351   —      849   —     407   154   —     561 

Other secured financings

   —      7,474   1,016   —      8,490   —     4,928   278   —     5,206 

Long-term borrowings

   —      41,393   1,316   —      42,709   —     33,750   1,887   —     35,637 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

 $86,337  $116,407  $5,746  $(36,465 $172,025 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.
(3)In June 2010, the Company voluntarily contributed $25 million to certain other investments in funds that it manages in connection with upcoming rule changes regarding net asset value disclosures for money market funds. Based on current liquidity and fund performance, the Company does not expect to provide additional voluntary support to non-consolidated funds that it manages.
(4)Amount represents mortgage servicing rights (“MSR”) accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

 

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During 2013.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

In 2013, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2.

 152164 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2010.

Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $2.9 billion of derivative assets and approximately $2.7 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

Financial instruments owned—Corporate equities.    During 2010, the Company reclassified approximately $1.2 billion of certain Corporate equities from Level 2 to Level 1 as transactions in these securities occurred with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis at December 31, 20092012.

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2009
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2012
 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Financial instruments owned:

     

Assets at Fair Value

      

Trading assets:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

 $15,394  $—     $—     $—     $15,394   $24,662  $14  $—    $—    $24,676 

U.S. agency securities

  19,670   27,115   36   —      46,821    1,451   27,888   —     —     29,339 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  35,064   27,115   36   —      62,215    26,113   27,902   —     —     54,015 

Other sovereign government obligations

  21,080   4,362   3   —      25,445    37,669   5,487   6   —     43,162 

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

  —      3,234   713   —      3,947    —     1,558   —     —     1,558 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —      4,285   818   —      5,103    —     1,439   45   —     1,484 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —      2,930   1,573   —      4,503    —     1,347   232   —     1,579 

Asset-backed securities

  —      4,797   591   —      5,388    —     915   109   —     1,024 

Corporate bonds

  —      37,363   1,038   —      38,401    —     18,403   660   —     19,063 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      1,539   1,553   —      3,092 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     685   1,951   —     2,636 

Loans and lending commitments

  —      13,759   12,506   —      26,265    —     12,617   4,694   —     17,311 

Other debt

  —      2,093   1,662   —      3,755    —     4,457   45   —     4,502 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —      70,000   20,454   —      90,454    —     41,421   7,736   —     49,157 

Corporate equities(1)

  49,732   7,700   536   —      57,968    68,072   1,067   288   —     69,427 

Derivative and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

  3,403   622,544   1,182   —      627,129    446   819,581   3,774   —     823,801 

Credit contracts

  —      124,143   21,921   —      146,064    —     63,234   5,033   —     68,267 

Foreign exchange contracts

  7   52,066   455   —      52,528    34   52,729   31   —     52,794 

Equity contracts

  2,126   38,608   631   —      41,365    760   37,074   766   —     38,600 

Commodity contracts

  6,291   56,984   1,341   —      64,616    4,082   14,256   2,308   —     20,646 

Other

  —      114   275   —      389    —     143   —     —     143 

Netting(2)

  (9,517  (791,993  (11,256  (70,244  (883,010   (4,740  (883,733  (6,947  (72,634  (968,054
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

  2,310   102,466   14,549   (70,244  49,081    582   103,284   4,965   (72,634  36,197 

Investments:

           

Private equity funds

  —      —      1,296   —      1,296    —     —     2,179   —     2,179 

Real estate funds

  —      12   833   —      845    —     6   1,370   —     1,376 

Hedge funds

  —      713   1,708   —      2,421    —     382   552   —     934 

Principal investments

  438   5   3,195   —      3,638    185   83   2,833   —     3,101 

Other

  305   200   581   —      1,086    199   71   486   —     756 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

  743   930   7,613   —      9,286    384   542   7,420   —     8,346 

Physical commodities

  —      5,329   —      —      5,329    —     7,299   —     —     7,299 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial instruments owned

  108,929   217,902   43,191   (70,244  299,778 

Total trading assets

   132,820   187,002   20,415   (72,634  267,603 

Securities available for sale

   14,466   25,403   —     —     39,869 

Securities received as collateral

   14,232   46   —     —     14,278 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   —     621   —     —     621 

Intangible assets(3)

   —     —     7   —     7 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $161,518  $213,072  $20,422  $(72,634 $322,378 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 153165 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2009
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
 Balance at
December 31,
2012
 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Securities received as collateral

  12,778   855   23   —      13,656 

Intangible assets(3)

  —      —      137   —      137 

Liabilities

     

Liabilities at Fair Value

      

Deposits

 $—     $4,943  $24  $—     $4,967   $—    $1,485  $—    $—    $1,485 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  —      791   —      —      791    —     706   19   —     725 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

     

Trading liabilities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  17,907   1   —      —      17,908    20,098   21   —     —     20,119 

U.S. agency securities

  2,573   22   —      —      2,595    1,394   107   —     —     1,501 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  20,480   23   —      —      20,503    21,492   128   —     —     21,620 

Other sovereign government obligations

  16,747   1,497   —      —      18,244    27,583   2,031   —     —     29,614 

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

  —      9   —      —      9    —     47   —     —     47 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  —      8   —      —      8 

Asset-backed securities

  —      63   4   —      67 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   —     —     4   —     4 

Corporate bonds

  —      5,812   29   —      5,841    —     3,942   177   —     4,119 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      —      3   —      3 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

   —     328   —     —     328 

Unfunded lending commitments

  —      732   252   —      984    —     305   46   —     351 

Other debt

  —      483   431   —      914    —     156   49   —     205 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —      7,107   719   —      7,826    —     4,778   276   —     5,054 

Corporate equities(1)

  18,125   4,472   4   —      22,601    25,216   1,655   5   —     26,876 

Derivative and other contracts:

           

Interest rate contracts

  3,255   595,416   795   —      599,466    533   789,715   3,856   —     794,104 

Credit contracts

  —      112,136   13,098   —      125,234    —     61,283   3,211   —     64,494 

Foreign exchange contracts

  7   51,266   201   —      51,474    2   56,021   390   —     56,413 

Equity contracts

  2,295   45,583   1,320   —      49,198    748   39,212   1,910   —     41,870 

Commodity contracts

  7,343   55,038   1,334   —      63,715    4,530   15,702   1,599   —     21,831 

Other

  —      411   711   —      1,122    —     54   7   —     61 

Netting(2)

  (9,517  (791,993  (11,256  (39,234  (852,000   (4,740  (883,733  (6,947  (46,395  (941,815
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

  3,383   67,857   6,203   (39,234  38,209    1,073   78,254   4,026   (46,395  36,958 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  58,735   80,956   6,926   (39,234  107,383 

Total trading liabilities

   75,364   86,846   4,307   (46,395  120,122 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  12,778   855   23   —      13,656    18,179   47   —     —     18,226 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   —     212   151   —     363 

Other secured financings

  —      6,570   1,532   —      8,102    —     9,060   406   —     9,466 

Long-term borrowings

  —      30,745   6,865   —      37,610    —     41,255   2,789   —     44,044 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $93,543  $139,611  $7,672  $(46,395 $194,431 
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company holds or sells short for trading purposes equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying size.
(2)For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.
(3)Amount represents MSRs accounted for at fair value. See Note 7 for further information on MSRs.

 

Transfers Between Level 1 and Level 2 During 2012.

For assets and liabilities that were transferred between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

166


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts and Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts.    During 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $3.2 billion of derivative assets and approximately $2.5 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 2 to Level 1 as these listed derivatives became actively traded and were valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. Also during 2012, the Company reclassified approximately $0.4 billion of derivative assets and approximately $0.3 billion of derivative liabilities from Level 1 to Level 2 as transactions in these contracts did not occur with sufficient frequency and volume to constitute an active market.

Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.2011, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains

154


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

 

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.ge.g.., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.ge.g.., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

 

For assets and liabilities that were transferred into Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred into Level 3 at the beginning of the period; similarly, for assets and liabilities that were transferred out of Level 3 during the period, gains (losses) are presented as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred out at the beginning of the period.

167


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 20102013.

 

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2009
 Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and
Issuances, net
 Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2010
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2010(2)
  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
 Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
 Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Net Transfers Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2013
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2013(2)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. agency securities

 $36  $(1 $13  $(35 $13  $(1

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

  3   5   66   (1  73   5  $6  $(18 $41  $(7 $—    $—    $5  $27  $(18

Corporate and other debt:

               

State and municipal securities

  713   (11  (533  (59  110   (12

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  818   12   (607  96   319   (2  45   25   54   (51  —     —     (26  47   (6

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  1,573   35   (1,054  (366  188   (61  232   13   57   (187  —     (7  —     108   4 

Asset-backed securities

  591   10   (436  (152  13   7   109   —     6   (12  —     —     —     103   —   

Corporate bonds

  1,038   (84  403   11   1,368   41   660   (20  324   (371  —     (19  (52  522   (55

Collateralized debt obligations

  1,553   368   (259  (3  1,659   189 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,951   363   742   (960  —     (626  (2  1,468   131 

Loans and lending commitments

  12,506   203   (376  (667  11,666   214   4,694   (130  3,744   (448  —     (3,096  365   5,129   (199

Other debt

  1,662   44   (92  (1,421  193   49   45   (1  20   (36  —     —     (1  27   (2
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  20,454   577   (2,954  (2,561  15,516   425   7,736   250   4,947   (2,065  —     (3,748  284   7,404   (127

Corporate equities

  536   118   (189  19   484   59   288   (63  113   (127  —     —     (21  190   (72

Net derivative and other contracts:

      

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  387   238   (178  (23  424   260   (82  28   6   —     (34  135   60   113   36 

Credit contracts

  8,824   (1,179  128   (1,179  6,594   58   1,822   (1,674  266   —     (703  (295  437   (147  (1,723

Foreign exchange contracts

  254   (77  33   (164  46   (109  (359  130   —     —     —     281   16   68   124 

Equity contracts

  (1,144  463   170   (74  (318  (11  83   (831  61 

Commodity contracts

  709   200   41   —     (36  (29  (5  880   174 

Other

  (7  (6  —     —     —     9   —     (4  (7
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  939   (859  483   (74  (1,091  90   591   79   (1,335

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  2,179   704   212   (564  —     —     —     2,531   657 

Real estate funds

  1,370   413   103   (249  —     —     —     1,637   625 

Hedge funds

  552   10   62   (163  —     —     (29  432   10 

Principal investments

  2,833   110   111   (445  —     —     (449  2,160   3 

Other

  486   76   13   (36  —     —     (1  538   77 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

  7,420   1,313   501   (1,457  —     —     (479  7,298   1,372 

Intangible assets

  7   9   —     —     —     (8  —     8   3 

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $19  $—    $—    $—    $—    $(1 $(17 $1  

$

—  

 

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  4   4   —     —     —     —     —     —     4 

Corporate bonds

  177   28   (64  43   —     —     (106  22   28 

Unfunded lending commitments

  46   44   —     —     —     —     —     2   44 

Other debt

  49   2   —     5   —     (6  2   48   2 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  276   78   (64  48   —     (6  (104  72   78 

Corporate equities

  5   1   (26  29   —     —     1   8   3 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151   (3  —     —     —     —     —     154   (3

Other secured financings

  406   11   —     —     19   (136  —     278   4 

Long-term borrowings

  2,789   (162  —     —     877   (606  (1,335  1,887   (138

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $1,313 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 2013 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2013.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

 

 155168 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Long-term borrowings.    During 2013, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of certain long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the structured notes as the unobservable embedded derivative component became insignificant to the overall valuation.

 

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2009
  Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and
Issuances, net
  Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2010
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2010(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Equity contracts

  (689  (131  (146  204   (762  (143

Commodity contracts

  7   121   60   —      188   268 

Other

  (437  (266  (220  10   (913  (284
                        

Total net derivative and other contracts(3)

  8,346   (1,294  (323  (1,152  5,577   50 

Investments:

      

Private equity funds

  1,296   496   202   (8  1,986   462 

Real estate funds

  833   251   89   3   1,176   399 

Hedge funds

  1,708   (161  (327  (319  901   (160

Principal investments

  3,195   470   229   (763  3,131   412 

Other

  581   109   (129  (1  560   49 
                        

Total investments

  7,613   1,165   64   (1,088  7,754   1,162 

Securities received as collateral

  23   —      (22  —      1   —    

Intangible assets

  137   43   (23  —      157   23 

Liabilities

      

Deposits

 $24  $—     $—     $(8 $16  $—    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  —      —      2   —      2   —    

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt:

      

Asset-backed securities

  4   —      (4  —      —      —    

Corporate bonds

  29   (15  13   (13  44   (9

Collateralized debt obligations

  3   —      (3  —      —      —    

Unfunded lending commitments

  252   (4  7   —      263   (2

Other debt

  431   65   (161  (11  194   62 
                        

Total corporate and other debt

  719   46   (148  (24  501   51 

Corporate equities

  4   17   54   (26  15   9 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  23   —      (22  —      1   —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  —      (1)  350   —      351   (1)

Other secured financings

  1,532   (44  (612  52   1,016   (44

Long-term borrowings

  6,865   66   (5,175  (308  1,316   (84

In 2013, there were no material transfers from Level 2 to Level 3.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2012.

  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2011
  Total  Realized
and

Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2012
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2012(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $8  $—    $—    $(7 $—    $—    $(1 $—    $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  119   —     12   (125  —     —     —     6   (9

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  494   (9  32   (285  —     —     (187  45   (26

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  134   32   218   (49  —     (100  (3  232   28 

Asset-backed securities

  31   1   109   (32  —     —     —     109   (1

Corporate bonds

  675   22   447   (450  —     —     (34  660   (7

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  980   216   1,178   (384  —     —     (39  1,951   142 

Loans and lending commitments

  9,590   37   2,648   (2,095  —     (4,316  (1,170  4,694   (91

Other debt

  128   2   —     (95  —     —     10   45   (6
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  12,032   301   4,632   (3,390  —     (4,416  (1,423  7,736   39 

Corporate equities

  417   (59  134   (172  —     —     (32  288   (83

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  420   (275  28   —     (7  (217  (31  (82  297 

Credit contracts

  5,814   (2,799  112   —     (502  (961  158   1,822   (3,216

Foreign exchange contracts

  43   (279  —     —     —     19   (142  (359  (225

Equity contracts

  (1,234  390   202   (9  (112  (210  (171  (1,144  241 

Commodity contracts

  570   114   16   —     (41  (20  70   709   222 

Other

  (1,090  57   —     —     —     236   790   (7  53 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  4,523   (2,792  358   (9  (662  (1,153  674   939   (2,628

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  1,936   228   308   (294  —     —     1   2,179   147 

Real estate funds

  1,213   149   143   (136  —     —     1   1,370   229 

Hedge funds

  696   61   81   (151  —     —     (135  552   51 

Principal investments

  2,937   130   160   (419  —     —     25   2,833   93 

Other

  501   (45  158   (70  —     —     (58  486   (48
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

  7,283   523   850   (1,070  —     —     (166  7,420   472 

Physical commodities

  46   —     —     —     —     (46  —     —     —   

Intangible assets

  133   (39  —     (83  —     (4  —     7   (7

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

 $2  $(5 $—    $—    $3  $(3 $12  $19  $(4

Trading liabilities:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

  8   —     (8  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Corporate and other debt:

         

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  355   (4  (355  —     —     —     —     4   (4

Corporate bonds

  219   (15  (129  110   —     —     (38  177   (23

Unfunded lending commitments

  85   39   —     —     —     —     —     46   39 

Other debt

  73   9   (1  36   —     (55  5   49   11 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  732   29   (485  146   —     (55  (33  276   23 

Corporate equities

  1   (1  (21  22   —     —     2   5   (3

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  340   (14  —     —     —     —     (203  151   (14

Other secured financings

  570    (69  —      —      21    (232  (22  406    (67

Long-term borrowings

  1,603   (651  —     —     1,050   (279  (236  2,789   (652

169


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $1,165$523 million related to Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.Investments revenues.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 20102012 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2010.2012.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

 

156


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Corporate and other debt.During 2010,2012, the Company reclassified approximately $3.5$1.9 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily loans, and hybrid contracts, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified thesethe loans and hybrid contracts as external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable and the remaining unobservable inputs were deemed insignificant to the overall measurement.observable.

 

The Company also reclassified approximately $0.9$0.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments.

 

Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name and basket credit default swaps.

During 2010,2012, the Company reclassified approximately $1.4 billion of certain credit derivative assets and approximately $1.2 billion of certain Netcredit derivative contractsliabilities from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications were primarily related to certain tranched bespoke basket credit default swaps and single name credit default swaps and basket credit default swaps for which certain unobservable inputs became insignificant.insignificant to the overall measurement.

 

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    During 2010, theThe Company also reclassified approximately $1$0.6 billion of certain credit derivative assets and approximately $0.3 billion of certain credit derivative liabilities from Level 32 to Level 2.3. The reclassifications were primarily related to principal investmentsbasket credit default swaps for which external pricescertain unobservable inputs became observable.significant to the overall measurement.

 

 157170 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 20092011.

 

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2008
 Total Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
 Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
 Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2009
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2009(2)
  Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2010
 Total Realized
and Unrealized
Gains (Losses)(1)
 Purchases Sales Issuances Settlements Net
Transfers
 Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2011
 Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2011(2)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. agency securities

 $127  $(2 $(56 $(33 $36  $—     $13  $—    $66  $(68 $—    $—    $(3 $8  $—   

Other sovereign government obligations

  1   (3  1   4   3   —      73   (4  56   (2  —     —     (4  119   (2

Corporate and other debt:

               

State and municipal securities

  2,065   2   (413  (941  713   (26  110   (1  —     (96  —     —     (13  —     —   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  1,197   (79  (125  (175  818   (52  319   (61  382   (221  —     (1  76   494   (59

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  3,017   (654  (314  (476  1,573   (662  188   12   75   (90  —     —     (51  134   (18

Asset-backed securities

  1,013   91   (468  (45  591   (12  13   4   13   (19  —     —     20   31   2 

Corporate bonds

  2,753   (184  (917  (614  1,038   33   1,368   (136  467   (661  —     —     (363  675   (20

Collateralized debt obligations

  946   630   30   (53  1,553   418 

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,659   109   613   (1,296  —     (55  (50  980   (84

Loans and lending commitments

  20,180   (1,225  (5,898  (551  12,506   (763  11,666   (251  2,932   (1,241  —     (2,900  (616  9,590   (431

Other debt

  3,747   985   (2,386  (684  1,662   775   193   42   14   (76  —     (11  (34  128   —   
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  34,918   (434  (10,491  (3,539  20,454   (289  15,516   (282  4,496   (3,700  —     (2,967  (1,031  12,032   (610

Corporate equities

  976   121   (691  130   536   (227  484   (46  416   (360  —     —     (77  417   16 

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  23,382   (4,316  (956  (9,764  8,346   (3,037

Investments

  9,698   (1,418  82   (749  7,613   (1,317

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

         

Interest rate contracts

  424   628   45   —     (714  (150  187   420   522 

Credit contracts

  6,594   319   1,199   —     (277  (2,165  144   5,814   1,818 

Foreign exchange contracts

  46   (35  2   —     —     28   2   43   (13

Equity contracts

  (762  592   214   (133  (1,329  136   48   (1,234  564 

Commodity contracts

  188   708   52   —     —     (433  55   570   689 

Other

  (913  (552  1   —     (118  405   87   (1,090  (536
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  5,577   1,660   1,513   (133  (2,438  (2,179  523   4,523   3,044 

Investments:

         

Private equity funds

  1,986   159   245   (513  —     —     59   1,936   85 

Real estate funds

  1,176   21   196   (171  —     —     (9  1,213   251 

Hedge funds

  901   (20  169   (380  —     —     26   696   (31

Principal investments

  3,131   288   368   (819  —     —     (31  2,937   87 

Other

  560   38   8   (34  —     —     (71  501   23 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

  7,754   486   986   (1,917  —     —     (26  7,283   415 

Physical commodities

  —     (47  771   —     —     (673  (5  46   1 

Securities received as collateral

  30   —      (7  —      23   —      1   —     —     (1  —     —     —     —     —   

Intangible assets

  184   (44  (3  —      137   (44  157   (25  6   (1  —     (4  —     133   (27

Liabilities

      

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

 $—     $(2 $—     $22  $24  $(2 $16  $2  $—    $—    $—    $(14 $—    $—    $—   

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  2   —     —     —     —     —     —     2   —   

Trading liabilities:

         

Other sovereign government obligations

  —      —      (10  10   —      —      —     1   —     9   —     —     —     8   —   

Corporate and other debt:

               

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

  13   —      (13  —      —      —    

Asset-backed securities

  4   —      —      —      4   —    

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  —     (8  —     347   —     —     —     355   (8

Corporate bonds

  395   (22  (291  (97  29   (30  44   37   (407  694   —     —     (75  219   51 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      —      3   —      3   —    

Unfunded lending commitments

  24   (12  216   —      252   (12  263   178   —     —     —     —     —     85   178 

Other debt

  3,372   (13  (2,291  (663  431   (196  194   123   (12  22   —     (2  (6  73   12 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  3,808   (47  (2,376  (760  719   (238  501   330   (419  1,063   —     (2  (81  732   233 

Corporate equities

  27   (6  (90  61   4   (1  15   (1  (15  5   —     —     (5  1   —   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  30   —      (7  —      23   —      1   —     (1  —     —     —     —     —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  351   11   —     —     —     —     —     340   11 

Other secured financings

  6,148   396   (3,757  (463  1,532   (50  1,016   27   —     —     154   (267  (306  570   13 

Long-term borrowings

  5,473   (450  267   675   6,865   (450  1,316   39   —     —     769   (377  (66  1,603   32 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for $486 million related to Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.

 

 158171 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading in the consolidated statements of income except for $(1,418) million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for 20092011 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2009.2011.
(3)Net derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.

 

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Level 3 Trading assets—Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain corporate loans and certain commercial mortgage-backed securities, partially offset by gains in certain other debt and collateralized debt obligations.

.    During 2009,2011, the Company reclassified approximately $6.8$1.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt, primarily corporate loans, from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to certainCompany reclassified these corporate loans and bonds, state and municipal securities, CMBS and other debt. For certain corporate loans, more liquidity re-entered the market andas external prices and/or spread inputs for these instruments became observable. For corporate bonds and CMBS, the reclassifications were primarily due to an increase in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or available broker quotes, such that observable inputs were utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. For certain other debt, as the unobservable inputs became insignificant in the overall valuation, the fair value of these instruments became highly correlated with similar instruments in an observable market. For state and municipal securities, certain SLARS were reclassified as there was increased activity in the SLARS market and restructuring activity of the underlying trusts.

 

During 2009, theThe Company also reclassified approximately $3.3$0.8 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to certain corporate loans and were generally due to a reduction in market price quotations for these or comparable instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement of these instruments. The key unobservable inputs are assumptions to establish comparability to other instruments with observable spread levels.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivativeQuantitative Information about and other contracts.    The net lossesSensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tightening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of single name and basket credit default swaps.

During 2009, the Company reclassified approximately $10.2 billion of certain Derivative and other contracts fromRecurring Level 3 to Level 2, primarily related to single name subprimeFair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 and CMBS credit default swaps as well as tranched-indexed corporate credit default swaps. Certain single name subprime and CMBS credit default swaps were reclassified primarily because the values associated with the unobservable inputs, such as correlation, were no longer deemed significant to the fair value measurement of these derivative contracts due to market deterioration. Increased availability of transaction data, broker quotes and/or consensus pricing resulted in the reclassifications of certain tranche-indexed corporate credit default swaps. The Company reclassified approximately $0.4 billion of certain Derivative and other contracts from Level 2 to Level 3 as certain inputs became unobservable.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products.December 31, 2012.

 

The Company reclassified investments in certain hedge funds fromdisclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to Level 2 because they were redeemable atbe wide and not evenly distributed across the measurement date orinventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the near future.financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

172


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2013.

  Balance at
December  31,
2013
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Averages(2)

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 $108  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 40 to 93 points  78   points

Asset-backed securities

  103  Discounted cash flow Discount rate / (C) 18 %  18   %

Corporate bonds

  522  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 1 to 159 points  85   points

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,468  Comparable pricing(6) Comparable bond price / (A) 18 to 99 points  73   points
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 29 to 59 %  43   %

Loans and lending commitments

  5,129  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C) 28 to 487 basis points  249   basis points
  Margin loan model Credit spread / (C)(D) 10 to 265 basis points  135   basis points
   Volatility skew / (C)(D) 3 to 40 %  14   %
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 80 to 120 points  100   points
  Option model Volatility skew / (C) -1 to 0 %  0   %
  Comparable pricing(6) Comparable loan price / (A) 10 to 100 points  76   points

Corporate equities(3)

  190  Net asset value(6) Discount to net asset value / (C) 0 to 85 %  43   %
  Comparable pricing Comparable equity price / (A) 0 to 100 %  47   %
  Comparable pricing Comparable price / (A) 0 to 100 points  50   points
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)(D) 5 to 9 times  6   times
   Price/Book ratio / (A)(D) 0 to 1 times  1   times

Net derivative and other contracts:

                  

Interest rate contracts

  113  Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration

liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 6 

times

  2   times
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 100 points  58   points / 65 points (4)
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange

correlation / (A)(D)

 3 to 63 %  43   % / 48%(4)
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 24 to 50 %  33   % / 28%(4)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -11 to 34 %  8   % / 5%(4)
   

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

 46 to 92 %  74   % / 80%(4)
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 77 to 86 %  81   % / 80%(4)

Credit contracts

  (147)   Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D) 2 to 5 points  4   points
   Comparable bond price / (C)(D) 0 to 75 points  27   points
  

Correlation model(6)

 Credit correlation / (B) 19 to 96 %  56   %

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

  68  Option model Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 100 points  58   points / 65 points (4)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -11 to 34 %  8   % / 5%(4)
   

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

 46 to 92 %  74   % / 80%(4)
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

 3 to 63 %  43   % / 48%(4)
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 24 to 50 %  33   % / 28%(4)
   Interest rate curve / (A)(D) 0 to 1 %  1   % / 0%(4)

Equity contracts(5)

  (831)   Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D) 20 to 53 %  31   %
   Volatility skew / (A)(D) -3 to 0 %  -1   %
   Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40 to 99 %  69   %
   

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -50 to 9 %  -20   %
        

Equity—Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

 -4 to 70 %  39   % / 40%(4)

 

 159173 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Balance at
December  31,
2013
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Averages(2)

Commodity contracts

  880  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D) $14 to $91 per $40   per
    Megawatt hour  Megawatt hour
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D) 11 to 30 %  14   %
   

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

 34 to 99 %  93   %

Investments(3):

                      

Principal investments

  2,160  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 12 %  12   %
   

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

 9 times  9   times
  

Discounted cash flow(6)

 

Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

 5 to 13 %  7   %
   

Equity discount rate / (C)(D)

 10 to 30 %  21   %
  

Market approach

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

 5 to 6 times  5   times

Other

  538  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

 7 to 10 %  8   %
   

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

 7 to 9 times  9   times
  

Market approach(6)

 

EBITDA multiple / (A)

 8 to 14 times  10   times

Liabilities

                      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $154  

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

 92 to 97 basis points  95   basis points

Other secured financings

  278  

Comparable pricing(6)

 

Comparable bond price / (A)

 99 to 102 points  101   points
  

Discounted cash flow

 

Funding spread / (A)

 97 basis points  97   basis points

Long-term borrowings

  1,887  

Option model

 

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

 20 to 33 %  26   %
   

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

 -2 to 0 %  0   %
   

Equity—Equity correlation /(A)(D)

 50 to 70 %  69   %
        

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -60 to 0 %  -23   %

 

Changes in Level 3 AssetsEBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for Fiscal 2008

  Beginning
Balance at
November 30,
2007
  Total Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales, Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
  Net
Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of
Level 3
  Ending
Balance at
November 30,
2008
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/Liabilities
Outstanding at
November 30,
2008(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. agency securities

 $660  $9  $(367 $(96 $206  $(8

Other sovereign government obligations

  29   (6  (20  —      3   (2

Corporate and other debt

  37,058   (12,835  411   9,826   34,460   (12,683

Corporate equities

  1,236   (537  (52  260   907   (351

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  5,938   20,974   (512  1,224   27,624   20,499 

Investments

  13,068   (3,324  2,151   (2,163  9,732   (3,350

Securities received as collateral

  7   —      8   —      15   —    

Intangible assets

  —      (220  19   421   220   (220

Liabilities

      

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt

 $1,122  $221  $2,865  $177  $3,943  $94 

Corporate equities

  16   (165  (271  111   21   27 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  7   —      8   —      15   —    

Other secured financings

  2,321   1,349   1,440   3,335   5,747   1,349 

Long-term borrowings

  398   226   5,428   (183  5,417   226 

amortization

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses)The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are primarily includedrepresented in Principal transactions—Trading in the consolidated statementspoints, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of income exceptpar; for $(3,324) million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.example, 93 points would be 93% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 487 basis points would equal 4.87%.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses)weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 4 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for fiscal 2008 related to assetslong-term borrowings and liabilities still outstanding at November 30, 2008.derivative instruments where inputs are weighted by risk.
(3)NetInvestments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(4)The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing Interest rate contracts, Foreign exchange contracts and certain Equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.
(5)Includes derivative and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts, net of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6)This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

 

Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt.    The net losses in Level 3 Corporate and other debt were primarily driven by certain asset-backed securities, including residential and commercial mortgage loans, certain collateralized debt obligations (including collateralized bond obligations and collateralized loan obligations), and certain commercial whole loans and by certain corporate loans and lending commitments.

During fiscal 2008,Sensitivity of the Company reclassified approximately $17.3 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 2fair value to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, commercial whole loans and corporate loans. The reclassifications were due to a reductionchanges in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the valuation of these instruments. These unobservable inputs include, depending upon the position, assumptions to establish comparability to bonds, loans or swaps with observable price/spread levels, default recovery rates, forecasted credit losses and prepayment rates.inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B)Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

 160174 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During fiscal 2008, the Company reclassified approximately $7.5 billion of certain Corporate and other debt from Level 3 to Level 2. These reclassifications primarily related to ABS and corporate loans as some liquidity re-entered the market for these specific positions, and external prices and spread inputs for these instruments became observable.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.At December 31, 2012.    The net gains in Level 3 Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by widening of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket default swaps, single name default swaps and tranche-indexed credit default swaps where the Company was long protection.

 

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 2 to Level 3. The reclassifications were primarily related to tranche-indexed credit default swaps. The reclassifications were due to a reduction in the volume of recently executed transactions and market price quotations for these instruments, or a lack of available broker quotes, such that unobservable inputs had to be utilized for the fair value measurement. These unobservable inputs include assumptions of comparability to similar instruments with observable market levels and correlation.

Financial instruments owned—Investments.    The net losses from investments were primarily related to investments associated with the Company’s real estate products and private equity portfolio.

The Company reclassified investments from Level 3 to Level 2 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were observable.

Intangible assets.    The Company reclassified MSRs from Level 2 to Level 3 as significant inputs to the valuation model became unobservable during the period.

Other secured financings.    The Company reclassified Other secured financings from Level 2 to Level 3 because it was determined that certain significant inputs for the fair value measurement were unobservable.

Long-term borrowings.    Amounts included in the Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net column primarily relates to the issuance of junior subordinated debentures related to the CIC investment (see Note 15).
  Balance at
December  31,
2012
(dollars in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Weighted
Average

Assets

         

Trading assets:

         

Corporate and other debt:

                        

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 $232  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 46 to 100   points  76   points

Asset-backed securities

  109  Discounted cash flow Discount rate / (C) 21   %  21   %

Corporate bonds

  660  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 0 to 143   points  24   points

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

  1,951  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 15 to 88   points  59   points
      Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 15 to 45   %  40   %

Loans and lending commitments

  4,694  Corporate loan model Credit spread / (C) 17 to 1,004  basis points  281   basis points
  Comparable pricing Comparable bond price / (A) 80 to 120   points  104   points
  Comparable pricing Comparable loan price / (A) 55 to 100   points  88   points

Corporate equities(2)

  288  Net asset value Discount to net asset value / (C) 0 to 37   %  8   %
  Comparable pricing 

Discount to comparable
equity price / (C)

 0 to 27   points  14   points
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)    6   times  6   times

Net derivative and other contracts:

                        

Interest rate contracts

  (82 Option model 

Interest rate volatility concentration

liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

 0 to 8   times  See (3)
   Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 98   points  
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange

correlation / (A)(D)

 2 to 63   %  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 9 to 95   %  
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -53 to 33   %  
   Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D) 48 to 99   %  
   Inflation volatility / (A)(D) 49 to 100   %  
  

Discounted cash flow

 

Forward commercial paper rate-LIBOR basis / (A)

 -18 to 95   basis points  

Credit contracts

  1,822  Comparable pricing Cash synthetic basis / (C) 2 to 14   points     See (4)
   Comparable bond price / (C) 0 to 80   points  
  Correlation model Credit correlation / (B) 14 to 94   %  

Foreign exchange contracts(5)

  (359 Option model Comparable bond price / (A)(D) 5 to 98   points     See (6)
   

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

 -53 to 33   %  
   

Interest rate—Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

 -59 to 65   %  
   

Interest rate—Foreign exchange
correlation / (A)(D)

 2 to 63   %  
   Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D) 9 to 95   %  

Equity contracts(5)

  (1,144 Option model At the money volatility / (C)(D) 7 to 24   %     See (7)
   Volatility skew / (C)(D) -2 to 0   %  
   Equity—Equity correlation / (C)(D) 40 to 96   %  
   

Equity—Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

 -70 to 38   %  
        

Equity—Interest rate
correlation / (C)(D)

 18 to 65   %      

 

 161175 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for the One Month Ended December 31, 2008

  Beginning
Balance at
November 30,
2008
  Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
  Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements
and

Issuances,
net
  Net Transfers
In and/or
(Out) of

Level 3
  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2008
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2008(2)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Financial instruments owned:

      

U.S. agency securities

 $206  $(3 $(76 $—     $127  $(5

Other sovereign government obligations

  3   —      (1  (1  1   —    

Corporate and other debt

  34,460   (393  1,036   (185  34,918   (378

Corporate equities

  907   (11  (3  83   976   (10

Net derivative and other contracts(3)

  27,624   (2,040  (43  (2,159  23,382   (1,879

Investments

  9,732   (169  149   (14  9,698   (158

Securities received as collateral

  15   —      15   —      30   —    

Intangible assets

  220   (36  —      —      184   (36

Liabilities

      

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased:

      

Corporate and other debt

 $3,943  $(43 $(140 $(38 $3,808  $(63

Corporate equities

  21   (20  (20  6   27   1 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  15   —      15   —      30   —    

Other secured financings

  5,747   (219  34   148   6,148   (219

Long-term borrowings

  5,417   (52  4   —      5,473   (51
  Balance at
December  31,
2012
(dollars  in
millions)
  

Valuation

Technique(s)

 

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

 Range(1) Weighted
Average

Commodity contracts

  709  Option model Forward power price / (C)(D)  $28 to $84   per  
     Megawatt hour  
   Commodity volatility / (A)(D)  17 to 29   %  
   Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)  43    to    97   %  

Investments(2):

                            

Principal investments

  2,833  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

  8 to 15   %  9   %
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)  5 to 10   times  9   times
  

Discounted cash flow

 Capitalization rate / (C)(D)  6 to 10   %  7   %
   Equity discount rate / (C)(D)  15 to 35   %  23   %
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)  3 to 17   times  10   times

Other

  486  

Discounted cash flow

 

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

          11   %  11   %
   Exit multiple / (A)(D)    6   times  6   times
  Market approach EBITDA multiple / (A)  6 to 8   times  7   times

Liabilities

                            

Trading liabilities:

         

Corporate and other debt:

         

Corporate bonds

 $177  

Comparable pricing

 Comparable bond price / (A)  0 to 150   points  50   points

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151  

Discounted cash flow

 Funding spread / (A)  110 to 184   basis points  166   basis points

Other secured financings

  406  

Comparable pricing

 Comparable bond price / (A)  55 to 139   points  102   points
  

Discounted cash flow

 Funding spread / (A)  183 to 186   basis points  184   basis points

Long-term borrowings

  2,789  Option model At the money volatility / (A)(D)  20 to 24   %  24   %
   Volatility skew / (A)(D)  -1 to 0   %  0   %
   Equity—Equity correlation / (A)(D)  50 to 90   %  77   %
   

Equity—Foreign exchange
correlation / (A)(D)

  -70 to 36   %  -15   %

 

(1)Total realized and unrealized gains (losses)The ranges of significant unobservable inputs are primarily includedrepresented in Principal transactions—Trading in the consolidated statementspoints, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of income exceptpar; for $(169) million related to Financial instruments owned—Investments, which is included in Principal transactions—Investments.example, 100 points would be 100% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 1,004 basis points would equal 10.04%.
(2)Amounts represent unrealized gains (losses) for the one month ended December 31, 2008 related to assets and liabilities still outstanding at December 31, 2008.Investments in funds measured using an unadjusted NAV are excluded.
(3)NetSee Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices, interest rate volatility skew, interest rate quanto correlation and forward commercial paper rate–LIBOR basis.
(4)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices and credit correlation.
(5)Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).
(6)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of the wide unobservable input ranges for comparable bond prices, interest rate quanto correlation, interest rate-credit spread correlation and other contracts represent Financial instruments owned—Derivative and other contracts, netinterest rate volatility skew.
(7)See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included in the Form 10-K for a qualitative discussion of Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 12.the wide unobservable input range for equity-foreign exchange correlation.

 

Financial instruments owned—Net derivative and other contracts.    The net losses in Net derivative and other contracts were primarily driven by tighteningSensitivity of credit spreads on underlying reference entities of certain basket credit default swaps, single name credit default swaps and corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps.

The Company reclassified certain Net derivative contracts from Level 3 to Level 2. The reclassifications were primarily related to corporate tranche-indexed credit default swaps. The reclassifications were due to an increase in transaction data, available broker quotes and/or available consensus pricing, such that significant inputs for the fair value measurement were observable.to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.
(B)Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.
(C)Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.
(D)There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

 162176 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

Comparable bond price—a pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to use price-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question. Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for CMBS, CDOs, CLOs, mortgage loans and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately for non-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

Correlation—a pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

Credit spread—the difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or LIBOR.

Volatility skew—the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple—is the Enterprise Value to EBITDA ratio, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

Price / Book ratio—the ratio used to compare a stock’s market value to its book value. It is calculated by dividing the current closing price of the stock by the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

Volatility—the measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

Forward commercial paper rate–LIBOR basis—the basis added to the LIBOR rate when the commercial paper yield is expressed as a spread over the LIBOR rate. The basis to LIBOR is dependent on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, collateralization of the commercial paper, credit rating of the issuer, and the supply of commercial paper. The basis may become negative,i.e., the return for highly rated commercial paper, such as asset-backed commercial paper, may be less than LIBOR.

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments (“cash instruments”) and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents (“synthetic instruments”). The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors, respectively.

Capitalization rate—the ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value at the projected disposition date.

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding OIS/LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Investments thatThat Calculate Net Asset Value.

 

The Company’s Investments measured at fair value were $9,752$8,013 million and $9,286$8,346 million at December 31, 20102013 and 2009,December 31, 2012, respectively. The following table presents information solely about the Company’s investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds measured at fair value based on net asset valueNAV at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009, respectively.2012, respectively:

 

  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
  Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
   Fair Value   Unfunded
Commitment
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Private equity funds

  $1,947   $1,047   $1,292   $1,251   $2,531   $559   $2,179   $644 

Real estate funds

   1,154    500    823    674    1,643    124    1,376    221 

Hedge funds(1):

                

Long-short equity hedge funds

   1,046    4    1,597    —       469    —      475    —   

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

   305    —       407    —       82    —      86    —   

Event-driven hedge funds

   143    —       146    —       38    —      52    —   

Multi-strategy hedge funds

   140    —       235    —       220    3    321    3 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $4,735   $1,551   $4,500   $1,925   $4,983   $686   $4,489   $868 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds, and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a six-monththree-month period basis primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At December 31, 2010,2013, approximately 49%42% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 24%42% is redeemable every six months and 27% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2009, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 15% is redeemable every six months and 49%16% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2013 is primarily greater than 90 days.six months. At December 31, 2012, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds is redeemable at least quarterly, 38% is redeemable every six months and 26% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2012 is primarily greater than six months.

 

Private Equity Funds.Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments, and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Instead, the nature of the investments in this category is that distributions are received through the liquidation of the underlying assets of the fund. At December 31, 2010,2013, it iswas estimated that 6%9% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated in the next five years, another 35%55% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 59%36% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

 

Real Estate Funds.    Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions. These investments are generally not redeemable with the funds. Distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. At December 31, 2010,2013, it iswas estimated that 20%4% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated within the next five years, another 34%52% of the fair value of the funds will be liquidated between five to 10 years and the remaining 46%44% of the fair value of the funds have a remaining life of greater than 10 years.

 

 163179 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Hedge Funds.Funds.    Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision that provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

  

Long-shortLong-Short Equity Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued. Investments representing approximately 19%12% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 100% ofthese investments subject to lock-up restrictions ranged from one to threewas primarily two years or less at December 31, 2010.2013. Investments representing approximately 29%19% of the fair value of the investments in long-short equity hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for 100% ofthese investments subject to an exit restriction is expected to be less than a yearwas primarily indefinite at December 31, 2010.2013.

 

  

Fixed Income/Credit-Related Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related. At December 31, 2010, investmentsInvestments representing approximately 24%7% of the fair value of the investments in fixed income/credit-related hedge fundsthis category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments subject to lock-up restrictions was less than one yearprimarily over three years at December 31, 2010.2013.

 

  

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations, or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, hopingwith the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company. At December 31, 2010, investments representing approximately 64% of the value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for these investments was less than one year at December 31, 2010.2013, there were no restrictions on redemptions.

 

  

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize shortshort- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities. At December 31, 2010,2013, investments representing approximately 37%50% of the fair value of the investments in this category cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period for 71% ofthese investments subject to lock-upslock-up restrictions was primarily two years or less at December 31, 2010.2013. Investments representing approximately 8% of the fair value of the investments in multi-strategy hedge funds cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The remaining restriction period for the other 29% ofthese investments subject to lock-up restrictionsan exit restriction was estimated to be greater than three yearsindefinite at December 31, 2010.2013.

 

 164180 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Option.

 

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis.basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models. The following tables presenttable presents net gains (losses) due to changes in fair value for items measured at fair value pursuant to the fair value option election for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.2011, respectively:

 

   Principal
Transactions-
Trading
  Interest
Expense
  (Losses)  Gains
Included in
Net Revenues
 
    
    
   (dollars in millions) 

2010

    

Deposits

  $2  $(173 $(171

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   (8  —      (8

Long-term borrowings

   (872  (849  (1,721

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   9    (1  8  

2009

    

Deposits

  $(81 $(321 $(402

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   (176  —      (176

Long-term borrowings

   (7,660  (983  (8,643

Fiscal 2008

    

Deposits

  $14  $—     $14 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   1,238   (2  1,236 

Long-term borrowings

   12,428   (1,059  11,369 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

    

Deposits

  $(120 $(26 $(146

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

   (81  —      (81

Long-term borrowings

   (2,168  (80  (2,248
   Trading  Interest
Income
(Expense)
  Gains (Losses)
Included in
Net Revenues
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $(1 $6  $5 

Deposits

   52   (60  (8

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   181   (8  173 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (3  (6  (9

Long-term borrowings(1)

   664   (971  (307

Year Ended December 31, 2012

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $8  $5  $13 

Deposits

   57   (86  (29

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   (31  —     (31

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   (15  (4  (19

Long-term borrowings(1)

   (5,687  (1,321  (7,008

Year Ended December 31, 2011

    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $12  $—    $12 

Deposits

   66   (117  (51

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings(1)

   567   —     567 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   3   (7  (4

Long-term borrowings(1)

   4,204   (1,075  3,129 

(1)Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for 2013, 2012 and 2011, $(681) million, $(4,402) million and $3,681 million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

 

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2, all of the instruments within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities are measured at fair value, either through the election of the fair value option or as required by other accounting guidance. The amounts in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

The Company hedges the economics of market risk for short-term and long-term borrowings (i.e., risks other than that related to the credit quality of the Company) as part of its overall trading strategy and manages the market risks embedded within the issuance by the related business unit as part of the business unit’s portfolio. The gains and losses on related economic hedges are recorded in Trading revenues and largely offset the gains and losses on short-term and long-term borrowings attributable to market risk.

181


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, a breakdown of the short-term and long-term borrowings measured at fair value on a recurring basis by business unit responsible for risk-managing each borrowing is shown in the table below:

   Short-Term and  Long-Term
Borrowings
 

Business Unit

  At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rates

  $15,933   $23,330 

Equity

   17,945    17,326 

Credit and foreign exchange

   2,561    3,337 

Commodities

   545    776 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $36,984   $44,769 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The following tables present information on the Company’s short-term and long-term borrowings (including(primarily structured notes), loans and unfunded lending commitments for which the fair value option was elected.elected:

 

Fair Value Option—Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument SpecificInstrument-Specific Credit SpreadsRisk.

 

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
 
 
   2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $(873 $(5,510 $5,594  $(241  $(681 $(4,402 $3,681 

Loans(2)

   448   4,139   (5,864  (498   137   340   (585

Unfunded lending commitments(3)

   (148  (8  280   6    255   1,026   (787

 

(1)The change in the fair value of short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notesnotes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of the Company’s secondary bond market spreads.
(2)Instrument specificInstrument-specific credit gains or (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.
(3)LossesGains (losses) were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period end.period-end.

 

165


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Amount by WhichNet Difference between Contractual Principal Amount Exceedsand Fair ValueValue.

 

  At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
    Contractual Principal Amount
Exceeds Fair Value
 
    At December 31,
2013
 At December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in billions)   (dollars in millions) 

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

  $0.6   $1.9   $(2,409 $(436

Loans(2)

   24.3    24.4    17,248   25,249 

Loans 90 or more days past due in non-accrual status or both(2)(3)

   21.2    21.0 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(2)(3)

   15,113   20,456 

 

(1)These amounts do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.
(2)The majority of this difference between principal and fair value amounts emanates from the Company’s distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.
(3)The aggregate fair value of loans that were in non-accrualnonaccrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $2.2 billion$1,205 million and $3.9 billion$1,360 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $2.0 billion$655 million and $0.7 billion$840 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively.

182


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.

 

Certain assets were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above. These assets may include loans, equity methodother investments, premises, equipment and equipment,software costs, and intangible assets and real estate investments.assets.

 

The following tables present, by caption on the consolidated statements of financial condition, the fair value hierarchy for those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized a non-recurring fair value adjustment for 2010, 20092013, 2012 and fiscal 2008.2011, respectively.

 

2010.2013.

 

      Fair Value Measurements Using:        Fair Value Measurements Using:   
  Carrying Value
at  December 31,
2010
   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
   Total
Losses for
2010(1)
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2013
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2013(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

  $680   $—      $151   $529   $(12 $1,822  $—    $1,616  $206  $(71

Other investments(3)

   88    —       —       88    (19  46   —      —     46   (38

Goodwill(4)

   —       —       —       —       (27

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

  8   —      —     8   (133

Intangible assets(5)(3)

   3    —       —       3    (174  92   —      —     92   (44
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $771   $—      $151   $620   $(232 $1,968  $—    $1,616  $352  $(286
                     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)LossesFair value adjustments related to Loans impairmentsand losses related to Other investments andare recorded within Other revenues whereas losses related to GoodwillPremises, equipment and certain Intangibles associated with the planned disposition of FrontPoint Partners LLC (“FrontPoint”)software costs and Intangible assets are included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income (see Notes 19 and 28 for further information on FrontPoint). Remaining losses were included inrecorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)Non-recurring changechanges in the fair value forof loans held for investment was calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expected recovery models. The non-recurring change in fair value for mortgage loansor held for sale is based upon awere calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation model incorporatingmodels that incorporate market observable inputs.inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3)Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Loss relates to FrontPoint, determined primarily using discounted cash flow models (see Note 28 for further information on FrontPoint).
(5)Losses primarily related to investment management contracts, including contracts associated with FrontPoint, and were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2013.

2012.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2012
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2012(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $1,821  $—    $277  $1,544  $(60

Other investments(3)

  90   —      —     90   (37

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  33   —      —     33   (170

Intangible assets(3)

  —     —     —     —     (4
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

 $1,944  $—    $277  $1,667  $(271
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 166183 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In addition to the losses included in the table above, the Company incurred a loss of approximately $1.2 billion in connection with the planned disposition of Revel for 2010, which was included in discontinued operations. The loss primarily related to premises and equipment and was included in discontinued operations (see Note 1). The fair value of Revel, net of estimated costs to sell, included in Premises, equipment and software costs was approximately $28 million at December 31, 2010 and was classified in Level 3. Fair value was determined using discounted cash flow models. See Note 28 for further information on Revel.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2010.

2009.

     Fair Value Measurements Using:    
  Carrying Value
at  December 31,
2009
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
  Total
Losses  for
2009(1)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $739  $—     $—     $739  $(269

Other investments(3)

  66   —      —      66   (39

Premises, equipment and software costs(3)

  8   —      —      8   (5

Intangible assets(3)

  3   —      —      3   (4
                    

Total

 $816  $—     $—     $816  $(317
                    

 

(1)Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Losses forNon-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment andor held for sale were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using internal expectedrecently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery models.analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.
(3)Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Losses were determined using discounted cash flow models and primarily represented the write-off of the carrying value of certain premises and software that were abandoned during 2012 in association with the Wealth Management JV integration.

 

In addition to the impairment losses included in the table above, impairment lossesthere was a pre-tax gain of approximately $482$51 million (of which $45 million related(related to Other investments, $12 million related to Intangible assets, and $425 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations primarily related to Crescentin the year ended December 31, 2012 in connection with the disposition of Saxon (see Note 1). ImpairmentThis pre-tax gain was primarily due to the subsequent increase in the fair value of Saxon, which had incurred impairment losses of approximately $24$98 million were also included in discontinued operations related to premises and equipmentthe quarter ended December 31, 2011. The fair value of an entity sold bySaxon was determined based on the Company in 2009.revised purchase price agreed upon with the buyer.

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2009.2012.

 

Fiscal 2008.2011.

 

   Fair Value Measurements Using:      Fair Value Measurements Using:   
 Carrying Value
at November 30,
2008
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Total
Losses for
Fiscal 2008(1)
  Carrying Value
at December 31,
2011
 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 Total
Gains
(Losses) for
2011(1)
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Loans(2)

 $634  $—     $70  $564  $(121 $70  $—    $—    $70  $5 

Other investments(3)

  123   —      —      123   (62  71   —      —     71   (52

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

  91   —      —      91   (15  4   —      —     4   (7

Goodwill(5)

  —      —      —      —      (673

Intangible assets(6)

  198   —      —      198   (46

Other assets(7)

  54   —      —      54   (30

Intangible assets(3)

  —     —     —     —     (7
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

 $1,100  $—     $70  $1,030  $(947 $145  $—    $—    $145  $(61
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(1)Losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income except for fair value adjustments related to Loans and losses related to Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans held for investment were calculated using valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs or default recovery analyses or collateral appraisal values where such inputs were unobservable; or discounted cash flow techniques.
(3)Losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)Losses were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models or a valuation technique incorporating an observable market index.

In addition to the losses included in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $98 million (of which $83 million related to Other assets and $15 million related to Premises, equipment and software costs) were included in discontinued operations related to Saxon (see Note 1). These losses were determined using the purchase price agreed upon with the buyer.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2011.

184


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

The tables below present the carrying value, fair value and fair value hierarchy category of certain financial instruments that are not measured at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, including Interest bearing deposits with banks, and other short-term financial instruments such as Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell; Securities borrowed; Securities sold under agreements to repurchase; Securities loaned; certain Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables arising in the ordinary course of business; certain Deposits; Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings; and Other secured financings approximate fair value because of the relatively short period of time between their origination and expected maturity.

For longer-dated Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned and Other secured financings, fair value is determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology. The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

For consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value is based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level. The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, and market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

The fair value of long-term borrowings is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

 

 167185 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income except for impairment losses related to Loans and Other investments, which are included in Other revenues.
(2)Impairment losses for loans held for investment were calculated based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral. The fair value of the collateral was determined using external indicative bids, if available, or internal expected recovery models.
(3)Impairment losses recorded were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models.
(4)The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment.
(5)The impairment charge relates to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair value of the fixed income business was estimated by comparison with similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market capitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, and therefore, a decline in the fair value of the fixed income business.
(6)Impairment losses of $21 million recorded within the Institutional Securities business segment primarily related to intellectual property rights. Impairment losses of $25 million recorded within the Asset Management business segment primarily related to management contract intangibles.
(7)Buildings and property were written down to their fair value resulting in an impairment charge of $30 million. Fair values were generally determined using discounted cash flow models or third-party appraisals and valuations. The fair value was determined using a discounted cash flow model. These charges related to the Asset Management business segment.

In addition to the impairment losses included in the table above, impairment losses of approximately $277 million (of which, $34 million related to Other investments, $6 million related to Intangible assets and $237 million related to Other assets) were included in discontinued operations related to Crescent (see Note 1). Impairment losses of approximately $14 million related to a deferred commission asset in Retail Asset Management were also included in discontinued operations.

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during fiscal 2008.

 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008.

There were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which the Company recognized an impairment charge during the one month ended December 31, 2008.

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.Value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

Some of the Company’s financial instruments are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis but nevertheless are recorded at amounts that approximate fair value due to their liquid or short-term nature. Such financial assets and financial liabilities include: Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks, Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements, Federal funds sold and Securities purchased under agreements to resell, Securities borrowed, certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities loaned, Receivables—Customers, Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, Payables—Customers, Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, certain Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings, certain Deposits and certain Other secured financings.At December 31, 2013.

  At December 31, 2013  Fair Value Measurements Using: 
  Carrying Value  Fair Value  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

     

Cash and due from banks

 $16,602  $16,602  $16,602  $—    $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  43,281   43,281   43,281   —     —   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  39,203   39,203   39,203   —     —   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  117,264   117,263   —     116,584   679 

Securities borrowed

  129,707   129,705   —     129,374   331 

Customer and other receivables(1)

  53,112   53,031   —     47,525   5,506 

Loans(2)

  42,874   42,765   —     11,288   31,477 

Financial Liabilities:

     

Deposits

 $112,194  $112,273  $—    $112,273  $—   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  795   795   —     787   8 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  145,115   145,157   —     138,161   6,996 

Securities loaned

  32,799   32,826   —     31,731   1,095 

Other secured financings

  9,009   9,034   —     5,845   3,189 

Customer and other payables(1)

  154,654   154,654   —     154,654   —   

Long-term borrowings

  117,938   123,133   —     122,099    1,034 

(1)Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2)Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

The Company’s long-term borrowings are recorded at amortized amounts unless elected under the fair value option or designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge. For long-term borrowings not measured at fair value, the fair value of the Company’s long-term borrowings was estimated using either quoted market prices or discounted cash flow analyses based onunfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Company’s current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. AtInstitutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2010,2013 was $853 million, of which $669 million and $184 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.8 billion higher than fair value. At December 31, 2009, the carrying value of the Company’s long-term borrowings not measured at fair value was approximately $1.4 billion higher than fair value.these commitments, if fully funded, would be $75.4 billion.

 

 168186 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 2012.

  At December 31, 2012  Fair Value Measurements Using: 
  Carrying Value  Fair Value  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets

(Level 1)
  Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Financial Assets:

  

    

Cash and due from banks

 $20,878  $20,878  $20,878  $—    $—   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  26,026   26,026   26,026   —     —   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  30,970   30,970   30,970   —     —   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  133,791   133,792   —     133,035   757 

Securities borrowed

  121,701   121,705   —     121,691   14 

Customer and other receivables(1)

  59,702   59,634   —     53,532   6,102 

Loans(2)

  29,046   27,263   —     5,307   21,956 

Financial Liabilities:

     

Deposits

 $81,781  $81,781  $—    $81,781  $—   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  1,413   1,413   —     1,107   306 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  122,311   122,389   —     111,722   10,667 

Securities loaned

  36,849   37,163   —     35,978   1,185 

Other secured financings

  6,261   6,276   —     3,649   2,627 

Customer and other payables(1)

  125,037   125,037   —     125,037   —   

Long-term borrowings

  125,527   126,683   —     116,511   10,172 

(1)Accrued interest, fees and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.
(2)Includes all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

The fair value of the Company’s unfunded lending commitments, primarily related to corporate lending in the Institutional Securities business segment, that are not carried at fair value at December 31, 2012 was $755 million, of which $543 million and $212 million would be categorized in Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, respectively. The carrying value of these commitments, if fully funded, would be $50.0 billion.

187


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.    Securities Available for Sale.

 

The following table presentstables present information about the Company’s AFSavailable for sale securities:

 

  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2013 
  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

                    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $29,586   $215   $152   $    $29,649 

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

  $24,486   $51   $139   $—     $24,398 

U.S. agency securities

   15,813    26    234    —      15,605 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   40,299    77    373    —      40,003 

Corporate and other debt:

          

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency

   2,482    —      84    —      2,398 

Non-Agency

   1,333    1    18    —      1,316 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   2,041    2    1    —      2,042 

Corporate bonds

   3,415    3    61    —      3,357 

Collateralized loan obligations

   1,087    —      20    —      1,067 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(1)

   3,230    12    8    —      3,234 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   13,588    18    192    —      13,414 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   53,887    95    565    —      53,417 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   15    —      2    —      13 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $53,902   $95   $567   $—     $53,430 
  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

   At December 31, 2012 
   Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Other-than-
Temporary
Impairment
   Fair
Value
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

  $14,351   $109   $2   $—     $14,458 

U.S. agency securities

   15,330    122    3    —      15,449 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   29,681    231    5    —      29,907 

Corporate and other debt:

          

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

          

Agency

   2,197    6    4    —      2,199 

Non-Agency

   160    —      —      —      160 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   1,993    4    1    —      1,996 

Corporate bonds

   2,891    13    3    —      2,901 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(1)

   2,675    23    —      —      2,698 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   9,916    46    8    —      9,954 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   39,597    277    13    —      39,861 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   15    —      7    —      8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $39,612   $277   $20   $—     $39,869 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

188


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tabletables below presentspresent the fair value of investments in debt securities available for sale that have beenare in an unrealized loss position:

 

   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 

At December 31, 2010

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities

  $9,696   $152   $—      $—      $9,696   $152 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 

At December 31, 2013

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $13,266   $139   $—     $—     $13,266   $139 

U.S. agency securities

   8,438    211    651    23    9,089    234 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   21,704    350    651    23    22,355    373 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   958    15    1,270    69    2,228    84 

Non-Agency

   841    16    86    2    927    18 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   557    1    85    —      642    1 

Corporate bonds

   2,350     52    383    9    2,733     61 

Collateralized loan obligations

   1,067    20    —      —      1,067    20 

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

   1,388     7    76    1    1,464     8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   7,161     111    1,900    81    9,061     192 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   28,865     461    2,551    104    31,416     565 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   13    2    —      —      13    2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $28,878    $463   $2,551   $104   $31,429    $567 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

189


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or
Longer
   Total 

At December 31, 2012

  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair
Value
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Debt securities available for sale:

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $1,012   $2   $—     $—     $1,012   $2 

U.S. agency securities

   1,534    3    27    —      1,561    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   2,546    5    27    —      2,573    5 

Corporate and other debt:

            

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

            

Agency

   1,057    4    —      —      1,057    4 

Auto loan asset-backed securities

   710    1    —      —      710    1 

Corporate bonds

   934    3    —      —      934    3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Corporate and other debt

   2,701    8    —      —      2,701    8 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt securities available for sale

   5,247    13    27    —      5,274    13 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity securities available for sale

   8    7    —      —      8    7 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $5,255   $20   $27   $—     $5,282   $20 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Gross unrealized gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income.

 

As discussed in Note 2, AFS securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s ongoing assessment of temporary versus OTTI at the individual security level. The unrealized losses reported above on debt securities available for sale are primarily due to rising interest rates during 2013. While the securities in an unrealized loss position greater than twelve months have increased, the risk of credit loss is considered minimal because all of the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s ABS, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade. The Company does not intend to sell these securities or expectand is not likely to be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. In addition, theThe Company does not expect these securities to experience a credit loss givenon these securities based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of the explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The Company believes that the debt securities with an unrealized loss position were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013 and 2012. For more information, see the Other-than-temporary impairment discussion in Note 2.

For equity securities available for sale in an unrealized loss position, the Company does not intend to sell these securities or expect to be required to sell these securities prior to the recovery of the amortized cost basis. The Company believes that the equity securities with an unrealized loss in Accumulated other comprehensive income were not other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2010.2013 and 2012.

190


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities available for sale by contractual maturity dates at December 31, 2010.2013:

 

  Amortized Cost   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 

At December 31, 2013

  Amortized Cost   Fair Value   Annualized
Average Yield
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

  $6,913   $6,929    0.60  $1,759   $1,767    0.7

After 1 year but through 5 years

   13,700    13,862    1.40

After 5 years

   8,973    8,858    1.64

After 1 year through 5 years

   21,594    21,514    0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   1,133    1,117    2.2
            

 

   

 

   

Total

  $29,586   $29,649    1.28   24,486    24,398   
            

 

   

 

   

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   111    111    1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

   2,202    2,199    1.2

After 10 years

   13,500    13,295    1.3
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   15,813    15,605   
  

 

   

 

   

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   40,299    40,003    0.9
  

 

   

 

   

Corporate and other debt:

      

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

      

Agency:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   533    528    0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

   645    634    0.9

After 10 years

   1,304    1,236    1.5
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   2,482    2,398   
  

 

   

 

   

Non-Agency:

      

After 10 years

   1,333    1,316    1.6
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   1,333    1,316   
  

 

   

 

   

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   9    9    0.5

After 1 year through 5 years

   1,985    1,985    0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   47    48    1.3
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   2,041    2,042   
  

 

   

 

   

Corporate bonds:

      

Due within 1 year

   60    60    0.6

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,613    2,582    1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

   742    715    2.3
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   3,415    3,357   
  

 

   

 

   

Collateralized loan obligations:

      

After 10 years

   1,087    1,067    1.4
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   1,087    1,067   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   87    87     0.7

After 5 years through 10 years

   576    576    0.9

After 10 years

   2,567    2,571    1.0
  

 

   

 

   

Total

   3,230    3,234   
  

 

   

 

   

Total Corporate and other debt

   13,588    13,414    1.2
  

 

   

 

   

Total debt securities available for sale

  $53,887   $53,417    1.0
  

 

   

 

   

The following table presents information pertaining to sales of equity securities available for sale during 2010 (dollars in millions):

Gross realized gains(1)(2)

  $ 102 
     

Gross realized losses(2)

  $—    
     

Proceeds of sales of equity securities available for sale(1)

  $670 
     

(1)Amounts relate to the Company’s sale of Invesco equity securities in the fourth quarter of 2010. See Note 1 for additional information.
(2)Amounts are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

 169191 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

See Note 7 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan asset-backed securities, CLO and FFELP student loan asset-backed securities.

 

The Company did not have any AFSfollowing table presents information pertaining to sales of securities at December 31, 2009.available for sale during 2013, 2012 and 2011:

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gross realized gains

  $49   $88   $145 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized losses

  $4   $10   $2 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

6.    Collateralized Transactions.

 

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance the Company’s inventory positions. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of Securities received as collateral, Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed. The Company manages credit exposure arising from reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loanedsuch transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral arrangementsagreements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a customercounterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to liquidate collateral and the right to offsetnet a counterparty’s rights and obligations.obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Company against the net amount owed by the counterparty. The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), although in certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a tri-party arrangement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. Where deemed appropriate,The following tables present information about the Company’s agreements with third parties specify its rightsoffsetting of these instruments and related collateral amounts. For information related to request additional collateral.offsetting of derivatives, see Note 12.

   At December 31, 2013 
   Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net  Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $183,015   $(64,885 $118,130   $(106,828 $11,302 

Securities borrowed

   137,082    (7,375  129,707    (113,339  16,368 

Liabilities

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $210,561   $(64,885 $145,676   $(111,599 $34,077 

Securities loaned

   40,174    (7,375  32,799    (32,543  256 

192


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Amounts include $11.1 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $13.2 billion of Securities borrowed and $33.3 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

   At December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Amounts(1)
   Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net  Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
   Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

  $203,448   $(69,036 $134,412   $(126,303 $8,109 

Securities borrowed

   127,002    (5,301  121,701    (105,849  15,852 

Liabilities

        

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  $191,710   $(69,036 $122,674   $(103,521 $19,153 

Securities loaned

   42,150    (5,301  36,849    (30,395  6,454 

(1)Amounts include $7.4 billion of Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, $8.6 billion of Securities borrowed, $17.5 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.6 billion of Securities loaned, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending.and is included within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statement of financial condition. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company either receives or provides collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activity are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary. Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral. Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence

193


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits the Company’s credit exposure in the event of customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, there were approximately $18.0$29.2 billion and $12.4$24.0 billion, respectively, of customer margin loans outstanding.

 

170


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 7 and 11).

 

The Company pledges its financial instruments ownedtrading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securitiessecured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Financial instruments ownedTrading assets (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The carrying value and classification of financial instruments ownedTrading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were as follows:

 

  At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December  31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Financial instruments owned:

    

Trading assets:

    

U.S. government and agency securities

  $11,513   $18,376   $21,589   $15,273 

Other sovereign government obligations

   8,741    4,584    5,748    3,278 

Corporate and other debt

   12,333    13,111    7,388    11,980 

Corporate equities

   21,919    10,284    8,713    26,377 
          

 

   

 

 

Total

  $54,506   $46,355   $43,438   $56,908 
          

 

   

 

 

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, and customer margin loans.loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the Company reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $537$533 billion and $429$560 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $390$381 billion and $311$397 billion, respectively.

 

The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Financial instrumentsTrading assets owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally Japan, the U.K., Japan, South KoreaBrazil, Canada and Brazil)Hong Kong), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 10% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2010.2013. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 26%20% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2010, consist2013, consists of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and

194


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios.

 

171


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, cash and securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements were as follows:

 

  At
December  31,
2010
   At
December  31,
2009
 
  
    At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

  $19,180   $23,712   $39,203   $30,970 

Securities(1)

   18,935    11,296    15,586    13,424 
          

 

   

 

 

Total

  $38,115   $35,008   $54,789   $44,394 
          

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Financial instruments ownedTrading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Financial instruments owned (see Note 7).

 

7.    Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

 

The Company is involved with various SPEsspecial purpose entities (“SPE”) in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

 

The Company applies accounting guidance for consolidation of VIEs to certain entities in which equity investors do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at riskinterest. Except for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. Entities that previously met the criteria to be classified as QSPEs, that were not subject to consolidation prior to January 1, 2010, became subject to the consolidation requirements for VIEs on that date. Excludingcertain asset management entities, subject to the Deferral (as defined in Note 2), effective January 1, 2010, the primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that both (1) has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly affect the VIE’s economic performance and (2) has an obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company consolidates entities of which it is the primary beneficiary.

 

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its available for sale portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities.activities, including re-securitization transactions.

 

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

Servicing of residential and commercial mortgage loans held by VIEs.

Loans made to and investments made toin VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

Structuring of credit-linked notes (“CLN”) or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

 172195 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

 

The power to make the most importantsignificant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most importantsignificant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Company does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral debt obligations.manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Company serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Company analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, who serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

 

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Company and the extent of the information available to the Company and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Company and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of the continuing involvement by the Company, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Company and by other investors, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

 

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and the liabilities of the entities as Other secured financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company includes assets held byFor consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, in the tables belowCompany accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Receivables, Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets andin the liabilitiesconsolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily as Other liabilities and accrued expenses and Payablesin Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

 

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

 173196 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 13).

 

The following tables present information at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 about VIEs that the Company consolidates. Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis. As a result of the accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2010, the Company consolidated a number of VIEs that had not previously been consolidated and de-consolidated a number of VIEs that previously had been consolidated at December 31, 2009.basis:

 

  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2013 
Mortgage  and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other Structured
Financings
   Other   Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $ 3,362   $129   $2,032   $643   $2,584   $643   $—     $2,313   $1,202   $1,294 

VIE liabilities

  $ 2,544   $68   $108   $2,571   $1,219   $368   $—     $42   $67   $175 

 

  At December 31, 2009   At December 31, 2012 
Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Credit and Real
Estate
   Commodities
Financing
   Other Structured
Financings
   Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
   Managed
Real Estate
Partnerships
   Other
Structured
Financings
   Other 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets

  $ 2,715   $2,629   $1,509   $762   $978   $52   $2,394   $983   $1,676 

VIE liabilities

  $992   $687   $1,370   $73   $646   $16   $83   $65   $313 

 

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At December 31, 2010,2013 and December 31, 2012, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the Company’s consolidated financial statements of $1,508 million.$1,771 million and $1,804 million, respectively. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $884$101 million and $533$58 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. This additional exposure related primarily to certain derivatives (e.g., credit derivatives in whichinstead of purchasing senior securities, the Company has sold unfundedcredit protection into synthetic collateralized debt obligations,CDOs through credit derivatives that are typically forrelated to the most senior tranche in whichof the total protection sold by the VIE exceeds the amount of collateral held)CDO) and commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

 

 174197 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presentstables present information about certain non-consolidated VIEs in which the Company had variable interests at December 31, 2010. Many of the VIEs included in this table met the QSPE requirements under previous accounting guidance. QSPEs were not included as non-consolidated VIEs in prior periods.2013 and December 31, 2012. The table includestables include all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. The non-consolidatedMost of the VIEs included in the December 31, 2010tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’s involvement generally is the result of the Company’s secondary market-making activities and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.securities held in its available for sale portfolio (see Note 5):

 

 At December 31, 2010  At December 31, 2013 
Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
 Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
 Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
 Other
Structured
Financings
 Other  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
 Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
 Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
 Other
Structured
Financings
 Other 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

 $172,711  $38,332  $7,431  $2,037  

$

11,262

 

 $177,153  $29,513  $3,079  $1,874  $10,119 

Maximum exposure to loss:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $8,129  $1,330  $78  $1,062  $2,678  $13,514  $2,498  $31  $1,142  $3,693 

Derivative and other contracts

  113   942   4,709   —      2,079   15   23   1,935   —     146 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —      —      —      791   446   —     272   —     649   527 
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $8,242  $2,272  $4,787  $1,853  $5,203  $13,529  $2,793  $1,966  $1,791  $4,366 
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

          

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $8,129  $1,330  $78  $779  $2,678  $13,514  $2,498  $31  $731  $3,693 

Derivative and other contracts

  113   753   —      —      551   15   3   4   —     53 
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $8,242  $2,083  $78  $779  $3,229  $13,529  $2,501  $35  $731  $3,746 
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

          

Derivative and other contracts

 $15  $123  $—     $—     $23  $—    $2  $—    $—    $57 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —      —      —      44   261   —     —     —     7   —   
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $15  $123  $—     $44  $284  $—    $2  $  $7  $57 
                

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $34.9$16.9 billion of residential mortgages; $94.0$78.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $28.8$31.5 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $15.0$50.4 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.9$1.3 billion of residential mortgages; $2.1$2.0 billion of commercial mortgages; $3.0$5.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $1.1$4.9 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

198


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  At December 31, 2012 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
  Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
  Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
  Other
Structured
Financings
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(1)

 $251,689  $13,178  $3,390  $1,811  $14,029 

Maximum exposure to loss:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $22,280  $1,173  $—    $1,053  $3,387 

Derivative and other contracts

  154   51   2,158   —     562 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  66   —     —     679   384 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

 $22,500  $1,224  $2,158  $1,732  $4,333 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

     

Debt and equity interests(2)

 $22,280  $1,173  $—    $663  $3,387 

Derivative and other contracts

  156   8   4   —     174 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 $22,436  $1,181  $4  $663  $3,561 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

     

Derivative and other contracts

 $11  $2  $—    $—    $172 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  —     —     —     12   —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 $11  $2  $—    $12  $172 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $18.3 billion of residential mortgages; $53.8 billion of commercial mortgages; $126.3 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $53.3 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.
(2)Mortgage and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.0 billion of residential mortgages; $1.5 billion of commercial mortgages; $14.8 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $5.0 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the VIE’s assets.variable interests held by the Company. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value writedowns already recorded by the Company.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with the Company’s variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

 

175


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. ThePrimarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $5.7$12.5 billion at December 31, 2010.2013. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company, or acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities.activities or held in the Company’s available for sale portfolio (see

199


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Note 5). Securities issued by securitization SPEs consist of $2.1$1.1 billion of securities backed primarily by residential mortgage loans, $0.6$8.4 billion of securities backed by U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations, $1.2$1.3 billion of securities backed by commercial mortgage loans, $1.1$0.7 billion of securities backed by collateralized debt obligationsCDOs or collateralized loan obligationsCLOs and $0.7$1.0 billion backed by other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans. The Company’s primary risk exposure is limited to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Corporate and other debt or Securities available for sale and are measured at fair value.value (see Note 4). The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss is equal togenerally equals the fair value of the securities owned.

 

The following table presents information about the Company’s non-consolidated VIEs at December 31, 2009 in which the Company had significant variable interests or served as the sponsor and had any variable interest as of that date. The non-consolidated VIEs included in the December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 tables are based on different criteria.

   At December 31, 2009 
  Mortgage and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
   Credit and Real
Estate
   Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
   Other
Structured
Financings
 
   (dollars in millions) 

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate

  $720   $11,848   $339   $5,775 

Maximum exposure to loss:

        

Debt and equity interests

  $16   $2,330   $40   $861 

Derivative and other contracts

   1    4,949    —       —    

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       200    31    623 
                    

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $17   $7,479   $71   $1,484 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

        

Debt and equity interests

  $16   $2,330   $40   $682 

Derivative and other contracts

   1    2,382    —       —    
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $17   $4,712   $40   $682 
                    

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

        

Derivative and other contracts

  $—      $484   $—      $—    

Commitments, guarantees and other

   —       —       —       45 
                    

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $—      $484   $—      $45 
                    

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily includesinclude securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs), and as servicer in residential mortgage securitizations in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage securitizations in Europe. Such activities are further described below.

176


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Securitization Activities.    In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

 

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe, the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

 

In most of these transactions, the SPE met the criteria to be classified as a QSPE under the accounting guidance effective prior to January 1, 2010 for the transfer and servicing of financial assets. The Company did not consolidate QSPEs if they met certain criteria regarding the types of assets and derivatives they held, the activities in which they engaged and the range of discretion they may have exercised in connection with the assets they held. SPEs that formerly met the criteria to be a QSPE are now subject to the same consolidation requirements as other VIEs.

The primary risk retained by the Company in connection with these transactions generally is limited to the beneficial interests issued by the SPE that are owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value. The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Financial instruments owned—Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

 

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

 

See Note 12 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

Available for Sale Securities.    In its available for sale portfolio, the Company holds securities issued by VIEs not sponsored by the Company. These securities include government guaranteed securities issued in transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and the most senior securities issued by VIEs in which the securities are backed by student loans, automobile loans, commercial mortgage loans or CLOs. See Note 5.

200


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts.    In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, generally on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Company consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest. No such trusts were consolidated at either December 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

177


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Protection Purchased Throughthrough CLNs.    In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high qualityhigh-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets, through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will deliver collateral securities as the payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets, and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment. CLNs are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

 

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

 

Other Structured Financings.    The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low-income communities (including low-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations.    A collateralized loan obligation (“CLO”)CLO or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Company underwrites the securities issued in CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Company sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. If necessary, the Company may retain unsold securities issued in these transactions. Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

201


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Equity-Linked Notes.    In an equity-linked note transaction included in the tables above, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. Equity-linked notes are included in Other in the above VIE tables.

 

Managed Real Estate Partnerships.    The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities and other means. The Company also serves as the general partner for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds arewere consolidated at December 31, 2010.2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

AssetInvestment Management Investment Funds.    The tables above do not include certain investments made by the Company held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies.

 

178


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

 

The following tables present information at December 31, 20102013 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment:

   At December 31, 2013 
   Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
   (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $29,723   $60,698   $19,155   $11,736 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $1   $102   $524   $—   

Non-investment grade

   136    95    —      1,319 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $137   $197   $524   $1,319 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $14   $170   $21   $350 

Non-investment grade

   41    97    —      68 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $55   $267   $21   $418 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $1   $672   $—     $121 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $1   $—     $120 

(1)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

202


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2013 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $626   $1   $627 

Non-investment grade

   —      164    1,386    1,550 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—     $790   $1,387   $2,177 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $547   $8   $555 

Non-investment grade

   —      182    24    206 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—     $729   $32   $761 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—     $615   $179   $794 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $110   $11   $121 

The following tables present information at December 31, 2012 regarding transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment. The transferees in most of these transactions formerly met the criteria for QSPEs.treatment:

 

  At December 31, 2010    At December 31, 2012 
  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
    Residential
Mortgage
Loans
   Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
   U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
   Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other
 
  (dollars in millions)    (dollars in millions) 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $48,947   $85,974   $29,748   $11,462 

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $36,750   $70,824   $17,787   $14,701 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $46   $64   $2,636   $8 

Investment grade

  $1   $77   $1,468   $—   

Non-investment grade

   206    81    —       2,327 

Non-investment grade

   54    109    —      1,503 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $252   $145   $2,636   $2,335 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $55   $186   $1,468   $1,503 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $118   $643   $155   $21 

Investment grade

  $11   $124   $99   $389 

Non-investment grade

   205    55    —       11 

Non-investment grade

   113    34    —      31 
                    

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $323   $698   $155   $32 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $124   $158   $99   $420 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $75   $955   $—      $78 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $2   $948   $—     $177 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $29   $80   $—      $314 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $22   $—     $—     $303 

 

(1)Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

   At December 31, 2010 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $2,732   $22   $2,754 

Non-investment grade

   —       241    2,373    2,614 
                    

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—      $2,973   $2,395   $5,368 
                    

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—      $929   $8   $937 

Non-investment grade

   —       255    16    271 
                    

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—      $1,184   $24   $1,208 
                    

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—      $887   $221   $1,108 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—      $360   $63   $423 
203


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2012 
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Retained interests (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $1,476   $70   $1,546 

Non-investment grade

   —      84    1,582    1,666 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

  $—     $1,560   $1,652   $3,212 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

        

Investment grade

  $—     $617   $6   $623 

Non-investment grade

   —      139    39    178 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

  $—     $756   $45   $801 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

  $—     $774   $353   $1,127 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

  $—     $295   $30   $325 

 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

179


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

In addition, in connection with its underwriting of CLO transactions for unaffiliated sponsors, in 2013 the Company sold corporate loans with an unpaid principal balance of $2.4 billion to those SPEs.

 

Net gains on sales of assets in securitization transactions at the time of securitizationthe sale were not material in 2010, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and in the one month ended December 31, 2008. Net gains at the time of securitization were $104 million in 2009.2011.

 

During 2010, 20092013, 2012 and fiscal 2008,2011, the Company received proceeds from new securitization transactions of $25.6$24.9 billion, $8.6$17.0 billion and $7.1$22.6 billion, respectively. The Company did not receive any proceeds from new securitization transactions during the one month ended December 31, 2008. During 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, the Company received proceeds from cash flows from retained interests in securitization transactions of $7.1$4.6 billion, $2.1 billion, $3.1$4.3 billion and $153 million,$6.5 billion, respectively.

 

The Company provideshas provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties thatregarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions conform to specific guidelinessponsored by the Company (see Note 13).

 

Failed Sales.

 

In order to be treated as a sale of assets for accounting purposes, a transaction must meet all of the criteria stipulated in the accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets. If the transfer fails to meet these criteria, that transfer of financial assets is treated as a failed sale. In such case for transfers to VIEs and securitizations, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Financial instruments owned,Trading assets, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings in the consolidated statements of financial condition.condition (see Note 11).

 

The assets transferred to many unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many unconsolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions,

204


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

the Company has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

The following tables presenttable presents information about the carrying value (equal to fair value) of assets and liabilities resulting from transfers of financial assets treated by the Company as secured financings:

 

  At December 31, 2010 
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Equity-
Linked
Transactions
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Carrying value

 $128  $784  $1,618  $62 

Other secured financings

    

Carrying value

 $124  $781  $1,583  $61 
  At December 31, 2009 
  Residential
Mortgage
Loans
  Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
  Credit-
Linked
Notes
  Other 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

    

Carrying value

 $151  $291  $1,012  $1,294 

Other secured financings

    

Carrying value

 $138  $269  $978  $1,294 
   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
   Carrying Value of   Carrying Value of 
   Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Credit-linked notes

  $48   $41   $283   $222 

Equity-linked transactions

   40    35    422    405 

Other

   157    156    29    28 

 

Mortgage Servicing Activities.

 

Mortgage Servicing Rights.    The Company may retain servicing rights to certain mortgage loans that are sold through its securitization activities.sold. These transactions create an asset referred to as MSRs, which totaled

180


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

approximately $157$8 million and $137$7 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, and are included within Intangible assets and carried at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

SPE Mortgage Servicing Activities.    The Company services residential mortgage loans in the U.S. and in Europe and commercial mortgage loans in Europe owned by SPEs, including SPEs sponsored by the Company and SPEs not sponsored by the Company. The Company generally holds retained interests in Company-sponsored SPEs. In some cases, as part of its market-making activities, the Company may own some beneficial interests issued by both Company-sponsored and non-Company sponsored SPEs.

 

The Company provides no credit support as part of its servicing activities. The Company is required to make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed. Reimbursement of servicing advances is a senior obligation of the SPE, senior to the most senior beneficial interests outstanding. Outstanding advances are included in Other assets and are recorded at cost.cost, net of allowances. Advances at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 totaled approximately $1.5 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively, net of allowance of $10$110 million and $23$49 million, respectively. There were no allowances at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009, respectively.2012.

 

The following tables present information about the Company’s mortgage servicing activities for SPEs to which the Company transferred loans at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009:2012:

 

  At December 31, 2010    At December 31, 2013 
  Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
 Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
   Commercial
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
    Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
 Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
  (dollars in millions)    (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $10,616  $2,357  $7,108   $2,097 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $785  $775  $4,114 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $3,861  $446  $—      $—    

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $66  $44  $—   

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   36.4  18.9  —       —    

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   8.5  5.6  —   

Credit losses

  $1,098  $35  $—      $—    

Credit losses

  $1  $17  $—   

 

(1)Amount includesAmounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

205


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2012 
   Residential
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Consolidated
SPEs
  Commercial
Mortgage
Unconsolidated
SPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $821  $1,141  $4,760 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $86  $43  $—   

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   10.4  3.8  —   

Credit losses

  $3  $2  $—   

(1)Amounts include loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

 

   At December 31, 2009 
   Residential
Mortgage
QSPEs
  Residential
Mortgage
Failed Sales
  Commercial
Mortgage
QSPEs
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets serviced (unpaid principal balance)

  $18,902  $1,110  $10,901 

Amounts past due 90 days or greater (unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $7,297  $408  $5 

Percentage of amounts past due 90 days or greater(1)

   38.6  36.8  —    

(1)Amount includes loans that are at least 90 days contractually delinquent, loans for which the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, loans in foreclosure and real estate owned.

The Company also serviced residential and commercial mortgage loans for SPEs sponsored by unrelated parties with unpaid principal balances totaling $13 billion and $20 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.

181


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

8.    Financing Receivables.Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses.

 

Loans held for investment.Loans.

 

The Company’s loans held for investment are recorded at amortized cost, and classified as Loansits loans held for sale are recorded at lower of cost or fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition. A description of the Company’s loan portfolio is described below.

 

  

Commercial and IndustrialCorporate. CommercialCorporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, “event-driven” loans include commercialand lending corporate lendingcommitments and commercial asset-backed lending products. “Event-driven” loans support client merger, acquisition or recapitalization activities. Corporate lending is structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for commercial and industrialcorporate loans include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, covenants, counterparty type and, (for unsecured loans) counterparty type.for lending commitments, the probability of drawdown.

 

  

Consumer. Consumer loans include unsecured loans and non-purpose securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying marketable securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit and letter of credit facilities and are primarily offered through the Company’s Portfolio Loan Account program. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for non-purpose securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).

 

  

Residential Real Estate—ResidentialEstate. Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and home equity lines of credit and non-conforming loans.credit. The allowance methodology for nonconformingnon-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to, loan-to-value ratio, a FICO score, home price index, and delinquency status. The methodology for home equity loanslines of credit considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered for nonconformingnon-conforming residential mortgages.

 

  

Wholesale Real Estate—WholesaleEstate. Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factorfactors for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans isare the underlying collateral type, which is affected by the time period to liquidate the collateralloan-to-value ratio and the volatility in collateral values.debt service ratio.

206


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s outstanding loans held for investment at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2012 included the following (dollars in millions):following:

 

Commercial and industrial

  $4,054 
 December 31, 2013 December 31, 2012 

Loans by Product Type

 Loans Held
For
Investment
 Loans Held
For Sale
 Total Loans Loans Held
For
Investment
 Loans Held
For Sale
 Total Loans 
 (dollars in millions) 

Corporate loans

 $13,263  $6,168  $19,431  $9,449  $4,987  $14,436 

Consumer loans

   3,974   11,577   —     11,577   7,618   —     7,618 

Residential real estate loans

   1,915   10,006   112   10,118   6,630   142   6,772 

Wholesale real estate loans

   468   1,855   49   1,904   326   —     326 
     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total loans held for investment, net of allowance of $82 million

  $10,411 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

  36,701   6,329   43,030   24,023   5,129   29,152 

Allowance for loan losses

  (156  —     (156  (106  —     (106
     

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses(1)(2)

 $36,545  $6,329  $42,874  $23,917  $5,129  $29,046 
 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

(1)Amounts include loans that are made to foreign borrowers of $4,729 million and $4,531 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)See Note 13 for further information related to unfunded lending commitments.

 

The above table does not include loans held for saleat fair value of $165$12,612 million and $17,311 million at December 31, 2010.2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, loans held at fair value consisted of $9,774 million of Corporate loans, $1,434 million of Residential real estate loans and $1,404 million of Wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2012, loans held at fair value consisted of $13,350 million of Corporate loans, $1,870 million of Residential real estate loans and $2,091 million of Wholesale real estate loans. Loans held at fair value are recorded as Trading Assets in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. See Note 4 for further information.

Credit Quality.

 

The Company’s Credit Risk Management Departmentdepartment evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved, and at least annually thereafter for consumercorporate and industrialwholesale real estate loans. For corporate and commercial loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Company’s Credit Risk Management Department will also evaluate strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio, and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level and for consumer loanslevel. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

182


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company utilizes the following credit quality indictorsindicators which are consistent with banking regulators’ definitions of criticized exposures, in its credit monitoring process.process for loans held for investment.

 

  

Pass. A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

207


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

  

Special Mention. Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention, and if left uncorrected may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects for the credit. These potential weaknesses may be due to circumstances such as the borrower experiencing negative operating trends, having an ill-proportioned balance sheet, experiencing problems with management or labor relations, experiencing pending litigation, or there are concerns about the condition or control over collateral.collateral position.

 

  

Substandard. Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected. Indicators of a substandard loan include that the obligor is experiencing current or anticipated unprofitable operations, inadequate fixed charge coverage, and inadequate liquidity to support operations or meet obligations when they come due or marginal capitalization.

Consumer loans are considered substandard when they are past due 90 cumulative days from the contractual due date. Residential real estate and home equity loans are considered substandard when they are past due more than 90 days and have a loan-to-value ratio greater than 60%, except for home equity loans where the Company does not hold a senior mortgage, which are considered substandard when past due 90 days or more regardless of loan-to-value ratio.

 

  

Doubtful. Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, butand the amount of loss is uncertain. The obligor may demonstrate inadequate liquidity, sufficient capital or necessary resources to continue as a going concern or may be in default.

 

  

Loss. Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

 

At December 31, 2010,The following tables present credit quality indicators for the Company collectively evaluatedCompany’s loans held for impairmentinvestment, gross commercial and industrial loans, consumer loans, residential real estate loans and wholesale real estate loans of $3,791 million, $3,890 million, $1,915 million and $90 million, respectively. The Company individually evaluatedallowance for impairment gross commercial and industrial loans, consumer and wholesale real estate loans of $307 million, $85 million and $415 million, respectively. Commercial and industrial loans of approximately $170 million and wholesale real estate loans of approximately $108 million were impairedloan losses, by product type, at December 31, 2010. Approximately 99% of the Company’s loan portfolio was current at2013 and December 31, 2010.2012.

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $12,893   $11,577   $9,992   $1,829   $36,291 

Special Mention

   189    —      —      16    205 

Substandard

   174     —      14    —      188  

Doubtful

   7    —      —      10    17  

Loss

   —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $13,263   $11,577   $10,006   $1,855   $36,701 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Credit Quality Indicators

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Pass

  $9,410   $7,618   $6,629   $302   $23,959 

Special Mention

   6    —      —      24    30 

Substandard

   7    —      1    —      8 

Doubtful

   26    —      —      —      26 

Loss

   —      —      —      —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $9,449   $7,618   $6,630   $326   $24,023 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses and Impaired Loans.

 

The Company assigned an internal gradeallowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

There are two components of “doubtful”the allowance for loan losses: the inherent allowance component and the specific allowance component.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to certain commercial asset-backed and wholesale real estate loans totaling $500 million. Doubtful loans can be classified as current ifestimate the borrower is making paymentsprobable losses inherent in accordance with the loan agreement.portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company assignedmaintains methodologies by loan product for

208


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

calculating an internal grade of “pass” toallowance for loan losses that estimates the majorityinherent losses in the loan portfolio. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the remainingportfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures, including loans modified in a TDR, which have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company and determined to be impaired. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company’s TDRs were not significant. For further information on allowance for loan losses, see Note 2.

The tables below provide detail on impaired loans, past due loans and allowances for the Company’s held for investment loans:

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $63   $—      $—      $10   $73 

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   6    —      11    —      17 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   69    —      11    10    90 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   7    —      11    10    28 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Product Type

  Corporate   Consumer   Residential
Real  Estate
   Wholesale
Real  Estate
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans with allowance

  $19    $—      $1   $—      $20 

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

   14    —      —      —      14 

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

   33     —      1    —      34  

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   25    —      1    —      26 

   December 31, 2013 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Others   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $90   $—      $—      $—      $90 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   28    —      —      —      28 

Allowance for loan losses

   123    28    3    2    156 

   December 31, 2012 

Loans by Region

  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Others   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Impaired loans

  $34   $—      $—      $—      $34 

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

   26    —      —      —      26 

Allowance for loan losses

   52    52    2    —      106 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

(1)At December 31, 2013 and 2012, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the fair value of the collateral held exceeded or equaled the carrying value.

209


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes information about the allowance for loan losses, loans by impairment methodology, the allowance for lending-related commitments and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology.

   Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
   Total 
       
   (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $96  $3  $5  $2   $106 

Gross charge-offs

   (13  —     (2  —      (15

Gross recoveries

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

   (13  —     (2  —      (15
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses(1)

   54   (2  1   12    65 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $137  $1  $4  $14   $156 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $126  $1  $4  $10   $141 

Specific

   11   —     —     4    15 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2013

  $137  $1  $4  $14   $156 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

       

Inherent

  $13,194  $11,577  $9,995  $1,845   $36,611 

Specific

   69   —     11   10    90 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $13,263  $11,577  $10,006  $1,855   $36,701 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

       

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $91  $—    $—    $1   $92 

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

   44   —     —     1    45 

Other

   (10  —     —     —      (10
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 

Specific

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2013

  $125  $—    $—    $2   $127 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

       

Inherent

  $63,427  $2,151  $1,423  $207   $67,208 

Specific

   —     —     —     —      —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at December 31, 2013

  $63,427  $2,151  $1,423  $207   $67,208 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded $65 million of provision for loan losses within Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013.
(2)Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3)The Company recorded $45 million of provision for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013.

210


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

      Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 
         
      (dollars in millions) 

Allowance for loan losses:

         

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $14  $1  $1   $1  $17 

Gross charge-offs

     (11  —     —      —     (11

Gross recoveries

     —     —     —      13   13 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (11  —     —      13   2 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses(1)

     93   2   4    (12  87 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $96  $3  $5   $2  $106 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $94  $3  $5   $2  $104 

Specific

     2   —     —      —     2 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2012

    $96  $3  $5   $2  $106 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loans evaluated by impairment methodology(2):

         

Inherent

    $9,416  $7,618  $6,629   $326  $23,989 

Specific

     33   —     1    —     34 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at December 31, 2012

    $9,449  $7,618  $6,630   $326  $24,023 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments:

         

Balance at December 31, 2011

    $19  $3  $—     $2  $24 

Provision for lending-related commitments(3)

     72   (3  —      (1  68 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    $91  $—    $—     $1  $92 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $87  $—    $—     $1  $88 

Specific

     4   —     —      —     4 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending-related commitments at December 31, 2012

    $91  $—    $—     $1  $92 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Lending-related commitments evaluated by impairment methodology:

         

Inherent

    $44,079  $1,406  $712   $101  $46,298 

Specific

     47   —     —      —     47 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total lending-related commitments evaluated at December 31, 2012

    $44,126  $1,406  $712   $101  $46,345 
    

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company recorded $87 million of provision for loan losses within Other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012.
(2)Balances are gross of the allowance and represent recorded investment in the loans.
(3)The Company recorded $67 million of provision for lending-related commitments within Other non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012.

211


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Employee Loans.

 

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Global Wealth Management Group business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Receivables—Fees, interestCustomer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from fourone to 12 years. The Company

183


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

establishes a reserve for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had $5,831$5,487 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $111$109 million. At December 31, 2012, the Company had $5,998 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $131 million.

The Company has also granted loans to other employees primarily in conjunction with certain after-tax leveraged investment arrangements. At December 31, 2013, the balance of these loans was $100 million, net of an allowance of approximately $51 million. At December 31, 2012, the balance of these loans was $172 million, net of an allowance of approximately $108 million. The Company establishes a reserve for non-recourse loan amounts not recoverable from employees, which is recorded in Other expense.

 

Collateralized Transactions.

 

In certain instances, the Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions to acquire securities to cover short positions, to settle other securities obligations and to accommodate customers’clients’ needs. The Company also engages in securities financing transactions for customers through margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of the qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 6).

 

Servicing Advances.

 

As part of its servicing activities, the Company is required tomay make servicing advances to the extent that it believes that such advances will be reimbursed (see Note 7).

 

9.    Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective bookcarrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the bookcarrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below bookcarrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment.

Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are generally determined utilizing methodologies that incorporate price-to-book, price-to-earnings and assets under management multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 2010 and July 1, 2009. The Company’s testing did not indicate any goodwill impairment. Due to the volatility in the equity markets, the economic outlook and the Company’s common shares trading below book value during the quarters ended September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010,derived based on valuation techniques the Company performed additional impairment testing at September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, which did not result in any goodwill impairment. Adversebelieves market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

In connection with the proposed sale of a majority equity stake in FrontPoint (see Note 28), the Company recognized an impairment charge of $27 million.

Due to the financial market and economic events that occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company performed an interim impairment testparticipants would use for goodwill subsequent to its annual testing date of June 1, 2008. The interim impairment test resulted in a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of approximately $673 million. The charge related to the fixed income business, which is a reporting unit within the Institutional Securities business segment. The fair valueeach of the fixed income business was calculated by comparison with similar companies using their publicly traded price-to-book multiples as the basis for valuation. The impairment charge resulted from declines in the credit and mortgage markets in general, which caused significant declines in the stock market capitalization in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 and, hence, a decline in the fair value of the fixed income business.reporting units.

 

 184212 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing at July 1, 2013 and July 1, 2012. The Company’s impairment testing for each period did not indicate any goodwill impairment as each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

Goodwill.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill, net of accumulated impairment losses for 20102013 and 2009,2012, were as follows:

 

   Institutional
Securities(1)
  Global
Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill at December 31, 2008

  $813  $272  $1,171  $2,256 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   13   —      —      13 

Goodwill acquired during the year(2)

   —      5,346   —      5,346 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(3)

   (453  —      —      (453
                 

Goodwill at December 31, 2009(4)(5)

  $373  $5,618  $1,171  $7,162 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   10   (2  —      8 

Goodwill disposed of during the year(6)

   —      —      (404  (404

Impairment losses(7)

   —      —      (27  (27
                 

Goodwill at December 31, 2010(5)

  $383  $5,616  $740  $6,739 
                 
   Institutional
Securities(1)
  Wealth
Management(1)
  Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Goodwill at December 31, 2011(2)

  $343  $5,603  $740   $6,686 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (6  35   —       29 

Goodwill disposed of during the period(3)

   —      (65  —       (65
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2012(2)

  $337  $5,573  $740   $6,650 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   (27  —      —       (27

Goodwill disposed of during the period(4)(5)

   (17  (11  —       (28
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2013(2)

  $293  $5,562  $740   $6,595 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)The amountOn January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of goodwill related to MSCI was $437 million at December 31, 2008.the Institutional Securities business segment.
(2)Global Wealth Management Group business segment activity primarily represents goodwill acquired in connection with Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 3).
(3)Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents goodwill disposed of in connection with MSCI (see Note 25).
(4)The Asset Management business segment amount at December 31, 2009 included approximately $404 million related to Retail Asset Management.
(5)The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million, which included $673 million related to the Institutional Securities business segment and $673$27 million related to the Investment Management business segment, was $7,295 million and $7,350 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009, respectively, was $7,439 million and $7,835 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively.
(6)(3)The AssetWealth Management business segment activity represents goodwill disposed of in connection with the sale of Retail Asset ManagementQuilter (see Note 1).
(7)(4)In 2011, the Company announced that it had reached an agreement with the employees of its in-house quantitative proprietary trading unit, Process Driven Trading (“PDT”), within the Institutional Securities business segment, whereby PDT employees will acquire certain assets from the Company and launch an independent advisory firm. This transaction closed on January 1, 2013.
(5)The AssetWealth Management activity represents impairment losses related to FrontPoint (see Note 28 for further informationbusiness segment sold the U.K. operations of the Global Stock Plan Services business on FrontPoint).May 31, 2013.

 

 185213 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Intangible Assets.

 

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s intangible assets for 20102013 and 20092012 were as follows:

 

  Institutional
Securities(1)
  Global
Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management(2)
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333  $—     $389  $722 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  184   —      —      184 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $517  $—     $389  $906 
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2008

 $333  $—     $389  $722 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  —      —      (4  (4

Amortization expense(3)

  (17  (183  (45  (245

Impairment losses(4)

  (4  —      (12  (16

Intangible assets acquired during the year(5)

  2   4,475   1   4,478 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year(6)

  (153  —      (145  (298
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

  161   4,292   184   4,637 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  135   2   —      137 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 3)

  —      280   —      280 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

 $296  $4,574  $184  $5,054 
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2009

 $161  $4,292  $184  $4,637 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

  6   1   —      7 

Amortization expense

  (23  (324  (9  (356

Impairment losses(7)

  (4  (4  (166  (174

Intangible assets acquired during the year(8)

  122   —      —      122 

Intangible assets disposed of during the year

  —      (2  (4  (6
                

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2010

  262   3,963   5   4,230 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

  151   6   —      157 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 3)

  —      280   —      280 
                

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2010

 $413  $4,249  $5  $4,667 
                
   Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $229  $3,641  $2  $3,872 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   122   11   —     133 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets (see Note 2)

   —     280   —     280 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $351  $3,932  $2  $4,285 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2011

  $229  $3,641  $2  $3,872 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   5   1   —     6 

Amortization expense

   (17  (322  (1  (340

Impairment losses(1)

   (4  —     —     (4

Increase due to Smith Barney tradename(2)

   —     280   —     280 

Intangible assets acquired during the period

   4   —     —     4 

Intangible assets disposed of during the period(3)

   (42  —     —     (42
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,600  $1  $3,776 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   —     7   —     7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,607  $1  $3,783 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2012

  $175  $3,600  $1  $3,776 

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

   —     (1  —     (1

Amortization expense(4)

   (117  (336  —     (453

Impairment losses(1)(5)

   (2  (42  —     (44
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   56   3,221   1   3,278 

Mortgage servicing rights (see Note 7)

   —     8   —     8 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

  $56  $3,229  $1  $3,286 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

(1)The amountImpairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of net intangible assets related to MSCI was $144 million at December 31, 2008.income.
(2)The amountWealth Management business segment activity represents the reclassification of $280 million from an indefinite-lived to a finite-lived intangible assets related to Crescent was $194 million at December 31, 2008.asset (see Note 2).
(3)Amortization expense for MSCI, Retail Asset Management and Crescent in 2009 is included in discontinued operations.
(4)Impairment losses recorded within the Asset Management business segment related to the disposition of Crescent and are included in discontinued operations.
(5)Global Wealth Management Group business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets acquired in connection with Smith Barney and Citi Managed Futures (see Note 3).
(6)The Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with MSCI. Asset Management business segment activity represents intangible assets disposed of in connection with Crescent (see Note 25).the sale of a principal investment.
(7)The Asset Management business segment activity represents losses primarily related to investment management contracts that were determined using discounted cash flow models. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses and Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 19).
(8)(4)The Institutional Securities business segment activity primarily represents certain reinsurance licenses and aaccelerated recovery of related intangible costs.
(5)The Wealth Management business segment activity primarily represents an impairment charge related to management contract.contracts associated with alternative investment funds.
   At December 31, 2013   At December 31, 2012 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

  $7   $3   $7   $3 

Tradename

   280    12    280    2 

Customer relationships

   4,058    1,177    4,058    923 

Management contracts

   268    146    313    116 

Research

   176    176    176    126 

Other

   192    189    192    80 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $4,981   $1,703   $5,026   $1,250 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $286 million per year over the next five years.

 

 186214 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Amortizable intangible assets were as follows:

   At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Amortizable intangible assets:

        

Trademarks

  $63   $13   $75   $10 

Technology related

   3    2    10    3 

Customer relationships

   4,059    415    4,061    159 

Management contracts

   347    75    463    38 

Research

   176    56    176    21 

Intangible lease asset

   38    16    24    4 

Other

   149    28    103    40 
                    

Total amortizable intangible assets

  $4,835   $605   $4,912   $275 
                    

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $329 million per year over the next five years.

 

10.    Deposits.

 

Deposits were as follows:

 

  At
December 31,
2010(1)
   At
December 31,
2009(1)
   At
December  31,
2013(1)
   At
December  31,
2012(1)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Savings and demand deposits(2)

  $59,856   $57,114   $109,908   $80,058 

Time deposits(2)(3)

   3,956    5,101    2,471    3,208 
          

 

   

 

 

Total

  $63,812   $62,215   $112,379   $83,266 
          

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Total deposits insured bysubject to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”(the “FDIC”) at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 were $48$84 billion and $46$62 billion, respectively.
(2)Amounts include non-interest bearing deposits of $1,037 million at December 31, 2012. There were no non-interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2013.
(3)Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 4).

 

The weighted average interest rates of interest bearing deposits outstanding during 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 were 0.5%0.2%, 1.3%, 2.1%0.3% and 1.3%0.4%, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2010, interest bearingInterest-bearing deposits maturing over the next five years wereare as follows (dollarsfollows: $112,329 million in millions):2014 and $50 million in 2015. The amount for 2014 includes $109,908 million of saving deposits, which have no stated maturity, and $2,421 million of time deposits.

Year

 

2011(1)

  $61,633 

2012

   591 

2013

   1,360 

2014

   198 

2015

   —    

(1)Amount includes approximately $60 billion of savings deposits, which have no stated maturity, and approximately $2 billion of time deposits.

 

At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the Company had $805$2,283 million and $110$1,718 million, respectively, of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more.

187


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11.    Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

 

Commercial Paper and Other Short-Term Borrowings.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

 

  December  31,
2010
  December  31,
2009
   December  31,
2013
  December  31,
2012
 
     
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Commercial Paper:

      

Balance at period-end

  $945  $783   $8  $306 

Average balance(1)

  $155  $479 

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(2)

   10.4  10.1
       

Other Short-Term Borrowings(3)(4):

   

Balance at period-end

  $2,134  $1,832 

Average balance(1)

  $866  $924   $1,872  $1,461 
       

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance

   2.5  0.8
       

Other Short-Term Borrowings(2)(3):

   

Balance at period-end

  $2,311  $1,595 
       

Average balance(1)

  $2,697  $2,453 
       

 

(1)Average balances are calculated based upon weekly balances.
(2)The weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2013 and 2012 were driven primarily by commercial paper issued in a foreign country in which typical funding rates are significantly higher than in the U.S.
(3)These borrowings included bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with original maturities of 12 months or less.
(3)(4)Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option. See Note 4 for additional information.

215


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

 

Maturities and Terms.    Long-term borrowings consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 

  Parent Company Subsidiaries At
December  31,
2010(3)(4)(5)
  At
December  31,
2009(3)
  Parent Company Subsidiaries At
December  31,
2013(3)(4)
  At
December  31,
2012
 
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
   Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  Fixed
Rate
  Variable
Rate(1)(2)
  
    

Due in 2010

  $—     $—     $—     $—     $—    $26,088 

Due in 2011

   14,395   10,558   161   1,797   26,911  26,810 

Due in 2012

   15,310   21,865   37   653   37,865   38,039 

Due in 2013

   6,269   18,452   63   694   25,478   25,020  $—    $—    $—    $—    $—    $25,303 

Due in 2014

   11,178   5,526   15   984   17,703   16,866   11,665   10,830   18   1,680   24,193   21,751 

Due in 2015

   13,087   4,110   73   3,756   21,026   13,175   13,962   5,760   17   1,351   21,090   24,653 

Due in 2016

  11,521   9,621   43   1,959   23,144   19,984 

Due in 2017

  16,227   8,231   18   1,819   26,295   28,137 

Due in 2018

  10,689   2,886   18   1,715   15,308   7,733 

Thereafter

   39,371   22,847   317   939   63,474   47,376   34,748   7,165   440   1,192   43,545   42,010 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $99,610  $83,358  $666  $8,823  $192,457  $193,374  $98,812  $44,493  $554  $9,716  $153,575  $169,571 
                    

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average coupon at period-end(6)(5)

   5.1  1.0  6.2  4.2  3.8  3.9  5.1  1.0  6.5  0.7  4.4  4.4

 

(1)FloatingVariable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and Federal Funds rates.
(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(3)Amounts include long-term borrowings issued under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”).
(4)Amounts include an increase of approximately $3.2$2.2 billion at December 31, 20102013, to the carrying amount of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges. The increase to the carrying value associated with fair value hedges by year due was approximately less than $0.1 billion due in 2011, $0.2 billion due in 2012,2014, $0.4 billion due in 2013, $0.42015, $0.5 billion due in 2014, $0.62016, $1.0 billion due in 20152017, $0.3 billion due in 2018 and $1.5$(0.1) billion due thereafter.
(5)(4)Amounts include a decreasean increase of approximately $0.6$2.4 billion at December 31, 20102013 to the carrying amounts of certain of the Company’s long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 4).
(6)(5)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

 

188


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company’s long-term borrowings included the following components:

 

  At December 31,   At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
  2010   2009   
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Senior debt

  $183,514   $178,797   $139,451   $158,899 

Subordinated debt

   4,126    3,983    9,275    5,845 

Junior subordinated debentures

   4,817    10,594    4,849    4,827 
          

 

   

 

 

Total

  $192,457   $193,374   $153,575   $169,571 
          

 

   

 

 

 

During 2010,2013, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $33$28 billion. This amount included the Company’s issuances of $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on November 22, 2013, $2.0 billion in subordinated debt on May 21, 2013, $3.7 billion in senior unsecured debt on April 25, 2013 and $4.5 billion in senior unsecured debt on February 25, 2013. During 2010,2013, approximately $34$39 billion of notes matured or were repaid, which includes $5,579 million of junior subordinated debentures related to CIC that were redeemed in August 2010 (see Note 15).retired.

 

During 2009,2012, the Company issued and reissued notes with a principal amount of approximately $44$24 billion. These notes include the public issuance ofDuring 2012, approximately $30 billion of senior unsecured notes that were not guaranteed by the FDIC. During 2009, approximately $33$43 billion of notes matured or were repaid.retired.

 

Senior debt securities often are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index (e.g., the

216


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Company or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities. Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put or extend the notes aggregated $947$1,175 million at December 31, 20102013 and $928$1,131 million at December 31, 2009.2012. In addition, separate agreements are entered into by the Company’s subsidiaries that effectively allow the holders to put the notes aggregated $353 million at December 31, 2013 and $1,895 million at December 31, 2012. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures generally are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Company or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

 

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings.    The Company’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g.,, Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure resulting from movements in the underlying index, equity, credit or other position, the Company has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. These instruments are included in the preceding table at their redemption values based on the performance of the underlying indices, baskets of stocks, or specific equity securities, credit or other position or index. The Company carries either the entire structured borrowing at fair value or bifurcates the embedded derivative and carries it at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Principal transactions—Trading revenues. See Note 4 for further information on structured borrowings.

 

Subordinated Debt and Junior Subordinated Debentures.    Included in the Company’s long-term borrowings are subordinated notes of $4,126$9,275 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.79%4.69% at December 31, 20102013 and $3,983$5,845 million having a weighted average coupon of 4.78%4.81% at December 31, 2009.2012. Junior subordinated debentures outstanding by the Company were $4,817$4,849 million at December 31, 20102013 and $10,594$4,827 million at December 31, 20092012 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.37% at both December 31, 20102013 and 6.17% at December 31, 2009.2012. Maturities of the subordinated and junior subordinated notes range from 20112014 to 2067. Maturities of certain junior subordinated debentures can be extended to 2052 at the Company’s option.

 

189


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Asset and Liability Management.    In general, securities inventories that are not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of the Company’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. Fixed assets are generally financed with fixed rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Company has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations. The Company’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate as follows:

 

 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Weighted average coupon of long-term borrowings at period-end(1)

  3.6  3.7  4.9  4.8   4.4  4.4  4.0

Effective average borrowing rate for long-term borrowings after swaps at period-end(1)

  2.4  2.3  4.0  3.8   2.2  2.3  1.9

 

(1)Included in the weighted average and effective average calculations are non-U.S. dollar interest rates.

 

Other.    The Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

FDIC’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company had long-term debt outstanding of $21.3 billion and $23.8 billion, respectively, under the TLGP. The issuance of debt under the TLPG expired on December 31, 2010, but the existing long-term debt outstanding is guaranteed until June 30, 2012. These borrowings are senior unsecured debt obligations of the Company and guaranteed by the FDIC under the TLGP. The FDIC has concluded that the guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Other Secured Financings.

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $7,398   $5,396 

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less(1)

   506    27 

Failed sales

   2,549    2,679 
          

Total(2)

  $10,453   $8,102 
          

(1)At December 31, 2010, amount included approximately $308 million of variable rate financings and approximately $198 million of fixed rate financings.
(2)Amounts include $8,490 million at fair value at December 31, 2010 and $8,102 million at fair value at December 31, 2009.

 

 190217 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Other Secured Financings.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 7 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

The Company’s other secured financings consisted of the following:

   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $9,750   $14,431 

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less(1)

   4,233    641 

Failed sales(2)

   232    655 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total(3)

  $14,215   $15,727 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)At December 31, 2013, amount includes approximately $3,899 million of variable rate financings and approximately $334 million in fixed rate financings.
(2)For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.
(3)Amounts include $5,206 million and $9,466 million at fair value at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Maturities and Terms:    Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year consisted of the following:

 

  Fixed
Rate
 Variable
Rate(1)(2)
 At
December 31,
2010
 At
December 31,
2009
   Fixed
Rate
 Variable
Rate(1)(2)
 At
December 31,
2013
 At
December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2010

  $—     $—     $—     $75 

Due in 2011

   486   2,721   3,207   2,542 

Due in 2012

   38   62   100   4 

Due in 2013

   300   234   534   963   $—    $—    $—    $8,528 

Due in 2014

   —      14   14   53    466   3,034   3,500   2,868 

Due in 2015

   —      577   577   —       29   1,877   1,906   960 

Due in 2016

   216   2,726   2,942   429 

Due in 2017

   —     160   160   181 

Due in 2018

   —     675   675   667 

Thereafter

   470   2,496   2,966   1,759    229   338   567   798 
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  $1,294  $6,104  $7,398  $5,396   $940  $8,810  $9,750  $14,431 
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average coupon rate at period-end(3)

   2.2  1.6  1.7  0.8   2.4  1.3  1.4  1.4

 

(1)Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR.
(2)Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.
(3)Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices.

218


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Maturities and Terms:    Failed sales consisted of the following:

 

  At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
   At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Due in 2010

  $—      $581 

Due in 2011

   50    500 

Due in 2012

   182    316 

Due in 2013

   1,687    488   $—     $479 

Due in 2014

   382    306    100    17 

Due in 2015

   23    42    57    7 

Due in 2016

   36    136 

Due in 2017

   24    14 

Due in 2018

   —      —   

Thereafter

   225    446    15    2 
          

 

   

 

 

Total

  $2,549   $2,679   $232   $655 
          

 

   

 

 

 

For more information on failed sales, see Note 7.

 

12.    Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

 

The Company trades, makes markets and takes proprietary positions globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for trading, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of

191


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty (such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay or perform), to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty. However, in certain circumstances: the Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime (which is based on the type of counterparty entity and the jurisdiction of organization of the counterparty) may not support the enforceability of the agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures below. The Company’s derivative products consistpolicy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the following:enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits. The following tables present information about the offsetting of derivative instruments and related collateral amounts. See information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions in Note 6.

 

   At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2009 
   Assets   Liabilities   Assets   Liabilities 
   (dollars in millions) 

Exchange traded derivative products

  $6,099   $8,553   $1,866   $5,649 

OTC derivative products

   45,193    39,249    47,215    32,560 
                    

Total

  $51,292   $47,802   $49,081   $38,209 
                    
219


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  At December 31, 2013 
  Gross Amounts(1)  Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of  Financial
Condition(3)
  Net Exposure 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $404,352  $(378,459 $25,893  $(8,785 $(132 $16,976 

Cleared OTC(4)

  267,057   (266,419  638   —     —     638 

Exchange traded

  31,609   (25,673  5,936   —     —     5,936 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $703,018  $(670,551 $32,467  $(8,785 $(132 $23,550 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $386,199  $(361,059 $25,140  $(5,365 $(136 $19,639 

Cleared OTC(4)

  266,559   (265,378  1,181   —     (372  809  

Exchange traded

  33,113   (25,673  7,440   (651  —     6,789 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $685,871  $(652,110 $33,761  $(6,016 $(508 $27,237 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include $8.7 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

  At December 31, 2012 
  Gross Amounts(1)  Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition(2)
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements  of
Financial
Condition
  Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of
Financial  Condition(3)
  Net
Exposure
 
     Financial
Instruments
Collateral
  Other Cash
Collateral
  
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivative assets

      

Bilateral OTC

 $604,713  $(573,844 $30,869  $(7,691 $(232 $22,946 

Cleared OTC(4)

  375,233   (374,546  687   —     —     687 

Exchange traded

  24,305   (19,664  4,641   —     —     4,641 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $1,004,251  $(968,054 $36,197  $(7,691 $(232 $28,274 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivative Liabilities

      

Bilateral OTC

 $578,018  $(547,285 $30,733  $(7,871 $(64 $22,798 

Cleared OTC(4)

  374,960   (374,866  94   —     (23  71 

Exchange traded

  25,795   (19,664  6,131   (1,028  —     5,103 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $978,773  $(941,815 $36,958  $(8,899 $(87 $27,972 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

220


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Amounts include $7.2 billion of derivative assets and $7.3 billion of derivative liabilities, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.
(2)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default and where certain other criteria are met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(3)Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, which have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.
(4)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.

 

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. The Company’s exposure to credit risk at any point in time is represented by the fair value of the derivative contracts reported as assets. The fair value of a derivative represents the amount at which the derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants and is further described in Notes 2 and 4.

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to offset a counterparty’s rights and obligations, request additional collateral when necessary or liquidate the collateral in the event of counterparty default.

The tables below present a summary by counterparty credit rating and remaining contract maturity of the fair value of OTC derivatives in a gain position at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. Fair value is presented in the final column, net of collateral received (principally cash and U.S. government and agency securities):

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments OwnedTrading Assets at December 31, 2010(1)2013(1)

 

                  Cross-
Maturity

and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net
Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net
Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 
  Years to Maturity        

 

Years to Maturity

   Cross-
Maturity and
Cash  Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-
Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5        Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $802   $2,005   $1,242   $8,823   $(5,906 $6,966   $6,683   $300   $752   $1,073   $3,664   $(3,721 $2,068   $1,673 

AA

   6,601    6,760    5,589    17,844    (27,801  8,993    7,877    2,687    3,145    3,377    9,791    (13,515  5,485    3,927 

A

   8,655    8,710    6,507    26,492    (36,397  13,967    12,383    7,382    8,428    9,643    17,184    (35,644  6,993    4,970 

BBB

   2,982    4,109    2,124    7,347    (9,034  7,528    6,001    2,617    3,916    3,228    13,693    (16,191  7,263    4,870 

Non-investment grade

   2,628    3,231    1,779    4,456    (4,355  7,739    5,348    2,053    2,980    1,372    2,922    (4,737  4,590    2,174 
                             

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $21,668   $24,815   $17,241   $64,962   $(83,493 $45,193   $38,292   $15,039   $19,221   $18,693   $47,254   $(73,808 $26,399   $17,614 
                             

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include listedexchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

 192221 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

OTC Derivative Products—Financial Instruments OwnedTrading Assets at December 31, 2009(1)2012(1)

 

  Years to Maturity   Cross-Maturity
and
Cash Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
   

 

Years to Maturity

   Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
  Net Exposure
Post-Cash
Collateral
   Net Exposure
Post-Collateral
 

Credit Rating(2)

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5        Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5      
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

AAA

  $852   $2,026   $3,876   $9,331   $(6,616 $9,469   $9,082   $353   $551   $1,299   $6,121   $(4,851 $3,473   $3,088 

AA

   6,469    7,855    6,600    15,071    (25,576  10,419    8,614    2,125    3,635    2,958    10,270    (12,761  6,227    4,428 

A

   8,018    10,712    7,990    22,739    (38,971  10,488    9,252    6,643    9,596    14,228    29,729    (50,722  9,474    7,638 

BBB

   3,032    4,193    2,947    7,524    (8,971  8,725    5,902    2,673    3,970    3,704    18,586    (21,713  7,220    5,754 

Non-investment grade

   2,773    3,331    2,113    4,431    (4,534  8,114    6,525    2,091    2,855    2,142    4,538    (6,696  4,930    2,725 
                             

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

Total

  $21,144   $28,117   $23,526   $59,096   $(84,668 $47,215   $39,375   $13,885   $20,607   $24,331   $69,244   $(96,743 $31,324   $23,633 
                             

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

  

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to the Company’s OTC derivative products. Amounts include centrally cleared OTC derivatives. The table does not include listedexchange-traded derivatives and the effect of any related hedges utilized by the Company. The table also excludes fair values corresponding to other credit exposures, such as those arising from the Company’s lending activities.
(2)Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Company’s Credit Risk Management Department.
(3)Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

 

Hedge Accounting.

 

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to hedge interest rate and foreign exchange risk arising from assets and liabilities not held at fair value as part of asset and liability management and foreign currency exposure management.

 

The Company’s hedges are designated and qualify for accounting purposes as one of the following types of hedges: hedges of exposure to changes in fair value of assets and liabilities being hedged (fair value hedges) and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges).

 

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

 

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.    The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships (i.e., the Company applies the “long-haul” method of hedge accounting). A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to the Company’s own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

 

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

 

 193222 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Net Investment Hedges.    The Company may utilize forward foreign exchange contracts and non-U.S. dollar-denominated debt to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. No hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings since the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and where forward contracts are used, the currencies being exchanged are the functional currencies of the parent and investee; where debt instruments are used as hedges, they are denominated in the functional currency of the investee. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in Equity, net of tax effects.AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are recorded in Interest income.

 

During 2012, the Company recognized an out-of-period pre-tax gain of approximately $109 million in the Institutional Securities business segment’s Other sales and trading net revenues related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts previously designated as net investment hedges of certain non-U.S. dollar-denominated subsidiaries. The Company has evaluated the effects of the incorrect application of hedge accounting, both qualitatively and quantitatively, and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements. Subsequent to the identification of the incorrect application of net investment hedge accounting, the Company has appropriately redesignated the forward foreign exchange contracts and reapplied hedge accounting (see Note 15 for further information).

223


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.The following tables summarize the fair value of derivative instruments designated as accounting hedges and the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges by type of derivative contract and the platform on which these instruments are traded or cleared on a gross basis. Fair values of derivative contracts in an asset position are included in Financial instruments owned—DerivativeTrading assets, and other contracts. Fairfair values of derivative contracts in a liability position are reflected in Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivative and other contracts.Trading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4):

 

 Derivative Assets 
 At December 31, 2013 
 Assets at
December 31, 2010
 Liabilities at
December 31, 2010
  Fair Value Notional 
 Fair Value Notional Fair Value Notional  Bilateral OTC Cleared
OTC(1)
 Exchange
Traded
 Total Bilateral OTC Cleared
OTC(1)
 Exchange
Traded
 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

            

Interest rate contracts

 $5,250  $68,212  $177  $7,989  $4,729  $287  $—    $5,016  $54,696  $14,685  $—    $69,381 

Foreign exchange contracts

  64   5,119   420   14,408   236   —     —     236   6,694   —     —     6,694 
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  5,314   73,331   597   22,397   4,965   287   —     5,252   61,390   14,685   —     76,075 
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

    

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  615,717   16,305,214   595,626   16,267,730   262,697   261,348   291   524,336   6,206,450   11,854,610   856,137   18,917,197 

Credit contracts

  110,134   2,398,676   95,626   2,239,211   39,054   5,292   —     44,346   1,244,004   240,781   —     1,484,785 

Foreign exchange contracts

  61,924   1,418,488   64,268   1,431,651   61,383   130   52   61,565   1,818,429   9,634   9,783   1,837,846 

Equity contracts

  39,846   571,767   46,160   568,399   26,104   —     28,001   54,105   294,524   —     437,842   732,366 

Commodity contracts

  64,152   420,534   65,728   414,535   10,106   —     3,265   13,371   144,981   —     139,433   284,414 

Other

  243   6,635   1,568   16,910   43   —     —     43   3,198   —     —     3,198 
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  892,016   21,121,314   868,976   20,938,436   399,387   266,770   31,609   697,766   9,711,586   12,105,025   1,443,195   23,259,806 
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives

 $897,330  $21,194,645  $869,573  $20,960,833  $404,352  $267,057  $31,609  $703,018  $9,772,976  $12,119,710  $1,443,195  $23,335,881 

Cash collateral netting

  (61,856  —      (37,589  —      (48,540  (3,462  —     (52,002  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (784,182  —      (784,182  —      (329,919  (262,957  (25,673  (618,549  —     —     —     —   
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives

 $51,292  $21,194,645  $47,802  $20,960,833 

Total derivative assets

 $25,893  $638  $5,936  $32,467  $9,772,976  $12,119,710  $1,443,195  $23,335,881 
             

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 
(1)Notional amounts include net notionals related to long and short futures contracts of $71 billion and $76 billion, respectively. The variation margin on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $387 million and $1 million is included in Receivables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and Payables—Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

 194224 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 Derivative Liabilities 
 At December 31, 2013 
 Assets at
December 31, 2009
   Liabilities at
December 31, 2009
  Fair Value Notional 
 Fair Value Notional   Fair Value Notional  Bilateral OTC Cleared
OTC(1)
 Exchange
Traded
 Total Bilateral
OTC
 Cleared
OTC(1)
 Exchange
Traded
 Total 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

             

Interest rate contracts

 $4,343  $69,026   $175  $12,248  $570  $614  $—    $1,184  $2,642  $12,667  $—    $15,309 

Foreign exchange contracts

  216   10,781    105   7,125   258   5   —     263   5,970   503   —     6,473 
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  4,559   79,807    280   19,373   828   619   —     1,447   8,612   13,170   —     21,782 
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

     

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  622,786   16,285,375    599,291   16,123,706   244,906   261,011   228   506,145   6,035,757   11,954,325   1,067,894   19,057,976 

Credit contracts

  146,064   2,557,917    125,234   2,404,995   37,835   4,791   —     42,626   1,099,483   213,900   —     1,313,383 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,312   1,174,815    51,369   1,107,989   61,635   138   23   61,796   1,897,400   10,505   3,106   1,911,011 

Equity contracts

  41,366   476,510    49,198   492,681   31,483   —     29,412   60,895   341,232   —     464,622   805,854 

Commodity contracts

  64,614   453,132    63,714   414,765   9,436   —     3,450   12,886   138,784   —     120,556   259,340 

Other

  389   12,908    1,123   6,180   76   —     —     76   4,659   —     —     4,659 
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  927,531   20,960,657    889,929   20,550,316   385,371   265,940   33,113   684,424   9,517,315   12,178,730   1,656,178   23,352,223 
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives

 $932,090  $21,040,464   $890,209  $20,569,689  $386,199  $266,559  $33,113  $685,871  $9,525,927  $12,191,900  $1,656,178  $23,374,005 

Cash collateral netting

  (62,738  —       (31,729  —      (31,139  (2,422  —     (33,561  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (820,271  —       (820,271  —      (329,920  (262,956  (25,673  (618,549  —     —     —     —   
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivatives

 $49,081  $21,040,464   $38,209  $20,569,689 

Total derivative liabilities

 $25,140  $1,181  $7,440  $33,761  $9,525,927  $12,191,900  $1,656,178  $23,374,005 
              

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include netgross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $434$426 billion and $696$729 billion, respectively. The variation marginunsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $601$879 million and $27 million is included in Receivables—Brokers, dealersCustomer and clearing organizationsother receivables and Payables—Brokers, dealersCustomer and clearing organizations,other payables, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

225


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Derivative Assets 
  At December 31, 2012 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral OTC  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $8,046  $301  $—    $8,347  $66,916  $8,199  $—    $75,115 

Foreign exchange contracts

  367   —     —     367   10,291   —     —     10,291 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  8,413   301   —     8,714   77,207   8,199   —     85,406 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  443,523   371,789   142   815,454   8,029,510   10,096,252   776,130   18,901,892 

Credit contracts

  65,168   3,099   —     68,267   1,734,907   197,879   —     1,932,786 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,349   44   34   52,427   1,831,385   3,834   5,967   1,841,186 

Equity contracts

  19,916   —     18,684   38,600   258,484   —     329,216   587,700 

Commodity contracts

  15,201   —     5,445   20,646   164,842   —     176,714   341,556 

Other

  143   —     —     143   4,908   —     —     4,908 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  596,300   374,932   24,305   995,537   12,024,036   10,297,965   1,288,027   23,610,028 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $604,713  $375,233  $24,305  $1,004,251  $12,101,243  $10,306,164  $1,288,027  $23,695,434 

Cash collateral netting

  (68,024  (1,224  —     (69,248  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (505,820  (373,322  (19,664  (898,806  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

 $30,869  $687  $4,641  $36,197  $12,101,243  $10,306,164  $1,288,027  $23,695,434 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

226


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  Derivative Liabilities 
  At December 31, 2012 
  Fair Value  Notional 
  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC(1)
  Exchange
Traded
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

        

Interest rate contracts

 $167  $1  $—    $168  $2,000  $660  $—    $2,660 

Foreign exchange contracts

  319   —     —     319   17,156   —     —     17,156 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

  486   1   —     487   19,156   660   —     19,816 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

        

Interest rate contracts

  422,864   370,856   216   793,936   7,726,241   9,945,979   1,994,947   19,667,167 

Credit contracts

  60,420   4,074   —     64,494   1,645,464   222,343   —     1,867,807 

Foreign exchange contracts

  56,062   29   3   56,094   1,878,597   3,473   4,003   1,886,073 

Equity contracts

  22,239   —     19,631   41,870   257,340   —     329,858   587,198 

Commodity contracts

  15,886   —     5,945   21,831   169,189   —     155,912   325,101 

Other

  61   —     —     61   5,161   —     —     5,161 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

  577,532   374,959   25,795   978,286   11,681,992   10,171,795   2,484,720   24,338,507 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivatives

 $578,018  $374,960  $25,795  $978,773  $11,701,148  $10,172,455  $2,484,720  $24,358,323 

Cash collateral netting

  (41,465  (1,544  —     (43,009  —     —     —     —   

Counterparty netting

  (505,820  (373,322  (19,664  (898,806  —     —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

 $30,733  $94  $6,131  $36,958  $11,701,148  $10,172,455  $2,484,720  $24,358,323 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Amounts include OTC derivatives that are centrally cleared in accordance with certain regulatory requirements.
(2)Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $368 billion and $1,476 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $1,073 million and $24 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

The following tables summarize the gains or losses reported on derivative instruments designated and qualifying as accounting hedges for 20102013, 2012 and 2009, respectively.2011.

 

Derivatives Designated as Fair Value Hedges.

 

The following table presents gains (losses) reported on derivative instruments and the related hedge item as well as the hedge ineffectiveness included in Interest expense in the consolidated statements of income from interest rate contracts:

 

Product Type

  2010  2009  One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gain (loss) recognized on derivatives

  $1,257  $(2,696 $1,237 

Gain (loss) recognized on borrowings

   (604  3,013   (1,231
             

Total

  $653  $317  $6 
             

In addition, a gain of $17 million during fiscal 2008 was recognized in income related to hedge ineffectiveness.
   Gains (Losses) Recognized 

Product Type

  2013  2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Derivatives

  $(4,332 $29   $3,415 

Borrowings

   5,604   703    (2,549
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,272  $732   $866 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 195227 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.Hedges.

 

  Losses
Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
   Gains (Losses)
Recognized in
OCI (effective portion)
 

Product Type

  2010 2009 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
     2013       2012(1)     2011   
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Foreign exchange contracts(1)(2)

  $(285 $(278 $(102  $448   $102   $180 

Debt instruments

   —      (192  (18
            

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

  $(285 $(470 $(120  $448   $102   $180 
            

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)A gain of $5$77 million, was recognized in incomenet of tax, related to net investment hedges was reclassified from other comprehensive income into income during 2012. The amount primarily related to the reversal of amounts excluded fromrecorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge effectiveness testing during 2010. A lossaccounting on certain derivative contracts (see above for further information).
(2)Losses of $6$154 million, $235 million and a loss of $17$220 million were recognized in income related to amounts excluded from hedge effectiveness testing during 20092013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively. In addition, the amount excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for fiscal 2008 was not material.2011.

 

The table below summarizes gains (losses) on derivative instruments not designated as accounting hedges for 2010, 20092013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively:2011:

 

  Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income(1)(2)
 
  December 31, One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Income(1)(2)
 

Product Type

  2010 2009   2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest rate contracts

  $544  $3,515  $1,814   $(608 $2,930  $5,538 

Credit contracts

   (533  (2,579  (1,017   74   (722  38 

Foreign exchange contracts

   146   469   (2,176   4,546   (340  (2,982

Equity contracts

   (2,772  (9,125  91    (9,193  (1,794  3,880 

Commodity contracts

   597   1,748   880    772   387   500 

Other contracts

   (160  680   (177   (90  1   (51
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total derivative instruments

  $(2,178 $(5,292 $(585  $(4,499 $462  $6,923 
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Gains (losses) on derivative contracts not designated as hedges are primarily included in Principal transactions—Trading.Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.
(2)Gains (losses) associated with certain derivative contracts that have physically settled are excluded from the table above. Gains (losses) on these contracts are reflected with the associated cash instruments, which are also included in Principal transactions—Trading.Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

The Company also has certain embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated from the related structured borrowings. Such derivatives are classified in Long-term borrowings and had a net fair value of $109$32 million and $122$53 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, and a notional value of $4,256$2,140 million and $5,504$2,178 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. The Company recognized losses of $27 million, gains of $76$12 million and losses of $21 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for 2010. The Company recognized losses of $70 million2013, 2012 and $97 million related to changes in the fair value of its bifurcated embedded derivatives for 2009 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the amount of payables associated with cash collateral received that was netted against derivative assets was $61.9$52.0 billion and $62.7$69.2 billion, respectively, and the amount of receivables in respect of cash collateral paid that was netted against derivative liabilities was $37.6$33.6 billion and $31.7$43.0 billion, respectively. Cash collateral receivables and payables of $435$10 million and $37$13 million, respectively, at December 31, 20102013 and $62$158 million and $227$34 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009,2012, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

 

 196228 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit-Risk-Related Contingencies.

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,2013, the aggregate fair value of OTC derivative contracts that contain credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position totaled $32,567$21,176 million, and $23,052 million, respectively, for which the Company has posted collateral of $26,904$18,714 million, and $20,607 million, respectively, in the normal course of business. The additional collateral or termination payments which may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). At December 31, 20102013, for such OTC trading agreements, the future potential collateral amounts and December 31, 2009, the amount of additional collateral or termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties under the terms of such agreementsor exchange and clearing organizations in the event of a one-notch or two-notch downgrade ofscenarios based on the Company’s long-term credit rating was approximately $873relevant contractual downgrade triggers were $1,244 million and $717an incremental $2,924 million, respectively. Additional collateral or termination payments of approximately $1,537 million and $975 million could be called by counterparties in the event of a two-notch downgrade at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Of these amounts, $1,766 million and $1,203$2,771 million at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively,2013 related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver incremental collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

 

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

 

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides counterparties protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions, and monoline insurers.

The tabletables below summarizes certain information regardingsummarize the notional and fair value of protection sold and protection purchased through credit default swaps and CLNs at December 31, 2010:2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

  Protection Sold 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
  Years to Maturity  

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total  
  (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

      

AAA

 $2,747  $7,232  $13,927  $22,648  $46,554  $3,193 

AA

  13,364   44,700   35,030   33,538   126,632   4,260 

A

  47,756   131,464   79,900   50,227   309,347   (940

BBB

  74,961   191,046   115,460   76,544   458,011   (2,816

Non-investment grade

  70,691   173,778   84,605   59,532   388,606   6,984 
                        

Total

  209,519   548,220   328,922   242,489   1,329,150   10,681 
                        

Index and basket credit default swaps:

      

AAA

  17,437   67,165   26,172   26,966   137,740   (1,569

AA

  974   3,012   695   18,236   22,917   305 

A

  447   9,432   44,104   4,902   58,885   2,291 

BBB

  24,311   80,314   176,252   69,218   350,095   (278

Non-investment grade

  53,771   139,875   95,796   106,022   395,464   13,802 
                        

Total

  96,940   299,798   343,019   225,344   965,101   14,551 
                        

Total credit default swaps sold

 $306,459  $848,018  $671,941  $467,833  $2,294,251  $25,232 
                        

Other credit contracts(3)(4)

 $61  $1,416  $822  $3,856  $6,155  $(1,198
                        

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $306,520  $849,434  $672,763  $471,689  $2,300,406  $24,034 
                        
   At December 31, 2013 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $799,838   $(9,349 $758,536   $8,564 

Index and basket credit default swaps

   454,355    (3,756  361,961    2,827 

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   146,597    (3,889  276,881    3,883 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,400,790   $(16,994 $1,397,378   $15,274 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   At December 31, 2012 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
   Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
  Notional   Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps

  $1,069,474   $2,889  $1,029,543   $(2,456

Index and basket credit default swaps

   551,630    5,664   454,800    (5,124

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

   272,088    2,330   423,058    (7,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,893,192   $10,883  $1,907,401   $(14,656
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 197229 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The table below summarizes the credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and other credit contracts at December 31, 2013:

 

   Protection Sold 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Fair  Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
   Years to Maturity   

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   
   (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

  $1,546   $8,661   $12,128   $1,282   $23,617   $(145

AA

   9,443    24,158    25,310    4,317    63,228    (845

A

   45,663    53,755    44,428    4,666    148,512    (2,704

BBB

   103,143    122,382    112,950    20,491    358,966    (4,294

Non-investment grade

   60,254    77,393    61,088    6,780    205,515    (1,361
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   220,049    286,349    255,904    37,536    799,838    (9,349
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

            

AAA

   14,890    40,522    30,613    2,184    88,209    (1,679

AA

   3,751    4,127    4,593    6,006    18,477    (275

A

   2,064    2,263    11,633    36    15,996    (418

BBB

   5,974    29,709    74,982    3,847    114,512    (2,220

Non-investment grade

   67,108    157,149    122,516    16,985    363,758    (3,053
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   93,787    233,770    244,337    29,058    600,952    (7,645
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

  $313,836   $520,119   $500,241   $66,594   $1,400,790   $(16,994
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

  $75   $441   $529   $816   $1,861   $(457
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $313,911   $520,560   $500,770   $67,410   $1,402,651   $(17,451
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3)Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4)(5)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

230


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes certain information regardingthe credit ratings and maturities of protection sold through credit default swaps and CLNsother credit contracts at December 31, 2009:2012:

 

 Protection Sold    Protection Sold 
 Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)(2)
 
 Years to Maturity  Years to Maturity 

Credit Ratings of the Reference Obligation

 Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
 (dollars in millions)    (dollars in millions) 

Single name credit default swaps:

            

AAA

 $926  $2,733  $10,969  $30,542  $45,170  $846  $2,368  $6,592  $19,848  $5,767  $34,575  $(204

AA

  13,355   31,475   38,360   39,424   122,614   1,355   10,984   16,804   34,280   7,193   69,261   (325

A

  35,164   101,909   100,489   50,432   287,994   (3,115  66,635   72,796   67,285   10,760   217,476   (2,740

BBB

  57,979   161,309   151,143   80,216   450,647   (6,753  124,662   145,462   142,714   34,396   447,234   (492

Non-investment grade

  58,408   180,311   123,972   63,871   426,562   25,870   91,743   98,515   92,143   18,527   300,928   6,650 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  165,832   477,737   424,933   264,485   1,332,987   18,203   296,392   340,169   356,270   76,643   1,069,474   2,889 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps:

      

Index and basket credit default swaps(3):

      

AAA

  41,517   59,925   51,750   53,917   207,109   (1,563  18,652   36,005   45,789   3,240   103,686   (1,377

AA

  —      1,113   4,082   17,120   22,315   1,794   1,255   9,479   12,026   8,343   31,103   (55

A

  198   3,604   25,425   5,666   34,893   (377  2,684   5,423   5,440   125   13,672   (155

BBB

  12,866   65,484   183,799   93,906   356,055   (2,101  27,720   105,870   143,562   29,101   306,253   (862

Non-investment grade

  40,941   160,331   160,127   132,267   493,666   27,665   97,389   86,703   153,858   31,054   369,004   10,443 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total

  95,522   290,457   425,183   302,876   1,114,038   25,418   147,700   243,480   360,675   71,863   823,718   7,994 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

 $261,354  $768,194  $850,116  $567,361  $2,447,025  $43,621  $444,092  $583,649  $716,945  $148,506  $1,893,192  $10,883 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Other credit contracts(4)(5)

 $160  $125  $361  $1,757  $2,403  $783  $796  $125  $155  $1,323  $2,399  $(745
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

 $261,514  $768,319  $850,477  $569,118  $2,449,428  $44,404  $444,888  $583,774  $717,100  $149,829  $1,895,591  $10,138 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.
(2)Fair value amounts of certain credit default swaps where the Company sold protection have an asset carrying value because credit spreads of the underlying reference entity or entities tightened during the terms of the contracts.
(3)Credit ratings are calculated internally.
(4)Other credit contracts include CLNs, CDOs and credit default swaps that are considered hybrid instruments.
(4)(5)Fair value amount shown represents the fair value of the hybrid instruments.

 

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.    A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, the external credit ratings primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entity of the credit default swaps are disclosed.

198


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.    Index and basket credit default swaps are credit default swaps that reference multiple names through underlying baskets or portfolios of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default index or basket contract. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of these credit default swaps, the weighted average external credit ratings primarily Moody’s credit ratings, of the underlying reference entities comprising the basket or index were calculated and disclosed.

231


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company also enters into index and basket credit default swaps where the credit protection provided is based upon the application of tranching techniques. In tranched transactions, the credit risk of an index or basket is separated into various portions of the capital structure, with different levels of subordination. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure. As

When external credit ratings are not always available, for tranched indices and baskets, credit ratings were determined based upon an internal methodology.

 

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.    The Company has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

 

Purchased Credit Protection.Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.    For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $1.8$1.1 trillion and $1.9$1.5 trillion at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $2.0$1.3 trillion and $2.1$1.6 trillion at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations. In order to identify purchased protection with the same underlying reference obligations, the notional amount for individual reference obligations within non-tranched indices and baskets was determined on a pro rata basis and matched off against single name and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection was sold with identical underlying reference obligations. The Company may also purchase credit protection to economically hedge loans and lending commitments. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.3 trillion with a positive fair value of $40 billion compared with $2.3 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $25 billion at December 31, 2010. In total, not considering whether the underlying reference obligations are identical, the Company has purchased credit protection of $2.5 trillion with a positive fair value of $65 billion compared with $2.4 trillion of credit protection sold with a negative fair value of $44 billion at December 31, 2009.

 

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

 199232 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

13.    Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies.

 

Commitments.

 

The Company’s commitments associated with outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements, investment activities, corporate lending and financing arrangements, mortgage lending and marginmortgage lending at December 31, 20102013 are summarized below by period of expiration. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

 Years to Maturity Total at
December 31,
2010
   Years to Maturity   Total at
December 31,
2013
 
 Less
than 1
 1-3 3-5 Over 5   Less
than 1
   1-3   3-5   Over 5   
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

 $1,701   $8  $11  $1   $1,721   $389   $1   $—     $1   $391 

Investment activities

  1,146    587   103   78    1,914    518    70    30    447    1,065 

Primary lending commitments—investment grade(2)(1)

  8,104    28,291   7,885   219    44,499    7,695    14,674    36,224    798    59,391 

Primary lending commitments—non-investment grade(1)

  990    5,448   5,361   2,134    13,933    1,657    5,402    10,066    2,119    19,244 

Secondary lending commitments(1)(2)

  39    116   173   39    367    44    38    10    72    164 

Commitments for secured lending transactions

  346    621   2   —      969    1,094    166    —      —      1,260 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements(3)

  53,037    —      —      —      53,037 

Forward starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(3)(4)

   44,890    —      —      —      44,890 

Commercial and residential mortgage-related commitments

  1,131    10   68   634    1,843    1,199    48    301    313    1,861 

Underwriting commitments

  128    —      —      —      128    588    —      —      —      588 

Other commitments

  198    62   3   —      263 

Other lending commitments

   2,660    340    193    128    3,321 
                 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

 $66,820   $35,143  $13,606  $3,105   $118,674   $60,734   $20,739   $46,824   $3,878   $132,175 
                 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)This amount includes $49.4 billion of investment grade and $12 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for investment and $3.5 billion of investment grade and $4.6 billion of non-investment grade unfunded commitments accounted for as held for sale at December 31, 2013. The remainder of these lending commitments is carried at fair value.
(2)These commitments are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 4).
(2)This amount includes commitments to asset-backed commercial paper conduits of $275 million at December 31, 2010, of which $138 million have maturities of less than one year and $137 million of which have maturities of one to three years.
(3)The Company enters into forward starting reverse repurchase and securities purchased underborrowing agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 20102013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations. These agreements primarily settle within three business days and of the total amount at December 31, 2010, $45.2 billion of the $53.02013, $42.9 billion settled within three business days.
(4)The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $1.1 billion.

 

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements.    The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

 

Investment Activities.    The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.

233


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Lending Commitments.    Primary lending commitments are those whichthat are originated by the Company whereas secondary lending commitments are purchased from third parties in the market. The commitments include lending commitments that are made to investment grade and non-investment grade companies in connection with corporate lending and other business activities.

200


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Commitments for Secured Lending Transactions.    Secured lending commitments are extended by the Company to companies and are secured by real estate or other physical assets of the borrower. Loans made under these arrangements typically are at variable rates and generally provide for over-collateralization based upon the creditworthiness of the borrower.

 

Forward Starting Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Company has entered into forward starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 20102013 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

 

Commercial and Residential Mortgage-Related Commitments.    The Company enters into forward purchase contracts involving residential mortgage loans, residential mortgage lending commitments to individuals and residential home equity lines of credit. In addition, the Company enters into commitments to originate commercial and residential mortgage loans.

 

Underwriting Commitments.    The Company provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

 

Other Lending Commitments.    Other commitments generally include commercial lending commitments to small businesses and commitments related to securities-based lending activities in connection with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business segment.

 

The Company sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where the Company typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers, as well as the Company’s directorsDirectors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

Premises and Equipment.    The Company has non-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment (excluding commodities operating leases, shown separately). At December 31, 2010,2013, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of subleases, principally on office rentals) were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ended

  Operating
Premises
Leases
   Operating
Premises
Leases
 

2011

  $680 

2012

   671 

2013

   603 

2014

   529   $672 

2015

   396    656 

2016

   621 

2017

   554 

2018

   481 

Thereafter

   2,431    2,712 

234


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The total of minimum rentals to be received in the future under non-cancelable operating subleases at December 31, 20102013 was $106$107 million.

201


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense, net of sublease rental income, was $788$742 million, $707 million, $619$765 million and $56$781 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

In connection with its commodities business, the Company enters into operating leases for both crude oil and refined products storage and for vessel charters. These operating leases are integral parts of the Company’s commodities risk management business. At December 31, 2010,2013, future minimum rental commitments under such leases were as follows (dollars in millions):

 

Year Ended

  Operating
Equipment
Leases
   Operating
Equipment
Leases
 

2011

  $313 

2012

   188 

2013

   125 

2014

   82   $239  

2015

   70    149  

2016

   92 

2017

   87 

2018

   76 

Thereafter

   203    98 

 

Guarantees.

 

The table below summarizes certain information regarding the Company’s obligations under guarantee arrangements at December 31, 2010:2013:

 

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
  Collateral/
Recourse
 
  Years to Maturity   Total     Years to Maturity 

Type of Guarantee

  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5     Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Credit derivative contracts(1)

  $306,459   $848,018   $671,941   $467,833   $2,294,251   $25,232 $—     $313,836  $520,119  $500,241  $66,594  $1,400,790  $(16,994 $—    

Other credit contracts

   61    1,416    822    3,856    6,155    (1,198  —      75   441   529   816   1,861   (457  —   

Non-credit derivative contracts(2)(1)

   681,836    461,082    205,306    258,534    1,606,758    72,001   —      1,249,932   794,776   353,559   474,921   2,873,188   54,098   —   

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(4)(3)

   1,085    2,132    354    5,633    9,204    27   5,616   1,024   812   1,205   5,652   8,693   (208  7,016 

Market value guarantees

   —       —       180    644    824    44   116   —     112   83   515   710   7   106 

Liquidity facilities

   4,884    338    187    71    5,480    —      6,857   2,328   —     —     —     2,328   (4  3,042 

Whole loan sales guarantees

   —       —       —       24,777    24,777    55   —    

Whole loan sales representations and warranties

  —     —     —     23,755   23,755   56   —   

Securitization representations and warranties

   —       —       —       94,314     94,314     25   —      —     —     —     67,249   67,249   82   —   

General partner guarantees

   189    28    56    249    522    69   —      42   41   62   301   446   73   —   

 

(1)Carrying amountamounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 12.

202


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(2)Amounts include a guarantee to investors in undivided participating interests in claims the Company made against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest. For further information, see Note 18.
(3)Approximately $2.2$2.0 billion of standby letters of credit are also reflected in the “Commitments” table above in primary and secondary lending commitments. Standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value within Financial instruments ownedTrading assets or Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities in the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)(3)Amounts include guarantees issued by consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company of approximately $465$13.8 million. These guarantees relate to obligations of the fund’s investee entities, including guarantees related to capital expenditures and principal and interest debt payments. Accrued losses under these guarantees of approximately $161 million are reflected as a reduction of the carrying value of the related fund investments, which are reflected in Financial instruments owned—Investments on the consolidated statement of financial condition.

235


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others. The Company’s use of guarantees is described below by type of guarantee:

 

Derivative Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 12 regarding credit derivatives in which the Company has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Although the Company’s derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the Company has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. The maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Company for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Company sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Company may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Company under the derivative contract.

 

The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Company believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

 

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Company provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Company’s standby letters of credit is provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

 

Market Value Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an

203


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Company may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

 

Liquidity Facilities.    The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Company acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Company on specified dates at a specified price. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

236


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Whole Loan Sale Guarantees.    The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. The Company’s maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The Company has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout of $24.8$23.8 billion includes the current UPB where known ($5.94.8 billion) and the UPB at the time of sale ($18.9 billion) when the current UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale of all loans covered by these representations and warranties was approximately $43.0$44.9 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

 

Securitization Representations and Warranties.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

 

Between 2004 and 2010,2013, the Company sponsored approximately $147$148.0 billion of RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans.loans that are outstanding at December 31, 2013. Of that amount, the Company made representations and warranties concerning approximately $46$47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21$21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had recorded $82 million in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these residential mortgages. At December 31, 2013, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $26.8$17.2 billion and the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $8.8$13.5 billion. The Company did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third party sellers on approximately $81$79.9 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period. The Company has not sponsored any U.S. RMBS transactions since 2007.

 

The Company also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. Between 2004 and 2010,2013, the Company originated approximately $41$50.6 billion and $29$13.0 billion of U.S. and non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, respectively, that

204


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

were placed into CMBS sponsored by the Company.Company that are outstanding at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2010,2013, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties is $39.3was $33.0 billion. For the non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $14.6$3.0 billion and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known of $4.8$0.4 billion.

 

General Partner Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles

237


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company, may, from time to time, may be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

 

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of commercial transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below.

 

  

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending the proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders thereof to the extent that the Company has made payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust on the junior subordinated debentures. In the event that the Company does not make payments to a Morgan Stanley Capital Trust, holders of such series of trust preferred securities would not be able to rely upon the guarantee for payment of those amounts. The Company has not recorded any liability in the consolidated financial statements for these guarantees and believes that the occurrence of any events (i.ei.e.., non-performance on the part of the paying agent) that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote. See Note 15 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.11.

 

  

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

  

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these membership agreements cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

205


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make cannot be estimated. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of the Company’s due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

 

 

Guarantees on Morgan Stanley Stable Value Program.    On September 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with the investment manager for the Stable Value Program (“SVP”), a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan, and certain other third parties. Under the agreement, the Company contributed $20 million to the SVP on October 15, 2009 and recorded the contribution in Compensation and benefits expense. Additionally, the Company may have a future obligation to make a payment of $40 million to the SVP following the third anniversary of the agreement, after which the SVP would be wound down over a period of time. The future obligation is contingent upon whether the market-to-book value ratio of the portion of the SVP that is subject to certain book-value stabilizing contracts has fallen below a specific threshold and the Company and the other parties to the agreement all decline to make payments to restore the SVP to such threshold as of the third anniversary of the agreement. The Company has not recorded a liability for this guarantee in the consolidated financial statements.

238


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Contingencies.

 

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters and a Foreign Corrupt Practices Act related matter in China. Recently,matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity focused on residential mortgage(both formal and credit crisis related mattersinformal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief regarding residential mortgages and related securities in the future and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been notified to the Companyasserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, including,

206


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

among other matters, accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company expects future litigation accruals in general to continue to be elevated and the changes in accruals from period to period may fluctuate significantly, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

The Company incurred litigation expenses of approximately $1,952 million in 2013, $513 million in 2012 and $151 million in 2011. The litigation expenses incurred in 2013 were primarily due to settlements and reserve additions related to various matters, including the Company’s February 7, 2014 agreement to settle theFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator v. Morgan Stanley et al. litigation for $1,250 million, the Company’s January 30, 2014 agreement in principle with the Staff of the Enforcement Division of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to resolve an investigation related to certain subprime RMBS transactions for $275 million, the Company’s February 11, 2014 agreement to settle theCambridge Place Investment Management Inc. v. Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc., et al. litigation, and the Company’s January 23, 2014 agreement in principle to settle theMetropolitan Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. litigation, which were reflected within the Institutional Securities business segment.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

 

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings that are in their early stages of developmentand investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages.damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and

239


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for any proceeding.a proceeding or investigation.

 

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the next twofollowing paragraphs.

 

On September 25, 2009,March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed two complaints against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California. These actions are styledFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, et al., andFederal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al., respectively. Amended complaints filed on June 10, 2010 allege that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in these cases was named asapproximately $704 million and $276 million, respectively. The complaints raise claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seek, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s Securities Act claims were dismissed with prejudice. The defendants filed answers to the amended complaints on October 7, 2011. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. A bellwether trial is currently scheduled to begin in September 2014. The Company is not a defendant in a lawsuit styled Citibank,N.A. v. Morgan Stanley & Co. International, PLC, which is pendingconnection with the securitizations at issue in that trial. At December 25, 2013, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The lawsuit relates to a credit default swap referencing the Capmark VI CDO (“Capmark”), which was structured by Citibank, N.A. (“Citi N.A.”). At issue is whether, as partcurrent unpaid balance of the swap agreement, Citi N.A.mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in these cases was obligated to obtainapproximately $316 million, and the Company’s prior written consent before it exercised a right to liquidate Capmark upon the occurrencecertificates had incurred actual losses of certain contractually-defined credit events. Citi N.A. is seeking approximately $245 million in compensatory damages plus interest and costs. On May 13, 2010, the court granted Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings on its claim for breach of contract. On October 8, 2010, the court issued an order denying Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for reformation and granting Citi N.A.’s motion for judgment on the pleadings as to the Company’s counterclaim for estoppel. The Company moved for summary judgment on December 17, 2010. Citi N.A. opposed the Company’s motion and cross moved for summary judgment on January 21, 2011.$5 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it is reasonably possible it could incur a loss for this action up to the difference between the $316 million unpaid balance of approximately $245 million.these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

 

On January 16, 2009,July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, was named as a defendant in an interpleader lawsuit styledU.S.China Development Industrial Bank N.A. v. Barclays Bank PLC and Morgan Stanley Capital Services Inc& Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the SDNY.Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The lawsuitcomplaint relates to a $275 million credit default swaps betweenswap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and Tourmaline CDO I LTD (“Tourmaline”),other defendants in which Barclays Bank PLC (“Barclays”) is the holderCircuit Court of the most senior and controlling classState of notes. At issue is whether, pursuant to the termsIllinois styledFederal Home Loan Bank of the swap agreements, the Company was required to post collateral to Tourmaline, or take any other action, after the Company’s credit ratings were downgraded in 2008 by certain ratings agencies. The Company and Barclays have a dispute regarding whether the Company breached any obligations under the swap agreements and, if so, whether any such breaches were cured. The trustee for Tourmaline, interpleader plaintiff U.S.Chicago v. Bank N.A., has refrained from making any further distribution of

 

 207240 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Tourmaline’s funds pendingAmerica Funding Corporation et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the resolutionsale to plaintiff of these issuesa number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company in this action was approximately $203 million. The complaint raises claims under Illinois law and is seeking a judgment fromseeks, among other things, to rescind the court resolving them.plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On January 11,March 24, 2011, the court conducted a bench trial, but has not yet issuedgranted plaintiff leave to file an amended complaint. The Company filed its ruling.answer on December 21, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $94 million and certain certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $1 million. Based on currently available information, at December 31, 2010, the Company believes it is reasonably possible it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $94 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On July 18, 2011, the Western and Southern Life Insurance Company and certain affiliated companies filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Court of Common Pleas in Ohio, styledWestern and Southern Life Insurance Company, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., et al. An amended complaint was filed on April 2, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of the certificates allegedly sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $153 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Ohio Securities Act, federal securities laws, and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. The Company filed its answer on August 17, 2012. Trial is currently scheduled to begin in May 2015. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $116 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $273$1 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $116 million resulting fromunpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the write-offtime of receivables from Tourmaline.a judgment against the Company, plus post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey styledThe Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al.The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company is approximately $1 billion. The complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud and tortious interference with contract and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages, rescission and rescissionary damages associated with plaintiffs’ purchases of such certificates. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint which, among other things, increases the total amount of the certificates at issue by approximately $80 million, adds causes of action for fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On March 15, 2013, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On April 26, 2013, the defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $648 million, and the certificates had not yet incurred actual losses. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the

241


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

$648 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styledFederal Home Loan Bank ofBoston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 19, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. On October 11, 2012, defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. The defendants filed an answer to the amended complaint on December 16, 2013. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $79 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of $0.7 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $79 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as Trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. On October 9, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On September 17, 2013, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. On September 26, 2013, and October 7, 2013, the Company and the plaintiffs, respectively, filed notices of appeal with respect to the court’s August 16, 2013 decision. The plaintiff is seeking, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, plus pre- and post-interest, fees and costs.

On September 23, 2013, plaintiffs inNational Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al.filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $417 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for violations of Section 11 and Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, violations of the Texas Securities Act, and violations of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953 and seeks, among other things, rescissory and compensatory damages. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the

242


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

complaint on November 13, 2013. On January 22, 2014 the court granted defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under the Securities Act of 1933 and denied defendants’ motion to dismiss with respect to claims arising under Texas Securities Act and the Illinois Securities Law of 1953. At December 25, 2013, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $225 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of $23 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $225 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses and to an offset for interest received by the plaintiff prior to a judgment.

 

14.    Regulatory Requirements.

 

Morgan Stanley.    The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s national bank subsidiaries.MSBNA and MSPBNA.

 

TheAs of December 31, 2013, the Company calculatescalculated its capital ratios and Risk Weighted Assetsrisk-weighted assets (“RWA”RWAs”) in accordance with the existing capital adequacy standards for financial holding companies adopted by the Federal Reserve. These existing capital standards are based upon a framework described in the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards,” July 1988, as amended, also referred to as Basel I. In December 2007, the U.S. banking regulators published final U.S. implementing regulationregulations incorporating the Basel II Accord, which requires internationally active U.S. banking organizations, as well as certain of their U.S. bank subsidiaries, to implement Basel II standards over the next several years. The timeline set out in December 2007 for the implementation of Basel II in the U.S. may be impacted by the developments concerning Basel III described below. Starting July 2010, the Company has been reporting on a parallel basis under the current regulatory capital regime (Basel I), and Basel II followed by a three-year transitional period.

 

In December 2009,2010, the Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) released proposalsreached an agreement on risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards, known as Basel III. In July 2013, the U.S. banking regulators promulgated final rules to implement many aspects of Basel III (the “U.S. Basel III final rule”). The proposal describedU.S. Basel III final rule contains new capital standards tothat raise the quality of capital andrequirements, strengthen counterparty credit risk capital requirements; introducedrequirements, introduce a leverage ratio as a supplemental measure to the risk-based ratio and introduced a countercyclical buffer. Thereplace the use of externally developed credit ratings with alternatives such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s country risk classifications. Under the U.S. Basel III proposals complement an earlier proposalfinal rule, the Company is subject, on a fully phased in basis, to a minimum Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6% and a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 8%. The Company is also subject to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer on a fully phased-in basis by 2019. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. In addition, certain new items will be deducted from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and certain existing deductions will be modified. The majority of these capital deductions is subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased-in by 2018. Under the U.S. Basel III final rule, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities will be reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The U.S. Basel III final rule also subjects certain banking organizations, including the Company, to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3%. The Company became subject to the U.S. Basel III final rule beginning on January 1, 2014. Certain requirements in the U.S. Basel III final rule, including the minimum risk-based capital ratios and new capital buffers, will be phased in over several years.

U.S. banking regulators have published final regulations implementing a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act requiring that certain institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve, including the Company, be subject to minimum capital requirements that are not less than the generally applicable risk-based capital

243


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

requirements. Currently, this minimum “capital floor” is based on Basel I. Beginning on January 1, 2015, the U.S. Basel III final rule will replace the current Basel I-based “capital floor” with a standardized approach that, among other things, modifies the existing risk weights for certain types of asset classes. The “capital floor” applies to the calculation of minimum risk-based capital requirements as well as the capital conservation buffer and, if deployed, the countercyclical capital buffer. Accordingly, the methods for calculating the Company’s capital ratios will change as the U.S. Basel III final rule’s revisions to Market Risk Frameworkthe numerator and denominator are phased in and following the Company’s completion of the U.S. Basel III advanced approach parallel run period. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that increasesare independent of changes to the Company’s capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

On January 1, 2013, the U.S. banking regulators’ rules to implement the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, became effective, which increased the capital requirements for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book. The Basel Committee published final rules in December 2010, which were ratified at the G-20 Leaders Summit in November 2010. The U.S. regulators will require implementation of Basel III subject to an extended phase-in period. The Basel Committee is also working with the Financial Stability Board to develop additionalbook as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) and incremental risk requirements for systemically important banks, which could include(“market risk capital surcharges.framework amendment”).

 

At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company was in compliance withCompany’s capital levels calculated under Basel I, inclusive of the market risk capital requirementsframework amendment, were in excess of well-capitalized levels with ratios of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 16.1%15.7% and total capital to RWAs of 16.5%16.9% (6% and 10% being well-capitalized for regulatory purposes, respectively). In addition, financialThe Company’s ratio of Tier 1 common capital to RWAs was 12.8% (5% under stressed conditions is the current minimum under the Federal Reserve’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework). Financial holding companies, including the Company, are also subject to a Tier 1 leverage ratio as defined by the Federal Reserve. TheConsistent with the Federal Reserve’s definition, the Company calculated its Tier 1 leverage ratio as Tier 1 capital divided by adjusted average total assets (which reflects adjustments for disallowed goodwill, certain intangible assets, deferred tax assets and financial and non-financial equity investments). The adjusted average total assets are derived using weekly balances for the year.period. At December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with the Federal Reserve’s Tier 1 leverage requirement, with a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 7.6% (5% is the current well-capitalized standard for regulatory purposes).

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company:

   December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
   Balance   Ratio  Balance   Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Tier 1 common capital(1)

  $49,917    12.8% $44,794    14.6%

Tier 1 capital(1)

   61,007     15.7%  54,360    17.7%

Total capital(1)

   66,000     16.9%  56,626    18.5%

RWAs(1)

   389,675    —     306,746    —   

Adjusted average total assets

   805,838    —     769,495    —   

Tier 1 leverage

   —      7.6%  —      7.1%

(1)Effective January 1, 2013, in accordance with the U.S. banking regulators’ rules the Company implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which increased the capital requirement for securitizations and correlation trading within the Company’s trading book as well as incorporated add-ons for stressed VaR and incremental risk requirements. Under the market risk capital framework amendment, total RWAs would have been approximately $424 billion at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2012, the capital ratios would have been approximately as follows: Total capital ratio 13.4%, Tier 1 common capital ratio 10.6% and Tier 1 capital ratio 12.8%.

 

 208244 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The following table summarizes the capital measures for the Company:

   December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009 
   Balance   Ratio  Balance   Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Tier 1 capital

  $52,880    16.1 $46,670    15.3

Total capital

   54,477    16.5  49,955    16.4

RWAs

   329,560    —      305,000    —    

Adjusted average assets

   802,283    —      804,456    —    

Tier 1 leverage

   —       6.6  —       5.8

Tier 1 capital ratio increased year-over-year due to an increase of Tier 1 capital predominantly driven by earnings, partially offset by an increase of RWAs. Tier 1 leverage improved year-over-year due to increase of Tier 1 capital predominantly driven by earnings.

 

The Company’s Significant U.S. Bank Operating Subsidiaries.    The Company’s domesticU.S. bank operating subsidiaries are subject to various regulatory capital requirements as administered by U.S. federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009,2013, the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject and exceeded all regulatory mandated and targeted minimum regulatory capital requirements to be well-capitalized. There are no conditions or events that management believes have changed the Company’s U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ category.

 

The table below sets forth the capital information for the Company’s significant U.S. bank operating subsidiaries’ capital.subsidiaries, which are U.S. depository institutions, calculated in a manner consistent with the guidelines described under Basel I in 2012. In 2013, the RWAs disclosed reflect the implementation of the market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”, which became effective on January 1, 2013.

 

   December 31, 2010  December 31, 2009 
   Amount   Ratio  Amount   Ratio 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total capital (to RWAs):

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $8,069    18.6 $8,880    18.4

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    37.3 $602    70.3

Tier I capital (to RWAs):

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $9,572    15.7 $7,360    15.3

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    37.3 $602    70.3

Leverage ratio:

       

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

  $9,572    12.1 $7,360    10.7

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, N.A.(1)

  $911    12.4 $602    8.9
   December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
     Amount       Ratio      Amount       Ratio   
   (dollars in millions) 

Total capital (to RWAs):

       

MSBNA(1)

  $12,468    16.5 $11,509    16.7

MSPBNA

  $2,184    26.6 $1,673    28.8

Tier 1 capital (to RWAs):

       

MSBNA(1)

  $10,805    14.3 $9,918    14.4

MSPBNA

  $2,177    26.5 $1,665    28.7

Tier 1 leverage:

       

MSBNA

  $10,805    10.6 $9,918    13.3

MSPBNA

  $2,177    9.7 $1,665    10.6

 

(1)Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (formerly Morgan Stanley Trust) changed its charterMSBNA’s Tier 1 capital ratio and Total capital ratio at December 31, 2012 were each reduced by approximately 50 basis points due to a National Association on July 1, 2010.an approximate $2.0 billion adjustment to notional value of derivatives contracts, which resulted in an increase to MSBNA’s RWAs by such amount.

 

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain a ratio of total capital to RWAs of 10%, a capital ratio

209


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of Tier 1 capital to RWAs of 6%, and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to average booktotal assets (leverage ratio) of 5%. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted tofor financial holding companies. At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the Company’s three U.S. depository institutions maintained capital at levels in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized levels. These subsidiary depository institutions maintain capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the “well-capitalized” requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the federal banking regulators.

 

In July 2010, Morgan Stanley Trust, a Federal Savings Bank regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”), converted to Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (the “Private Bank”), a national bank regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. Upon conversion, the Private Bank became subject to the Market Risk Amendment to the Risk-Based Capital rules under Basel I, and the Private Bank’s trading portfolio risk-weighted assets calculation changed from the ratings-based approach to the market-risk approach. The change in the risk-weighting of the portfolio resulted in the capital ratio changes, which had no impact on the operations of the Company or the Private Bank.

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.    MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”),SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission.Commission (the “CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $7,463$7,201 million and $7,854$7,820 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $6,355$5,627 million and $6,758$6,453 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net

245


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. MS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At December 31, 2010,2013, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

 

Morgan Stanley Smith BarneyMSSB LLC is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission. Morgan Stanley Smith BarneyCFTC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC clears certain customer activity directlyMSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $3,489 million and introduces other business to MS&Co.$2,167 million at December 31, 2013 and Citi. December 31, 2012, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $3,308 million and $2,017 million, respectively.

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial ServicesPrudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

 

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.    Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

 

Morgan Stanley Derivative Products Inc. (“MSDP”), a derivative products subsidiary rated Aa3A3 by Moody’s and AAAAA- by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. (“S&P”),&P, maintains certain operating restrictions that have been reviewed by Moody’s and S&P. On December 17, 2010, MSDP was downgraded from an Aa2 rating to an Aa3 rating by Moody’s but maintained its AAA rating by S&P. While MSDP has made substantial effort to address Moody’s comments, MSDP’s counterparty rating remains on review for possible downgrade while Moody’s continues to evaluate MSDP’s capital adequacy. The

210


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

recent downgrade did not significantly impact the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. MSDP is operated such that creditors of the Company should not expect to have any claims on the assets of MSDP, unless and until the obligations to its own creditors are satisfied in full. Creditors of MSDP should not expect to have any claims on the assets of the Company or any of its affiliates, other than the respective assets of MSDP.

 

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Company, may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. As ofAt December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, approximately $19.5$21.9 billion and $14.7$17.6 billion, respectively, of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the parent company.

 

15.    Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests and Total Equity.

 

Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

Redeemable noncontrolling interests related to the Wealth Management JV (see Note 3). Changes in redeemable noncontrolling interests for 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

   2013  2012 
   (dollars in millions) 

Balance at beginning of period

  $4,309  $—   

Reclassification from nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   —     4,288 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124 

Net change in AOCI

   —     (2

Distributions

   (38  (97

Other

   (11  (4

Carrying value of additional stake in Wealth Management JV purchased from Citi

   (4,482  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

  $—    $4,309 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

246


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Total Equity.

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Common StockStock..    Changes in shares of common stock outstanding for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 were as follows (share data in millions):

 

  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
 
 
   2013 2012 2011 

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

   1,361   1,074   1,056   1,048    1,974    1,927    1,512 

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

   116   276   —      —       —     —     385 

Net impact of stock option exercises and other share issuances

   46   13   57   26 

Net impact of other share activity

   (2  60   41 

Treasury stock purchases(1)

   (11  (2  (65  —       (27  (13  (11
               

 

  

 

 ��

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period

   1,512   1,361   1,048   1,074    1,945   1,974   1,927 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

 

Treasury Shares.Shares.    In December 2006,July 2013, the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorizedreceived no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase ofthrough March 31, 2014 up to $6 billion$500 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock.stock under rules relating to annual capital distributions (Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 225.8,Capital Planning). Share repurchases are made pursuant to the share repurchase program previously authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors and are exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time (see “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5).

During 2013, the Company repurchased approximately $350 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program. During 2012, the Company did not repurchase common stock as part of its share repurchase program. At December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $1.2 billion remaining under its share repurchase program out of the $6 billion authorized by the Board of Directors in December 2006. The share repurchase program considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. During 2010 and 2009 the Company did not purchase any of its common stock as part of its share repurchase program. At December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $1.6 billion remaining under its current share repurchase authorization. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

 

CIC Investment.MUFG Stock Conversion.    In December 2007,On June 30, 2011, the Company sold Equity Units that included contracts to purchase Company common stock to a wholly owned subsidiary of CIC for approximately $5,579 million. Each Equity Unit had a stated amount of $1,000 per unit consisting of: (i) an undivided beneficial ownership interest in a trust preferred security of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust A (“Series A Trust”), Morgan Stanley Capital Trust B (“Company’s outstanding Series B Trust”) or Morgan Stanley Capital Trust C (“Series C Trust”) (eachPreferred Stock owned by MUFG with a “Morgan Stanley Capital Trust” and, collectively, the “Trusts”) with an initial liquidation amount of $1,000; and (ii) a stock purchase contract relating to the common stock, parface value of $0.01 per share, of the Company. A substantial portion of the investment proceeds from the offering of the Equity Units$7.8 billion (carrying value $8.1 billion) and a 10% dividend was treated as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company issued junior subordinated debt securities for a total of $5,579,173,000 in exchange for $5,579,143,000 in aggregate proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities by the Trusts and $30,000 in trust common securities issued equally by the Trusts. The Company elected to fair value the junior subordinated debentures pursuant to the fair value option accounting guidance.

211


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The trust common securities, which were held by the Company, represented an interest in the Trusts and were recorded as an equity method investment in the Company’s consolidated statement of financial condition. The Trusts were VIEs in accordance with current accounting guidance, and the Company did not consolidate its interests in the Trusts as it was not the primary beneficiary of any of the Trusts.

As a result of the transaction with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) described under “Preferred Stock—Series B and Series C Preferred Stock” below, upon settlement of the Equity Units, CIC would be entitled to receive 116,062,911 shares of the Company’s common stock, subject to anti-dilution adjustments. In June 2009, to maintain its pro rata share in the Company’s share capital, CIC participated in the Company’s registered public offering of 85,890,277 shares by purchasing 45,290,576 shares of the Company’s common stock.

Redemption of CIC Equity Units and Issuance of Common Stock.    On July 1, 2010, Moody’s announced that it was lowering the equity credit assigned to such Equity Units. The terms of the Equity Units permitted the Company to redeem the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units upon the occurrence and continuation of a Rating Agency Event. In response to this Rating Agency Event, the Company redeemed the junior subordinated debentures in August 2010, and the redemption proceeds were subsequently used by the CIC Entity to settle its obligation under the stock purchase contracts. The settlement of the stock purchase contracts and delivery of 116,062,911converted into 385,464,097 shares of Company common stock, including approximately 75 million shares resulting from the adjustment to the CIC Entity occurred in August 2010.

Earnings per Share.

Prior to October 13, 2008, the impact of the Equity Units was reflected in the Company’s earnings per diluted common share using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the number of shares of common stock included in the calculation of earnings per diluted common share was calculated as the excess, if any, of the number of shares expected to be issued upon settlement of the stock purchase contract based on the average market price for the last 20 days of the reporting period, less the number of shares that could be purchased by the Company with the proceeds to be received upon settlement of the contract at the average closing price for the reporting period.

Dilution of net income per share occurred (i) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares was over $57.6840 per share or (ii) in reporting periods when the average closing price of common shares for a reporting period was between $48.0700 and $57.6840 and was greater than the average market price for the last 20 days ending three days priorconversion ratio pursuant to the end of such reporting period.

Effective October 13, 2008 (astransaction agreement. As a result of the adjustment to the Equity Units as described above) and prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the treasury stock method. The Equity Units participated in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not have been included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation under the treasury stock method. During 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008, and the one month ended December 31, 2008, no dividends above $0.27 per share were declared during any quarterly reporting period.

Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2010, and prior to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. See Note 2 for further discussion of the two-class method and Note 16 for the dilutive impact for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

212


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Equity Units did not share in any losses of the Company for purposes of calculating EPS. Therefore, ifconversion ratio, the Company incurred a loss in any reporting period, losses were not allocated to the Equity Units in the EPS calculation under the two-class method.

Common Equity Offerings.    During 2009, the Company issued common stock forone-time, non-cash negative adjustment of approximately $6.9$1.7 billion in two registered public offerings. MUFG elected to participate in both offerings,its calculation of basic and in one of the offerings, MUFG received $0.7 billion of common stock in exchange for 640,909 shares of the Company’s Series C Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock (“Series C Preferred Stock”).diluted earnings per share during 2011.

 

RabbiEmployee Stock Trusts.    The Company has established RabbiEmployee Stock Trusts to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding RSUs.RSUs, excluding the awards granted for 2012 performance year. The assets of the RabbiEmployee Stock Trusts are consolidated with those of the Company, and the value of the Company’s stock held in the RabbiEmployee Stock Trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

247


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Preferred Stock.

The Company is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock and the Company’s preferred stock outstanding consisted of the following:

 

Series

  Dividend
Rate
(Annual)
  Shares
Outstanding
at
December 31,
2010
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   Convertible to
Morgan
Stanley Shares
   Carrying Value 
         At
December 31,
2010
   At
December 31,
2009
 
                  (dollars in millions) 

A

   N/A    44,000   $25,000    —      $1,100   $1,100 

B

   10.0  7,839,209    1,000    310,464,033    8,089    8,089 

C

   10.0  519,882    1,000    —       408    408 
                 

Total

         $9,597   $9,597 
                 

N/A—Not Available.

   Shares
Outstanding at
December 31,
2013
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   Carrying Value 

Series

      At
December 31,
2013
   At
December 31,
2012
 
           (dollars in millions) 

A

   44,000   $25,000   $1,100   $1,100 

C

   519,882    1,000    408    408 

E

   34,500    25,000    862    —    

F

   34,000    25,000    850    —   
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

      $3,220   $1,508 
      

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

 

Series A Preferred Stock.    In July 2006, the Company issued 44,000,000 Depositary Shares in an aggregate of $1,100 million. Each Depositary Share represents 1/1,000th of a Share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value (“Series A Preferred Stock”). The Series A Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after July 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25$25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series A Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common stock upon liquidation. Subsequent toIn December 31, 2010,2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $255.56 per share of Series A Preferred Stock that was paid on January 18, 201115, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2010.2013.

 

Series B and Series C Preferred Stock.    On October 13, 2008, the Company issued to MUFG 7,839,209 shares of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of $9 billion. The Series B Preferred Stock is convertible at MUFG’s option (at a conversion price of $25.25) into 310,464,033 shares of the Company’s common shares, subject to certain anti-dilution adjustments. Subject to any applicable New York Stock Exchange stockholder approval requirements, one-half of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert into the Company’s common shares when, at any time on or after October 13, 2009, the market price of the Company’s common shares exceeds 150% of the then-applicable conversion price (initially $25.25) for

213


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

20 trading days within any period of 30 consecutive trading days beginning after October 13, 2009 (subject to certain ownership limits on MUFG and its affiliates). The remainder of the Series B Preferred Stock will mandatorily convert on the same basis on or after October 13, 2010.

The Series B Preferred Stock pays a non-cumulative dividend, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share, except under certain circumstances (as set forth in the securities purchase agreement for the sale of the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG). Subsequent to December 31, 2010, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series B Preferred Stock that was paid on January 18, 2011 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2010.

 

The Series C Preferred Stock is redeemable by the Company, in whole or in part, on or after October 15, 2011 at a redemption price of $1,100 per share. Dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share. Subsequent toIn December 31, 2010,2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $25.00 per share of Series C Preferred Stock that was paid on January 18, 201115, 2014 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2010.2013.

 

The $9 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and the Series C Preferred Stock based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $8.1 billion was allocated to the Series B Preferred Stock and approximately $0.9 billion to the Series C Preferred Stock). Upon redemption by the Company, the excess of the redemption value of $1,100 per share over the carrying value of the Series C Preferred Stock ($0.9 billion allocated at inception or approximately $784 per share) will be charged to Retained earnings (i.e., treated in a manner similar to the treatment of dividends paid). The amount charged to Retained earnings will be deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period in which the Series C Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Company (see Note 16 for additional details).

 

During 2009, 640,909 shares of the Series C Preferred Stock were redeemed with an aggregate price equal to the aggregate price exchanged by MUFG for approximately $0.7 billion of common stock, resulting in a negative adjustment of approximately $202 million in calculating earnings per basic and diluted share.stock.

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant.    On October 26, 2008 the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms with the U.S. Treasury pursuant to which, among other things, the Company sold to the U.S. Treasury for an aggregate purchase price of $10 billion, 10 million shares of Series D Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“Series D Preferred Stock”) and a warrant to purchase 65,245,759 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Warrant”), of the Company at an exercise price of $22.99 per share.

The $10 billion in proceeds was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and the Warrant based on their relative fair values at issuance (approximately $9 billion was allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock and approximately $1 billion to the Warrant). The difference between the initial value allocated to the Series D Preferred Stock of approximately $9 billion and the liquidation value of $10 billion was to be charged to Retained earnings over the first five years of the contract as an adjustment to the dividend yield using the effective yield method. The amount charged to Retained earnings was deducted from the numerator in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share during the related reporting period (see Note 16).

In June 2009, the Company repurchased the 10,000,000 shares of the Series D Preferred Stock from the U.S. Treasury, at the liquidation preference amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends, for an aggregate repurchase price of $10,086 million.

 

 214248 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During 2011, the Company and MUFG completed the conversion of MUFG Series B Preferred Stock (see “MUFG Stock Conversion” above).

 

AsSeries E Preferred Stock.    On September 30, 2013, the Company issued 34,500,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $862 million. Each Depositary Share represents a result1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series E Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series E Preferred Stock”). The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s repurchasingoption, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after October 15, 2023 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depository Share). The Series DE Preferred Stock the Company incurredalso has a one-time negative adjustment of $850 million in its calculation of basic and diluted EPS (reduction to earnings (losses) applicable topreference over the Company’s common shareholders) for 2009 duestock upon liquidation. The Series E Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $854 million. In December 2013, the Company declared a quarterly dividend of $519.53 per share of Series E Preferred Stock that was paid on January 15, 2014 to the accelerated amortizationpreferred shareholders of the issuance discountrecord on the Series D Preferred Stock.December 31, 2013.

 

In August 2009, underSeries F Preferred Stock.    On December 10, 2013, the Company issued 34,000,000 Depositary Shares, for an aggregate price of $850 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Series F Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value (“Series F Preferred Stock”). The Series F Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after January 15, 2024 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share). The Series F Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Capital Purchase Program securities purchase agreement,Company’s common stock upon liquidation. The Series F Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $842 million. In December 2013, the Company repurchaseddeclared the Warrant from the U.S. Treasury in the amountinitial quarterly dividend of $950 million. The repurchase$167.10 per share of the Series DF Preferred Stock in the amountthat was paid on January 15, 2014 to preferred shareholders of $10.0 billion and the Warrant in the amount of $950 million, reduced the Company’s total equity by $10,950 million in 2009.record on December 31, 2013.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).Loss. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the components

The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of the Company’s Accumulated other comprehensive loss are as followsnoncontrolling interests, in 2013 (dollars in millions):

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
  Net
Change  in

Cash Flow
Hedges
  Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses)  on
Securities
Available for Sale
  Pension,
Postretirement
and Other Related
Adjustments
  Total 
      
      
      
      

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $(123 $(5 $151  $(539 $(516
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   (143  —     (406  (16  (565

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   —     4   (27  11   (12
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

   (143  4   (433  (5  (577
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $(266 $(1 $(282 $(544 $(1,093
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for 2013.

249


MORGAN STANLEY

 

   At
December  31,
2010
  At
December  31,
2009
 
   
   

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $40  $(26

Amortization expense related to terminated cash flow hedges, net of tax

   (18  (27

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments, net of tax

   (525  (507

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale, net of tax

   36   —    
         

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  $(467 $(560
         

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Company uses foreign currency contracts and designates certain non-U.S. dollar currency debt as hedges to manage the currency exposure relating to its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of the Company’s net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are taxable currently. The Company attempts to protect its net book value from the effects of fluctuations in currency exchange rates on its net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar subsidiaries by selling the appropriate non-U.S. dollar currency in the forward market. Under some circumstances, however, the Company may elect not to hedge its net monetary investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 relating to the hedgingeffects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Company’s net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and their effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments is summarized below:

 

  At
December  31,
2010
  At
December  31,
2009
    At
December  31,
2013
  At
December  31,
2012
 
   
   
  (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Net monetary investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries

  $10,990  $9,325 

Net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges

Net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges

  $11,708  $13,811 
           

 

  

 

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

  $544  $254 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

  

$

(259

 

$

348

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax(1)

   (504  (280   (7  (471
         

 

  

 

 

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $40  $(26

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

  $(266 $(123
           

 

  

 

 

 

(1)
215
A gain of $77 million, net of tax, related to net investment hedges was reclassified from other comprehensive income into income during 2012. The amount primarily related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts (see Note 12 for further information).


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Noncontrolling Interests.

 

Deconsolidation of Subsidiaries.Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

 

During 2009,Changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in 2013 primarily resulted from distributions related to MSMS of $292 million and a real estate fund of $214 million. In September 2012, the Company deconsolidated MSCI in connection with the Company’s disposition of itsreclassified approximately $4.3 billion from nonredeemable noncontrolling interests to redeemable noncontrolling interests for Citi’s remaining ownership35% interest in MSCI and recognized an after-tax gain of approximately $279 million. The Company did not retain any investment in MSCI upon deconsolidation. Seethe Wealth Management JV (see Note 1 for further information on discontinued operations.

During fiscal 2008, the Company deconsolidated certain subsidiaries and recognized gains of approximately $70 million, included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

3). Changes in the Company’s Ownership Interest in Subsidiaries.

The following table presents the effect on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from changes in ownership of subsidiaries resulting from transactions with noncontrolling interests.

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2010   2009 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $4,703   $1,346 

Transfers from the noncontrolling interests:

    

Increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB

   —       1,711 

Increase in paid-in capital in connection with the MUFG Transaction (see Note 24)

   731    —    
          

Net transfers from noncontrolling interests

   731    1,711 
          

Change from net income applicable to Morgan Stanley and transfers from noncontrolling interests

  $5,434   $3,057 
          

The increase in paid-in capital in connection with MSSB results from Citi’s equity interest in MSSB, to which the Company had contributed certain businesses associated with the Company’s Global Wealth Management Group business segment. The excess of the net fair value received by the Company over the increase in noncontrolling interest associated with Smith Barney is reflected as an increase in paid-in capital. See Note 3 for further information regarding the MSSB transaction.

In connection with the closing of the transaction between the Company and MUFG to form a joint venture in Japan (the “MUFG Transaction”) (see Note 24), the Company recorded an after-tax gain of $731 million from the sale of a noncontrolling interest in its Japanese institutional securities business. The gain was recorded in Paid-in capital in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2010, and changes in total equity for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The impact on the Company’s shareholders’ equity from transactions withnonredeemable noncontrolling interests was not material for fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008.

During fiscal 2008, the Company recorded pre-tax gainsin 2012 also included distributions related to MSMS of approximately $1.5 billion, in connection with sales of its shares in MSCI as part of secondary offerings. Such gains are included in discontinued operations (see Note 25).$151 million.

 

 216250 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16.    Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing income availableearnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested RSUs where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities. The Company calculates EPS using the two-class method (see Note 2) and determines whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities.securities (see Note 2). The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted EPS (in millions, except for per share data):

 

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 

Basic EPS:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $5,463  $1,324  $1,238  $(1,269

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   239   82   540   (16
                 

Net income (loss)

   5,702   1,406   1,778   (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   999   60   71   3 
                 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   4,703   1,346   1,707   (1,288

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (45  (45  (53  (15

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

   (784  (784  —      (200

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (52  (68  —      (30

Less: Partial redemption of Series C Preferred Stock

   —      (202  —      —    

Less: Preferred dividends (Series D Preferred Stock)

   —      (212  (44  (63

Less: Amortization and acceleration of issuance discount for Series D Preferred Stock(1)

  

 

—  

  

 

 

(932

 

 

(15

 

 

(13

     

Less: Allocation of earnings to participating RSUs(2):

     

From continuing operations

   (108  (10  (69  (15

From discontinued operations

   (7  —      (25  —    

Less: Allocation of undistributed earnings to Equity Units(1):

     

From continuing operations

   (101  —      (6  —    

From discontinued operations

   (12  —      —      —    
                 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624
                 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,362   1,185   1,028   1,002 
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

     

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.48  $(0.82 $1.00  $(1.60

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.16   0.05   0.45   (0.02
                 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $2.64  $(0.77 $1.45  $(1.62
                 

Diluted EPS:

     

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624

Impact on income of assumed conversions:

     

Assumed conversions of Equity Units(1)(3)

     

From continuing operations

   75   —      —      —    

217


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

  2010   2009 Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Basic EPS:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $3,656  $757  $4,696 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (43  (41  (51
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

   3,613   716   4,645 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   222   124   —   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   459   524   535 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   2,932   68   4,110 

Less: Preferred dividends (Series A Preferred Stock)

   (44  (44  (44

Less: Preferred dividends (Series B Preferred Stock)

   —     —     (196

Less: MUFG stock conversion

   —     —     (1,726

Less: Preferred dividends (Series C Preferred Stock)

   (52  (52  (52

Less: Preferred dividends (Series E Preferred Stock)

   (18  —     —   

Less: Preferred dividends (Series F Preferred Stock)

   (6  —     —   

Less: Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment (see Note 3)

   (151  —     —   

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1):

    

From continuing operations

   (6  (2  (26

From discontinued operations

   41    —      —       —       —     —     1 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to common shareholders plus assumed conversions

   3,710    (907  1,495    (1,624

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,362    1,185   1,028    1,002    1,906   1,886   1,655 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share:

    

Income from continuing operations

  $1.42  $0.02  $1.28 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.03)  (0.04)  (0.03)
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $1.39  $(0.02) $1.25 
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Diluted EPS:

    

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,906   1,886   1,655 

Effect of dilutive securities:

           

Stock options and RSUs(2)

   5    —      3    —    

Equity Units(1)(3)

   44    —      —       —    

Series B Preferred Stock

   —       —      42    —    

Stock options and RSUs(1)

   51   33   20 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,411    1,185   1,073    1,002    1,957   1,919   1,675 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share:

           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $2.44   $(0.82 $0.95   $(1.60

Income from continuing operations

  $1.38  $0.02  $1.27 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   0.19    0.05   0.44    (0.02   (0.02)  (0.04)  (0.04)
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $2.63   $(0.77 $1.39   $(1.62  $1.36  $(0.02) $1.23 
                 

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)See Note 15 for further information on Equity Units.
(2)RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

(3)Prior to the quarter ended June 30, 2010, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the treasury stock method. The Equity Units participated in substantially all of the earnings of the Company (i.e., any earnings above $0.27 per quarter) in basic EPS (assuming a full distribution of earnings of the Company), and therefore, the Equity Units generally would not have been included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation under the treasury stock method. Beginning in the quarter ended June 30, 2010, and prior to the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock in the third quarter of 2010, the Company included the Equity Units in the diluted EPS calculation using the more dilutive of the two-class method or the if-converted method. See Note 2 on the Company’s method for calculating EPS.
251


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following securities were considered antidilutive and, therefore, were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS:

 

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

  2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (shares in millions) 

RSUs and PSUs

   38    62    50    72 

Stock options

   67    82    81    99 

Equity Units(1)

   —       116    116    116 

Warrant issued to U.S. Treasury

   —       —       65    65 

Series B Preferred Stock

   311    311    —       311 
                    

Total

   416    571    312    663 
                    

(1)See Note 2 and Note 15 for additional information on the Equity Units regarding the change in methodology to the if-converted method and the redemption of the junior subordinated debentures underlying the Equity Units and issuance of common stock.

218


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Number of Antidilutive Securities Outstanding at End of Period:

  2013   2012   2011 
   (shares in millions) 

RSUs and performance-based stock units

   3    8    21 

Stock options

   33    42    57 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   36    50    78 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

17.    Interest Income and Interest Expense.

 

Details of Interest income and Interest expense were as follows:

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008(1)
   One Month
Ended December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest income(2):

      

Financial instruments owned(3)

  $3,931  $4,931  $9,217   $395 

Interest income(1):

    

Trading assets(2)

  $2,292  $2,736  $3,593 

Securities available for sale

   215   —      —       —       447   343   348 

Loans

   315   229   784    15    1,121   643   356 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   155   241   —       19    129   124   186 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

   769   859   —       380    (20  364   886 

Other

   1,893   1,217   28,930    280    1,240   1,482   1,865 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Interest income

  $7,278  $7,477  $38,931   $1,089 

Total interest income

  $5,209  $5,692  $7,234 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest expense(2):

      

Interest expense(1):

    

Deposits

  $159  $181  $236 

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $28  $51  $663   $33    20   38   41 

Deposits

   310    782   740    53 

Long-term debt

   4,592   4,898   7,793    579    3,758   4,622   4,912 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

   1,591   1,374   —       355    1,469   1,805   1,925 

Other

   (107  (400  27,067    120    (975  (749  (231
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total Interest expense

  $6,414  $6,705  $36,263   $1,140 

Total interest expense

  $4,431  $5,897  $6,883 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest

  $864  $772  $2,668   $(51  $778  $(205 $351 
                

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity, and therefore, prior to December 2008, was unable to further breakout Interest income and Interest expense (see Note 1).
(2)Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Principal transactions—Trading revenues or Principal transactions—InvestmentInvestments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.
(3)(2)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchasedTrading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income.income on Trading assets.

 

18.    Sale of Bankruptcy Claims Related to a Derivative Counterparty.

During 2009, the Company entered into multiple participation agreements with certain investors whereby the Company sold undivided participating interests representing 81% (or $1,105 million) of its claims totaling $1,362 million, pursuant to International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreements, against a derivative counterparty that filed for bankruptcy protection. The Company received cash proceeds of $429 million and recorded a gain on sale of $319 million in 2009. The gain is reflected in the consolidated statement of income in Principal transactions—Trading revenues within the Institutional Securities business segment.

As a result of the bankruptcy of the derivative counterparty, the Company, as contractually entitled, exercised remedies as the non-defaulting party and determined the value of the claims under the ISDA master agreements in a commercially reasonable manner. The Company filed its claims with the bankruptcy court. In connection

219


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

with the sale of the undivided participating interests in a portion of the claims, the Company provided certain representations and warranties related to the allowance of the amount stated in the claims submitted to the bankruptcy court. The bankruptcy court will be evaluating all of the claims filed against the derivative counterparty. To the extent, in the future, any portion of the stated claims is disallowed or reduced by the bankruptcy court in excess of a certain amount, then the Company must refund a portion of the purchase price plus interest from the date of the participation agreements to the repayment date. The maximum amount that the Company could be required to refund is the total proceeds of $429 million plus interest. The Company recorded a liability for the fair value of this possible disallowance. The fair value was determined by assessing mid-market values of the underlying transactions, where possible, prevailing bid-offer spreads around the time of the bankruptcy filing, and applying valuation adjustments related to estimating unwind costs. The investors, however, bear full price risk associated with the allowed claims as it relates to the liquidation proceeds from the bankruptcy estate. The Company also agreed to service the claims and, as such, recorded a liability for the fair value of the servicing obligation. The Company continues to measure these obligations at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The change in fair value recorded in earnings in 2010 was immaterial. These obligations are reflected in the consolidated statement of financial condition as Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased—Derivatives and other contracts, in Note 4 as Level 3 instruments, and in Note 12 as Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges. The disallowance obligation is also reflected in Note 13 in the guarantees table.

19.    Other Revenues.

Details of Other revenues were as follows:

   2010  2009   Fiscal
2008
   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Gain on China International Capital Corporation Limited (see Note 24)

  $668  $—      $—      $—    

Gain on sale of Invesco shares (see Note 1)

   102    —       —       —    

FrontPoint impairment charges (see Note 28)

   (126  —       —       —    

Gain on repurchase of long-term debt (see Note 11)

   —      491    2,252    73 

Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U.(1)

   —      —       743    —    

Other

   857   346    856    36 
                   

Total

  $1,501  $837   $3,851   $109 
                   

(1)In the second quarter of fiscal 2008, the Company sold Morgan Stanley Wealth Management S.V., S.A.U. (“MSWM S.V.”), its Spanish onshore mass affluent wealth management business. The results of MSWM S.V. are included within the Global Wealth Management Group business segment through the date of sale.

20.    Employee Stock-BasedDeferred Compensation Plans.

 

The Company maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of its employees. The two principal forms of deferred compensation are granted under several stock-based compensation and cash-based compensation plans.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans.The accounting guidance for stock-based compensation requires measurement of compensation cost for equity-basedstock-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures (see Note 2).

 

 220252 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

 

  2010   2009   Fiscal
2008
   One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
   2013   2012   2011 
    (dollars in millions) 
  (dollars in millions) 

Deferred stock

  $1,075   $1,120   $1,659   $66 

Restricted stock units(1)

  $1,140   $864   $1,057 

Stock options

   1    17    83    5    15    4    24 

Performance-based stock units

   39    —       —       —       29    29    32 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan(1)

   —       4    10    —    
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total(2)

  $1,115   $1,141   $1,752   $71   $1,184   $897   $1,113 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The Company discontinued the Employee Stock Purchase Plan effective June 1, 2009.
(2)Amounts for 2010, 20092013, 2012 and fiscal 20082011 include $222$25 million, $198$31 million and $90$186 million, respectively, primarily related to equitystock-based awards that were granted in 2011, 20102014, 2013 and December 2008,2012, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.
(2)Annual expense fluctuations are retirement-eligible underprimarily due to the award terms. Amountsintroduction in 2012 of a new vesting requirement for the one month ended December 31, 2008 include $2 million primarily related to equity awards that were granted in 2010 tocertain employees who aresatisfy existing retirement-eligible underrequirements to provide a one-year advance notice of their intention to retire from the award terms.Company. As such, expense recognition for these awards begins after the grant date (see Note 2).

 

The table above excludes stock-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $3 million $11 million, $40 million and $2 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008, respectively.in 2012. See Note 1 for additional information on discontinued operations.

 

The tax benefit forrelated to stock-based compensation expense related to deferred stock and stock options was $382$371 million, $380 million, $557$306 million and $23$383 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively. The tax benefit for stock-based compensation expense included in discontinued operations in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was approximately $1 million $3 million, $15 million and $1 million, respectively.in 2012.

 

At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company had approximately $975$749 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards (excluding 2010 year-endawards. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $470 million in 2014, $205 million in 2015 and $74 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 2013 performance year awards granted in January 2011 to nonretirement-eligible employees,2014, which will begin to amortizebe amortized in 2011). The unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested stock-based awards expected to vest will primarily be recognized over the next two years.2014.

 

In connection with awards under its equity-basedstock-based compensation plans, the Company is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. At December 31, 2010,2013, approximately 105107 million shares were available for future grant under these plans.

 

The Company generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its equity-basedstock-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. See Note 15 for additional information on the Company’s share repurchase program.

 

DeferredRestricted Stock Awards.Units.    The Company has made deferredgranted restricted stock unit awards pursuant to several equity-basedstock-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionaryincentive compensation with awards made in the form of restricted common stock or in the right to receive unrestricted shares of common stock in the future. Awards under these plans are generally subject to vesting over time contingent upon continued employment and to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until the end of a specified period, generally twoone to three years from the date of grant. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant restriction period. All or a portion of a vested award also

221


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

may be canceled in certain limited situations, including termination for cause during the relevant restriction period. Recipients of deferred stockstock-based awards generallymay have voting rights, at the Company’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents.

253


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s vested and unvested RSUs (share data in millions):

 

  2010   2013 
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
   Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

RSUs at beginning of period

   100  $40.88    122  $24.29 

Granted

   49   28.95    57   22.72 

Conversions to common stock

   (33  53.95    (41  28.51 

Canceled

   (7  30.48    (6  22.21 
       

 

  

RSUs at end of period(1)

   109  $32.10    132  $22.41 
       

 

  

 

(1)At December 31, 2010,2013, approximately 99121 million RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $32.62$22.47 were vested or expected to vest.

 

The weighted average price for RSUs granted during 2009, fiscal 20082012 and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 was $26.30, $48.71$18.09 and $16.81,$28.94, respectively. At December 31, 2010,2013, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the Company’s outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.51.3 years.

 

At December 31, 2010,2013, the intrinsic value of outstanding RSUs was $2,979$4,130 million.

 

The total fair market value of RSUs converted to common stock during 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 20082011 was $971$939 million, $151 million, $3,209$660 million and $8$935 million, respectively. The increased value of RSUs converting to common stock in fiscal 2008 compared with other fiscal years reflects the impact of a modification in fiscal 2008 to accelerate the conversion of certain RSUs. Additional compensation cost recognized as a result of this modification was not material.

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s unvested RSUs (share data in millions):

 

  2010   2013 
  Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date

Fair Value
   Number of
Shares
 Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period

   62  $37.78    83  $23.83 

Granted

   49   28.95    57   22.72 

Vested

   (28  43.75    (36  26.67 

Canceled

   (7  30.34    (6  22.19 
       

 

  

Unvested RSUs at end of period(1)

   76  $30.29    98  $22.29 
       

 

  

 

(1)Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibilityretirement-eligible requirements. At December 31, 2010,2013, approximately 6687 million unvested RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $30.81$22.35 were expected to vest.

 

The aggregate fair value of awards that vested during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $842 million, $753 million and $870 million, respectively.

Stock Option Awards.Options.    The Company has granted stock option awards pursuant to several equity-basedstock-based compensation plans. The plans provide for the deferral of a portion of certain key employees’ discretionary

222


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

incentive compensation with awards made in the form of stock options generally having an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Such stock option awards generally become exercisable over a three-year period and expire five to 10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon termination of

254


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

employment. Stock option awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferredrestricted stock awards. units. The weighted average fair value of the Company’s options granted during 2013 and 2011 were $5.41 and $8.24, respectively, utilizing the following weighted average assumptions:

Grant Year

  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
  Expected Life   Expected Stock
Price Volatility
  Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2013

   0.6  3.9 years    32.0  0.9

2011

   2.1  5.0 years    32.7  1.5

No options were granted during 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 or the one month ended December 31, 2008.2012.

 

The Company’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options, in accordance with accounting guidance for share-based payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

 

The following table sets forth activity relating to the Company’s stock options (number of options(options data in millions):

 

  2010   2013 
  Number of
Options
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
   Number of
Options
 Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Options outstanding at beginning of period

   82  $51.29    42  $48.37 

Granted

   3   22.98 

Canceled

   (15 $55.52    (12  39.93 
       

 

  

Options outstanding at end of period(1)

   67  $50.35    33   49.40  
       

 

  

Options exercisable at end of period

   67  $50.28    30   52.09 
       

 

  

 

(1)At December 31, 2010, 672013, approximately 30 million awardsoptions with a weighted average exercise price of $50.32$51.50 were vested or expected to vest.vested.

 

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during fiscal 2008 was $211 million. There were no stock options exercised during 2010, 20092013, 2012 or the one month ended December 31, 2008.

2011. At December 31, 2010,2013, the intrinsic value of in-the-money exercisable stock options was not material.$7 million.

 

The following table presents information relating to the Company’s stock options outstanding at December 31, 2010 (number of options outstanding2013 (options data in millions):

 

At December 31, 2010

 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable 

At December 31, 2013

 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable 

Range of Exercise Prices

 Number
Outstanding
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 Number
Exercisable
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining

Life  (Years)
  Number
Outstanding
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 Number
Exercisable
 Weighted Average
Exercise Price
 Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 

$28.00 – $39.99

  11  $36.22   2.0   11  $36.22   2.0 

$22.00 – $39.99

  6  $26.88   4.0   3  $28.94   4.0 

$40.00 – $49.99

  33   47.26   2.3   33   47.26   2.3   15   46.51    0.2   15   46.51    0.2 

$50.00 – $59.99

  11   55.45   0.3   11   55.45   0.3   1   52.08   2.0   1   52.08   2.0 

$60.00 – $76.99

  12   66.72   5.9   12   66.72   5.8   11   66.75   2.9   11   66.75   2.9 
           

 

    

 

   

Total

  67     67     33     30   
           

 

    

 

   

 

Performance-Based Stock Unit Awards.    In 2010, thes.    The Company has granted 2 million PSUs to certain senior executives. These PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock in 2013at the end of the performance period only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and market goals over the three-year performance period that began on

255


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

January 1 2010of the grant year and ends three years later on December 31, 2012.31. Under the terms of the grant, the number of PSUs that will actually vest and convert to shares will be based on the extent to which the Company achieves the specified performance goals during the performance period. Performance-based stock unit awards have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those in deferredrestricted stock awards.

223


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

units.

 

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s return on average common shareholders’ equity, excluding the impact of revenues related tothe fluctuation in the Company’s debt-related credit spreads and other credit factors for certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, that are accounted for at fair value (“MS Average ROE”). A multiplierFor PSUs granted after 2011, the MS Average ROE also excludes certain gains or losses associated with the sale of zerospecified businesses, specified goodwill impairments, certain gains or losses associated with specified legal settlements related to business activities conducted prior to January 1, 2011 and specified cumulative catch-up adjustments resulting from changes in an existing, or application of a new, accounting principle that is not applied on a fully retrospective basis. The number of PSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the awards will be applied in the event ofby a three-year Average ROE of less than 7.5% and a maximum multiplier of 2 will be applied in the event of a three-year Average ROE of 18% or greater. as follows:

  

Minimum

   

Maximum

 

Grant Year

 

MS Average ROE

 Multiplier   

MS Average ROE

 Multiplier 

2013

 Less than 5%  0.0    13% or more  2.0  

2012

 Less than 6%  0.0    12% or more  1.5  

2011

 Less than 7.5%  0.0    18% or more  2.0  

The fair value per share of this portion of the award for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $29.32.$22.85, $18.16 and $29.89, respectively.

 

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return (“TSR”), relative to the S&P Financial Sectors Index (for the 2013 and 2012 awards) and to members of a comparison peer group. A maximum multipliergroup (for the 2011 award). The number of 2 canPSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the awards will be applied for achieving the highest ranking within the comparison group, with multipliers diminishing for lower rankings. by a multiplier as follows:

      Minimum   Maximum 

Year

  

Metrics

  TSR  Multiplier   TSR  Multiplier 

2013

  Comparison of TSR  Below   Down to 0.0   Above   Up to 2.0 

2012

  Comparison of TSR  Below   Down to 0.0   Above   Up to 1.5 

2011

  Ranking within the comparison group  Rank 9 or 10   0.0   Rank 1   2.0 

The fair value per share of this portion of the award for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $41.52,$34.65, $20.42 and $43.14, respectively, estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions.assumptions:

 

Grant Year

  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
 Expected Stock
Price Volatility
 Expected Dividend
Yield
   Risk-Free Interest
Rate
 Expected Stock
Price Volatility
 Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2010

   1.5  89.9  0.7

2013

   0.4  45.4  0.0

2012

   0.4  56.0  1.1

2011

   1.0  89.0  1.5

256


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Because the payout depends on the Company’s total shareholder return relative to a comparison group, the valuation also depended on the performance of the stocks in the comparison group as well as estimates of the correlations among their performance. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using historical volatility because correlation coefficients can only be developed only through historical volatility. The expected dividend yield was based on historical dividend payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

 

2013
Number of Shares
(in millions)

PSUs at beginning of period

5

Granted

1

Canceled

(2

PSUs at end of period

4

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans.    The Company maintains various deferred cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees that provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues.

The components of the Company’s deferred compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Deferred cash-based awards(1)

  $1,490   $1,815   $1,809 

Return on referenced investments

   772    435    132 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $2,262   $2,250   $1,941 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Amounts for 2013, 2012 and 2011 include $78 million, $93 million and $113 million, respectively, related to deferred cash-based awards that were granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.

The table above excludes deferred cash-based compensation expense recorded in discontinued operations, which was approximately $7 million in 2012 and $7 million in 2011. See Note 1 for additional information on discontinued operations.

At December 31, 2010, two2013, the Company had approximately $672 million PSUs were outstanding.of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested deferred cash-based awards (excluding unrecognized expense for returns on referenced investments). Absent actual cancellations and any future return on referenced investments, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $361 million in 2014, $162 million in 2015 and $149 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 2013 performance year awards granted in January 2014, which will begin to be amortized in 2014.

257


MORGAN STANLEY

 

21.NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2013 Performance Year Deferred Compensation Awards.    In January 2014, the Company granted approximately $1.2 billion of stock-based awards and $1.4 billion of deferred cash-based awards related to the 2013 performance year that contain a future service requirement. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations or accelerations, and any future return on referenced investments, the annual compensation cost for these awards will be recognized as follows:

   2014   2015   Thereafter   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Stock-based awards

  $749   $309   $169   $1,227 

Deferred cash-based awards

   990    259    142    1,391 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $1,739   $568   $311   $2,618 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

19.    Employee Benefit Plans.

 

The Company sponsors various pension plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees. The Company also provides certain postemployment benefits to certain former employees or inactive employees prior to retirement.

 

For fiscal 2008, the Company adopted the measurement date provision as required under current accounting guidance under the alternative transition method, which requires the measurement date to coincide with the fiscal year-end date. The Company recorded an after-tax charge of approximately $13 million to equity ($21 million before tax) upon adoption of this requirement.

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.    Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the Company and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. Qualified Plan,pension plan, a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”). Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. In addition, certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of their employees. These pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans. The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the participants and beneficiaries. The Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan was closed to new hires effective July 1, 2007. In lieu of a defined benefit pension plan, eligible employees (excluding legacy Smith Barney employees) who were first hired, rehired or transferred to a U.S. benefits eligible position on or after July 1, 2007 receive a

224


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

retirement contribution under the 401(k) plan. The amount of the retirement contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) cost and is equal to between 2% and 5% of eligible pay up to the annual Internal Revenue Code Section 401(a)(17) limit based on years of service as of December 31.

On June 1, 2010, the U.S. Qualified Plan was amended to ceaseceased future benefit accruals after December 31, 2010. Any benefits earned by participants under the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2010 will be preserved and will be payable based on the U.S. Qualified Plan’s provisions. As a result, the Company recorded a curtailment gain that reduced Compensation and benefits expense by approximately $51 million in the consolidated statements of income for 2010. Additionally, the Company remeasured the obligation and assets of the U.S. Qualified Plan at May 31, 2010 due to such cessation of accruals for benefits.

 

The Company also has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and medical insurance for their dependents.

 

On October 29, 2010, the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change eligibility requirements for a Company-provided subsidy toward the cost of retiree medical coverage after December 31, 2010. As a result, the Company recorded a curtailment gain that reduced Compensation and benefits expense by approximately $4 million in the consolidated statements of income for 2010. Additionally, the Company remeasured the obligation and assets of the postretirement plan at October 31, 2010 for this amendment.

Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

 

The following table presents the components of the net periodic benefit expense (income) for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:2011:

 

 Pensions Postretirement 
 2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
 
   Pension Postretirement 
   2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 $99  $116  $102  $8  $7  $12  $8  $1   $23  $26  $27  $4  $4  $4 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

  152   152   135   12   11   12   10   1    151   156   158   7   7   8 

Expected return on plan assets

  (128  (125  (128  (10  —      —      —      —       (114  (110  (131  —     —     —   

Net amortization of prior service credits

  (4  (9  (8  (1  (3  (1  (2  —    

Net amortization of prior service cost (credit)

   —     —     —     (13  (14  (14

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  24   41   31   —      1   3   1   —       36   27   17   3   2   2 

Curtailment gain

  (50  —      —      —      (4  —      —      —    

Settlement loss

  3   —      —      —      —      —      —      —       1   —     1   —     —     —   
                          

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense

 $96  $175  $132  $9  $12  $26  $17  $2 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

  $97  $99  $72  $1  $(1 $—   
                          

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 225258 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive loss (income) on a pre-tax basis in 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 are2011 were as follows:

 

 Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Net loss (gain)

 $34  $509  $(330 $282  $2  $(25 $(11 $50   $87  $416  $(401 $(52 $16  $(5

Prior service credit

  —      (16  —      —      (54  —      —      —    

Prior service cost

   3   3   2   —     —     —   

Amortization of prior service credit

  54   9   8   1   7   1   2   —       —     —     —     13   14   14 

Amortization of net loss

  (27  (41  (31  —      (1  (3  (1  —       (37  (27  (18  (3  (2  (2
                          

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

 $61  $461  $(353 $283  $(46 $(27 $(10 $50   $53  $392  $(417 $(42 $28  $7 
                          

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

The Company, for most plans, amortizes (as a component of pension and postretirementnet periodic benefit expense) unrecognized net gains and losses over the average future service of active participants to the extent that the gain (loss) exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. Effective January 1, 2011, the U.S. Qualified Plan will amortizeamortizes the unrecognized net gains and losses using the average life expectancy of participants.

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costsexpense for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008:2011:

 

  Pensions Postretirement 
  2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
  2010   2009  Fiscal
2008
  One  Month
Ended
December  31,
2008
 
    
      Pension Postretirement 
      2013 2012 2011 2013 2012 2011 

Discount rate

   5.91  5.75  6.17  7.23  6.00%/5.35%     5.78  6.34  7.47   3.95  4.57  5.44  3.88  4.56  5.41

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

   4.78   5.21   6.46   5.17   N/A     N/A    N/A    N/A     3.73   3.78   4.78   N/A   N/A   N/A 

Rate of future compensation increases

   5.13   5.12   5.08   5.09   N/A     N/A    N/A    N/A     0.98   2.14   2.28   N/A   N/A   N/A 

 

N/A—Not Available.Applicable.

 

The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets represents the Company’s best estimate of the long-term return on plan assets. For the U.S. Qualified Plan, the expected long-term rate of return was estimated by computing a weighted average return of the underlying long-term expected returns on the plan’s fixed income assets based on the investment managers’ target allocations within this asset class. The expected long-term return on assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. In late 2008, theThe U.S. Qualified Plan transitioned tois 100% investmentinvested in fixed income securities and related derivative securities,instruments, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of the Company’s contributions. Total U.S. Qualified Plan investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance withto changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s liability.benefit obligation.

 

 226259 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for 20102013 and 2009:2012:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

      

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2008

  $2,658  $215 

Service cost(1)

   117   12 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2011

  $3,517  $154 

Service cost

   26   4 

Interest cost

   156   7 

Actuarial loss

   405   15 

Plan settlements

   (2  —   

Benefits paid

   (147  (6

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (72  —   
  

 

  

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2012

  $3,883  $174 

Service cost

   23   4 

Interest cost

   152   12    151   7 

Actuarial gain

   (154  (25   (537  (52

Plan amendments

   (16  —       2   —   

Plan settlements

   (2  —       (7  —   

Benefits paid

   (172  (11   (186  (6

Transfers/divestitures(2)

   25   —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   22   —       1   1 
         

 

  

 

 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2009

  $2,630  $203 

Service cost

   99   7 

Interest cost

   152   11 

Actuarial loss(3)

   264   2 

Plan amendments

   (1  (54

Plan curtailments

   (82  —    

Plan settlements

   (11  —    

Benefits paid

   (100  (14

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   2   —    
       

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2010

  $2,953  $155 

Benefit obligation at December 31, 2013

  $3,330  $128 
         

 

  

 

 

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2008

  $2,739  $—    

Actual return on plan assets

   (538  —    

Employer contributions

   321   11 

Benefits paid

   (172  (11

Plan settlements

   (2  —    

Transfers/divestitures(3)

   35   —    

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   23   —    
       

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2009

  $2,406  $—    

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2011

  $3,604  $—   

Actual return on plan assets

   276   —       83   —   

Employer contributions

   72   14    42   6 

Benefits paid

   (100  (14   (147  (6

Plan settlements

   (11  —       (2  —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   (1  —       (61  —   
         

 

  

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2010

  $2,642  $—    

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2012

  $3,519  $—   

Actual return on plan assets

   (512  —   

Employer contributions

   42   6 

Benefits paid

   (186  (6

Plan settlements

   (7  —   

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

   11   —   
         

 

  

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31, 2013

  $2,867  $—   
  

 

  

 

 
(1)Pension amounts included in discontinued operations were $1 million.
(2)Transfers and divestitures primarily related to the impact of MSCI and the formation of MSSB.
(3)Change in actuarial loss under benefit obligation is primarily attributed to a decrease in the discount rates at December 31, 2010.

 

 227260 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents a summary of the funded status at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009:2012:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Funded status:

     

Unfunded status

  $(311 $(224 $(155 $(203

Funded (unfunded) status

  $(463 $(364 $(128 $(174
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

          

Assets

  $54  $107  $—     $—      $60  $97  $—    $—   

Liabilities

   (365  (331  (155  (203   (523  (461  (128  (174
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net amount recognized

  $(311 $(224 $(155 $(203  $(463 $(364 $(128 $(174
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

          

Prior service credit

  $(7 $(61 $(52 $(5

Net loss

   851   844   34   33 

Prior-service cost (credit)

  $1  $(2 $(11 $(24

Net loss (gain)

   871   821   (14  41 
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net loss (gain) recognized

  $844  $783  $(18 $28   $872  $819  $(25 $17 
               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

The estimated prior-service creditcost (credit) that will be amortized from Accumulatedaccumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costexpense over 20112014 is $14$11 million for postretirement plans. The estimated net loss that will be amortized from Accumulatedaccumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit costexpense over 20112014 is approximately $17$21 million for defined benefit pension plans and $2 million for postretirement plans.

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $2,899$3,309 million and $2,507$3,858 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively.

 

The following table contains information for pension plans with projected benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at period-end:

 

  December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Projected benefit obligation

  $498   $385   $3,127   $552 

Fair value of plan assets

   133    54    2,603    90 

 

The following table contains information for pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of the fair value of plan assets at period-end:

 

  December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $400   $346   $3,089   $527 

Fair value of plan assets

   72    45    2,586    90 

 

 228261 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at period-end:

 

  Pension Postretirement   Pension Postretirement 
  December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
 December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 

Discount rate

   5.44  5.91  5.41  6.00   4.74  3.95  4.75  3.88

Rate of future compensation increase

   2.43   5.13   N/A    N/A     1.06   0.98   N/A    N/A  

 

N/A—Not Available.Applicable.

 

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations for the U.S. pension, plans,U.S. postretirement plan and the U.K. pension plan’splans’ liabilities were selected by the Company, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad basedbroad-based Aa rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all other non-U.S. pension plans, the Company set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

 

The following table presents assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the U.S. postretirement benefit obligations at period-end:

 

  

December 31, 2010

   

December 31, 2009

   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

        

Medical

   6.98%-7.84%     7.00%-8.00%     6.90-7.38%     6.93-7.53%  

Prescription

   9.53%     10.00%     8.25%     8.66%  

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   4.50%     4.50%     4.50%     4.50%  

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2029       2029       2029        2029     

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plans.plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

  One-Percentage
Point Increase
   One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
   One-Percentage
Point Increase
   One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Effect on total postretirement service and interest cost

  $2   $(1  $2   $(1

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation

   19    (16   19    (11

 

No impact of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 has been reflected in the Company’s consolidated statements of income as medicareMedicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’s retiree medical program.postretirement benefit plan.

 

Plan Assets.    The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 88%87% of the Company’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

262


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The allocation byamong investment managermanagers of the Company’s U.S. Qualified Plan is reviewed by the Morgan Stanley Retirement Plan Investment Committee (the “Investment Committee”) on a regular basis. When the exposure to a given investment manager

229


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

reaches a minimum or maximum allocation level, an asset allocation review process is initiated, and the portfolio will be automatically rebalanced back closer toward the target allocation unless the Investment Committee determines otherwise.

 

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

 

Derivatives may be used only if they are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

 

Derivatives may not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

 

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

 

Derivatives may only be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

 

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives will be used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

 

The planPlan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Note 4. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units multiplied by the market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value is based on the valuation approaches that maximize use of observable inputs and minimize use of unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value of OTC derivative contracts is derived primarily using pricing models, which may require multiple market input parameters. Derivative contracts are presented on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Derivative contractsDerivatives consist of investments in options and futures contracts, forwardinterest rate swap contracts and swaps.are categorized as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds available to institutional clients that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or a controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds’ NAV based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds consist of mainly long-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV or elseotherwise they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

ForeignSome non-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investmentinvestments in foreign corporate equity funds, foreign corporate bond funds, and foreign target cash flow funds and foreign liquidity funds. Foreign corporate equity

263


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

funds and foreign corporate bond funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market and certain bond funds that aim

230


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

to produce returns as close as possible to certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Foreign target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows over five or 10 years achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Foreign liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they are readily redeemable at their NAV. Corporate equity funds traded on a recognized exchange are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other investments held by non-U.S. based plans consist of investment in emerging market, real estate funds, hedge funds and insurance annuity contracts. These emerging market, real estate and hedge funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV, or elseotherwise they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit fundplan that approximates fair value. The insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The following table presents the fair value of the net pension plan assets at December 31, 2010.2013. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2levels during 2010.2013:

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 Total   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

    

Assets:

  

      

Investments:

            

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

 $10  $—     $—     $10   $91   $—     $ —      $91 

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  822   —      —      822    1,047    —       —      1,047 

U.S. agency securities

  367   28   —      395    —       204    —      204 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  1,189   28   —      1,217    1,047    204    —      1,251 

Other sovereign government obligations

  27   7   —      34 

Corporate and other debt:

            

State and municipal securities

  —      12   —      12    —       2    —      2 

Asset-backed securities

  —      4   —      4 

Corporate bonds

  —      392   —      392 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      13   —      13    —       76    —      76 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —      421   —      421    —       78    —      78 

Corporate equities

  6   —      —      6 

Derivative and other contracts(2)

  —      71   —      71 

Derivative-related cash collateral

  —      98   —      98 

Derivative contracts(2)

   —       122    —      122 

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

   —       37    —       37 

Commingled trust funds(3)

  —      677   —      677    —       1,004    —       1,004 

Foreign funds(4)

  —      206   —      206    21    291    —       312 

Other investments

  —      25   23   48    —       10    38    48 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total investments

  1,232   1,533   23   2,788    1,159    1,746    38    2,943 

Receivables:

            

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1)

  —      68   —      68 

Other receivables(1)

  —      12   —      12    —       20    —       20 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total receivables

  —      80   —      80    —       20    —       20 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assets

 $1,232  $1,613  $23  $2,868   $1,159   $1,766   $38   $2,963 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

            

Derivative and other contracts(5)

 $1  $156  $—     $157 

Derivative contracts(5)

  $—      $92   $ —      $92 

Derivative-related cash collateral payable

   —       2    —       2 

Other liabilities(1)

  —      69   —      69    —       2    —       2 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

  1   225   —      226    —       96    —       96 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net pension assets

 $1,231  $1,388  $23  $2,642   $1,159   $1,670   $38   $2,867 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

 231264 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents, securities purchased under agreements to resell, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at cost,their carrying value, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative and other contracts in an asset position includeconsist of investments in interest rate swaps of $71$122 million.
(3)Commingled trust funds includeconsist of investments in cash funds and fixed income funds of $58 million and $619 million, respectively.$1,004 million.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in equity funds,corporate bond funds, and targeted cash flow funds, liquidity funds, corporate equity funds and diversified funds of $19$157 million, $92$77 million, $56 million, $21 million and $95$1 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative and other contracts in a liability position includeconsist of investments in listed derivatives and interest rate swaps of $1 million and $156 million, respectively.$92 million.

 

The following table presents the fair value of the net pension plan assets at December 31, 2009:2012. There were no transfers between levels during 2012:

 

 Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 Total   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
   Significant
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
   Total 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Assets:

    

Assets:

  

      

Investments:

            

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

 $9  $—     $—     $9   $80   $—      $ —      $80 

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  720   —      —      720    1,354    —       —       1,354 

U.S. agency securities

  12   318   —      330    —       241    —       241 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  732   318   —      1,050    1,354    241    —       1,595 

Other sovereign government obligations

  10   7   —      17 

Corporate and other debt:

            

State and municipal securities

  —      5   —      5    —       2    —       2 

Asset-backed securities

  —      6   —      6 

Corporate bonds

  —      419   —      419 

Collateralized debt obligations

  —      12   —      12    —       71    —       71 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

  —      442   —      442    —       73    —       73 

Corporate equities

  44   —      —      44    20    —       —       20 

Derivative and other contracts(2)

  2   32   —      34 

Derivative-related cash collateral

  —      103   —      103 

Derivative contracts(2)

   —       224    —       224 

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

   —       3    —       3 

Commingled trust funds(3)

  —      647   12   659    —       1,275    —       1,275 

Foreign funds(4)

  —      184   —      184    —       282    —       282 

Other investments

  —      10   2   12    —       11    30    41 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total investments

  797   1,743   14   2,554    1,454    2,109    30    3,593 

Receivables:

            

Securities purchased under agreements to resell(1)

  —      29   —      29 

Other receivables(1)

  —      43   —      43    —       71    —       71 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total receivables

  —      72   —      72    —       71    —       71 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total assets

 $797  $1,815  $14  $2,626   $1,454   $2,180   $30   $3,664 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Liabilities:

            

Derivative and other contracts(5)

 $15  $160  $—     $175 

Derivative contracts(5)

  $—      $57   $—      $57 

Derivative-related cash collateral payable

   —       28    —       28 

Other liabilities(1)

  —      45   —      45    —       60    —       60 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total liabilities

  15   205   —      220    —       145    —       145 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net pension assets

 $782  $1,610  $14  $2,406   $1,454   $2,035   $30   $3,519 
              

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

(1)Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative contracts in an asset position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $224 million.
(3)Commingled trust funds consist of investments in fixed income funds of $1,275 million.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in corporate bond funds, targeted cash flow funds, liquidity funds and diversified funds of $141 million, $85 million, $55 million and $1 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative contracts in a liability position consist of investments in interest rate swaps of $57 million.

 

 232265 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

(1)Cash and cash equivalents, securities purchased under agreements to resell, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.
(2)Derivative and other contracts in an asset position include investments in futures contracts and interest rate swaps of $2 million and $32 million, respectively.
(3)Commingled trust funds include investments in cash funds, fixed income funds and equity funds of $74 million, $573 million and $12 million, respectively.
(4)Foreign funds include investments in equity funds, bond funds and targeted cash flow funds of $15 million, $81 million and $88 million, respectively.
(5)Derivative and other contracts in a liability position include investments in listed derivatives and interest rate swaps of $15 million and $160 million, respectively.

 

The following table presents changes in Level 3 pension assets and liabilities measured at fair value for 2010:2013:

 

 Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2010
 Actual
Return  on
Plan

Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2010
 Actual
Return
on  Plan

Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2010
 Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements

and
Issuance,
net
 Net
Transfers
In and/or  (Out)
of Level 3
 Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2010
  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,

2013
 Actual
Return on
Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2013
 Actual
Return

on  Plan
Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2013
 Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements
and Issuances,
net
 Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)

of Level 3
 Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2013
 
 (dollars in millions)  (dollars in millions) 

Investments

Investments

  

      

Commingled trust funds

 $12  $—     $—     $(12 $—     $—    

Other investments

  2   —      —      21   —      23  $30  $2  $—     $4  $2  $38 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total investments

 $14  $—     $—     $9  $—     $23  $30  $2  $—     $4  $2  $38 
                   

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

The following table presents changes in Level 3 pension assets and liabilities measured at fair value for 2009:2012:

 

  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2009
  Actual
Return on
Plan  Assets

Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2009
  Actual
Return
on Plan  Assets
Related to
Assets Sold
during 2009
  Purchases,
Sales,

Other
Settlements and
Issuance, net
  Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)
of Level 3
  Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2009
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Investments

      

Commingled trust funds(1)

 $792  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $12 

Other investments

  2   —      —      —      —      2 
                        

Total investments

 $794  $(195 $19  $43  $(647 $14 
                        

(1)Net transfers out represents reclassification of commingled trust funds from Level 3 to Level 2 based on current accounting guidance for investments that are readily redeemable at their NAV.
  Beginning
Balance at
January 1,
2012
  Actual
Return on
Plan Assets
Related to
Assets Still
Held at
December 31,
2012
  Actual Return
on Plan
Assets Related
to Assets Sold
during 2012
  Purchases,
Sales,
Other
Settlements
and
Issuances,
net
  Net Transfers
In and/or (Out)
of Level 3
  Ending
Balance
at December  31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions) 
Investments      

Other investments

 $26  $—     $—     $4  $—     $30 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total investments

 $26  $—     $—     $4  $—     $30 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows.

 

At December 31, 2010,2013, the Company expects to contribute approximately $50 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 20112014 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2011,2014, as applicable.

233


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Expected benefit payments associated with the Company’s pension and postretirement benefit plans for the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter as ofat December 31, 20102013 are as follows:

 

   Pension   Postretirement 
   (dollars in millions) 

2011

  $114   $9 

2012

   116    9 

2013

   118    9 

2014

   122    9 

2015

   123    9 

2016—2020

   672    49 
   Pension   Postretirement 
   (dollars in millions) 

2014

  $129   $6 

2015

   128    6 

2016

   130    6 

2017

   138    7 

2018

   137    7 

2019-2023

   788    40 

 

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan,Plan.    U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan and Profit Sharing Awards.Plan. Eligible U.S. employees receive 401(k) matching cash contributions that are invested inrepresenting a $1 for $1 Company match up to 4% of eligible pay, up to the Company’s common stock. Effective July 1, 2009, the Company introduced the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings PlanInternal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limit. Matching contributions for legacy Smith Barney U.S. employees who2013 and 2012 were contributedallocated according to MSSB. Legacy Smith Barneyparticipants’ current investment direction. Eligible U.S. employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 willalso receive a fixed contribution under the

266


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

401(k) Savings Plan. The amount of fixed contribution is included in the Company’s 401(k) expense andPlan that equals between 1% and 2% of eligible pay based on years ofpay. A transition contribution is allocated to participants who received a 2010 accrual in the U.S. Qualified Plan or a 2010 retirement contribution in the 401(k) Plan and who met certain age and service requirements as of December 31. Additionally,31, 2010.

A separate transition contribution is allocated to certain eligible Smith Barney employees were granted a transition contribution and, for 2009, a one-time make-up Company match based on certain transition percentages of eligible pay and a comparison of the Company match under the Citi 401(k) Plan and Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan. The retirement contribution granted in lieu of a defined benefit pension plan and the fixed contribution, transition contribution and make-up Company match granted to legacy Smith Barney employeesemployees. The Company match, fixed contribution and transition contributions are included in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company entered into an agreement with the investment managerpre-tax 401(k) expense for the SVP, a fund within the Company’s 401(k) plan,2013, 2012 and certain other third parties on September 30, 2009 (see Note 13 for further information). Under the agreement, the Company contributed $202011 was $242 million, to the SVP on October 15, 2009 and recorded the contribution in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The Company also provides discretionary profit sharing to certain non-U.S. employees. The pre-tax expense associated with the 401(k) plans and profit sharing for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008 was $196 million, $181 million, $106$246 million and $8$257 million, respectively.

 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.    The Company maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, the Company’s expense related to these plans was $117$111 million, $99 million, $128$126 million and $9$136 million, respectively.

 

Other Postemployment Benefits.    Postemployment benefits may include, but are not limited to, salary continuation, severance benefits, disability-related benefits, and continuation of health care and life insurance coverage provided to former employees or inactive employees after employment but before retirement. The postemployment benefit obligations were not material at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009.

234


MORGAN STANLEY2012.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

22.20.    Income Taxes.

 

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations consisted of:

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Current:

         

U.S. federal

  $213   $160  $445  $42   $153  $(178 $35 

U.S. state and local

   162    45   78   8    164   140   276 

Non-U.S.

   850    340   1,182   12 

Non-U.S.:

    

United Kingdom

   178   (16  169 

Japan

   88   90   19 

Hong Kong

   36   16   (3

Other(1)

   301   355   378 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $1,225   $545  $1,705  $62   $920  $407  $874 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Deferred:

         

U.S. federal

  $(863 $(455 $(1,396 $(670  $(3) $(748 $508 

U.S. state and local

   340    (360  (106  31    1   (64  (49

Non-U.S.

   37   (71  (187  (148

Non-U.S.:

    

United Kingdom

   (75  77   32 

Japan

   262   170   41 

Hong Kong

   (14  35   27 

Other(1)

   (265  (114  (19
               

 

  

 

  

 

 
  $(486 $(886 $(1,689 $(787  $(94) $(644 $540 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations

  $739  $(341 $16  $(725  $826  $(237 $1,414 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinuing operations

  $367  $(49 $464  $2 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations

  $(29 $(7 $(119
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

(1)Results for 2013 Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions (benefits) of $59 million, $54 million, and $(156) million from Brazil, India, and Luxembourg, respectively. Results for 2012 Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions (benefits) of $43 million, $36 million, $36 million, $33 million, $32 million, and $(31) million from India, Brazil, Spain, Canada, Singapore, and Netherlands, respectively. Results for 2011 Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions of $98 million, $78 million, $68 million, and $27 million from Brazil, Netherlands, Spain, and India, respectively.

267


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table reconciles the provision for (benefit from) income taxes to the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate:

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended December 31,
2008
   2013 2012(1) 2011 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0  35.0  35.0  35.0   35.0  35.0  35.0

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

   6.1    (21.0  (1.4  (1.3   2.4   8.6   2.6 

Lower tax rates applicable to non-U.S. earnings

   (19.8  (26.7  (20.2  1.2 

Domestic tax credits

   (3.6  (19.6  (18.0  1.5    (4.3  (42.7  (3.9

Tax exempt income

   (1.7  (6.0  (14.3  0.2    (2.5  (29.9  (0.3

Goodwill

   —      —      18.4   —    

Non-U.S. earnings:

    

Foreign Tax Rate Differential

   (6.1  (14.0  0.7 

Change in Reinvestment Assertion

   (1.4  4.8   (2.2

Change in Foreign Tax Rates

   0.1   (0.3  1.6 

Valuation allowance

   —     —     (7.3

Other

   (4.1  3.6   1.8   (0.2   (4.8  (7.1  (3.1
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effective income tax rate(1)

   11.9  (34.7)%   1.3  36.4

Effective income tax rate

   18.4  (45.6)%   23.1
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Results for 2010 included tax benefits2012 percentages are reflective of $382 million related to the reversallower level of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, $345 million associated with the remeasurement of net unrecognized tax benefits and related interest based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, and $277 million associated with the planned repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding the benefits noted above, the effective tax rateincome from continuing operations before income taxes on a comparative basis due to the change in 2010 would have been 28%. The effective tax rate for 2009 includes a tax benefitthe fair value of $331 millioncertain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the cost of anticipated repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at lower than previously estimated tax rates. Excluding this benefit, the annual effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2009 would have been a benefit of 1%.fluctuations in its credit spreads and other credit factors.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2013 included an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $407 million. This included discrete tax benefits of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with new information regarding the status of certain tax authority examinations; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”). The Relief Act that was enacted on January 2, 2013, among other things, extended with retroactive effect to January 1, 2012 a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Excluding the aggregate discrete net tax benefit noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2013 would have been 27.5%.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2012 included an aggregate net tax benefit of $142 million. This included a discrete tax benefit of $299 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with either the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of certain IRS examinations and an aggregate out-of-period net tax provision of $157 million, to adjust the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments, principally in the Company’s Investment Management business segment and repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries recorded in prior years. The Company has evaluated the effects of the understatement of the income tax provision both qualitatively and quantitatively and concluded that it did not have a material impact on any prior annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements. Excluding the aggregate net tax benefit noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2012 would have been a benefit of 18.3%.

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2011 included an aggregate discrete net tax benefit of $484 million. This included a $447 million discrete net tax benefit from the remeasurement of a deferred tax asset and the reversal of a related valuation allowance. The deferred tax asset and valuation allowance were recognized in income from discontinued operations in 2010 in connection with the recognition of a $1.2 billion loss due to writedowns and related costs following the Company’s commitment to a plan to dispose

 

 235268 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

of Revel. The Company recorded the valuation allowance because the Company did not believe it was more likely than not that it would have sufficient future net capital gain to realize the benefit of the expected capital loss to be recognized upon the disposal of Revel. During the quarter ended March 31, 2011, the disposal of Revel was restructured as a tax-free like kind exchange and the disposal was completed. The restructured transaction changed the character of the future taxable loss to ordinary. The Company reversed the valuation allowance because the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will have sufficient future ordinary taxable income to recognize the recorded deferred tax asset. In accordance with the applicable accounting literature, this reversal of a previously established valuation allowance due to a change in circumstances was recognized in income from continuing operations during the quarter ended March 31, 2011. Additionally, in 2011 the Company recognized a discrete tax benefit of $137 million related to the reversal of U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with prior-years’ undistributed earnings of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries that were determined to be indefinitely reinvested abroad, and a discrete tax cost of $100 million related to the remeasurement of Japanese deferred tax assets as a result of a decrease in the local statutory income tax rates starting in 2012. Excluding the aggregate net discrete tax benefit noted above, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2011 would have been 31.0%.

 

AsThe Company had $6,675 million and $7,191 million of cumulative earnings at December 31, 2010, the Company had approximately $5.1 billion of earnings2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no provisions haveU.S. provision has been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Except to the extent such earnings can be repatriated tax efficiently, they are permanently invested abroad. It isAccordingly, $736 million and $719 million of deferred tax liabilities were not practicablerecorded with respect to determine the amount of income taxes payable in the event all such foreignthese earnings are repatriated.at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as ofat December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 20092012 were as follows:

 

  December 31, 2010   December 31, 2009   December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Tax credits and loss carryforward

  $6,219    $5,124  

Gross deferred tax assets:

    

Tax credits and loss carryforwards

  $5,130   $6,193 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

   2,887    3,312    2,417     2,173 

Valuation and liability allowances

   331     378    1,122    529 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   205    —       418    —   

Deferred expenses

   54    52 

Other

   316     412     —      158 
          

 

   

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   10,012     9,278     9,087    9,053 

Valuation allowance(1)

   655     105    38    48 
          

 

   

 

 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $9,357    $9,173   $9,049   $9,005 
          

 

   

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

    

Non-U.S. operations

  $1,349    $635    $1,293   $1,253 

Fixed assets

   180    322    275    115 

Prepaid commissions

   16    14 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   —       587    —      351 

Other

   253     —    
          

 

   

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $1,545    $1,558    $1,821   $1,719 
          

 

   

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $7,812   $7,615   $7,228   $7,286 
          

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The valuation allowance reduces the benefit of certain separate Company federal state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and book writedownsstate capital loss carryforwards to the amount that will more likely than not be realized.

During 2010, the valuation allowance was increased by $550 million related to the ability to utilize certain federal and state unrealized capital losses as well as state and foreign net operating losses.

The Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards for which a deferred tax asset of $1,978 million was recorded as of December 31, 2009. The amount of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2010 was immaterial.

The Company had net operating loss carryforwards in Japan for which a related deferred tax asset of $742 million and $546 million was recorded as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations and will begin to expire in 2016.

The Company had a federal capital loss carryforward for which a related deferred tax asset of $234 million was recorded at December 31, 2009. The Company had no realized capital loss carryforward at December 31, 2010.

 

 236269 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

During 2013, the valuation allowance was decreased by $10 million related to the ability to utilize certain state capital losses.

 

The Company had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $5,267$4,932 million and $2,366$5,705 million was recorded as ofat December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization, and will beginwith a significant amount scheduled to expire in 2016.2020, if not utilized.

 

The Company believes the recognized net deferred tax asset of $7,812 million (after valuation allowance) of $7,228 million is more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

The Company recorded net income tax provision (benefit) to Paid-in capital related to employee stockstock-based compensation transactions of $322$121 million, ($33) million, $131$114 million, and $4$76 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008,2013, 2012, and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

Cash paidpayments for income taxes was $1,091were $930 million, $1,028 million, $1,406$388 million, and $113$892 million in 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008,2013, 2012, and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income from continuing operations before income tax expense/expense (benefit) for 2013, 2012, and extraordinary gain for 2010, 2009, fiscal 2008 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively:

 

  2010   2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2013   2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

U.S.

  $3,550   $(1,451 $(2,862 $(1,119  $1,662   $(1,241 $3,250 

Non-U.S.(1)

   2,652     2,434   4,116   (875   2,820     1,761   2,860 
                

 

   

 

  

 

 
  $6,202   $983  $1,254  $(1,994  $4,482   $520  $6,110 
                

 

   

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $3.7$4.1 billion, $4.1 billion, and $4.1$4.0 billion as ofat December 31, 20102013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 2009,2011, respectively. Of this total, approximately $1.7$1.4 billion, $1.6 billion, and $2.1$1.8 billion, respectively (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets) represent the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

 

In accordance with the guidance for accounting for uncertainty in income taxes,Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits may beare classified as either income taxes or another expense classification. During 2010, the Company changed the classification of penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits and began recording them in provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company previously recorded such penalties in Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes as part of Other expenses. The Company believes the change in classification of penalties is preferable because such penalties are directly dependent on and correlated to related income tax positions.

Additionally, the Company views penalties and interest on uncertain tax positions as part of the cost of managing the Company’s overall tax exposure, and the change in presentation aligns the classification of penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits with the classification of interest on unrecognized tax benefits already classified as part of provision for income taxes. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits during 2010 and prior periods were not material. Accordingly, the Company did not retrospectively adjust prior periods. The change in classification did not impact Net income or Earnings per share, and the impact on Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes was not material.

237


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

The Company recognizes the accrual of interest related to unrecognized tax benefits in provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of income. The Company recognized $93$50 million, $(10) million, and $(53)$56 million of interest income (expense)expense (benefit) (net of federal and state income tax benefits) in the consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 20102013, 2012, and December 31, 2009,2011, respectively. Interest expense accrued as ofat December 31, 20102013, December 31, 2012, and December 31, 20092011 was approximately $274$293 million, $243 million, and $367$330 million, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.

270


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for 20102013, 2012 and 20092011 (dollars in millions):

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

        

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $3,466 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   688 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   33 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (74

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (61
    

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $4,052 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $3,711 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   478     412 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   479     70 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (881   (79

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (356   (56

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (61   (13
      

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $3,711  

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $4,045 
      

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

  $299 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   127 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (21

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (260

Decreases related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

   (125
  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $4,065 
  

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

  $51 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   267 

Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (141

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (146
  

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $4,096 
  

 

 

 

The Company is under continuous examination by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”)IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which the Company has significant business operations, such as New York. During 2010,The Company is currently under review by the IRS concludedAppeals Office for the field work portion of its examinations onremaining issues covering tax years 1999 – 2005. Also, during 2010, the Company reached a conclusionis currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, tax authorities on issues coveringfor tax years 20022006 – 2006. The impact of the settlement was immaterial.2008 and 2007 – 2009, respectively. During 2011,2014, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2008, including those in appeals. During 2012, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the Japanese tax authorities on substantially all issues covering tax years 2007 – 2008. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations.

As part of the Company’s periodic review of unrecognized tax benefits, and based on new information regarding the status of federal and state examinations, the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits were remeasured. As a result of this remeasurement, the income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2010 included a benefit of $345 million.2010.

 

The Company believes that the resolution of tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition of the Company, although a resolution could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the Company’s effective income tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs. The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that the Company believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

 

The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of current and subsequent years’ examinations. As part of the Company’s periodic review, federal and state unrecognized tax benefits were released or remeasured. As a result of this remeasurement, the income tax provision included a discrete tax benefit of $161 million and $299 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

It is reasonably possible that the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $4.1 billion as of December 31, 2013 may decrease significantly within the next 12 months due to an expected completion of the

 238271 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

It is reasonably possible that significant changesfield examination in connection with the gross balance of unrecognizedaudit by the IRS for tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months.years 2006 – 2008. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected changedecrease to the total amountnet balance of unrecognized tax benefits, andas well as the impact on the effective tax rate overand the next 12 months.potential benefit to Income from continuing operations due to the forward-looking nature of such analysis.

 

The following are the major tax jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate and the earliest tax year subject to examination:

 

Jurisdiction

  Tax Year 

United States

   1999  

New York State and City

   2007  

Hong Kong

   20042007  

U.K.United Kingdom

   20072010  

Japan

   20072012  

 

23.21.    Segment and Geographic Information.

Segment Information.

 

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and the Company’s management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of its business segments: Institutional Securities, Global Wealth Management Group and AssetInvestment Management. For further discussion of the Company’s business segments, see Note 1.

 

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of treating certain intersegmentrevenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the Company’s consolidated results. Income before taxes in Intersegment Eliminations primarily represents the effect of timing differences associated with the revenue and expense recognition of commissions paid by the Asset Management business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment associated with sales of certain products and the related compensation costs paid to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment’s global representatives. Intersegment eliminations also reflect the effect of fees paid by the Institutional Securities business segment to the Global Wealth Management Group business segment related to the bank deposit program.

 

 239


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

2010

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(1)

 $16,632  $11,514  $2,799  $—     $(187 $30,758 

Net interest

  (266  1,122   (76  —      84   864 
                        

Net revenues

 $16,366  $12,636  $2,723  $—     $(103 $31,622 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $4,338  $1,156  $723  $—     $(15 $6,202 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  301   336   105   —      (3  739 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  4,037   820   618   —      (12  5,463 
                        

Discontinued operations(2):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (1,175  —      994   775   12   606 

Provision for income taxes

  26   —      335   —      6   367 
                        

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  (1,201  —      659   775   6   239 
                        

Net income (loss)

  2,836   820   1,277   775   (6  5,702 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  290   301   408   —      —      999 
                        

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,546  $519  $869  $775  $(6 $4,703 
                        

2009

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $12,977  $8,729  $1,420  $(464 $22,662 

Net interest

  (124  661   (83  318   772 
                    

Net revenues

 $12,853  $9,390  $1,337  $(146 $23,434 
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $1,088  $559  $(653 $(11 $983 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (301  178   (215  (3  (341
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  1,389   381   (438  (8  1,324 
                    

Discontinued operations(2):

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  396   —      (376  13   33 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  229   —      (277  (1  (49
                    

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  167   —      (99  14   82 
                    

Net income (loss)

  1,556   381   (537  6   1,406 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  12   98   (50  —      60 
                    

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,544  $283  $(487 $6  $1,346 
                    

240272 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Selected financial information for the Company’s segments is presented below:

 

Fiscal 2008

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Discover  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $13,024  $6,085  $621  $—     $(258 $19,472 

Net interest

  1,744   934   (74  —      64   2,668 
                        

Net revenues

 $14,768  $7,019  $547  $—     $(194 $22,140 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes(4)

 $1,540  $1,154  $(1,423 $—     $(17 $1,254 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  149   440   (567  —      (6  16 
                        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  1,391   714   (856  —      (11  1,238 
                        

Discontinued operations(2):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  1,460   —      (383  (100  27   1,004 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  575   —      (122  —      11   464 
                        

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations(3)

  885   —      (261  (100  16   540 
                        

Net income (loss)

  2,276   714   (1,117  (100  5   1,778 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  71   —      —      —      —      71 
                        

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $2,205  $714  $(1,117 $(100 $5  $1,707 
                        

2013

  Institutional
Securities
  Wealth
Management
  Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

  $16,544  $12,334  $2,994  $(233 $31,639  

Interest income

   3,572   2,100   9   (472  5,209  

Interest expense

   4,673   220   15   (477  4,431  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,101  1,880   (6  5   778  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $15,443  $14,214  $2,988  $(228 $32,417  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $869  $2,629  $984  $—    $4,482  

Provision for income taxes

   (393  920   299   —     826  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   1,262   1,709   685   —     3,656  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

      

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (81  (1  9   1   (72

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (29  —     —     —     (29
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (52  (1  9   1   (43
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   1,210   1,708   694   1   3,613  

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   1   221   —     —     222  

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   277   —     182   —     459  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $932  $1,487  $512  $1  $2,932  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

 Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
  Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
  (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $(1,215 $358  $(8 $(21 $(886

Net interest

  (107  51   (1  6   (51
                    

Net revenues

 $(1,322 $409  $(9 $(15 $(937
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 $(1,997 $118  $(114 $(1 $(1,994

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (726  45   (44  —      (725
                    

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  (1,271  73   (70  (1  (1,269
                    

Discontinued operations(2):

     

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (20  —      4   2   (14

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (1  —      2   1   2 
                    

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations(3)

  (19  —      2   1   (16
                    

Net income (loss)

  (1,290  73   (68  —      (1,285

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  3   —      —      —      3 
                    

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $(1,293 $73  $(68 $—     $(1,288
                    

 

 241273 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2012

  Institutional
Securities(3)
  Wealth
Management(3)
   Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues

  $12,772   $11,467    $2,243  $(175  $26,307 

Interest income

   4,224    1,886     10   (428   5,692 

Interest expense

   5,971    319     34   (427   5,897 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,747  1,567     (24  (1   (205
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $11,025   $13,034    $2,219  $(176  $26,102 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  $(1,688 $1,622    $590  $(4  $520 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(2)

   (1,061  557     267   —      (237
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   (627  1,065     323   (4   757 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (158  94     13   3    (48

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (36  26     4   (1   (7
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) on discontinued operations

   (122  68     9   4    (41
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   (749  1,133     332   —      716 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

   4    120     —     —      124 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   170    167     187   —      524 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $(923 $846    $145  $—     $68 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

274


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

2011

  Institutional
Securities(3)
  Wealth
Management(3)
   Investment
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total non-interest revenues(4)

  $18,723  $11,340   $1,928  $(115 $31,876 

Interest income

   5,860   1,719    10   (355  7,234 

Interest expense

   6,900   287    51   (355  6,883 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest

   (1,040  1,432    (41  —     351 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net revenues

  $17,683  $12,772   $1,887  $(115 $32,227 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  $4,550  $1,307   $253  $—    $6,110 

Provision for income taxes

   880   461    73   —     1,414 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   3,670   846    180   —     4,696 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

       

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (216  21    24   1   (170

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (110  7    (17  1   (119
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

   (106  14    41   —     (51
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   3,564   860    221   —     4,645 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

   220   170    145   —     535 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $3,344  $690   $76  $—    $4,110 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)See Note 1 for discussion of discontinued operations.
(2)Results for 2012 included an out-of-period net tax provision of $107 million, attributable to the Investment Management business segment, related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments in prior years and an out-of-period net tax provision of $50 million, attributable to the Institutional Securities business segment, related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with repatriated earnings of a foreign subsidiary recorded in prior years (see Note 20).
(3)On January 1, 2013, the International Wealth Management business was transferred from the Wealth Management business segment to the Equity division within the Institutional Securities business segment. Accordingly, prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the International Wealth Management business as part of the Institutional Securities business segment.
(4)In the fourth quarter of 2010,2011, the Company recognized a pre-tax gainloss of $176approximately $108 million, in net revenues upon application of the OIS curve within the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 4).
(2)See Note 1 for a discussion of discontinued operations.
(3)Amounts for 2010 included a loss of $1.2 billion related to the planned disposition of Revel included within the Institutional Securities business segment, a gain of $775 million related to the legal settlement with DFS and a gain of approximately $570 million related to the Company’s sale of Retail Asset Management within the Asset Management business segment. Amounts for 2009 and fiscal 2008 included net gains of $499 million and $1,463 million, respectively, related to MSCI secondary offerings within the Institutional Securities business segment.
(4)Income from continuing operations for the Institutional Securities business segment included correction of prior-period errors of $171 million ($120 million after-tax), $0.11 per diluted share, due to the reversal of valuation adjustments related to interest rate derivatives and a cumulative negative adjustment of $120 million ($84 million after-tax), $0.08 per diluted share, resulting from incorrect valuations of a London-based trader’s positions. The positive adjustment of $171 million related to fiscal 2006. The negative adjustment of $120 million increased income from continuing operations on a pre-tax basis by $45 million and $75 million in fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008, respectively. The Company does not believe the adjustments, which were recorded in the period identified, were material to those consolidated financial statements after considering both the quantitative amount and qualitative factors as related to the affected financial statements.

 

Net Interest

  Institutional
Securities
  Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
  Intersegment
Eliminations
  Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

2010

       

Interest income

  $5,877  $1,587   $22  $(208 $7,278 

Interest expense

   6,143   465    98   (292  6,414 
                      

Net interest

  $(266 $1,122   $(76 $84  $864 
                      

2009

       

Interest income

  $6,373  $1,114   $17  $(27 $7,477 

Interest expense

   6,497   453    100   (345  6,705 
                      

Net interest

  $(124 $661   $(83 $318  $772 
                      

Fiscal 2008

       

Interest income

  $37,604  $1,239   $131  $(43 $38,931 

Interest expense

   35,860   305    205   (107  36,263 
                      

Net interest

  $1,744  $934   $(74 $64  $2,668 
                      

One Month Ended December 31, 2008

       

Interest income

  $1,017  $66   $8  $(2 $1,089 

Interest expense

   1,124   15    9   (8  1,140 
                      

Net interest

  $(107 $51   $(1 $6  $(51
                      

Total Assets(1)

  Institutional
Securities
   Global Wealth
Management
Group
   Asset
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

At December 31, 2010

  $698,453   $101,058   $8,187   $807,698 
                    

At December 31, 2009

  $719,232   $44,154   $8,076   $771,462 
                    

Total Assets(1)

  Institutional
Securities(2)
   Wealth
Management(2)
   Investment
Management
   Total 
   (dollars in millions) 

At December 31, 2013

  $668,596   $156,711   $7,395   $832,702 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

  $648,049   $125,565   $7,346   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the Company’s business segments.
(2)Prior-period amounts have been recast to reflect the transfer of the International Wealth Management business from the Wealth Management business segment to the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

 242275 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

Geographic Information.

 

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through European and Asian locations. The following tables present selected income statement information and total assets of the Company’s operations by geographic area. The selected income statement information and total assetsnet revenues disclosed in the following tablestable reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes, net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley and total assets, on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

Global Wealth Management Group: globalManagement: wealth management representative coverage location.

 

AssetInvestment Management: client location, except for merchant banking business,Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses, which isare based on asset location.

 

Net Revenues

  2010   2009(1)   Fiscal 2008(1)   One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008(1)
   2013   2012   2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $21,674   $18,909   $10,768   $(766  $23,282   $20,200   $22,306 

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

   5,628    2,529    8,977    (215

EMEA

   4,542    3,078    6,619 

Asia

   4,320    1,996    2,395    44    4,593    2,824    3,302 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Net revenues

  $31,622   $23,434   $22,140   $(937  $32,417   $26,102   $32,227 
                  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

  At December 31,
2010
   At December 31,
2009
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $582,928   $571,829 

Europe, Middle East, and Africa

   153,656    143,072 

Asia

   71,114    56,561 
          

Total

  $807,698   $771,462 
          

(1)Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

Total Assets

  At December 31,
2013
   At December 31,
2012
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Americas

  $632,255   $587,993 

EMEA

   123,008    122,152 

Asia

   77,439    70,815 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $832,702   $780,960 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24.22.    Equity Method Investments.

 

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $5,120$4,746 million and $3,253$4,682 million at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively, included in Other investments in the consolidated statements of financial condition. GainsIncome (losses) from these investments were $(37)$375 million, $(49)$(23) million and $258$(995) million in 2010, 2009for 2013, 2012 and fiscal 2008,2011, respectively, and are included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. In addition, in December 2010,The gains (losses) for 2013, 2012 and 2011 were primarily related to the Company completedgains and losses related to the sale of its 34.3%Company’s 40% stake in China International Capital Corporation Limited, for a pre-tax gain of approximately $668 million, which is included in Other revenues in the consolidated statement of income. See Note 19.Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”), as described below.

The following presents certain equity method investees at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

      Book Value(1) 
   Percent
Ownership
  December 31,
2013
   December 31,
2012
 
      (dollars in millions) 

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

   40 $1,610   $1,428 

Lansdowne Partners(2)

   19.8  221    221 

Avenue Capital Group(2)(3)

   —     198    224 

 

 243276 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s significant equity method investees at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:

   Percent
Ownership
  Book Value 
    December 31,
2010
   December 31,
2009
 
      (dollars in millions) 

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd(1)

   40 $1,794   $—    

Lansdowne Partners(1)(2)

   19.8  284    292 

Avenue Capital Group(1)(2)

   (3  275    234 

China International Capital Corporation Limited

   34.3  —       269 

 

(1)Book value of these investees exceeds the Company’s share of net assets, reflecting equity method intangible assets and equity method goodwill.
(2)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnership interests. The Company is deemed to have significant influence in these limited partnerships, as the Company’s limited partnership interests were above the 3% to 5% threshold for interests that should be accounted for under the equity method.
(3)The Company’s ownership interest represents limited partnershipspartnership interests in a number of different entities within the Avenue Capital Group.

 

On May 1, 2010, the Company and MUFG closed the transaction to form a joint venture in Japan of their respective investment banking and securities businesses. MUFG and the Company have integrated their respective Japanese securities companies by forming two joint venture companies. MUFG contributed the investment banking, wholesale and retail securities businesses conducted in Japan by Mitsubishi UFJ Securities Co., Ltd. into one of the joint venture entities named Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company contributed the investment banking operations conducted in Japan by its subsidiary, MSMS, formerly known as Morgan Stanley Japan Securities Co., Ltd., into MUMSS (MSMS, together with MUMSS, the “Joint Venture”). MSMS will continue its sales and trading and capital markets business conducted in Japan. Following the respective contributions to the Joint Venture and a cash payment of 23 billion yen ($247 million), from MUFG to the Company, the Company owns a 40% economic interest in the Joint Venture and MUFG owns a 60% economic interest in the Joint Venture.

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and MUFG holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS, while the Company holds a 51% voting interest and MUFG holds a 49% voting interest in MSMS.MUMSS. The Company continues to consolidate MSMS in its consolidated financial statements and, commencing on May 1, 2010, accountedaccounts for its interest in MUMSS as an equity method investment within the Institutional Securities business segment.segment (see Note 15). During 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded income (loss) of $570 million, $152 million and $(783) million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income, arising from the Company’s 40% stake in MUMSS.

To the extent that losses incurred by MUMSS result in a requirement to restore its capital, MUFG is solely responsible for providing this additional capital to a minimum level, whereas the Company is not obligated to contribute additional capital to MUMSS. To the extent that MUMSS is required to increase its capital level due to factors other than losses, such as changes in regulatory requirements, both MUFG and the Company are required to contribute the necessary capital based upon their economic interest as set forth above.

In June 2013, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $287 million, of which the Company received approximately $115 million for its proportionate share of MUMSS.

The following presents summarized financial data for MUMSS:

   At December 31, 
   2013   2012 
   (dollars in millions) 

Total assets

  $118,108   $141,635 

Total liabilities

   114,648    138,742 

Noncontrolling interests

   13    41 

   2013   2012   2011 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues

  $3,305   $2,365   $735 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   1,325    333    (1,746

Net income (loss)

   1,459    405    (1,976

Net income (loss) applicable to MUMSS

   1,441    397    (1,976

Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.

In June 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Ltd. (“Huaxin Securities”) (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Ltd.) jointly announced the operational commencement of their securities joint venture in China. During 2011, the Company recorded initial costs of $130 million related to the formation of this new Chinese securities joint venture in Other expenses in the consolidated statement of income. The joint venture, Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited, is registered and principally located in Shanghai. Huaxin Securities holds a two-thirds interest in the joint venture, while the Company owns a one-third interest. The establishment of the joint venture allows the Company to further build on its established onshore businesses in China. The joint

277


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

venture’s business includes underwriting and sponsorship of shares in the domestic China market (including A shares and foreign investment shares), as well as underwriting, sponsorship and principal trading of bonds (including government and corporate bonds).

Other.

 

Lansdowne Partners is a London-based investment manager. Avenue Capital Group is a New York-based investment manager. The investments are accounted for within the AssetInvestment Management business segment.

 

The Company also invests in certain structured transactions and other investments not integral to the operations of the Company accounted for under the equity method of accounting amounting to $2,767 million$2.7 billion and $2,458 million$2.8 billion at December 31, 20102013 and 2009,2012, respectively.

 

 244278 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

25.    Discontinued Operations.

See Note 1 for a discussion of the Company’s discontinued operations.

The table below provides information regarding amounts included in discontinued operations:

   2010  2009  Fiscal
2008
  One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Net revenues(1):

     

Revel

  $—     $(6 $(3 $—    

Crescent

   —      161   34   78 

Retail Asset Management

   1,221   628   707   50 

MSCI

   —      651   1,884   34 

CMB

   60    (71  (28  (30

Other

   3   5   1   —    
                 
  $1,284  $1,368  $2,595  $132 
                 

Pre-tax gain (loss) on discontinued operations(1):

     

Revel(2)

  $(1,208 $(15 $(52 $—    

Crescent(3)

   2   (613  (515  (12

Retail Asset Management(4)

   994   268   159   17 

MSCI(5)

   —      537   1,579   13 

DFS(6)

   775   —      (100  —    

CMB

   40   (87  (65  (32

Other

   3   (57  (2  —    
                 
  $606  $33  $1,004  $(14
                 

(1)Amounts included eliminations of intersegment activity.
(2)Amount included a loss of approximately $1.2 billion in 2010 in connection with the planned disposition of Revel.
(3)Amount included a gain on disposition of approximately $126 million in 2009.
(4)Amount included a pre-tax gain of approximately $853 million in 2010 in connection with the sale of Retail Asset Management.
(5)Amounts included a pre-tax gain on MSCI secondary offerings of $499 million and $1,463 million in 2009 and fiscal 2008, respectively.
(6)Amount relates to the legal settlement with DFS in 2010.

245


MORGAN STANLEY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

26.23.    Parent Company.

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

  December 31,
2010
 December 31,
2009
   December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
 

Assets:

   

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $5,672  $13,262   $2,296  $1,342 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

   7,070   8,222 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   3,718   3,537    6,846   4,165 

Financial instruments owned

   18,640   7,049 

Trading assets, at fair value

   9,704    2,930 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

   49,631   48,048    33,748   48,493 

Advances to subsidiaries:

      

Bank and bank holding company

   18,371   1,872    17,015   16,731 

Non-bank

   141,659   157,782    114,833   115,949 

Investment in subsidiaries, at equity:

   

Equity investments in subsidiaries:

   

Bank and bank holding company

   6,129   5,206    24,144   23,511 

Non-bank

   43,607   35,425    34,968   32,591 

Other assets

   7,568    8,749    7,508   7,201 
         

 

  

 

 

Total assets

  $294,995  $280,930   $258,132  $261,135 
         

 

  

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:

   

Liabilities

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $1,353  $1,151   $506  $228 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

   1,323   1,588 

Trading liabilities, at fair value

   1,135    1,117 

Payables to subsidiaries

   42,816   41,275    43,420   36,733 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   8,376    3,068    3,312   3,132 

Long-term borrowings

   183,916   187,160    143,838   157,816 
         

 

  

 

 
   237,784    234,242 

Total liabilities

   192,211    199,026 
         

 

  

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

      

Shareholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   9,597   9,597 

Common stock, $0.01 par value;

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 in 2010 and 2009;

   

Shares issued: 1,603,913,074 in 2010 and 1,487,850,163 in 2009;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,512,022,095 in 2010 and 1,360,595,214 in 2009

   16   15 

Paid-in capital

   13,521   8,619 

Equity

   

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

   3,220   1,508 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

   

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012;

   

Shares outstanding: 1,944,868,751 at December 31, 2013 and 1,974,042,123 at December 31, 2012

   20   20 

Additional paid-in capital

   24,570   23,426 

Retained earnings

   38,603   35,056    42,172   39,912 

Employee stock trust

   3,465   4,064 

Employee stock trusts

   1,718   2,932 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (467  (560   (1,093  (516

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 91,890,979 shares in 2010 and 127,254,949 shares in 2009

   (4,059  (6,039

Common stock issued to employee trust

   (3,465  (4,064

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value; 94,025,228 shares at December 31, 2013 and 64,851,856 shares at December 31, 2012

   (2,968  (2,241

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (1,718  (2,932
         

 

  

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

   57,211   46,688    65,921   62,109 
         

 

  

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $294,995  $280,930 

Total liabilities and equity

  $258,132  $261,135 
         

 

  

 

 

 

 246279 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Revenues:

     

Revenues:

  

  

Dividends from non-bank subsidiary

  $2,537  $6,117  $4,209  $14 

Undistributed gain (loss) from subsidiaries

   5,708    (307  (6,844  (1,305

Principal transactions

   628   (5,592  7,547   548 

Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries

  $1,113  $545  $7,153 

Trading

   (635  (3,400  4,772 

Investments

   —     2   —   

Other

   (36  484   1,451   612    27   36   (241
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

   8,837   702   6,363   (131   505   (2,817  11,684 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest income

   3,305   4,432   11,098   658    2,783   3,316   3,251 

Interest expense

   5,351   6,153   12,167   1,164    4,053   5,190   5,600 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net interest

   (2,046  (1,721  (1,069  (506   (1,270  (1,874  (2,349
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net revenues

   6,791   (1,019  5,294   (637   (765  (4,691)��  9,335 

Non-interest expenses:

         

Non-interest expenses

   672   461   767   649    185   114   120 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

   6,119   (1,480  4,527   (1,286

Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (950  (4,805  9,215 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   1,416   (2,826  2,820   2    (354  (1,088  1,825 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   4,703   1,346   1,707   (1,288

Net income (loss) before undistributed gain (loss) subsidiaries

   (596  (3,717  7,390 

Undistributed gain (loss) of subsidiaries

   3,528   3,785   (3,280
  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income

   2,932   68   4,110 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

         

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   66   116   (160  (96   (143  (128  (35

Amortization of cash flow hedges

   9    13   16   2    4   6   7 

Net unrealized gain on securities available for sale

   36    —      —      —    

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   (433  28   87 

Pension, postretirement and other related adjustments

   (18  (269  216   (201   (5  (265  251 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $4,796  $1,206  $1,779  $(1,583  $2,355  $(291 $4,420 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288

Net income

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Preferred stock dividends

   277   98   2,043 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $3,594  $(907 $1,495  $(1,624  $2,655  $(30 $2,067 
               

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 247280 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

 2010 2009 Fiscal
2008
 One Month
Ended
December 31,
2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

 $4,703  $1,346  $1,707  $(1,288

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Compensation payable in common stock and stock options

  1,260   1,265   1,838   77 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

  $2,932  $68  $4,110 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

    

Deferred income taxes

   (303  (1,653  279  

Compensation payable in common stock and options

   1,180   891   1,300 

Amortization

   (47  23   22 

Undistributed (gain) loss of subsidiaries

  (5,708  307   6,844   1,305    (3,528  (3,785  3,280 

Gain on business dispositions

  —      (606  (1,464  —    

Other non-cash adjustments to net income

   —     (29  (155

Change in assets and liabilities:

        

Financial instruments owned, net of financial instruments sold, not yet purchased

  (11,848  5,505   (2,568  467 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   (7,332  9,587   81 

Other assets

  929    (5,036  (1,584  (1,015   (165  1,235    681 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  15,072    (10,134  25,417   (4,024   (4,192  6,637   (4,242
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  4,408   (7,353  30,190   (4,478   (11,455  12,974   5,356 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

  (9,552  13,375   (25,651  (5,013   7,458   6,461   10,290 

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliate

  (1,545  (29,255  48,137   (12,794   14,745   1,864   (726

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

  —      565   1,560   —    
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

  (11,097  (15,315  24,046   (17,807

Net cash provided by investing activities

   22,203   8,325   9,564 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

  202   (5,743  (14,224  504    279   (872  (253

Proceeds from:

    

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

  5   102   47   —       10   42   —   

Net proceeds from:

    

Issuance of preferred stock and common stock warrant

  —      —      18,997   —    

Public offerings and other issuances of common stock

  5,581   6,255   397   4 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

   1,696   —     —   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

  26,683   30,112   35,420   9,846    22,944   20,582   28,106 

Payments for:

        

Series D Preferred Stock and Warrant

  —      (10,950  —      —    

Redemption of junior subordinated debentures related to China Investment Corporation

  (5,579  —      —      —    

Repurchase of common stock through capital management share repurchase program

  —      —      (711  —    

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding

  (317  (50  (1,117  (3

Long-term borrowings

  (25,322  (24,315  (44,412  (341   (31,928  (41,914  (35,805

Repurchases of common stock

   (691  (227  (317

Cash dividends

  (1,156  (1,732  (1,227  —       (475  (469  (834
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  97   (6,321  (6,830  10,010 

Net cash used for financing activities

   (8,165  (22,858  (9,103
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (817  549   (2,375  2,259    (100  (32  113 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (7,409  (28,440  45,031   (10,016   2,483   (1,591  5,930 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  16,799   45,239   10,224   55,255    13,729   15,320   9,390 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $9,390  $16,799  $55,255  $45,239   $16,212  $13,729  $15,320 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

        

Cash and due from banks

 $5,672   $13,262   $16,118   $23,629    $2,296  $1,342  $1,804 

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

   7,070    8,222    10,131  

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  3,718    3,537    39,137    21,610     6,846   4,165   3,385 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $9,390  $16,799  $55,255  $45,239   $16,212  $13,729  $15,320 
              

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information.

 

Cash payments for interest were $4,801$3,733 million, $6,758 million, $12,098$4,254 million and $1,059$4,617 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

Cash payments (refund)(refunds) for income taxes were $556$268 million, $325 million, $(688)$(13) million and $2$57 million for 2010, 2009, fiscal 20082013, 2012 and the one month ended December 31, 2008,2011, respectively.

 

 248281 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Transactions with Subsidiaries.

 

The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations of certain of its consolidated subsidiaries. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

Guarantees.

 

In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Parent Company records Financial instruments ownedTrading assets and Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased,Trading liabilities, which include derivative contracts, at fair value on its consolidatedcondensed statements of financial condition.

 

The Parent Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

 

The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.

 

The Parent Company guarantees certain debt instruments and warrants issued by subsidiaries. The debt instruments and warrants totaled $8.3$12.0 billion and $5.5$8.9 billion at December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, respectively. In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Parent Company has issued guarantees to various lessors. At December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, the Parent Company had $1.5$1.4 billion and $1.6$1.4 billion of guarantees outstanding, respectively, under subsidiary lease obligations, primarily in the U.K.

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Company had $125 million and $138 million in guarantees related to Crescent, respectively.

 

 249282 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

27.24.    Quarterly Results (unaudited).

 

 2010 Quarter 2009 Quarter  2013 Quarter 2012 Quarter 
 First Second Third Fourth First Second Third Fourth  First Second Third Fourth(1) First Second(2) Third(3) Fourth(3) 
 (dollars in millions, except per share data)  (dollars in millions, except per share data) 

Total non-interest revenues

 $8,704  $7,822  $6,677  $7,555  $3,003  $5,412  $7,972  $6,275  $7,972  $8,297  $7,822  $7,548  $6,981  $7,100  $5,436  $6,790 

Net interest

  368   141   103   252   (69  (216  496   561   182   204   110   282   (59  (161  (158  173 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net revenues

  9,072   7,963   6,780   7,807   2,934   5,196   8,468   6,836   8,154   8,501   7,932   7,830   6,922   6,939   5,278   6,963 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

  6,557   6,260   5,979   6,624   3,517   5,776   6,975   6,183   6,572   6,725   6,591   8,047   6,719   6,001   6,760   6,102 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,515   1,703   801   1,183   (583  (580  1,493   653   1,582   1,776   1,341   (217  203   938   (1,482  861 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  436   240   (23  86   (584  (318  521   40   332   556   339   (401  54   225   (525  9 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  2,079   1,463   824   1,097   1   (262  972   613   1,250   1,220   1,002   184   149   713   (957  852 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Discontinued operations(1):

        

Discontinued operations(4):

        

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (99  866   (148  (13  (303  477   (278  137   (30  (42  14   (14  27   51   (13  (113

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  (31  345   35   18   (112  182   (99  (20  (11  (13  (2  (3  42   14   (14  (49
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (68  521   (183  (31  (191  295   (179  157   (19  (29  16   (11  (15  37   1   (64
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  2,011   1,984   641   1,066   (190  33   793   770   1,231   1,191   1,018   173   134   750   (956  788 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  235   24   510   230   (13  (116  36   153 

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

  122   100   —     —     —     —     8   116 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

  147   111   112   89   228   159   59   78 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,776  $1,960  $131  $836  $(177 $149  $757  $617  $962  $980  $906  $84  $(94 $591  $(1,023 $594 

Preferred stock dividends

  26    177    26    48    25    27    24    26  
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $1,411  $1,578  $(91 $600  $(578 $(1,256 $498  $376  $936  $803  $880  $36  $(119 $564  $(1,047 $568 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(2):

        

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(5):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $1.12  $0.84  $0.07  $0.44  $(0.38 $(1.35 $0.51  $0.18  $0.50  $0.44  $0.45  $0.02  $(0.05) $0.28  $(0.55 $0.34 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.05  0.36   (0.14  (0.02  (0.19  0.25   (0.12  0.11   (0.01)  (0.02)  0.01   —     (0.01)  0.02   —     (0.04)
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $1.07  $1.20  $(0.07 $0.42  $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.39  $0.29  $0.49  $0.42  $0.46  $0.02  $(0.06) $0.30  $(0.55 $0.30 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(2):

        

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(5):

        

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 $1.03  $0.80  $0.05  $0.43  $(0.38 $(1.35 $0.50  $0.18  $0.49  $0.43  $0.44  $0.02  $(0.05) $0.28  $(0.55 $0.33 

Net gain (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.04  0.29   (0.12  (0.02  (0.19  0.25   (0.12  0.11   (0.01)  (0.02)  0.01   —     (0.01)  0.01   —     (0.04)
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $0.99  $1.09  $(0.07 $0.41  $(0.57 $(1.10 $0.38  $0.29  $0.48  $0.41  $0.45  $0.02  $(0.06) $0.29  $(0.55 $0.29 
                         

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Dividends declared to common shareholders

 $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $—     $0.07  $0.05  $0.05 

Book value

 $27.65  $29.65  $31.25  $31.49  $27.10  $27.21  $27.05  $27.26 

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05  $0.05 

Book value per common share

 $31.21  $31.48  $32.13  $32.24  $30.74  $31.02  $30.53  $30.70 

 

(1)The fourth quarter of 2013 included a discrete tax benefit of $192 million, consisting of $100 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest and $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset associated with the reorganization of certain non-U.S. legal entities (see Note 20). The fourth quarter of 2013 included litigation expenses of $1.4 billion related to settlements and reserve additions (see Note 13).
(2)The second quarter of 2012 included an out-of-period pre-tax gain of approximately $300 million related to the reversal of amounts recorded in cumulative other comprehensive income due to the incorrect application of hedge accounting on certain derivative contracts previously designated as net investment hedges of certain foreign, non-U.S. dollar denominated subsidiaries. This amount included a pre-tax gain of approximately $191 million related to the first quarter of 2012, with the remainder impacting prior periods (see Note 12).
(3)The third quarter of 2012 included an out-of-period net tax provision of $82 million primarily related to the overstatement of tax benefits associated with repatriated earnings of a foreign subsidiary in prior periods, while the fourth quarter of 2012 included an out-of-period net tax provision of $75 million primarily related to the overstatement of deferred tax assets associated with partnership investments in prior periods (see Note 20).
(4)See Note 1 and Note 25 for more information on discontinued operations.
(2)(5)Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

 

 250283 


MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

28.25.    Subsequent Events.

 

Revel.

On February 17, 2011, the Company completed the sale of Revel to a group of investors led by Revel’s Chief Executive Officer. The Company will not retain any stakehas evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or ongoing involvement. The sale price approximated the carrying value of Revel and, accordingly, the Company did not recognize any pre-tax gain or loss on the sale. See Note 1 and Note 25 for further information on Revel.

Morgan Stanley and Huaxin Securities Joint Venture.

In January 2011, the Company and Huaxin Securities Co., Limited (also known as China Fortune Securities Co., Limited) jointly announced that the establishment of their securities joint venture in China had been approved by the China Securities Regulatory Commission on December 31, 2010. The approval allows the Company to further build on its established onshore businesses in China.

The joint venture, Morgan Stanley Huaxin Securities Company Limited, will be registered and principally located in Shanghai. Huaxin Securities will hold a two-thirds stakedisclosure in the joint venture whileconsolidated financial statements through the Company will own a one-third interest. The scopedate of business will include underwriting and sponsorship of shares in the domestic China market (including A shares and foreign investment shares), as well as underwriting, sponsorship and principal trading of bonds (including government and corporate bonds).

Long-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to December 31, 2010 and through February 16, 2011, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of repayments) increased by approximately $5 billion.

FrontPoint.

In 2010, the Company reached an agreement with the principals of FrontPoint, whereby FrontPoint senior management and portfolio managers will own a majority equity stake in FrontPoint,this report and the Company will retain a minority stake. FrontPoint will replacehas not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these consolidated financial statements or the Company’s affiliates asnotes thereto, except for the investment advisor and general partner of the FrontPoint funds. The Company expects this transaction to close in the first quarter of 2011, subject to closing conditions. See Note 9 for further information.following:

 

Common Dividend.

 

On January 20, 2011,17, 2014, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.05. The dividend wasis payable on February 15, 201114, 2014 to common shareholders of record on January 31, 2011.2014.

 

The Company has evaluated itsLong-Term Borrowings.

Subsequent to December 31, 2013 and through February 10, 2014, the Company’s long-term borrowings (net of issuances) decreased by approximately $2.2 billion. This amount includes the Company’s issuance of $2.8 billion in senior debt on January 24, 2014.

Legal Matters.

On February 4, 2014, and subsequent events throughto the filing daterelease of this Form 10-K Report.the Company’s 2013 earnings on January 17, 2014, legal reserves were increased within the Institutional Securities business segment, related to the settlement with the Federal Housing Finance Agency (see Note 13).

 

 251284 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

  2010 
  Average
Weekly
Balance
  Interest  Average
Rate
 
  (dollars in millions) 

Assets

   

Interest earning assets:

   

Financial instruments owned(1):

   

U.S. 

 $145,449  $3,124   2.1

Non-U.S. 

  105,385   807   0.8 

Securities available for sale:

   

U.S. 

  18,290   215   1.2 

Loans:

   

U.S. 

  7,993   293   3.7 

Non-U.S. 

  219   22   10.0 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

   

U.S. 

  33,807   67   0.2 

Non-U.S. 

  20,897   88   0.4 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

   

U.S. 

  193,796   236   0.1 

Non-U.S. 

  111,982   533   0.5 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  32,400   1,538   4.7 

Non-U.S. 

  18,091   355   2.0 
         

Total

 $688,309  $7,278   1.1
      

Non-interest earning assets

  142,761   
      

Total assets

 $831,070   
      

Liabilities and Equity

   

Interest bearing liabilities:

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

   

U.S. 

 $1,599  $11   0.7

Non-U.S. 

  1,772   17   1.0 

Deposits:

   

U.S. 

  62,759   310   0.5 

Non-U.S. 

  70   —      —    

Long-term debt:

   

U.S. 

  186,374   4,586   2.5 

Non-U.S. 

  5,170   6   0.1 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

   

U.S. 

  22,947   —      —    

Non-U.S. 

  58,741   —      —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

   

U.S. 

  116,090   725   0.6 

Non-U.S. 

  94,498   866   0.9 

Other:

   

U.S. 

  97,585   (497  (0.5

Non-U.S. 

  23,852   390   1.6  
         

Total

 $671,457  $6,414   1.0 
      

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  159,613   
      

Total liabilities and equity

 $831,070   
      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

  $864   0.1
         

252


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

   2009 
   Average
Weekly
Balance(2)
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Financial instruments owned(1):

     

U.S. 

  $143,885   $4,024   2.8

Non-U.S. 

   77,531    907   1.2 

Loans:

     

U.S. 

   6,339    207   3.3 

Non-U.S. 

   314    22   7.0 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S. 

   44,523    149   0.3 

Non-U.S. 

   16,300    92   0.6 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S. 

   176,904    237   0.1 

Non-U.S. 

   85,079    622   0.7 

Other:

     

U.S. 

   27,691    1,224   4.4 

Non-U.S. 

   17,261    (7  —    
           

Total

  $595,827   $7,477   1.2
        

Non-interest earning assets

   145,719    
        

Total assets

  $741,546    
        

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S. 

  $2,101   $31   1.5

Non-U.S. 

   1,276    20   1.6 

Deposits:

     

U.S. 

   61,164    782   1.3 

Non-U.S. 

   116    —      —    

Long-term debt:

     

U.S. 

   181,280    4,882   2.7 

Non-U.S. 

   3,712    16   0.4 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

     

U.S. 

   29,153    —      —    

Non-U.S. 

   40,440    —      —    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S. 

   115,653    749   0.6 

Non-U.S. 

   49,222    625   1.3 

Other:

     

U.S. 

   84,015    (598  (0.7

Non-U.S. 

   29,437    198   0.7 
           

Total

  $597,569   $6,705   1.1 
        

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   143,977    
        

Total liabilities and equity

  $741,546    
        

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $772   0.1
           

253


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

   Fiscal 2008 
   Average
Month-End
Balance(2)
   Interest   Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

      

Interest earning assets:

      

Financial instruments owned(1)

  $288,639   $9,217    3.2

Loans

   12,463    784    6.3 

Other interest earning assets(3):

      

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   80,273    —       —    

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

   134,452    —       —    

Securities borrowed

   223,037    —       —    

Receivables from customers

   58,903    —       —    
         

Total other interest earning assets

   496,665    28,930    5.8 
            

Total

  $797,767   $38,931    4.9
         

Non-interest earning assets

   208,841     
         

Total assets

  $1,006,608     
         

Liabilities and Equity

      

Interest bearing liabilities:

      

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $21,249   $663    3.1

Deposits

   35,311    740    2.1 

Long-term debt

   194,028    7,793    4.0 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1)

   80,166    —       —    

Other interest bearing liabilities(3):

      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   168,659    —       —    

Securities loaned

   58,754    —       —    

Payables to customers

   238,088    —       —    
         

Total other interest bearing liabilities

   465,501    27,067    5.8 
            

Total

  $796,255   $36,263    4.6 
         

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   210,353     
         

Total liabilities and equity

  $1,006,608     
         

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $2,668    0.3
            

254


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 One Month Ended December 31, 2008   2013 
 Average
Month-End
Balance(2)
 Interest Annualized
Average
Rate
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest Average
Rate
 
 (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

        

Interest earning assets:

        

Financial instruments owned(1):

   

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

 $122,842  $358   3.4  $119,549   $1,948   1.6

Non-U.S.

  49,384   37   0.9    103,774    344   0.3 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   44,112    447   1.0 

Loans:

        

U.S.

  6,527   15   2.7    33,939    1,052   3.1 

Non-U.S.

  5   —      —       489    69   14.1 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

  56,784   4   0.1    34,636    86   0.2 

Non-U.S.

  18,053   15   1.0    7,609    43   0.6 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

        

U.S.

  99,626   166   2.0    203,742    (217  (0.1

Non-U.S.

  65,568   214   3.8    77,713    197   0.3 

Other:

        

U.S.

  60,121   149   2.9    62,028    751   1.2 

Non-U.S.

  18,698   131   8.3    19,077    489   2.6 
         

 

   

 

  

Total

 $497,608  $1,089   2.6  $706,668   $5,209   0.7
         

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

  170,292      121,793    
       

 

    

Total assets

 $667,900     $828,461    
       

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

        

Interest bearing liabilities:

        

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

   

Deposits:

     

U.S.

 $7,210  $27   4.4  $91,713   $159   0.2

Non-U.S.

  3,385   6   2.1    260    —     —   

Deposits:

   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

  47,082   53   1.3    964    2   0.2 

Non-U.S.

  137   —      —       1,063    18   1.7 

Long-term debt:

        

U.S.

  169,117   570   4.0    152,532    3,696   2.4 

Non-U.S.

  3,463   9   3.1    9,857    62   0.6 

Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased(1):

   

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

  36,450   —      —       31,861    —     —   

Non-U.S.

  10,028   —      —       59,200    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

        

U.S.

  76,223   99   1.5    108,896    681   0.6 

Non-U.S.

  34,578   256   8.7    66,697    788   1.2 

Other:

        

U.S.

  90,993   14   0.2    98,335    (1,117  (1.1

Non-U.S.

  31,604   106   3.9    37,679    142   0.4 
         

 

   

 

  

Total

 $510,270  $1,140   2.6   $659,057   $4,431   0.7 
         

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

  157,630      169,404    
       

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

 $667,900     $828,461    
       

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

  $(51  —      $778   
           

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Financial instruments sold, not yet purchased,Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income.
(2)The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.
(3)Amounts primarily relate to securities financing transactions, which include repurchase and resale agreements, securities borrowed and loaned transactions, customer receivables/payables and segregated customer cash. The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses, and therefore, prior to December 2008, was unable to further break out Interest income and Interest expense (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements).on Trading assets.

 

 255285 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

   2012 
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $133,615   $2,247   1.7

Non-U.S.

   82,019    489   0.6 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   35,141    343   1.0 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   20,996    597   2.8 

Non-U.S.

   363    46   12.7 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   25,905    58   0.2 

Non-U.S.

   10,612    66   0.6 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S.

   189,186    (315  (0.2

Non-U.S.

   91,851    679   0.7 

Other:

     

U.S.

   54,651    471   0.9 

Non-U.S.

   15,404    1,011   6.6 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $659,743   $5,692   0.9
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   122,428    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $782,171    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $69,265   $181   0.3

Non-U.S.

   165    —     —   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

   557    5   0.9 

Non-U.S.

   1,383    33   2.4 

Long-term debt:

     

U.S.

   163,961    4,544   2.8 

Non-U.S.

   7,552    78   1.0 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   38,125    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   51,834    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S.

   101,210    522   0.5 

Non-U.S.

   59,932    1,283   2.1 

Other:

     

U.S.

   82,881    (1,475  (1.8

Non-U.S.

   33,992    726   2.1 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $610,857   $5,897   1.0 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   171,314    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $782,171    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $(205  (0.1)% 
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

286


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

   2011 
   Average
Weekly
Balance
   Interest  Average
Rate
 
   (dollars in millions) 

Assets

     

Interest earning assets:

     

Trading assets(1):

     

U.S.

  $122,704   $2,636   2.1

Non-U.S.

   114,445    957   0.8 

Securities available for sale:

     

U.S.

   27,712    348   1.3 

Loans:

     

U.S.

   12,294    326   2.7 

Non-U.S.

   420    30   7.1 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

     

U.S.

   41,256    49   0.1 

Non-U.S.

   16,558    137   0.8 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

     

U.S.

   191,843    (79  —   

Non-U.S.

   110,682    965   0.9 

Other:

     

U.S.

   45,336    1,335   2.9 

Non-U.S.

   15,454    530   3.4 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $698,704   $7,234   1.0
    

 

 

  

Non-interest earning assets

   140,131    
  

 

 

    

Total assets

  $838,835    
  

 

 

    

Liabilities and Equity

     

Interest bearing liabilities:

     

Deposits:

     

U.S.

  $64,559   $236   0.4

Non-U.S.

   91    —     —   

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

     

U.S.

   874    7   0.8 

Non-U.S.

   2,163    34   1.6 

Long-term debt:

     

U.S.

   184,623    4,880   2.6 

Non-U.S.

   7,701    32   0.4 

Trading liabilities(1):

     

U.S.

   30,070    —     —   

Non-U.S.

   61,313    —     —   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

     

U.S.

   110,270    649   0.6 

Non-U.S.

   69,276    1,276   1.8 

Other:

     

U.S.

   90,193    (1,094  (1.2

Non-U.S.

   38,139    863   2.3 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total

  $659,272   $6,883   1.0 
    

 

 

  

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

   179,563    
  

 

 

    

Total liabilities and equity

  $838,835    
  

 

 

    

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

    $351   —  
    

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

287


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis.Analysis

 

The following tables set forth an analysis of the effect on net interest income of volume and rate changes:

 

  2010 versus 2009                              2013 versus 2012                           
  Increase (Decrease) due to Change in:   Increase (decrease) due to change in:   
Volume Rate Net Change   Volume Rate Net Change 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets:

    

Financial instruments owned:

    

Interest earning assets

    

Trading assets:

    

U.S.

  $44  $(944 $(900  $(237 $(62 $(299

Non-U.S.

   326   (426  (100   130   (275  (145

Securities available for sale:

        

U.S.

   215   —      215    88   16   104 

Loans:

        

U.S.

   54   32   86    368   87   455 

Non-U.S.

   (7  7   —       16   7   23 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

   (36  (46  (82   20   8   28 

Non-U.S.

   26   (30  (4   (19  (4  (23

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

        

U.S.

   23   (24  (1   (24  122   98 

Non-U.S.

   197   (286  (89   (105  (377  (482

Other:

        

U.S.

   208    106    314    64   216   280 

Non-U.S.

   —      362   362    241   (763  (522
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in interest income

  $1,050  $(1,249 $(199  $542  $(1,025 $(483
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

  $59  $(81 $(22

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

        

U.S.

  $(7 $(13 $(20   4   (7  (3

Non-U.S.

   8   (11  (3   (8  (7  (15

Deposits:

    

U.S.

   20   (492  (472

Long-term debt:

        

U.S.

   137   (433  (296   (317  (531  (848

Non-U.S.

   6   (16  (10   24   (40  (16

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

        

U.S.

   3   (27  (24   40   119   159 

Non-U.S.

   575   (334  241    145   (640  (495

Other:

        

U.S.

   (97  198   101    (276  634   358 

Non-U.S.

   (37  229   192    79   (663  (584
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $608  $(899 $(291  $(250 $(1,216 $(1,466
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $442  $(350 $92   $792  $191  $983 
            

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

 256288 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

   2009 versus Fiscal 2008 
   Increase (Decrease) due to Change in: 
  Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets:

    

Financial instruments owned

  $(2,147 $(2,139 $(4,286

Loans

   (365  (190  (555

Other

   (7,509  (19,104  (26,613
             

Change in interest income

  $(10,021 $(21,433 $(31,454
             

Interest bearing liabilities:

    

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $(558 $(54 $(612

Deposits

   544   (502  42 

Long-term debt

   (363  (2,532  (2,895

Other

   (9,809  (16,284  (26,093
             

Change in interest expense

  $(10,186 $(19,372 $(29,558
             

Change in net interest income

  $165  $(2,061 $(1,896
             
                              2012 versus 2011                           
   Increase (decrease) due to change in:    
   Volume  Rate  Net Change 
   (dollars in millions) 

Interest earning assets

  

  

Trading assets:

    

U.S.

  $234  $(623 $(389

Non-U.S.

   (271  (197  (468

Securities available for sale:

    

U.S.

   93   (98  (5

Loans:

    

U.S.

   231   40   271 

Non-U.S.

   (4  20   16 

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

    

U.S.

   (18  27   9 

Non-U.S.

   (49  (22  (71

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

    

U.S.

   1   (237  (236

Non-U.S.

   (164  (122  (286

Other:

    

U.S.

   274   (1,138  (864

Non-U.S.

   (2  483   481 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest income

  $325  $(1,867 $(1,542
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

    

Deposits:

    

U.S.

  $17  $(72 $(55

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings:

    

U.S.

   (3  1   (2

Non-U.S.

   (12  11   (1

Long-term debt:

    

U.S.

   (546  210   (336

Non-U.S.

   (1  47   46 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

    

U.S.

   (53  (74  (127

Non-U.S.

   (172  179   7 

Other:

    

U.S.

   89   (470  (381

Non-U.S.

   (94  (43  (137
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

  $(775 $(211 $(986
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

  $1,100  $(1,656 $(556
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

289


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Deposits.Deposits

 

 Average Deposits(1)   Average Deposits(1) 
 2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2013 2012 2011 
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
 Average
Rate
   Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
 Average
Amount(1)
   Average
Rate
 
 

(dollars in millions)

   (dollars in millions) 

Deposits(2):

                  

Savings deposits

 $58,053   0.2 $52,397   0.9 $33,756   2.0 $38,911   0.8  $90,447    0.1 $66,073    0.1 $61,258    0.2

Time deposits

  4,776   3.7  8,883   3.7  1,555   4.0  8,308   3.9   1,526    3.9  3,357    2.6  3,392    3.5
                  

 

    

 

    

 

   

Total

 $62,829   0.5 $61,280   1.3 $35,311   2.1 $47,219   1.3  $91,973    0.2 $69,430    0.3 $64,650    0.4
                  

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

(1)The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.
(2)Deposits are primarily located in U.S. offices.

 

Ratios.Ratios

 

  2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2013 2012 2011 

Net income to average assets

   0.6  0.2  0.2  N/M     0.4  N/M   0.5

Return on common equity(1)

   8.5  N/M    4.5  N/M  

Return on average common equity(1)

   4.3  N/M   3.8

Return on total equity(2)

   9.0  2.8  4.6  N/M     4.6  0.1  6.9

Dividend payout ratio(3)

   7.6  N/M    77.7  N/M     14.7  N/M   16.3

Total average common equity to average assets

   5.1  4.6  3.3  4.6   7.5  7.8  6.5

Total average equity to average assets

   6.3  6.5  3.7  7.5   7.7  8.0  7.1

 

N/M—Not meaningful.

(1)BasedPercentage is based on net income applicable to common shareholdersMorgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity.
(2)BasedPercentage is based on net income as a percentage of average total equity.
(3)DividendsPercentage is based on dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net income per diluted share.

 

257


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—ContinuedShort-term Borrowings

 

Short-Term Borrowings.

  2010 2009 Fiscal 2008 One Month Ended
December 31, 2008
   2013 2012 2011 
  (dollars in millions)   (dollars in millions) 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1):

     

Securities sold under repurchase agreements:

    

Period-end balance

  $147,598  $159,401  $102,401  $92,213   $145,676  $122,674  $104,800 

Average balance(3)(2)

   178,673   142,197   168,659   97,307    136,151   125,465   142,784 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   216,130   210,482   272,126   102,401    145,676   139,962   164,511 

Securities loaned(1):

     

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

   0.7  0.9  0.9

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

   0.4  0.8  0.8

Securities loaned:

    

Period-end balance

  $29,094  $26,246  $14,821  $14,580   $32,799  $36,849  $30,462 

Average balance(2)

   31,915   22,679   58,754   14,701 

Average balance(1)

   39,442   35,677   36,762 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   33,454   26,867   110,446   14,821    44,182   39,881   50,709 

Commercial paper:

     

Period-end balance

  $945  $783  $6,744  $7,388 

Average balance(2)

   866   924   12,397   7,066 

Maximum balance at any month-end

   1,098   5,367   19,895   7,388 

Weighted average interest rate during the period

   1.7  2.4  4.2  2.7

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance

   2.5  0.8  2.6  2.3

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

   1.2  1.9  1.9

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

   1.2  1.5  1.8

 

(1)The Company considers its principal trading, investment banking, commissions, and interest and dividend income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity for each of the Company’s separate businesses and, therefore, is unable to provide weighted average interest rates for Securities sold under repurchase agreements and Securities loaned. See Note 1 and Note 17 of the consolidated financial statements for further information.
(2)The Company calculates its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances are unavailable, month-end balances are used.
(3)(2)TheIn 2011, the period-end balance was lower than the annual average primarily due to a decrease in the seasonal maturity of client financing activity on December 31, 2010.overall balance sheet during the year.

 

 258290 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—Continued(Continued)

 

(3)The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition and (b) average balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance. In addition, securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the average balances since they were not reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition.
(4)The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense for all securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition and (b) period-end balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance. In addition, securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the period-end balances since they were not reported on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

Cross-Border Outstandings.Cross-border Outstandings

 

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, customer and other receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments, but exclude derivative instruments and commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securitiessecurities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held. Effective December 31, 2013, the regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk were updated and prospectively require the reporting of, among other items, cross-border exposure to Non-banking financial institutions. Cross-border risk at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was not recast to reflect the new requirements. For purposes of comparability, exposure to Non-banking financial institutions as of December 31, 2013 is reported in Other in the tables below. For information regarding the Company’s country risk exposure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

The following tables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Company’s total capital, whichever is less, at December 31, 20102013, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2009,2011, respectively, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines (dollars in millions):

 

  At December 31, 2010   At December 31, 2013 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total   Banks   Governments   Other(1)   Total 

United Kingdom

  $11,874   $911   $57,594   $70,379 

Japan

   27,251    3,622    26,426    57,299 

Cayman Islands

   1    —      45,041    45,042 

Germany

   8,844    10,312    10,613    29,769 

France

  $39,009   $2,526   $3,219   $44,754    22,408    264    6,247    28,919 

Germany

   8,928    6,435    2,332    17,695 

Italy

   1,616    1,726    1,264    4,606 

Luxembourg

   2,926    483    4,846    8,255 

Canada

   2,988    2,012    7,108    12,108 

Netherlands

   3,769    61    8,078    11,908    1,474    —      10,015    11,489 

United Kingdom

   7,591    1    8,711    16,303 

Brazil

   915    707    7,001    8,623 

Cayman Islands

   15    4    27,646    27,665 

Japan

   12,564    1,444    5,133    19,141 

Korea

   63    5,881    1,424    7,368    65    4,307    3,376    7,748 

Australia

   1,578    186    1,282    3,046 

 

    At December 31, 2009 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

Denmark

  $787   $5,701   $647   $7,135 

France

   9,702    2,175    13,452    25,329 

Germany

   10,700    2,280    10,986    23,966 

Ireland

   3,922    6    4,269    8,197 

Italy

   1,395    2,391    1,761    5,547 

Luxembourg

   4,264    1    5,946    10,211 

Netherlands

   2,798    271    9,803    12,872 

Spain

   1,660    316    4,211    6,187 

Switzerland

   4,429    —       6,507    10,936 

United Kingdom

   13,150    1    9,674    22,825 

Cayman Islands

   —       —       35,993    35,993 

Japan

   9,040    194    6,035    15,269 

Canada

   2,163    262    4,554    6,979 

   At December 31, 2012 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

United Kingdom

  $17,504   $6   $100,090   $117,600 

Cayman Islands

   5    10    41,628    41,643 

France

   28,699    149    3,915    32,763 

Japan

   24,935    148    2,967    28,050 

Germany

   15,084    3,014    4,192    22,290 

Netherlands

   1,700    —       10,920    12,620 

Canada

   6,651    1,310    2,893    10,854 

Korea

   32    6,812    2,311    9,155 

Switzerland

   3,319    242    5,483    9,044 

Luxembourg

   221    223    7,952    8,396 

 

 259291 


FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

   At December 31, 2011 

Country

  Banks   Governments   Other   Total 

United Kingdom

  $13,852   $2   $89,585   $103,439 

Cayman Islands

   766    —       31,169    31,935 

France

   23,561    1,096    4,196    28,853 

Japan

   23,542    436    2,821    26,799 

Germany

   18,674    3,485    1,859    24,018 

Netherlands

   3,508    23    8,826    12,357 

Luxembourg

   1,619    94    6,137    7,850 

Brazil

   149    3,398    2,165    5,712 

Australia

   2,008    557    1,414    3,979 

Italy

   881    1,463    539    2,883 

(1)Other includes Non-banking financial institutions and others in the 2013 presentation.

For cross-border exposure that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets, Ireland, Switzerland and China had a total cross-border exposure of $20,534 million at December 31, 2013, Saudi Arabia and Singapore had a total cross-border exposure of $12,848 million at December 31, 2012, and Korea, Singapore, Canada and certain other countries had a total cross-border exposure of $26,908 million at December 31, 2011.

292


Item 9.Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures.

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and

 

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.2013. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) inInternal Control-Integrated Framework.Framework (1992). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010.2013.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

 

260

293


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010,2013, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010,2013, based on the criteria established inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial conditionstatements of the Company as of December 31, 2010, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows,2013, and changes in total equity for the year then ended, December 31, 2010 and our report dated February 28, 2011 expresses25, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 28, 201125, 2014

294


Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 20102013 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.    OtherInformation.

Item 9B. Other Information.

 

Not applicable.

 

262

295


Part III

 

Item 10.Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

Information relating to the Company’s directors and nominees under the following captions in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 20112014 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors”Directors—Director Nominees”

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Board Meetings and Committees”

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”

 

Information relating to the Company’s executive officers is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Finance Director and Controller.Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site,www.morganstanley.com/about/company/governance/ms_coe_bc.html.ethics.html. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the NYSE, on our internet site.

 

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

 

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation under the following captions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Executive Compensation”

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Compensation”

 

263

296


Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information.Information. The following table provides information about stock options outstanding awards and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of the Company’sMorgan Stanley’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2010. The Company2013. Morgan Stanley has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.

 

  (a)   (b)   (c)   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
   Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
   Number of securities to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding options, warrants
and rights
(#)(1)
   Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding options,
warrants and rights

($)(2)
   Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (a))
(#)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   67,024,871    $50.3544     102,294,893(1)    169,757,711     49.3974     107,080,353(3) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   —       —       2,525,626(2)    1,482,390     —       —  (4) 
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

Total

   67,024,871    $50.3544     104,820,519(3)    171,240,101     49.3974     107,080,353  
  

 

   

 

   

 

 

 

(1)IncludesAmounts include outstanding stock option, restricted stock unit and performance stock unit awards. The number of outstanding performance stock unit awards is based on the target number of units granted to senior executives.
(2)Amounts reflect the weighted-average exercise price with respect to outstanding stock options and does not take into account outstanding restricted stock units and performance stock units, which do not provide for an exercise price.
(3)Amount includes the following:

 (a)39,201,61639,182,870 shares available under the Morgan Stanley Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees maywere permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession (“CMDS”) Committee (“CMDS Committee”) approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan will be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determines to recommence contributions under the plan.
 (b)52,299,48061,388,699 shares available under the 2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (“EICP”).Plan. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
 (c)10,144,4735,579,314 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan, (“EEAP”), which includes 586,711732,857 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.
 (d)354,757355,243 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan (“TDEPP”).Plan. Awards consist of restricted stock units, which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.
 (e)294,568574,227 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan (“DECAP”).Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units to non-employee directors and also allows non-employee directors to defer the cash fees they earn fromfor services as a director in the form of stock units.

(2)(4)22,957As of December 31, 2013, no shares remained available under the Branch Manager Compensation Plan (“BMCP”), 13,239 shares availablefor future issuance under the Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan (“FAIRCP”), which was terminated effective December 31, 2011, and 2,489,430 shares available under the Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (“REICP”)., which was terminated effective December 31, 2012. However, awards remained outstanding under these plans as of December 31, 2013. The material features of these plansthe FAIRCP and the REICP, which were not approved by shareholders under SEC rules, are described below.as follows:

(3)As(a)FAIRCP: Financial advisors and investment representatives in the Wealth Management business segment were eligible to receive awards under FAIRCP in the form of December 31, 2010, approximately 63 millioncash, restricted stock and restricted stock units settled by the delivery of shares were availableof common stock.

297


(b)REICP: REICP was adopted in connection with the Wealth Management JV and without stockholder approval pursuant to the employment inducement award exception under the Company’s plans that can be used for the purpose of granting annual employeeNew York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance Listing Standards. The equity awards (EICP, EEAP, TDEPP, BMCPgranted pursuant to the REICP were limited to awards to induce certain Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) employees to join the new Wealth Management JV by replacing the value of Citi awards that were forfeited in connection with the employees’ transfer of employment to the Wealth Management business segment. Awards under the REICP were authorized in the form of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock options and FAIRCP). Approximately 42 million shares were granted in January 2011 as partrestricted stock and other forms of 2010 employee incentive compensation (which, for the PSUs granted to senior executives, reflects the grant of the target number of units, although the senior executive may ultimately earn up to two times the target number, or nothing, based on the Company’s performance over the three-year performance period).stock-based awards.

 

The material features of the Company’s equity compensation plans that have not been approved by shareholders under SEC rules (BMCP, FAIRCP and REICP) are described below. The followingforegoing descriptions do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the FAIRCP and REICP plan documents. Alldocuments which, along with all plans throughunder which awards may currently be grantedwere available for grant in 2013, are included as exhibits to this report.

264


BMCP. Branch managers in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under BMCP. Awards under BMCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

FAIRCP. Financial advisors and investment representatives in the Global Wealth Management Group are eligible to receive awards under FAIRCP. Awards under FAIRCP may consist of cash awards, restricted stock and restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

REICP. The REICP was adopted in connection with the MSSB joint venture and without stockholder approval pursuant to the employment inducement award exception under the NYSE Corporate Governance Listing Standards. The equity awards granted pursuant to the REICP are limited to awards to induce certain Citi employees to join the new MSSB joint venture by replacing the value of Citi awards that were forfeited in connection with the employees’ transfer of employment to MSSB. Awards under the REICP may be made in the form of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock options and restricted stock and other forms of stock-based awards.

* * *

 

Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Beneficial“Item 1—Election of Directors—Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Other Matters—Certain Transactions”Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Related Person Transactions Policy”

 

Other Matters—Related Person Transactions Policy”Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Certain Transactions”

 

Information regarding director independence under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 1—Election of Directors—Corporate Governance—Director Independence”

 

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

 

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services under the following caption in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

“Item 2—Ratification of Appointment of Morgan Stanley’s Independent Auditor” (excluding the information under the subheading “Audit Committee Report”)

 

265

298


Part IV

 

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Documents filed as part of this report.

 

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

 

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

266

299


Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 28, 2011.25, 2014.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(REGISTRANT)

By:

 

/s/    JAMES P. GORMAN

 

(James P. Gorman)

President

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Ruth Porat, Francis P. BarronEric F. Grossman and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 28th25th day of February, 2011.2014.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/S/    JAMES P. GORMAN        

(James P. Gorman)

  

PresidentChairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/S/    RUTH PORAT        

(Ruth Porat)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/S/    PAUL C. WIRTH        

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/    JOHNS J. MACK        

(John J. Mack)

Director

(Chairman of the Board of Directors)

/s/    ROY J. BOSTOCK        

(Roy J. Bostock)

Director

/s/    ERSKINE B. BOWLES        

(Erskine B. Bowles)

  Director

/s/S/    HOWARD J. DAVIES        

(Howard J. Davies)

  Director

/s/    JAMESS/    THOMAS H. HGANCELOCER        , JR.        

(JamesThomas H. Hance, Jr.)Glocer)

  Director

/s/    NOBUYUKIS/    ROBERT H. HIRANOERZ        

(Nobuyuki Hirano)Robert H. Herz)

Director

/S/    C. ROBERT KIDDER        

(C. Robert Kidder)

Director

/S/    KLAUS KLEINFELD        

(Klaus Kleinfeld)

  Director

 

 S-1 


Signature

  

Title

/s/    C. ROBERTS KIDDER

(C. Robert Kidder)

Director

/s/    DONALD T. NICOLAISEN        

(Donald T. Nicolaisen)

  Director

/s/S/    HUTHAM S. OLAYAN        

(Hutham S. Olayan)

  Director

/s/S/    JAMES W. OWENS        

(James W. Owens)

  Director

/s/S/    O. GRIFFITH SEXTON        

(O. Griffith Sexton)

  Director

/s/S/    RYOSUKE TAMAKOSHI        

(Ryosuke Tamakoshi)

Director

/S/    MASAAKI TANAKA        

(Masaaki Tanaka)

Director

/S/    LAURA D’AD’NDREAANDREA TYSON        

(Laura D’Andrea Tyson)

Director

/S/    RAYFORD WILKINS, JR.        

(Rayford Wilkins, Jr.)

  Director

 

 S-2 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K

 

For the year ended December 31, 20102013

Commission File No. 1-11758

 

 


Exhibit Index

 

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was1-9085.1

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  2.1Amended and Restated Joint Venture Contribution and Formation Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 by and among Citigroup Inc. and Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009).
  2.2Integration and Investment Agreement dated as of March 30, 2010 by and between Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. and Morgan Stanley (Exhibit 2.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).
  3.1  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), as amended by the Certificate of Elimination of Series B Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Exhibit 3.1 Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 20, 2011), as amended by the Certificate of Merger of Domestic Corporations dated December 29, 2011 (Exhibit 3.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (Exhibit 2.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013), as amended by the Certificate of Designation of Preferences and Rights of the Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (Exhibit 2.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013).
  3.2  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 9, 2010).
  4.1  Indenture dated as of February 24, 1993 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-57202)).
  4.2  Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement onForm S-3/A (No. 333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
  4.3  Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit

(1)For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

E-1


Exhibit
No.

Description

(Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008) and, Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011) and Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012).
  4.4  The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008).
  4.5  Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).
  4.6  Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No.(No. 333-117752)).

(1)For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

E-1


Exhibit
No.

Description

  4.7  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).
  4.8  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-ww to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).
  4.9  Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
  4.10  Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
  4.11  Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.10 hereto).
  4.12  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III dated as of February 27, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2003).
  4.13  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV dated as of April 21, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2003).
  4.14  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V dated as of July 16, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2003).
  4.15  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VI dated as of January 26, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006).

E-2


Exhibit
No.

Description

  4.16  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VII dated as of October 12, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).
 4.17  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII dated as of April 26, 2007 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007).
 4.18  Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures—Except as set forth in Exhibits 4.1 through 4.17 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.

10.1  E-2


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.1  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of April 20, 2010October 18, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 1010.1 to Morgan Stanley’s QuarterlyAnnual Report on Form 10-Q10-K for the quarteryear ended June 30, 2010)December 31, 2011).
10.2  Amended and Restated Joint Venture Contribution and FormationTransaction Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 by and among Citigroup Inc. andApril 21, 2011 between Morgan Stanley and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLCMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 29, 2009)April 21, 2011).
10.3  TransactionAmended and Restated Investor Agreement dated as of October 19, 2009June 30, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and Invesco Ltd.Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 1010.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2011), as amended by Third Amendment, dated October 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009)2013).
10.410.4†  Letter Agreement dated as of May 28, 2010 between Morgan Stanley and Invesco Ltd. (Exhibit 2.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 28, 2010).
10.5†  Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, (f/k/a the Morgan Stanley DPSP/START Plan) datedamended and restated as of OctoberJanuary 1, 2002 (Exhibit 10.17 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2002), Amendment (Exhibit 10.18 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.16 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2004), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2007), Amendment2013 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Amendment (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008), Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’sStanley Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009)2012).
10.6†10.5†*  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of December 23, 2010.20, 2013.
10.7†10.6†Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan, dated as of July 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.8†*  Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Savings Plan, dated as of December 23, 2010.20, 2013.
10.9†10.7†  1994 Omnibus Equity Plan as amended and restated (Exhibit 10.23 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2003) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.11 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).

10.8†  E-3


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.10†  Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.11†10.9†  Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended through November 16, 2009and restated as of March 22, 2012 (Exhibit 10.1410.2 to Morgan Stanley’s AnnualCurrent Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009)8-K dated May 15, 2012).
10.12†10.10†  Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program as amended and restated as of May 7, 2008 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2008).
10.13†10.11†  Form of Term Sheet under the Select Employees’ Capital Accumulation Program (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.14†10.12†  Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.15†E-3


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.13†  Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.16†10.14†  Form of Agreement under the Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated Owners’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.1 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.17†Form of Agreement under the Officers’ and Select Earners’ Plan (Exhibit 10.2 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.18†  Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).
10.19†*10.15†  Amendment to Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, dated as of December 23, 2010.
10.20†  1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.21†10.16†  Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2004).
10.22†10.17†  Form of Equity Incentive Compensation Plan Award Certificate (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005).
10.23†Form of Chief Executive Officer Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.28 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).
10.24†  Form of Management Committee Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.30 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).

E-4


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.25†1988 Capital Accumulation Plan as amended (Exhibit 10.13 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1993).
10.26†10.18†  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1994).
10.27†  Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).
10.28†10.19†  Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).
10.29†10.20†  Morgan Stanley Branch Manager Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.30†  Morgan Stanley Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.31†10.21†  Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-146954)).
10.32†10.22†  Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).
10.33†10.23†  Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement dated as of March 10, 2009 by and between Morgan Stanley Management Services II, Inc. and John J. Mack (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.34†  Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.35†10.24†  Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment to agreement dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.36†10.25†Amendment to Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, effective as of December 19, 2013.
10.26†  Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Kenneth M. deRegt,Gregory J. Fleming, dated February 14, 20083, 2010 (Exhibit 10.310.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)2011).
10.37†10.27†  Memorandum dated as of August 21, 2007 to Walid Chammah regarding Relocation from United States to London Office (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.38†Memorandum dated as of February 16, 2006 to Colm Kelleher regarding Expatriate Relocation Policy and European Tax Equalisation Policy (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.39†  Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

10.40†E-4


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.28†  Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).
10.41†10.29†Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2013).
10.30†  2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of March 19, 201021, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2010)14, 2013).
10.42†10.31†  Morgan Stanley 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.47 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.43†10.32†  Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.44†10.33†  Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).
10.45†10.34†  Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.46†10.35†  Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units to Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.10 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).
10.47†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.48†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.49†  Governmental Service Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (replacing and superseding in its entirety Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2007) (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).
10.50†10.36†  Amendment to Outstanding Stock Option and Stock Unit Awards (Exhibit 10.53 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.51†10.37†  Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.52†10.38†  Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009).
10.53†Form of Award Certificate under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).
10.54†  Form of Executive Waiver (Exhibit 10.55 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.55†10.39†  Form of Executive Letter Agreement (Exhibit 10.56 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).
10.56†10.40†  Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No.(No. 333-159504)).
10.41†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.57†10.42†  Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.43†Form of Award Certificate for Special Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).
10.44†Morgan Stanley Schedule of Non-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of May 17, 2011 (Exhibit 10.59 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).
10.45†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.46†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan Deferred Bonus Program (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

E-5


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.47†Form of Award Certificate for Performance Stock Units (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.48†Memorandum to Colm Kelleher Regarding Repatriation to London (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.49†Morgan Stanley U.S. Tax Equalization Program (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).
10.50†Change of Employment Status and Release Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Paul J. Taubman, dated January 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.51†Morgan Stanley UK Limited Alternative Retirement Plan, dated as of October 8, 2009 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.52†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.53†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.54†Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).
10.55†Form of Award Certificate for Long-Term Incentive Program Awards (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010)2013).
12*12 Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
21*21 Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.
23.1*23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
24 Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

31.1E-6


Exhibit
No.

Description

31.1** Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
31.2*31.2* Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
32.1*32.1* Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.
32.2*32.2* Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.
101***  101 Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—December 31, 20102013 and December 31, 2009,2012, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010,2013, December 31, 20092012 and November 30, 2008 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008,2011, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010,2013, December 31, 20092012 and November 30, 2008 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008,2011, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010,2013, December 31, 20092012 and November 30, 2008 and One Month Ended December 31, 2008,2011, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010,2013, December 31, 2009, November 30, 20082012, and One Month Ended December 31, 2008,2011, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*Filed herewith.
**Furnished herewith.
***As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information is furnished and not filed for purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

 E-7E-6